8-K
1875 W. Walnut Hill Ln #100 false 0001819253 --12-31 0001819253 2022-05-26 2022-05-26 0001819253 hyac:ClassACommonStockParValue0.0001PerShare2Member 2022-05-26 2022-05-26 0001819253 hyac:WarrantsEachWholeWarrantExercisableForOneShareOfClassACommonStockEachAtAnExercisePriceOf11.50PerShare1Member 2022-05-26 2022-05-26

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 8-K

 

 

CURRENT REPORT

PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): May 26, 2022

 

 

biote Corp.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   001-40128   85-1791125

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation)

 

(Commission

File Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

1875 W. Walnut Hill Ln #100
Irving, Texas 75038
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

(844) 604-1246

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Trading

Symbols

 

Name of each exchange

on which registered

Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share   BTMD   The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Warrants, each whole warrant exercisable for one share of Class A common stock, each at an exercise price of $11.50 per share   BTMDW   The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

 

 

Written communication pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

 

 

Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

 

 

Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

 

 

Pre-commencements communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (§230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§240.12b-2 of this chapter).

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

 

 

 


INTRODUCTORY NOTE

As previously disclosed, on May 26, 2022 (the “Closing Date”), Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III, a Delaware corporation (“HYAC”), completed the transactions contemplated by that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2021 (the “Business Combination Agreement”), by and among HYAC, Haymaker Sponsor III LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”), BioTE Holdings, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company (“Biote” and, together with its direct and indirect subsidiaries, the “Biote Companies”), BioTE Management, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company, Dr. Gary Donovitz, in his individual capacity, and Teresa S. Weber, in her capacity as the members’ representative (in such capacity, the “Members’ Representative”) of the members of Biote immediately prior to the closing (the “Closing”) of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (the “Members”). A description of the Business Combination and the terms of the Business Combination Agreement are included in the definitive proxy statement (File No. 001-40128) (the “Proxy Statement”) filed by HYAC with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on May 5, 2022 in the section titled “Proposal No. 1—The Business Combination Proposal.” Defined terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Proxy Statement.

At the Closing, (i) Biote transferred to the Company (as defined below) 9,161,771 Class A common units of Biote (“Biote Units”), which was equal to the number of shares of HYAC’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), issued and outstanding as of immediately prior to the Closing (after giving effect to redemptions by HYAC’s public stockholders of 30,525,729 shares of Class A Common Stock prior to the Closing and the conversion of HYAC’s Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class B Common Stock”)) into shares of Class A Common Stock and (ii) HYAC issued 58,565,824 shares of newly authorized Class V common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class V Voting Stock”), which number of shares of Class V Voting Stock was equal to the number of Biote Units retained by the Members immediately following the Closing (the “Retained Biote Units”), and which shares of Class V Voting Stock were distributed to Biote’s Members, resulting in the combined company being organized in an “Up-C” structure. The transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement are referred to herein as the “Business Combination.”

Also at Closing, (x) in exchange for the Closing Biote Units (as defined in the Proxy Statement), HYAC transferred cash in an amount equal to (i) the cash in the trust account and any cash held by HYAC outside of the trust account, less (ii) the amounts required by the redemptions of Class A common stock by the public stockholders, which was equal to $305.5 million and (y) the Biote Companies received aggregate proceeds of $125.0 million from the Debt Financing (as defined below) (the aggregate amounts described in (x) and (y) of $137.3 million, the “Closing Date Cash”) in accordance with and in the priority set forth in the Business Combination Agreement and as described further in the Proxy Statement. There was no cash consideration paid to Members at Closing.

Upon the Closing, HYAC as the registrant changed its name to “biote Corp.”

Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” and the “Company” refers to biote Corp. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Biote, following the Closing and references to “HYAC” refer to Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III at or prior to the Closing. All references herein to the “Board” refer to the board of directors of the Company after giving effect to the Business Combination.

On the business day following the Closing, the Company’s public units automatically separated into their component securities upon consummation of the Business Combination and, as a result, no longer trade as a separate security and were delisted from The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”).


Item 1.01.

Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

Tax Receivable Agreement

At Closing, the Company, Biote, the Members and the Members’ Representative entered into a tax receivable agreement (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”), which provides for, among other things, payment by the Company to the Members of 85% of the U.S. federal, state and local income tax savings realized by the Company as a result of the increases in tax basis and certain other tax benefits related to any transactions contemplated under the Business Combination Agreement and any redemption of Retained Biote Units in exchange for Class A common stock or cash (as more fully described in the Tax Receivable Agreement). These payments are an obligation of the Company and not of the Biote Companies. The Company’s only material asset following the Business Combination is its ownership interest in Biote and, accordingly, the Company will depend on distributions from Biote to make any payments required to be made by the Company under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

The term of the Tax Receivable Agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired unless the Company exercises its right to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement for an amount representing the present value of anticipated future tax benefits under the Tax Receivable Agreement or certain other acceleration events occur. The actual increase in the Company’s allocable share of tax basis in the Biote Companies’ assets, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of redemptions of shares of Retained Biote Units, the market price of shares of the Class A common stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable and the amount and timing of the Company’s income. Any payments the Company makes under the Tax Receivable Agreement will generally reduce the amount of overall cash flow that might have otherwise been available to the Company. To the extent that the Company is unable to make timely payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for any reason, the unpaid amounts will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid; however, nonpayment for a specified period and/or under certain circumstances may constitute a material breach of a material obligation under the Tax Receivable Agreement and therefore accelerate payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

The Tax Receivable Agreement provides that, in the event that (i) the Company exercises its early termination rights under the Tax Receivable Agreement, (ii) certain changes of control occur (as described in the Tax Receivable Agreement), (iii) the Company, in certain circumstances, fails to make a payment required to be made pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement by the applicable final payment date, which non-payment continues for 30 days following such final payment date or (iv) the Company materially breaches any of its material obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which breach continues without cure for 30 days following receipt by the Company of written notice thereof (unless, in the case of clauses (iii) and (iv), certain liquidity exceptions apply) the Company’s obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement will accelerate and the Company will be required to make a lump-sum cash payment to the applicable parties to the Tax Receivable Agreement equal to the present value of all forecasted future payments that would have otherwise been made under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which lump-sum payment would be based on certain assumptions, including those relating to our future taxable income.

The foregoing description of the Tax Receivable Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Tax Receivable Agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Investor Rights Agreement

At the Closing, the Company, the Members, the Sponsor, the Members’ Representative and certain other parties entered into an Investor Rights Agreement (the “Investor Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, among other things, (i) that certain Registration Rights Agreement, by and between HYAC and certain security holders, dated March 1, 2021, entered into in connection with HYAC’s initial public offering, was terminated, (ii) the Company provided certain registration rights for the shares of Class A common stock held (or underlying certain securities held) by the Members, the Sponsor, and certain other parties, (iii) the Members agreed not to, subject to certain exceptions, transfer, sell, assign or otherwise dispose of the shares of Class A common stock, Class V Voting Stock and the Biote Units held by such Members, as applicable, for six months following the Closing, and the Member Earnout Units (as defined therein) until the date such securities have been earned in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement and (iv) the Sponsor agreed not to, subject to certain exceptions, transfer, sell, assign or otherwise dispose of its (a) shares of Class A common stock (other than the Sponsor Earnout Shares, as defined therein) for six months following the Closing, (b) Sponsor Earnout Shares until the date such securities have been earned in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement and (c) warrants issued to the Sponsor pursuant to that certain Private Placement Warrants Purchase Agreement, dated March 1, 2021, by and between the Company and the Sponsor,


and the underlying shares of Class A Common Stock, for 30 days following the Closing Date (such lock-up period superseding the lock-up period set forth in the Insider Letter (as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement)), in each case, as more fully described in the Investor Rights Agreement).

The foregoing description of the Investor Rights Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Investor Rights Agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.2 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Biote

At the Closing, the Company, Biote and the Members entered into the Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Biote (the “Biote A&R OA”), which, among other things, (i) provided for a recapitalization of the ownership structure of Biote, whereby following the execution of the Biote A&R OA, the ownership structure of Biote consists solely of the Biote Units, (ii) designated the Company as the sole manager of Biote, (iii) provides that on the Exchange Date (as defined in the Biote A&R OA) (unless otherwise waived by the Company, or, with respect to the Initial Shares (as defined therein), following the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of such shares), each Retained Biote Unit held by the Members may be redeemed in exchange, subject to certain conditions, for either one share of Class A Common Stock or, at the election of the Company in its capacity as the sole manager of Biote, the cash equivalent of the market value of one share of Class A Common Stock (the “Exchange Rights”), and (iv) otherwise amended and restated the rights and preferences of the Biote Units, in each case, as more fully described in the Biote A&R OA.

The foregoing description of the Biote A&R OA does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Biote A&R OA, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 10.3 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Employment Agreements

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth in Item 2.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K under the caption “Employment Agreements,” which is incorporated in this Item 1.01 by reference.

Indemnification Agreements

In connection with the Closing, the Company entered into indemnification agreements (each, an “Indemnification Agreement”) with its directors and executive officers. Each Indemnification Agreement provides for indemnification and advancements by the Company of certain expenses and costs if the basis of the indemnitee’s involvement in a matter was by reason of the fact that the indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or was serving at the Company’s request in an official capacity for another entity, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware.

The foregoing description of the Indemnification Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Indemnification Agreement, a form of which is attached as Exhibit 10.4 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Credit Agreements

Senior Secured Revolving and Term Loan A Credit Facilities

On May 26, 2022 certain direct and indirect subsidiaries of biote Corp. entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2022 (the “Credit Agreement”; any capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement), by and among, inter alios, Biote, BioTE Medical, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (the “Borrower”), BioTe IP, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company (“BioTe IP” and, together with Biote and the Borrower, collectively, the “Loan Parties”), certain lenders party thereto from time to time (the “Lenders”), and Truist Bank, as administrative agent for the Lenders (“Administrative Agent”). The Credit Agreement provides for (i) a $50,000,000 senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Loans”) and (ii) a $125,000,000 senior secured term loan A credit facility,


which was borrowed in full on the closing date (the “Term Loan” and, together with the Revolving Loans, collectively, the “Loans”, such transactions together the “Debt Financing”). The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Debt Financing to refinance and replace an existing revolving credit facility pursuant to a Credit Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2019, with Bank of America, N.A and for general corporate purposes.

Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Borrower may borrow under the Revolving Loans from time to time up to the total commitment of $50,000,000. Each of the Revolving Loan commitments and the Term Loan mature on May 26, 2027. Interest on borrowings under the each of the Revolving Loans and the Term Loan is based on either, at the borrower’s election, the SOFR Rate plus an applicable margin of 2.5% or 2.75% or the Base Rate plus an applicable margin of 1.5% or 1.75%, each as further described in the Credit Agreement.

The obligations under the Credit Agreement and any swap obligations and cash management obligations owing to a lender (or an affiliate of a lender) thereunder are and will be guaranteed by Biote and each of Biote’s existing and subsequently acquired or organized direct and indirect subsidiaries (other than certain immaterial subsidiaries, subsidiaries whose guarantee would result in material adverse tax consequences and subsidiaries whose guarantee is prohibited by applicable law). The obligations under the Credit Agreement and any such swap and cash management obligations are secured, subject to customary permitted liens and other agreed upon exceptions, by a perfected security interest in all tangible and intangible assets of the Loan Parties (including capital stock), except for certain customary excluded assets.

The Borrower is permitted to make voluntary prepayments of the Term Loan at any time without payment of a premium. The Borrower is required to make mandatory prepayments of Term Loan with (a) net cash proceeds from certain non-ordinary course asset sales (subject to reinvestment rights and other exceptions), (b) casualty proceeds and condemnation awards (subject to reinvestment rights and other exceptions), and (c) net cash proceeds from issuances of debt (other than certain permitted debt). The Term Loan will amortize in equal quarterly installments in an aggregate annual amount equal to 5% of the original principal amount thereof, with any remaining balance payable on the final maturity date of the Term Loan.

The Loans are subject to, among other provisions, customary covenants regarding indebtedness, liens, negative pledges, restricted payments, certain prepayments of indebtedness, investments, fundamental changes, disposition of assets, sale and lease-back transactions, transactions with affiliates, amendments of or waivers with respect to restricted debt and permitted activities of Biote. In addition, the Loans are subject to (i) a maximum total net leverage ratio and (ii) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. The Loan Parties must maintain a total net leverage ratio of less than or equal to (i) 4.25:1.00, with respect to the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2022 through and including the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2023, (ii) 4.00:1.00, with respect to the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2023 through and including March 31, 2024, and (iii) 3.75:.1.00 thereafter. Beginning with the third fiscal quarter of 2022, the Loan Parties must not permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.25:1.00. Both financial covenants are tested quarterly.

The Loans are also subject to customary events of default. Events of default under the Credit Agreement include (subject to grace periods in certain instances): (i) the failure by any Loan Party to timely make payments due under the Credit Agreement; (ii) material misrepresentations or misstatements in any representation or warranty by any Loan Party when made; (iii) failure by any Loan Party to comply with the covenants under the Credit Agreement and other related agreements; (iv) certain defaults under a specified amount of other indebtedness of Biote or its subsidiaries; (v) insolvency or bankruptcy-related events with respect to Biote or any of its subsidiaries; (vi) certain undischarged, non-appealable judgments above a specified threshold against Biote or any of its subsidiaries; (vii) certain ERISA-related events reasonably expected to result in liability above a specified threshold to Biote and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (viii) any loan documents or a material part of the liens under the loan documents ceasing to be, or being asserted by Biote or its subsidiaries not to be, in full force and effect; (ix) any loan party or subsidiary denying that it has further obligations under any Loan Document; (x) any obligations under the loan documents ceasing to constitute senior indebtedness; and (x) the occurrence of a change of control. If an event of default has occurred and is continues beyond any applicable cure period, Administrative Agent may (i) accelerate all outstanding obligations under the Credit Agreement or (ii) terminate the commitments, amongst other remedies. Additionally, the Borrower may not borrow under the Loans while an event of default is continuing.


The description above is a summary and is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Credit Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.11 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 2.01.

Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.

The disclosure set forth in the “Introductory Note” above is incorporated into this Item 2.01 by reference.

FORM 10 INFORMATION

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This Current Report on Form 8-K and the documents incorporated herein contain forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements relate to expectations for future financial performance, business strategies, or expectations for the Company’s business. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding the Company’s or its management team’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions, or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts, or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements.

Specifically, forward-looking statements may include statements relating to:

 

   

the benefits of the Business Combination;

 

   

the future financial performance of the Company following the Business Combination;

 

   

the liquidity and trading of the Company’s securities;

 

   

expansion plans and opportunities;

other statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words “may,” “can,” “should,” “will,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “forecast,” “intend,” “expect,” “hope,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “seek,” “target,” “continue,” “could,” “might,” “ongoing,” “potential,” “predict,” “would” or similar expressions; and

other factors detailed under the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 60 of HYAC’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on May 5, 2022 (the “Proxy Statement”), which are incorporated herein by reference.

These forward-looking statements are based on information available as of the date of this Current Report on Form 8-K, and our management’s current expectations, forecasts and assumptions, and involve a number of judgments, risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing the Company’s views as of any subsequent date. The Company does not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date they were made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. As a result of a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties, the Company’s actual results or performance may be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Some factors that could cause actual results to differ include:

 

   

the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that could give rise to a claim under the Business Combination Agreement;

 

   

the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted following the Business Combination;

 

   

the risk that the Business Combination disrupts our current plans and operations;

 

   

the inability to maintain the listing of our securities on Nasdaq;

 

   

the inability to recognize the anticipated benefits of the Business Combination, which may be affected by, among other things, competition, the effect of becoming publicly listed on the Company, and the inability of the Company’s business to grow and manage growth profitably;

 

   

the unpredictability of the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic;


   

changes in applicable laws or regulations;

 

   

the inability to profitably expand in existing markets and into new markets;

 

   

costs related to the Business Combination;

 

   

the possibility that we may be adversely impacted by other economic, business, and/or competitive factors;

 

   

future exchange and interest rates; and

 

   

other risks and uncertainties indicated in the Proxy Statement, including those under the section titled “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 60 thereof, and other filings that the Company has made or will make with the SEC.

Business

Information about the business of the Company is described in the Proxy Statement in the section titled “Information About Biote” beginning on page 241 thereof, which is incorporated herein by reference. The business of HYAC prior to the Business Combination is described in the Proxy Statement in the section titled “Information About the Company” beginning on page 216 thereof, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Risk Factors

The risks associated with the Company’s business and operations and the Business Combination are described in the Proxy Statement in the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 60 thereof, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Financial Information

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth in Item 9.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K concerning the consolidated financial statements of BioTE Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries, which is incorporated herein by reference. Reference is further made to the disclosure contained in the Proxy Statement in the sections titled “Summary Historical Financial Information of the Company” on page 56 thereof, relating to the financial statements of HYAC as of December 31, 2020 and for the period from July 6, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021, “Summary Historical Financial Information of Biote,” on page 57 thereof, relating to the financial statements of Biote as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2021, “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information” beginning on page 128 thereof, relating to the combined pro forma financial information as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021, and “Comparative Share Information” beginning on page 139 thereof, relating to the historical comparative per share information of HYAC and Biote and the pro forma comparative share information, in each case for the year ended December 31, 2021, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Quarterly Results of Operations

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth in Item 9.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K concerning the financial information of Biote and HYAC, which is incorporated herein by reference.


Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Reference is made to the disclosure contained in the Proxy Statement in the sections titled “Biote Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” beginning on page 270 thereof for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 and “The Company’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” beginning on page 231 thereof for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth in Item 9.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K concerning (i) the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Biote for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 and (ii) the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of HYAC for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

As a smaller reporting company, the Company is not required to provide this disclosure pursuant to Item 305(e) of regulation S-K.

Properties

The properties of the Company are described in the Proxy Statement in the sections titled “Information About Biote—Facilities” on page 257 thereof, which is incorporated herein by reference. 

Beneficial Ownership of Securities

The following table sets forth information known to the Company regarding the beneficial ownership of the Company’s Class A Common Stock and Class V Voting Stock (collectively, the “Common Stock”) as of the Closing, after giving effect to the Closing (including the redemption of the Class A Common Stock (the “Redemption Shares”) and the conversion of the Class B Common Stock), by:

 

   

each person who is known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock;

 

   

each of the Company’s executive officers and directors; and

 

   

all executive officers and directors of the Company as a group.

Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined according to the rules and regulations of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if such person possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options, warrants and exchange rights that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person in the table below, all shares subject to options, warrants and exchange rights units held by such person were deemed outstanding if such securities are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the Closing Date. These shares were not deemed outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The following table also includes Retained Units (and Earnout Units) that may be exchanged for shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of Exchange Rights, whether or not such Exchange Rights are or may be exercisable within 60 days.

The beneficial ownership of Common Stock is based on 67,727,595 shares of common stock, consisting of 9,161,771 shares of Class A Common Stock, 0 shares of Class B Common Stock and 58,565,824 shares of Class V Voting Stock issued and outstanding as of the Closing Date.

Unless otherwise indicated, the Company believes that each person named in the table below has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by them.


Name of Beneficial Owners(1)

   Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
     Percentage
of
Outstanding
Common
Stock
 

Directors and Executive Officers:

     

Steven J. Heyer(2)

     13,504,166        18.4

Andrew R. Heyer(2)

     13,504,166        18.4

Dana Jacoby

     —          —    

Marc D. Beer

     3,832,476        5.7

Mark Cone

     —          —    

Teresa S. Weber

     3,832,476        5.7

Robbin Gibbins

     —          —    

Joe Butler

     —          —    

Richard K. Key

     —          —    

Cary Paulette

     —          —    

Ed Orlandi

     —          —    

Mary Elizabeth Conlon

     —          —    

Jennifer Schimmel

     —          —    

Jade Beutler

     —          —    

All directors and executive officers as a group (14 individuals)

     21,169,118        28.9

Five Percent Holders:

     

Haymaker Sponsor III LLC(2)

     13,504,166        18.4

Dr. Gary Donovitz(3)

     23,343,672        34.5

Donovitz Family Irrevocable Trust(4)

     23,343,672        34.5

 

1)

Unless otherwise stated, the business address of each of these entities or individuals is 1875 W Walnut Hill Ln #100, Irving, TX 75038, United States.

2)

Consists of: (i) 7,937,500 shares of Class A Common Stock and (ii) 5,566,666 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the private placement warrants. Haymaker Sponsor III LLC (the “Sponsor”) is the record holder of the shares reported herein. Steven J. Heyer and Andrew R. Heyer are the managing members of the Sponsor and have voting and investment discretion with respect to the securities held of record by the Sponsor and may be deemed to have shared beneficial ownership of the securities held directly by the Sponsor. Each such person disclaims any beneficial ownership of the reported shares other than to the extent of any pecuniary interest they may have therein, directly or indirectly. The address of the Sponsor is 501 Madison Ave., Floor 5, New York, NY 10022.

3)

Consists of: (i) 848,726 shares held by BioTE Management, LLC, of which Dr. Donovitz is the sole member; and (ii) 22,494,946 shares held by the Gary S. Donovitz 2012 Irrevocable Trust (formerly Marci M. Donovitz Trust), of which Gary S. Donovitz is the trustee. Dr. Donovitz exercises sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the trust. The business address of BioTE Management, LLC is 1875 W Walnut Hill Ln #100, Irving, TX 75038, United States. The business address of the Gary S. Donovitz 2012 Irrevocable Trust (formerly Marci M. Donovitz Trust) is 1875 W Walnut Hill Ln #100, Irving, TX 75038, United States.

4)

Consists of 23,343,672 shares held by the Donovitz Family Irrevocable Trust, of which Marci Donovitz is the trustee. The address of the Donovitz Family Irrevocable Trust is Synergy Wealth Partners, 600 N Shepherd Drive, Suite 200, Houston, TX 77007.

Management and Board of Directors

The following persons are the directors and executive officers of the Company immediately following the Closing:

 

   

Name

  

Age

  

Position(s)

 

Marc D. Beer

   57    Class III Director
 

Dana Jacoby

   47    Class I Director
 

Mark Cone

   59    Class II Director


 

Steven J. Heyer

   69    Class II Director
 

Andrew R. Heyer

   64    Class I Director
 

Teresa S. Weber

   69    Chief Executive Officer, Class III Director
 

Robbin Gibbins

   58    Chief Financial Officer
 

Joe Butler

   60    Chief Information Officer
 

Richard K. Key

   52    Chief Digital Officer
 

Cary Paulette

   60    Chief Revenue Officer
 

Ed Orlandi

   62    Senior Director, Supply Chain & Facility
 

Mary Elizabeth Conlon

   42    Vice President, Business Development & General Counsel
 

Jennifer Schimmel

   49    Director, Human Resources & Talent
 

Jade Beutler

   59    Head of Nutraceuticals

Executive Officers

The following is a brief biography of each of Biote’s executive officers and key employees.

Teresa S. Weber, Chief Executive Officer, Director. Ms. Teresa S. Weber has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Biote since March 2019 and on its Board of Managers since June 2018. Prior to joining Biote, Ms. Weber served as the Chief Executive Officer of Amen Clinics, Inc., an outpatient healthcare clinic company, from January 2015 to March 2019. Ms. Weber has also been a partner and consultant at Mattioli Weber Consulting, a marketing, service and retain consulting firm, since June 2013. She holds an M.S. in Management from Purdue University and a B.S. in Economics from New College Florida. Ms. Weber is qualified to serve as a director due to her significant leadership experience.

Robbin Gibbins, Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Robbin Gibbins has served as the Chief Financial Officer of Biote since May 2019. Prior to joining Biote, Mr. Gibbins served as the Chief Financial Officer of American Achievement Corporation, a manufacturer and distributor of commemorative jewelry and recognition products, from January 2017 to April 2019 and as the Chief Financial Officer of Allgoods, LLC, an apparel manufacturer and supplier, from January 2013 to May 2016. Mr. Gibbins holds a B.S. in Accounting from the University of Nebraska-Lincoln.

Joe Butler, Chief Information Officer. Mr. Joe Butler has served as the Chief Information Officer of Biote since March 2019. Prior to joining Biote, Mr. Butler served in various roles at DHL International GmbH from 2004 to 2019, most recently as Global Head of Integration Services for DHL Supply Chain from April 2013 to January 2016 and as the Vice President, Head of Global Infrastructure Programs from February 2016 to June 2019. Mr. Butler holds an M.B.A. in Technology Management from the University of Phoenix and a B.A. in Liberal Arts from Arizona State University.

Richard K. Key, Chief Digital Officer. Mr. Richard K. Key has served as the Chief Digital Officer of Biote since January 2021. Prior to joining Biote, Mr. Key served as the Vice President, Digital Marketing for Mr. Cooper Group Inc. from 2018 to 2021, where he led digital marketing strategy for the third largest home loan servicer in the United States. Prior to that, Mr. Key served as AVP, Digital & Marketing Strategy for General Motors Company from 2016 to 2018, where he led digital and marketing strategy for General Motors Financial. Mr. Key also served as a Digital Consultant for Tandem Labs from 2013 to 2021. Mr. Key holds a B.A. in Business and Marketing from the University of Texas at Arlington.

Cary Paulette, Vice President, Sales. Mr. Cary Paulette has served as the Vice President of Sales of Biote since July 2019. Prior to joining Biote, Mr. Paulette served as the Executive Vice President, Sales, Marketing & Sales Operations of ThermiHealth, LLC, from August 2017 to August 2019 and as the Senior Vice President, Sales of Ellman International from October 2013 to August 2017. Mr. Paulette holds a B.A. in Marketing from Baylor University.

Ed Orlandi, Senior Director, Supply Chain & Facility. Mr. Ed Orlandi has served as the Senior Director, Supply Chain & Facility Management of Biote since January 2021. Mr. Orlandi also currently serves as the President of Turning Point Solutions, LLC and has served in that capacity since March 2020. Prior to joining Biote, Mr. Orlandi served as the Senior Director of Operations of ThermiHealth, LLC from August 2017 to March 2020 and as the Director, Supply Chain of Galderma Laboratories, L.P., a Nestle Skin Health Company, from December 2016 to


August 2017. Mr. Orlandi graduated from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in 2018 with a MicroMasters in Supply Chain Management and also holds a variety of other degrees, including an M.S. in Engineering Management/Operations Research from Southern Methodist University, an M.B.A in Finance & Operations from the University of Texas and a B.S. in Aerospace Engineering from Texas A&M University.

Mary Elizabeth Conlon, Vice President, Business Development & General Counsel. Ms. Mary Elizabeth Conlon has served as the Vice President, Business Development and General Counsel of Biote since June 2021. Prior to joining Biote, Ms. Conlon founded The Conlon Law Firm, P.C., where she practiced law from January 2012 to June 2021. Prior to that, Ms. Conlon was named partner at Travis, Calhoun & Conlon, P.C., where she practiced law from September 2004. Ms. Conlon holds a J.D. from Baylor Law School and a B.A. in Communications from Baylor University.

Jennifer Schimmel, Director, Human Resources & Talent. Ms. Schimmel has served as the Director, Human Resources & Talent of Biote since June 2019. Prior to joining Biote, Ms. Schimmel served as the Director of Human Resources of DeliverCareRx Pharmacy, LLC from April 2017 to June 2019 and served as the Director, Human Resources & Organizational Effectiveness, of Cogensia, a CAC Group Company, from July 2013 to September 2016. Ms. Schimmel graduated from Roosevelt University with a B.S. in Business Administration.

Jade Beutler, Head of Nutraceuticals. Mr. Beutler has served as the Head of Nutraceuticals since May 2022. Prior to joining Biote, Mr. Beutler served as the founder and principle of Pure Performance from December 2019 to May 2022, the chief executive officer and co-founder of Emerald Health Bioceuticals from March 2017 to February 2020, the co-founder and principle of SOTRU Fermented Superfoods from February 2015 to January 2017 and the chief operating officer of Amen Clinics from December 2013 to January 2015. Mr. Beutler graduated from California College for Health Sciences with a Bachelors Degree in Respiratory Therapy..

Non-Employee Directors

Information with respect to the Company’s directors immediately following the Closing is set forth in the Proxy Statement in the section titled “Management After the Business Combination—Non-Employee Directors” beginning on page 286 thereof, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Director Independence

Nasdaq rules will require that a majority of our Board be independent upon consummation of the business combination. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In connection with this offering, the Board has undertaken a review of the independence of each director and considered whether each director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. As a result of this review, the Board determined that Messrs. Mark Cone, Steven Heyer, Andrew Heyer and Ms. Dana Jacoby are “independent directors” as defined in Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the rules of Nasdaq. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Classified Board of Directors

Information with respect to the classification of the Board is set forth in the Proxy Statement in the section titled “Management After the Business Combination—Classified Board of Directors” on page 287 thereof, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Family Relationships

Information with respect to family relationships of our directors and executive is set forth in the Proxy Statement in the section titled “Management After the Business Combination—Family Relationships” on page 287 thereof, which is incorporated herein by reference.


Committees of the Board of Directors

Information with respect to the Company’s directors and executive officers immediately following the Closing is set forth in the Proxy Statement in the section titled “Management After the Business Combination—Committees of the Board of Directors” beginning on page 288 thereof, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Executive Compensation

A description of the compensation of the named executive officers of Biote prior to the consummation of the Business Combination and for Biote’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 is set forth in the Proxy Statement in the section titled “Executive Compensation” beginning on page 291 thereof, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Employment Agreements

A description of the employment agreements with the Company’s executive officers is set forth in the Proxy Statement in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements” beginning on page 292 thereof, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

The certain relationships and related party transactions of HYAC and Biote are described in the Proxy Statement in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” beginning on page 320 thereof, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Additionally, the Company has entered into a Founder Advisory Agreement and Independent Contractor Agreement.

Founder Advisory Agreement

On May 18, 2022, Biote Medical and Gary S. Donovitz, MD, the founder of BioTE Medical (the “Founder Advisor”), entered into a Founder Advisory Agreement, effective as of, and contingent upon, the Closing (the “Founder Advisory Agreement”). Pursuant to the Founder Advisory Agreement, the Founder Advisor will transition from an officer and manager of Biote Medical into the role of Founder Advisor and Senior Advisor (as defined in the Founder Advisory Agreement) as of the Closing. Pursuant to the Founder Advisory Agreement, Founder Advisor will provide strategic advisory services to Biote Medical for a period of four years, unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of the Founder Advisory Agreement, and will receive an annual fee equal to $300,000 per year, continued coverage under Biote Medical’s employee benefits and reimbursement for reasonable business expenses.

Independent Contractor Agreement

On May 18, 2022, Biote Medical entered into an Independent Contractor Agreement with Lani D. Consulting, a company affiliated with Lani Hammonds Donovitz, the wife of Gary S. Donovitz, MD, Biote’s founder and one of our five percent or greater shareholders (the “New Independent Contractor Agreement”). Immediately upon the Closing, the New Independent Contractor Agreement will replace the Independent Contractor Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2021, between Lani D. Consulting and Biote Medical. Pursuant to the New Independent Contractor Agreement, Lani D. Consulting will provide certain services to Biote Medical for a period of four years, unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of the New Independent Contractor Agreement, and will receive an annual fee equal to $250,000 per year and reimbursement for reasonable business expenses.

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Information with respect to the policies and procedures for related person transactions is set forth in the Proxy Statement in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Related Party Policy” on page 321 thereof, which is incorporated herein by reference.


Legal Proceedings

Information about legal proceedings of Biote and HYAC is set forth in the Proxy Statement in the sections titled “Information About Biote—Legal Proceedings” beginning on page 269 thereof and “Information about the Company—Legal Proceedings” on page 230 thereof, respectively, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

As of the Closing Date, there were approximately 10 holders of record of the Class A Common Stock, excluding beneficial owners holding shares through nominee holders of record, zero holders of record of the Class B Common Stock, and nine holders of record of the Class V Voting Stock.

The Class A Common Stock and warrants to purchase Class A Common Stock (“Warrants”) began trading on Nasdaq under the symbols “BTMD” and “BTMDW,” respectively, on May 27, 2022. In connection with the Closing, each of HYAC’s publicly traded units automatically separated into their component securities upon the Closing and, as a result, no longer trade as a separate security and were delisted from Nasdaq.

The Company has not paid any cash dividends on the Common Stock to date and does not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon the Company’s revenue and earnings, if any, capital requirements, liabilities and related reserves, and general financial condition. The payment of any cash dividends will be within the discretion of the Board from time to time and subject to applicable Delaware law. It is the present intention of the Company’s Board to retain all earnings, if any, for use in business operations and, accordingly, the Board does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, the Company’s ability to declare dividends is currently limited by restrictive covenants in connection with certain credit facilities.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth in Item 3.02 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Description of Registrant’s Securities

The description of the Company’s securities is contained in the Proxy Statement in the section titled “Description of Securities” beginning on page 298 thereof, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Immediately following the Closing, there were 9,161,771 shares of Class A Common Stock, held of record by approximately 10 holders, 58,565,824 shares of Class V Voting Stock issued and outstanding, held of record by nine holders, and 13,504,166 warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding held of record by two holders, in each case excluding beneficial owners holding shares through nominee holders of record.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth in Item 1.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K under the caption “Indemnification Agreements,” which is incorporated herein by reference. Reference is further made to the disclosure set forth in the Proxy Statement in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Biote Related Party Transactions—Director and Officer Indemnification” on page 323, which is incorporated herein by reference.

The Charter (as defined below) and the Amended and Restated Bylaws (as defined below) provide that the officers and directors of the Company will be indemnified by the Company to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as it now exists or may in the future be amended, for any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding relating to any such officer’s or director’s service to the Company. The Charter and the Amended and Restated Bylaws also require the Company to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit the Company to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. In addition, the Charter provides that directors will not be personally liable


for monetary damages to the Company or its stockholders for breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors, unless such directors violated their duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized unlawful payments of dividends, unlawful stock purchases or unlawful redemptions, or derived an improper personal benefit from their actions as directors.

Additionally, pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, the Company is required to maintain all such indemnification provisions in the Charter and the Amended and Restated Bylaws until at least the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date, including in the event of any change in control of the Company.

These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth in Item 9.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 2.03

Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant

The disclosure set forth Item 1.01 above under the heading “Credit Agreements” is incorporated into this Item 2.03 by reference.

 

Item 3.02

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.

Transaction Consideration

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth in the “Introductory Note” to this Current Report on Form 8-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.

The shares of Class A Common Stock and Class V Voting Stock issued in connection with Business Combination were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration requirements thereof provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering.

 

Item 3.03

Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders.

At the Closing, (i) Biote transferred to the Company (as defined below) 9,161,771 Biote Units, which was equal to the number of shares of HYAC’s Class A Common Stock, issued and outstanding as of immediately prior to the Closing (after giving effect to redemptions by HYAC’s public stockholders prior to the Closing and the conversion of HYAC’s Class B Common Stock), (ii) HYAC contributed the Cash Consideration (as defined below) to Biote in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement, which was distributed to the Members, and (iii) HYAC issued 58,565,824 shares of newly authorized Class V Voting Stock, which number of shares of Class V Voting Stock was equal to the number of Retained Biote Units, and which shares of Class V Voting Stock were distributed to Biote’s Members, resulting in the combined company being organized in an “Up-C” structure. The Company changed its name to “biote Corp.,” and the Company adopted the Charter, and the Amended and Restated Bylaws, each as further described below.

The Class A Common Stock and Warrants are listed for trading on Nasdaq under the symbols “BTMD” and “BTMDW,” respectively. Upon consummation of the Business Combination, the CUSIP numbers relating to the Class A Common Stock and warrants changed to 090683 103 and 090683 111, respectively.


Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation

On the Closing Date, HYAC’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, dated March 1, 2021, was replaced by the Charter, to, among other things:

 

   

increase the total number of authorized shares of all classes of capital stock, par value $0.0001 per share, from 221,000,000 shares, consisting of 200,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, 20,000,000 shares of Class B common stock and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, to 718,000,000 shares, which would consist of 708,000,000 shares of common stock, including 600,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, 8,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, 100,000,000 shares of Class V voting stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock;

 

   

provide that the Company opts out of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prevents certain Delaware corporations, under certain circumstances, from engaging in a “business combination” with certain “interested stockholders” and their affiliates, and instead provide that the Company shall not engage in any business combination (as such term is defined in the Charter), at any point in time at which the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless: (i) our Board approves the transaction that made the stockholder an “interested stockholder,” prior to the date of the transaction; (ii) after the completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, that stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than statutorily excluded shares of common stock; or (iii) on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our Board and authorized at a meeting of our stockholders, and not by written consent, by an affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder;

 

   

remove requirements that limit the Company’s ability to redeem shares of Class A common stock and consummate an initial business combination if the amount of such redemptions would cause the Company to have less than $5,000,001 in net tangible assets; and

 

   

provide for certain additional amendments, including, among other things, to change the name of the Company to “biote Corp.” from “Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III.”

This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the Charter, which is attached as Exhibit 3.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Amended and Restated Bylaws

On the Closing Date, HYAC’s bylaws were amended and restated to establish a structure containing Class A Common Stock, which will carry such economic and voting rights as set forth in the Charter and Amended and Restated Bylaws, and Class V Voting Stock, which will carry only such voting rights as set forth in the Charter and Amended and Restated Bylaws (as more fully described in the Charter and Amended and Restated Bylaws). This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the Amended and Restated Bylaws, which are attached as Exhibit 3.2 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 4.01

Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant.

On May 26, 2022, the Board approved the engagement of Deloitte & Touche LLP (“Deloitte”) as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm to audit the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2022. Deloitte served as the independent registered public accounting firm of Biote prior to the Business Combination. Accordingly, Marcum LLP (“Marcum”), HYAC’s independent registered public accounting firm prior to the Business Combination, was informed on the Closing Date that it would be dismissed and replaced by Deloitte as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm.

Marcum’s report on HYAC’s balance sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from July 6, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020, and the related notes to the financial statements (collectively, the “financial statements”) did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor were they qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles, except for the substantial doubt about HYAC’s ability to continue as a going concern.


During the year ended December 31, 2021 and the period from July 6, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020 and the subsequent interim period through March 31, 2022, there were no: (i) disagreements with Marcum on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosures or audited scope or procedures, which disagreements if not resolved to Marcum’s satisfaction would have caused Marcum to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its report or (ii) reportable events as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act.

During the year ended December 31, 2021 and the period from July 6, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020, and the interim period through March 31, 2022, the Company did not consult Deloitte with respect to either (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed; or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company’s financial statements, and no written report or oral advice was provided to the Company by Deloitte that Deloitte concluded was an important factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue; or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement, as that term is described in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act and the related instructions to Item 304 of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act, or a reportable event, as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act.

The Company has provided Marcum with a copy of the disclosures made by the Company in response to this Item 4.01 and has requested that Marcum furnish the Company with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether it agrees with the statements made by the Company in response to this Item 4.01 and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree. A letter from Marcum is attached hereto as Exhibit 16.1.

 

Item 5.01

Changes in Control of the Registrant.

Reference is made to the disclosure in the Proxy Statement in the section titled “Proposal No. 1—The Business Combination Proposal” beginning on page 150 thereof, which is incorporated herein by reference. Further reference is made to the information set forth above under “Introductory Note” and Items 1.01 and 2.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, including under the caption “Form 10 Information,” which are incorporated herein by reference.

Immediately after giving effect to the Business Combination, there were 9,161,771 shares of our Class A Common Stock outstanding and 58,565,824 shares of our Class V Voting Stock outstanding. As of such time, our executive officers and directors and their affiliated entities held 28.9% of our outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class V Voting Stock on a combined basis.

 

Item 5.02.

Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers.

Effective upon the Closing, and in accordance with the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, (i) each executive officer of HYAC ceased serving in such capacities, (ii) each member of the board of directors of HYAC ceased serving in such capacity, (iii) Teresa Weber, Andrew Heyer, Steven Heyer, Dana Jacoby, Mark Cone, M.D. and Marc Beer were appointed as directors of the Company, and (iv) Marc Beer was appointed Executive Chairman of the Board.

biote Corp. 2022 Equity Incentive Plan

As previously disclosed, at HYAC’s special meeting of stockholders on May 24, 2022, HYAC’s stockholders approved the biote Corp. 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”). The description of the Incentive Plan is set forth in the Proxy Statement in the section titled “Proposal No. 6—The Incentive Plan Proposal” beginning on page 204 thereof, which is incorporated herein by reference. A copy of the full text of the Incentive Plan is attached as Exhibit 10.9 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.


biote Corp. 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

As previously disclosed, at HYAC’s special meeting of stockholders on May 24, 2022, HYAC’s stockholders approved the biote Corp. 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP Plan”). The description of the Incentive Plan is set forth in the Proxy Statement in the section titled “Proposal No. 7—The ESPP Proposal” beginning on page 210 thereof, which is incorporated herein by reference. A copy of the full text of the Incentive Plan is attached as Exhibit 10.10 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Employment Agreements

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth in Item 2.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K under the captions “Employment Agreements,” which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 5.03

Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws.

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth in Item 3.03 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 5.05

Amendments to the Registrant’s Code of Ethics, or Waiver of a Provision of the Code of Ethics.

Effective as of the Closing, the Board adopted a new Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which is applicable to all employees, officers and directors of the Company, which is available on the Company’s website at www.biote.com. The information on the Company’s website does not constitute part of this Current Report on Form 8-K and is not incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 5.06.

Change in Shell Company Status.

As a result of the Business Combination, which fulfilled the definition of a business combination set forth in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of HYAC, the Company ceased to be a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act) as of the Closing Date. The material terms of the Business Combination are described in the Proxy Statement in the section titled “Proposal No. 1—The Business Combination Proposal” beginning on page 150, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 9.01

Financial Statements and Exhibits.

 

(a)

Financial statements of businesses acquired.

Reference is made to (i) the consolidated financial statements of BioTE Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries and the related notes thereto as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, which are included in the Proxy Statement on pages F-31 through F-55, which are incorporated herein by reference, (ii) the financial statements of Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III and the related notes thereto as of and for the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, and for the period from July 6, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, included in the Proxy Statement on pages F-2 through F-30, which are incorporated herein by reference, (iii) the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of BioTE Holdings, LLC and subsidiaries for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2022, which are included herewith as Exhibit 99.1 and incorporated herein by reference, (iv) the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2022, which are included herewith as Exhibit 99.2 and incorporated herein by reference, (v) the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Biote for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2022, which is included herewith as Exhibit 99.3 and incorporated herein by reference and (vi) the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2022, which is included herewith as Exhibit 99.4 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b)

Pro forma financial information.

Reference is made to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information of the Company as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021, which is included herewith as Exhibit 99.5 and incorporated herein by reference.


(d)

Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

2.1†   Business Combination Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2021, by and among the Company, Haymaker Sponsor III LLC, Dr. Gary Donovitz, in his individual capacity, and Teresa S. Weber, in her capacity as the Members’ Representative (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-40128) filed with the SEC on December 14, 2021).
3.1*   Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of biote Corp.
3.2*   Amended and Restated Bylaws of biote Corp.
4.1*   Form of Warrant Certificate.
4.2   Warrant Agreement, dated March 1, 2021, by and between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-40128) filed with the SEC on March 5, 2021).
10.1*   Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2022, by and among the Company, BioTE Holdings, LLC and the persons named therein.
10.2*   Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2022, by and among the Company, the Members, the Members’ Representative, Haymaker Sponsor III LLC and certain other parties thereto.
10.3*   Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of BioTE Holdings, LLC.
10.4*   Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.5*+   Services Agreement, dated May 26, 2022, by and between BioTE Medical, LLC and Teresa S. Weber.
10.6*+   Executive Employment Agreement, dated May 26, 2022, by and between BioTE Medical, LLC and Cary Paulette.
10.7   Form of biote Corp. 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Annex E of Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III’s Definitive Proxy Statement (File No. 001-39550) filed with the SEC on May 5, 2022).
10.8   Form of biote Corp. 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Annex F of Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III’s Definitive Proxy Statement (File No. 001-39550) filed with the SEC on May 5, 2022).
10.9*+   Credit Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2022, by and among BioTE Medical, LLC, BioTE Holdings, LLC, the guarantors identified therein, the lenders party thereto from time to time, Truist Bank, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank, Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Co-Syndication Agents, Truist Securities, Inc., BofA Securities, Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners
16.1*   Letter from Marcum LLP to the SEC, dated June 2, 2022.
21.1*   List of Subsidiaries.
99.1*   Unaudited Condensed Consolidated financial statements of BioTE Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries and the related notes thereto as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2022.
99.2*   Unaudited Condensed Consolidated financial statements of Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2022
99.3*   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of BioTE Holdings, LLC as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2022.
99.4*   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2022
99.5*   Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information of the Company as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and for the year ended December 31, 2021.
104   Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL)

 

Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K Item (601)(b)(2).

+

Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K Item (601)(b)(10).

*

Filed herewith.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

Dated: June 2, 2022

 

biote Corp.
By:  

/s/ Teresa Weber

Name:   Teresa Weber
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

May 26, 2022

Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Existing Corporation”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY AS FOLLOWS:

1. The name of the Existing Corporation is “Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III”. The original certificate of incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 6, 2020 (the “Original Certificate”).

2. The Existing Corporation’s first Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which amended and restated the provisions of the Original Certificate, was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 1, 2021 (as amended, the “First Amended and Restated Certificate”).

3. This Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Second Amended and Restated Certificate”), which both restates and amends the provisions of the First Amended and Restated Certificate, was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time (the “DGCL”).

4. This Second Amended and Restated Certificate is restating and amending the provisions of the First Amended and Restated Certificate in connection with the business combination (the “Initial Business Combination”) contemplated by that certain Business Combination Agreement dated as of December 13, 2021, by and among the Existing Corporation, Haymaker Sponsor III LLC (the “Sponsor”), BioTE Holdings LLC, BioTE Management, LLC, Dr. Gary Donovitz, in his individual capacity, and Teresa S. Weber, as Members’ Representative.

5. This Second Amended and Restated Certificate shall become effective on the date of filing with the Secretary of State of Delaware.

6. Certain capitalized terms used in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate are defined where appropriate herein.

7. The text of the First Amended and Restated Certificate is hereby restated and amended in its entirety to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of the corporation is biote Corp. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE II

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the DGCL.


ARTICLE III

REGISTERED AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware, 19808, and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITALIZATION

Section 4.1 Authorized Capital Stock. The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock, each with a par value of $0.0001 per share, which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 718,000,000 shares, consisting of (a) 708,000,000 shares of common stock (the “Common Stock”), including (i) 600,000,000 shares of Class A common stock (the “Class A Common Stock”), (ii) 8,000,000 shares of Class B common stock (the “Class B Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Economic Common Stock”), and (iii) 100,000,000 shares of Class V common stock (the “Class V Common Stock”); and (b) 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock (the “Preferred Stock”).

Section 4.2 Preferred Stock. Subject to Article IX of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate, the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) is hereby expressly authorized to provide out of the unissued shares of the Preferred Stock for one or more series of Preferred Stock and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional, special and other rights, if any, of each such series and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, as shall be stated in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board providing for the issuance of such series and included in a certificate of designation (a “Preferred Stock Designation”) filed pursuant to the DGCL, and the Board is hereby expressly vested with the authority to the full extent provided by law, now or hereafter, to adopt any such resolution or resolutions.

Section 4.3 Common Stock.

(a) Voting.

(i) Except as otherwise required by law or this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation and Section 9.9), the holders of shares of Common Stock shall exclusively possess all voting power with respect to the Corporation.

(ii) Except as otherwise required by law or this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation and Section 9.9), the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each such share on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders on which the holders of the Common Stock are entitled to vote.

(iii) Except as otherwise required by law or this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation and Section 9.9), at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, holders of the Class A Common Stock, holders of the Class B Common Stock and holders of the Class V Common Stock, voting together as a single class, shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and on all other matters properly submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise required by law or this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation), holders of shares of any series of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including any amendment to

 

2


any Preferred Stock Designation) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock or other series of Common Stock if the holders of such affected series of Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as applicable, are entitled exclusively, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation) or the DGCL.

(b) Class B Common Stock.

(i) Shares of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible into shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis (the “Initial Conversion Ratio”) automatically at the time of the closing of a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination involving the Corporation and one or more businesses (a “Business Combination”).

(ii) Notwithstanding the Initial Conversion Ratio, in the case that additional shares of Class A Common Stock, or Equity-linked Securities (as defined below), are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in the Corporation’s initial public offering of securities (the “Offering”) and related to or in connection with the closing of the Initial Business Combination, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock into which all issued and outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock shall automatically convert at the time of the closing of the Initial Business Combination will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock agree to waive such adjustments with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all shares of Class B Common Stock will equal, in the aggregate, twenty-five percent (25%) of the sum of (a) the total number of all shares of Class A Common Stock issued in the Offering (including any shares of Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option) plus (b) the sum of all shares of Class A Common Stock issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any Equity-linked Securities or rights issued or deemed issued in connection with or in relation to the consummation of a Business Combination (including any shares of Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to a forward purchase agreement), excluding any shares of Class A Common Stock or Equity-linked Securities or rights issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination in consideration for such seller’s interest in the Business Combination target, any private placement warrants issued to the Sponsor or other investors, or an affiliate of the Sponsor or the Corporation’s officers and directors upon the conversion of working capital loans made to the Corporation.

As used herein, the term “Equity-linked Securities” means any securities of the Corporation which are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) the foregoing adjustment to the Initial Conversion Ratio may be waived as to any particular issuance or deemed issuance of additional shares of Class A Common Stock or Equity-linked Securities by the written consent or agreement of holders of a majority of the shares of Class B Common Stock then-outstanding consenting or agreeing separately as a single class in the manner provided in Section 4.3(b)(iii), and (ii) in no event shall the Class B Common Stock convert into Class A Common Stock at a ratio that is less than one-for-one.

 

3


The foregoing conversion ratio shall also be adjusted to account for any subdivision (by stock split, subdivision, exchange, stock dividend, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, exchange, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or similar reclassification or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares occurring after the original filing of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate without a proportionate and corresponding subdivision, combination or similar reclassification or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock.

Each share of Class B Common Stock shall convert into its pro rata number of shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4.3(b). The pro rata share for each holder of Class B Common Stock will be determined as follows: Each share of Class B Common Stock shall convert into such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as is equal to the product of one (1) multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Class A Common Stock into which all of the issued and outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock shall be converted pursuant to this Section 4.3(b) and the denominator of which shall be the total number of issued and outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock at the time of conversion.

(iii) Voting. Except as otherwise required by law or this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation), for so long as any shares of Class B Common Stock shall remain outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the prior vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Class B Common Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a single class, amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, if such amendment, alteration or repeal would alter or change the powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other or special rights of the Class B Common Stock. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the holders of Class B Common Stock may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of the outstanding Class B Common Stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of Class B Common Stock were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or to the Secretary of the Corporation or another officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which minutes of proceedings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Prompt written notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent of the holders of Class B Common Stock shall, to the extent required by law, be given to those holders of Class B Common Stock who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders of Class B Common Stock to take the action were delivered to the Corporation.

(c) Dividends. Subject to applicable law, the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of the Preferred Stock and the provisions of Article IX hereof, the holders of shares of Economic Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions (payable in cash, property or capital stock of the Corporation) when, as and if declared thereon by the Board from time to time out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor and shall share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions. Dividends or distributions of cash, property or shares of capital stock of the Corporation may not be declared or paid on the non-Economic Common Stock.

(d) Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up of the Corporation. Subject to applicable law, the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of the Preferred Stock and the provisions of Article IX hereof, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Economic

 

4


Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Economic Common Stock held by them. The holders of shares of non-Economic Common Stock, as such, will not be entitled to receive, with respect of such shares, any assets of the Corporation in excess of the par value thereof, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

Section 4.4 Rights and Options. The Corporation has the authority to create and issue rights, warrants and options entitling the holders thereof to acquire from the Corporation any shares of its capital stock of any class or classes, with such rights, warrants and options to be evidenced by or in instrument(s) approved by the Board. The Board is empowered to set the exercise price, duration, times for exercise and other terms and conditions of such rights, warrants or options; provided, however, that the consideration to be received for any shares of capital stock issuable upon exercise thereof may not be less than the par value thereof.

ARTICLE V

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 5.1 Board Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, the Board. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon the Board by statute, this Second Amended and Restated Certificate or the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation (“Bylaws”), the Board is hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the DGCL, this Second Amended and Restated Certificate and any Bylaws adopted by the stockholders of the Corporation; provided, however, that no Bylaws hereafter adopted by the stockholders of the Corporation shall invalidate any prior act of the Board that would have been valid if such Bylaws had not been adopted.

Section 5.2 Number, Election and Term.

(a) The number of directors of the Corporation, other than those who may be elected by the holders of one or more series of the Preferred Stock voting separately by class or series, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board.

(b) Subject to Section 5.5 hereof, the Board shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible and designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The term of the initial Class I Directors shall expire at the first annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation following the closing of the Initial Business Combination, the term of the initial Class II Directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation following the closing of the Initial Business Combination and the term of the initial Class III Directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation. At each succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, beginning with the first annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation following the closing of the Initial Business Combination, each of the successors elected to replace the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected for a three-year term or until the election and qualification of their respective successors in office, subject to their earlier death, resignation or removal. Subject to Section 5.5, if the number of directors that constitutes the Board is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned by the Board among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board shorten the term of any incumbent director. Subject to the rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors pursuant to the terms of one or more series of Preferred Stock, the election of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon. The Board is hereby expressly authorized, by

 

5


resolution or resolutions thereof, to assign members of the Board already in office to the aforesaid classes at the time this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (and therefore such classification) becomes effective in accordance with the DGCL.

(c) Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws shall so require, the election of directors need not be by written ballot.

Section 5.3 Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Subject to Section 5.5, newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on the Board resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause may be filled solely and exclusively by a majority vote of the remaining directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by stockholders), and any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors to which the new directorship was added or in which the vacancy occurred and until his or her successor has been elected and qualified, subject, however, to such director’s earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

Section 5.4 Removal. Subject to Section 5.5 and except as otherwise required by this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including Section 9.9), any or all of the directors may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Section 5.5 Preferred Stock—Directors. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article V, and except as otherwise required by law, whenever the holders of one or more series of the Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect one or more directors, the term of office, the filling of vacancies, the removal from office and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of such series of the Preferred Stock as set forth in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation) and such directors shall not be included in any of the classes created pursuant to this Article V unless expressly provided by such terms.

ARTICLE VI

BYLAWS

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by law, the Board shall have the power and is expressly authorized to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws. The affirmative vote of a majority of the Board or action by written consent of the Board shall be required to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws. The Bylaws also may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders of the Corporation; provided, however, that in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation), the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all shares of the then-outstanding voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the Corporation to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws; and provided, further, however, that no Bylaws hereafter adopted by the stockholders of the Corporation shall invalidate any prior act of the Board that would have been valid if such Bylaws had not been adopted.

 

6


ARTICLE VII

SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS; ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT

Section 7.1 Special Meetings. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of the Preferred Stock, and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, or the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board, and the ability of the stockholders of the Corporation to call a special meeting is hereby specifically denied. Except as provided in the foregoing sentence, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may not be called by another person or persons.

Section 7.2 Advance Notice. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

Section 7.3 Action by Written Consent. Except as may be otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation) relating to the rights of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, subsequent to the consummation of the Offering, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected by a duly called annual or special meeting of such stockholders and may not be effected by written consent of the stockholders other than with respect to the Class B Common Stock with respect to which action may be taken by written consent.

ARTICLE VIII

LIMITED LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

Section 8.1 Limitation of Director Liability. A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. Any amendment, modification or repeal of the foregoing sentence shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment, modification or repeal.

Section 8.2 Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, the Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless each person who is or was made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent, or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in connection with such proceeding. The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an indemnitee in defending or otherwise participating in any proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, to the extent required by applicable law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking, by or on behalf of the indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 8.2 or otherwise. The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Section 8.2 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer,

 

7


employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.2(a), except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses, the Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to an indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.

(b) The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred on any indemnitee by this Section 8.2 shall not be exclusive of any other rights that any indemnitee may have or hereafter acquire under law, this Second Amended and Restated Certificate, the Bylaws, an agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

(c) Any repeal or amendment of this Section 8.2 by the stockholders of the Corporation or by changes in law, or the adoption of any other provision of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate inconsistent with this Section 8.2, shall, unless otherwise required by law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in law permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights on a retroactive basis than permitted prior thereto), and shall not in any way diminish or adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision in respect of any proceeding (regardless of when such proceeding is first threatened, commenced or completed) arising out of, or related to, any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision.

(d) This Section 8.2 shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner authorized or permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than indemnitees.

(e) To the extent an indemnitee has rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by a third party, (i) the Corporation shall be the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., that its obligations to an indemnitee are primary and any obligation of such third party to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by an indemnitee are secondary), (ii) the Corporation shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by an indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all claims, liabilities, damages, losses, costs and expenses (including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromises and settlements, as fines and penalties and legal or other costs and reasonable expenses of investigating or defending against any claim or alleged claim) to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate, the Bylaws and the agreements to which the Corporation is a party, without regard to any rights an indemnitee may have against such third party and (iii) the Corporation irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases such third party from any and all claims against them for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. No advancement or payment by such third party on behalf of an indemnitee with respect to any claim for which an indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Corporation shall affect the foregoing, and such third party shall have a right of contribution and be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of an indemnitee against the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

BUSINESS COMBINATION REQUIREMENTS; EXISTENCE

Section 9.1 General.

(a) The provisions of this Article IX shall apply during the period commencing upon the effectiveness of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate and terminating upon the consummation of the Corporation’s Initial Business Combination and no amendment to this Article IX shall be effective prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination unless approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-five percent (65%) of all then outstanding shares of the Common Stock.

 

8


(b) Immediately after the Offering, a certain amount of the net offering proceeds received by the Corporation in the Offering (including the proceeds of any exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option) and certain other amounts specified in the Corporation’s registration statement on Form S-1, as initially filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on February 12, 2021, as amended (the “Registration Statement”), shall be deposited in a trust account (the “Trust Account”), established for the benefit of the Public Stockholders (as defined below) pursuant to a trust agreement described in the Registration Statement. Except for the withdrawal of interest to pay taxes, none of the funds held in the Trust Account (including the interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account) will be released from the Trust Account until the earliest to occur of (i) the completion of the Initial Business Combination, (ii) the redemption of one hundred percent (100%) of the Offering Shares (as defined below) if the Corporation is unable to complete its Initial Business Combination within the 24 months from the closing of the Offering (or, if the Office of the Delaware Division of Corporations shall not be open for business (including filing of corporate documents) on such date, the next date upon which the Office of the Delaware Division of Corporations shall be open) (the “Completion Window”) or (iii) the redemption of shares in connection with a vote seeking to amend any provisions of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate as described in Section 9.7. Holders of shares of the Common Stock included as part of the units sold in the Offering (the “Offering Shares”) (whether such Offering Shares were purchased in the Offering or in the secondary market following the Offering and whether or not such holders are affiliates or officers or directors of the Corporation, or affiliates of any of the foregoing) are referred to herein as “Public Stockholders.”

Section 9.2 Redemption Rights.

(a) Prior to the consummation of the initial Business Combination, the Corporation shall provide all holders of Offering Shares with the opportunity to have their Offering Shares redeemed upon the consummation of the initial Business Combination pursuant to, and subject to the limitations of, Sections 9.2(b) and 9.2(c) (such rights of such holders to have their Offering Shares redeemed pursuant to such Sections, the “Redemption Rights”) hereof for cash equal to the applicable redemption price per share determined in accordance with Section 9.2(b) hereof (the “Redemption Price”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate, there shall be no Redemption Rights or liquidating distributions with respect to any warrant issued pursuant to the Offering.

(b) If the Corporation offers to redeem the Offering Shares other than in conjunction with a stockholder vote on an initial Business Combination with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) (or any successor rules or regulations) and filing proxy materials with the SEC, the Corporation shall offer to redeem the Offering Shares upon the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, subject to lawfully available funds therefor, in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.2(a) pursuant to a tender offer in accordance with Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E under the Exchange Act (or any successor rule or regulation) (such rules and regulations hereinafter called the “Tender Offer Rules”) which it shall commence prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination and shall file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination that contain substantially the same financial and other information about the Initial Business Combination and the Redemption Rights as is required under Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (or any successor rule or regulation) (such rules and regulations hereinafter called the “Proxy Solicitation Rules”), even if such information is not required under the Tender Offer Rules; provided, however, that if a stockholder vote is required by law to approve the proposed Initial Business Combination, or the Corporation decides to submit the proposed Initial Business Combination to the stockholders for their approval for

 

9


business or other legal reasons, the Corporation shall offer to redeem the Offering Shares, subject to lawfully available funds therefor, in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.2(a) in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the Proxy Solicitation Rules (and not the Tender Offer Rules) at a price per share equal to the Redemption Price calculated in accordance with the following provisions of this Section 9.2(b). In the event that the Corporation offers to redeem the Offering Shares pursuant to a tender offer in accordance with the Tender Offer Rules, the Redemption Price per share of the Common Stock payable to holders of the Offering Shares tendering their Offering Shares pursuant to such tender offer shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing: (i) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest not previously released to the Corporation to pay taxes, by (ii) the total number of then-outstanding Offering Shares. If the Corporation offers to redeem the Offering Shares in conjunction with a stockholder vote on the proposed Initial Business Combination pursuant to a proxy solicitation, the Redemption Price per share of the Common Stock payable to holders of the Offering Shares exercising their Redemption Rights (irrespective of whether they voted in favor or against the Business Combination) shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest not previously released to the Corporation to pay taxes, by (b) the total number of then outstanding Offering Shares.

(c) If the Corporation offers to redeem the Offering Shares in conjunction with a stockholder vote on an Initial Business Combination pursuant to a proxy solicitation, a Public Stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), shall be restricted from seeking Redemption Rights with respect to more than an aggregate of fifteen percent (15%) of the Offering Shares without the consent of the Corporation.

(d) In the event that the Corporation has not consummated an Initial Business Combination within the Completion Window, the Corporation shall (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem one hundred percent (100%) of the Offering Shares in consideration of a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account (net of amounts withdrawn to pay taxes and less up to $100,000 of such net interest to pay dissolution expenses), including interest, by (B) the total number of then outstanding Offering Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish rights of the Public Stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining stockholders and the Board in accordance with applicable law, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Corporation’s obligations under the DGCL to provide for claims of creditors and other requirements of applicable law.

(e) If the Corporation offers to redeem the Offering Shares in conjunction with a stockholder vote on an initial Business Combination, the Corporation shall consummate the proposed initial Business Combination only if such initial Business Combination is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Common Stock that are voted at a stockholder meeting held to consider such initial Business Combination.

Section 9.3 Distributions from the Trust Account.

(a) A Public Stockholder shall be entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only as provided in Sections 9.2(a), 9.2(b), 9.2(d) or 9.7. In no other circumstances shall a Public Stockholder have any right or interest of any kind in or to distributions from the Trust Account, and no stockholder other than a Public Stockholder shall have any interest in or to the Trust Account.

 

10


(b) Each Public Stockholder that does not exercise its Redemption Rights shall retain its interest in the Corporation and shall be deemed to have given its consent to the release of the remaining funds in the Trust Account to the Corporation, and following payment to any Public Stockholders exercising their Redemption Rights, the remaining funds in the Trust Account shall be released to the Corporation.

(c) The exercise by a Public Stockholder of the Redemption Rights shall be conditioned on such Public Stockholder following the specific procedures for redemptions set forth by the Corporation in any applicable tender offer or proxy materials sent to the Public Stockholders relating to the proposed initial Business Combination. Payment of the amounts necessary to satisfy the Redemption Rights properly exercised shall be made as promptly as practical after the consummation of the Initial Business Combination.

Section 9.4 Share Issuances. Prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, the Corporation shall not issue any additional shares of capital stock of the Corporation that would entitle the holders thereof to receive funds from the Trust Account or vote on any Initial Business Combination, on any pre-Business Combination activity or on any amendment to this Article IX.

Section 9.5 Transactions with Affiliates. In the event the Corporation enters into an Initial Business Combination with a target business that is affiliated with an owner of Class B Common Stock, or the directors or officers of the Corporation, the Corporation, or a committee of the independent directors of the Corporation, shall obtain an opinion from an independent accounting firm or an independent investment banking firm that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or an independent accounting firm that such Business Combination is fair to the Corporation from a financial point of view.

Section 9.6 No Transactions with Other Blank Check Companies. The Corporation shall not enter into an Initial Business Combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

Section 9.7 Additional Redemption Rights. If, in accordance with Section 9.1(a), any amendment is made to this Second Amended and Restated Certificate to modify the substance or timing of the Corporation’s obligation to provide for the redemption of the Offering Shares in connection with an Initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Offering Shares if the Corporation has not consummated an Initial Business Combination within the Completion Window or with respect to any other material provisions of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate relating to stockholder’s rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity, the Public Stockholders shall be provided with the opportunity to redeem their Offering Shares upon the approval of any such amendment, at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest, divided by the number of then outstanding Offering Shares.

Section 9.8 Minimum Value of Target. The Corporation’s initial Business Combination must occur with one or more operating businesses that together have a fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the Initial Business Combination.

Section 9.9 Appointment and Removal of Directors. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate, prior to the closing of the Initial Business Combination, the holders of Class B Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to elect and remove any director, and the holders of Class A Common Stock shall have no right to vote on the election or removal of any director. This Section 9.9 may be amended only by a resolution passed by holders of at least 90% of the outstanding Common Stock entitled to vote thereon.

 

11


ARTICLE X

DGCL SECTION 203

Effective immediately following the closing of the Initial Business Combination, the Corporation hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

ARTICLE XI

CORPORATE OPPORTUNITY

To the fullest extent allowed by law (including without limitation Section 122(17) of the DGCL, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any other analogous doctrine, shall not apply with respect to the Corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates, and the Corporation renounces any expectancy that any of the directors or officers of the Corporation, or any of their respective affiliates, will offer any such corporate opportunity of which he or she may become aware to the Corporation, except, the doctrine of corporate opportunity shall apply with respect to any of the directors or officers of the Corporation only with respect to a corporate opportunity that was offered to such person solely and exclusively in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation and such opportunity is one the Corporation is legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for the Corporation to pursue, and to the extent the director or officer is permitted to refer that opportunity to the Corporation without violating any legal obligation.

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENT OF SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

The Corporation reserves the right at any time and from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation), and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force that may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by this Second Amended and Restated Certificate and the DGCL; and, except as set forth in Article VIII, all rights, preferences and privileges of whatever nature herein conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons by and pursuant to this Second Amended and Restated Certificate in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article XII; provided, however, that Article IX of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate may be amended only as provided therein.

 

12


ARTICLE XIII

EXCLUSIVE FORUM FOR CERTAIN LAWSUITS

Section 13.1 Forum. Subject to the last sentence in this Section 13.1, and unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by the applicable law, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Second Amended and Restated Certificate or the Bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine and, if brought outside of Delaware, the stockholder bringing the suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such stockholder’s counsel except any action (A) as to which the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), (B) which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or (C) for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the provisions of this Section 13.1 will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction and (ii) unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Section 13.2 Consent to Jurisdiction. If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of Section 13.1 immediately above is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Delaware (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to (i) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce Section 13.1 immediately above (an “FSC Enforcement Action”) and (ii) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such FSC Enforcement Action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article XIII.

ARTICLE XIV

SEVERABILITY

If any provision or provisions (or any part thereof) of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (ii) the provisions of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their faith service or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

[Signature page follows]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Second Amended and Restated Certificate to be duly executed and acknowledged in its name and on its behalf by an authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III
By:  

/s/ Christopher Bradley

 

Name: Christopher Bradley

Title: Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation]

EX-3.2

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

biote CORP.

(THE “CORPORATION”)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.1. Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation within the State of Delaware shall be located at either (a) the principal place of business of the Corporation in the State of Delaware or (b) the office of the corporation or individual acting as the Corporation’s registered agent in Delaware.

Section 1.2. Additional Offices. The Corporation may, in addition to its registered office in the State of Delaware, have such other offices and places of business, both within and outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) may from time to time determine or as the business and affairs of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

STOCKHOLDERS MEETINGS

Section 2.1. Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, and time and on such date as shall be determined by the Board and stated in the notice of the meeting, provided that the Board may in its sole discretion determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication pursuant to Section 9.5(a). At each annual meeting, the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters shall elect those directors of the Corporation to fill any term of a directorship that expires on the date of such annual meeting and may transact any other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 2.2. Special Meetings. Subject to the rights of the holders of any outstanding series of the preferred stock of the Corporation (“Preferred Stock”), and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called only by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or by the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board, and may not be called by any other person. Special meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and on such date as shall be determined by the Board and stated in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting, provided that the Board may in its sole discretion determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication pursuant to Section 9.5(a).

Section 2.3. Notices. Written notice of each stockholders meeting stating the place, if any, date, and time of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting and the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, shall be given in the manner permitted by Section 9.3 to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, by the Corporation not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting unless otherwise required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). If said notice is for a stockholders meeting other than an annual meeting, it shall in addition state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, and the business transacted at such meeting shall be limited to the matters so stated in the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto). Any meeting of stockholders as to which notice has been given may be postponed, and any meeting of stockholders as to which notice has been given may be cancelled, by the Board upon public announcement (as defined in Section 2.7(c)) given before the date previously scheduled for such meeting.


Section 2.4. Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Corporation’s second amended and restated certificate of incorporation (as the same may be further amended or restated from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”) or these amended and restated bylaws (these “Bylaws”), the presence, in person or by proxy, at a stockholders meeting of the holders of shares of outstanding capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business. If a quorum shall not be present or represented by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 2.6 until a quorum shall attend. The stockholders present at a duly convened meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation or any such other corporation to vote shares held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

Section 2.5. Voting of Shares.

(a) Voting Lists. The Secretary of the Corporation (the “Secretary”) shall prepare, or shall cause the officer or agent who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation to prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders of record entitled to vote at such meeting; provided, however, that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address and the number and class of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Nothing contained in this Section 2.5(a) shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If a meeting of stockholders is to be held solely by means of remote communication as permitted by Section 9.5(a), the list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of meeting. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list required by this Section 2.5(a) or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

(b) Manner of Voting. At any stockholders meeting, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy. If authorized by the Board, the voting by stockholders or proxy holders at any meeting conducted by remote communication may be effected by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in Section 9.3), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which the Corporation can determine that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder. The Board, in its discretion, or the chairman of the meeting of stockholders, in such person’s discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

(c) Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Proxies need not be filed with the Secretary until the meeting is called to order, but shall be filed with the Secretary before being voted. Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, either of the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority. No stockholder shall have cumulative voting rights.

 

2


(i) A stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy. Execution may be accomplished by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing such person’s signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.

(ii) A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of an electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission authorizing another person or persons to act as proxy for a stockholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used; provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

(d) Required Vote. Subject to the rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors pursuant to the terms of one or more series of Preferred Stock, at all meetings of stockholders at which a quorum is present, the election of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon. All other matters presented to the stockholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon, unless the matter is one upon which, by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or applicable stock exchange rules, a different vote is required, in which case such provision shall govern and control the decision of such matter.

(e) Inspectors of Election. The Board may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election, who may be employees of the Corporation or otherwise serve the Corporation in other capacities, to act at such meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof. The Board may appoint one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspectors of election or alternates are appointed by the Board, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before discharging his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall ascertain and report the number of outstanding shares and the voting power of each; determine the number of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots; count all votes and ballots and report the results; determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors; and certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting and their count of all votes and ballots. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election. Each report of an inspector shall be in writing and signed by the inspector or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors.

Section 2.6. Adjournments. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may be adjourned by the chairman of the meeting, from time to time, whether or not there is a quorum, to reconvene at the same or some other place. Notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the date, time, and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the stockholders, or the holders of any class or series of stock entitled to vote separately as a class, as the case may be, may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 9.2, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

3


Section 2.7. Advance Notice for Business.

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders. No business may be transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders, other than business that is either (i) specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any stockholder of the Corporation (x) who is a stockholder of record entitled to vote at such annual meeting on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.7(a) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (y) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.7(a). Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.7(a) to the contrary, only persons nominated for election as a director to fill any term of a directorship that expires on the date of the annual meeting pursuant to Section 3.2 will be considered for election at such meeting.

(i) In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business (other than nominations) to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action. Subject to Section 2.7(a)(iii), a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary with respect to such business, to be timely, must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day before the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after such anniversary date (or if there has been no prior annual meeting), notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day before the meeting and not later than the later of (x) the close of business on the 90th day before the meeting or (y) the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the annual meeting is first made by the Corporation. The public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.7(a).

(ii) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary with respect to any business (other than nominations) must set forth as to each such matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment) and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (B) the name and record address of such stockholder and the name and address of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, (C) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and by the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, (D) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder, (E) any material interest of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made in such business and (F) a representation that such stockholder (or a qualified representative of such stockholder) intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

(iii) The foregoing notice requirements of this Section 2.7(a) shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder as to any proposal (other than nominations) if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of such stockholder’s intention to present such proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with Rule 14a-8 (or any successor thereof) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and such stockholder has complied with the requirements of such Rule for inclusion of such proposal in a proxy statement prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting. No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of stockholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.7(a), provided, however, that once business has been properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Section 2.7(a) shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any such business. If the Board or the chairman of the annual meeting determines that any stockholder proposal was not made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.7(a) or that the information provided in a stockholder’s notice does not satisfy the information requirements of this Section 2.7(a), such proposal shall not be presented for action at the annual meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.7(a), if the stockholder

 

4


(or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present the proposed business, such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such matter may have been received by the Corporation.

(iv) In addition to the provisions of this Section 2.7(a), a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth herein. Nothing in this Section 2.7(a) shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting only pursuant to Section 3.2.

(c) Public Announcement. For purposes of these Bylaws, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (or any successor thereto).

Section 2.8. Conduct of Meetings. The chairman of each annual and special meeting of stockholders shall be the Chairman of the Board or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer (if he or she shall be a director) or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act of the Chief Executive Officer or if the Chief Executive Officer is not a director, the President (if he or she shall be a director) or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the President or if the President is not a director, such other person as shall be appointed by the Board. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting. The Board may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with these Bylaws or such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and to adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (c) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (d) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (e) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure. The secretary of each annual and special meeting of stockholders shall be the Secretary or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary so appointed to act by the chairman of the meeting. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary and all Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 3.1. Powers; Number. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders or residents of the State of Delaware. Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolution of the Board.

 

5


Section 3.2. Advance Notice for Nomination of Directors.

(a) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise provided by the terms of one or more series of Preferred Stock with respect to the rights of holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock to elect directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors as set forth in the Corporation’s notice of such special meeting, may be made (i) by or at the direction of the Board or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation (x) who is a stockholder of record entitled to vote in the election of directors on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 3.2 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting and (y) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.2.

(b) In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (i) in the case of an annual meeting, not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day before the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after such anniversary date (or if there has been no prior annual meeting), notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day before the meeting and not later than the later of (x) the close of business on the 90th day before the meeting or (y) the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the annual meeting was first made by the Corporation; and (ii) in the case of a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the special meeting is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 3.2.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (b) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board at an annual meeting is greater than the number of directors whose terms expire on the date of the annual meeting and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for the additional directors to be elected or specifying the size of the increased Board before the close of business on the 90th day prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 3.2 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships created by such increase that are to be filled by election at such annual meeting, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the date on which such public announcement was first made by the Corporation.

(d) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth (i) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (C) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (D) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (ii) as to the stockholder giving the notice (A) the name and record address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and the name and address of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made, (B) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made, (C) a description of all arrangements or understandings relating to the nomination to be made by such stockholder among such stockholder, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made, each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names), (D) a representation that such stockholder (or a qualified representative of such stockholder) intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice and (E) any other information relating to such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if

 

6


any, on whose behalf the nomination is made that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

(e) If the Board or the chairman of the meeting of stockholders determines that any nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.2, or that the information provided in a stockholder’s notice does not satisfy the information requirements of this Section 3.2, then such nomination shall not be considered at the meeting in question. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.2, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present the nomination, such nomination shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nomination may have been received by the Corporation.

(f) In addition to the provisions of this Section 3.2, a stockholder shall also comply with all of the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth herein. Nothing in this Section 3.2 shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of Preferred Stock to elect directors pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 3.3. Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors, including for service on a committee of the Board, and may be paid either a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or other compensation as director. The directors may be reimbursed their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of committees of the Board may be allowed like compensation and reimbursement of expenses for service on the committee.

ARTICLE IV

BOARD MEETINGS

Section 4.1. Annual Meetings. The Board shall meet as soon as practicable after the adjournment of each annual stockholders meeting at the place of the annual stockholders meeting unless the Board shall fix another time and place and give notice thereof in the manner required herein for special meetings of the Board. No notice to the directors shall be necessary to legally convene this meeting, except as provided in this Section 4.1.

Section 4.2. Regular Meetings. Regularly scheduled, periodic meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such times, dates and places (within or without the State of Delaware) as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

Section 4.3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board (a) may be called by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President and (b) shall be called by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President or Secretary on the written request of at least a majority of directors then in office, or the sole director, as the case may be, and shall be held at such time, date and place (within or without the State of Delaware) as may be determined by the person calling the meeting or, if called upon the request of directors or the sole director, as specified in such written request. Notice of each special meeting of the Board shall be given, as provided in Section 9.3, to each director (i) at least 24 hours before the meeting if such notice is oral notice given personally or by telephone or written notice given by hand delivery or by means of a form of electronic transmission and delivery; (ii) at least two days before the meeting if such notice is sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service; and (iii) at least five days before the meeting if such notice is sent through the United States mail. If the Secretary shall fail or refuse to give such notice, then the notice may be given by the officer who called the meeting or the directors who requested the meeting. Any and all business that may be transacted at a regular meeting of the Board may be transacted at a special meeting. Except as may be otherwise expressly provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting. A special meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in accordance with Section 9.4.

 

7


Section 4.4. Quorum; Required Vote. A majority of the Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

Section 4.5. Consent In Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions (or paper reproductions thereof) are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 4.6. Organization. The chairman of each meeting of the Board shall be the Chairman of the Board or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer (if he or she shall be a director) or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chief Executive Officer or if the Chief Executive Officer is not a director, the President (if he or she shall be a director) or in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the President or if the President is not a director, a chairman elected from the directors present. The Secretary shall act as secretary of all meetings of the Board. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the duties of the Secretary at such meeting. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary and all Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 5.1. Establishment. The Board may by resolution of the Board designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required by the resolution designating such committee. The Board shall have the power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the membership of, or to dissolve any such committee.

Section 5.2. Available Powers. Any committee established pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, to the extent permitted by applicable law and by resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all of the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it.

Section 5.3. Alternate Members. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of the committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Section 5.4. Procedures. Unless the Board otherwise provides, the time, date, place, if any, and notice of meetings of a committee shall be determined by such committee. At meetings of a committee, a majority of the number of members of the committee (but not including any alternate member, unless such alternate member has replaced any absent or disqualified member at the time of, or in connection with, such meeting) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the committee, except as otherwise specifically provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the Board. If a

 

8


quorum is not present at a meeting of a committee, the members present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than an announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. Unless the Board otherwise provides and except as provided in these Bylaws, each committee designated by the Board may make, alter, amend and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board is authorized to conduct its business pursuant to Article III and Article IV of these Bylaws.

ARTICLE VI

OFFICERS

Section 6.1. Officers. The officers of the Corporation elected by the Board shall be a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a Secretary and such other officers (including without limitation, a Chairman of the Board, Presidents, Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and a Treasurer) as the Board from time to time may determine. Officers elected by the Board shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article VI. Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board. The Chief Executive Officer or President may also appoint such other officers (including without limitation one or more Vice Presidents and Controllers) as may be necessary or desirable for the conduct of the business of the Corporation. Such other officers shall have such powers and duties and shall hold their offices for such terms as may be provided in these Bylaws or as may be prescribed by the Board or, if such officer has been appointed by the Chief Executive Officer or President, as may be prescribed by the appointing officer.

(a) Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall preside when present at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer (if he or she shall be a director) shall preside when present at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board. The powers and duties of the Chairman of the Board shall not include supervision or control of the preparation of the financial statements of the Corporation (other than through participation as a member of the Board). The position of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer may be held by the same person.

(b) Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation, shall have general supervision of the affairs of the Corporation and general control of all of its business subject to the ultimate authority of the Board, and shall be responsible for the execution of the policies of the Board with respect to such matters, except to the extent any such powers and duties have been prescribed to the Chairman of the Board pursuant to Section 6.1(a) above. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer (if he or she shall be a director) shall preside when present at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board. The position of Chief Executive Officer and President may be held by the same person.

(c) President. The President shall make recommendations to the Chief Executive Officer on all operational matters that would normally be reserved for the final executive responsibility of the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, the President (if he or she shall be a director) shall preside when present at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board. The President shall also perform such duties and have such powers as shall be designated by the Board. The position of President and Chief Executive Officer may be held by the same person.

(d) Vice Presidents. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the President, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board) shall perform the duties and have the powers of the President. Any one or more of the Vice Presidents may be given an additional designation of rank or function.

(e) Secretary.

(i) The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders, the Board and (as required) committees of the Board and shall record the proceedings of such meetings in books to be kept for that purpose. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and the Secretary, or any Assistant Secretary,

 

9


shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing thereof by his or her signature.

(ii) The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at the office of the Corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, if one has been appointed, a stock ledger, or duplicate stock ledger, showing the names of the stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each and, with respect to certificated shares, the number and date of certificates issued for the same and the number and date of certificates cancelled.

(f) Assistant Secretaries. The Assistant Secretary or, if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board shall, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary, perform the duties and have the powers of the Secretary.

(g) Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform all duties commonly incident to that office, including, without limitation, the care and custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation, which from time to time may come into the Chief Financial Officer’s hands and the deposit of the funds of the Corporation in such banks or trust companies as the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may authorize.

(h) Treasurer. The Treasurer shall, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chief Financial Officer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Financial Officer.

Section 6.2. Term of Office; Removal; Vacancies. The elected officers of the Corporation shall be appointed by the Board and shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified by the Board or until their earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or removal from office. Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the Board. Any officer appointed by the Chief Executive Officer or President may also be removed, with or without cause, by the Chief Executive Officer or President, as the case may be, unless the Board otherwise provides. Any vacancy occurring in any elected office of the Corporation may be filled by the Board. Any vacancy occurring in any office appointed by the Chief Executive Officer or President may be filled by the Chief Executive Officer, or President, as the case may be, unless the Board then determines that such office shall thereupon be elected by the Board, in which case the Board shall elect such officer.

Section 6.3. Other Officers. The Board may delegate the power to appoint such other officers and agents, and may also remove such officers and agents or delegate the power to remove same, as it shall from time to time deem necessary or desirable.

Section 6.4. Multiple Officeholders; Stockholder and Director Officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide. Officers need not be stockholders or residents of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES

Section 7.1. Certificated and Uncertificated Shares. The shares of the Corporation may be certificated or uncertificated, subject to the sole discretion of the Board and the requirements of the DGCL.

Section 7.2. Multiple Classes of Stock. If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the Corporation shall (a) cause the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights to be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of any certificate that the Corporation issues to represent shares of such class or series of stock or (b) in the case of uncertificated shares, within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares, send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth on certificates as specified in clause (a) above; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided by applicable law, in lieu of the

 

10


foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of such certificate or, in the case of uncertificated shares, on such written notice a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights.

Section 7.3. Signatures. Each certificate representing capital stock of the Corporation shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by (a) the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President and (b) the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Any or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, such certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar on the date of issue.

Section 7.4. Consideration and Payment for Shares.

(a) Subject to applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation, shares of stock may be issued for such consideration, having in the case of shares with par value a value not less than the par value thereof, and to such persons, as determined from time to time by the Board. The consideration may consist of any tangible or intangible property or any benefit to the Corporation including cash, promissory notes, services performed, contracts for services to be performed or other securities, or any combination thereof.

(b) Subject to applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation, shares may not be issued until the full amount of the consideration has been paid, unless upon the face or back of each certificate issued to represent any partly paid shares of capital stock or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of partly paid uncertificated shares, there shall have been set forth the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon up to and including the time said certificate representing certificated shares or said uncertificated shares are issued.

Section 7.5. Lost, Destroyed or Wrongfully Taken Certificates.

(a) If an owner of a certificate representing shares claims that such certificate has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate representing such shares or such shares in uncertificated form if the owner: (i) requests such a new certificate before the Corporation has notice that the certificate representing such shares has been acquired by a protected purchaser; (ii) if requested by the Corporation, delivers to the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, wrongful taking or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares; and (iii) satisfies other reasonable requirements imposed by the Corporation.

(b) If a certificate representing shares has been lost, apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken, and the owner fails to notify the Corporation of that fact within a reasonable time after the owner has notice of such loss, apparent destruction or wrongful taking and the Corporation registers a transfer of such shares before receiving notification, the owner shall be precluded from asserting against the Corporation any claim for registering such transfer or a claim to a new certificate representing such shares or such shares in uncertificated form.

Section 7.6. Transfer of Stock.

(a) If a certificate representing shares of the Corporation is presented to the Corporation with an endorsement requesting the registration of transfer of such shares or an instruction is presented to the Corporation requesting the registration of transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall register the transfer as requested if:

(i) in the case of certificated shares, the certificate representing such shares has been surrendered;

 

11


(ii)(A) with respect to certificated shares, the endorsement is made by the person specified by the certificate as entitled to such shares; (B) with respect to uncertificated shares, an instruction is made by the registered owner of such uncertificated shares; or (C) with respect to certificated shares or uncertificated shares, the endorsement or instruction is made by any other appropriate person or by an agent who has actual authority to act on behalf of the appropriate person;

(iii) the Corporation has received a guarantee of signature of the person signing such endorsement or instruction or such other reasonable assurance that the endorsement or instruction is genuine and authorized as the Corporation may request;

(iv) the transfer does not violate any restriction on transfer imposed by the Corporation that is enforceable in accordance with Section 7.8(a); and

(v) such other conditions for such transfer as shall be provided for under applicable law have been satisfied.

(b) Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security and not absolutely, the Corporation shall so record such fact in the entry of transfer if, when the certificate for such shares is presented to the Corporation for transfer or, if such shares are uncertificated, when the instruction for registration of transfer thereof is presented to the Corporation, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so.

Section 7.7. Registered Stockholders. Before due presentment for registration of transfer of a certificate representing shares of the Corporation or of an instruction requesting registration of transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner as the person exclusively entitled to inspect for any proper purpose the stock ledger and the other books and records of the Corporation, vote such shares, receive dividends or notifications with respect to such shares and otherwise exercise all the rights and powers of the owner of such shares, except that a person who is the beneficial owner of such shares (if held in a voting trust or by a nominee on behalf of such person) may, upon providing documentary evidence of beneficial ownership of such shares and satisfying such other conditions as are provided under applicable law, may also so inspect the books and records of the Corporation.

Section 7.8. Effect of the Corporation’s Restriction on Transfer.

(a) A written restriction on the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of the Corporation or on the amount of shares of the Corporation that may be owned by any person or group of persons, if permitted by the DGCL and noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such shares or, in the case of uncertificated shares, contained in a notice, offering circular or prospectus sent by the Corporation to the registered owner of such shares within a reasonable time prior to or after the issuance or transfer of such shares, may be enforced against the holder of such shares or any successor or transferee of the holder including an executor, administrator, trustee, guardian or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of the holder.

(b) A restriction imposed by the Corporation on the transfer or the registration of shares of the Corporation or on the amount of shares of the Corporation that may be owned by any person or group of persons, even if otherwise lawful, is ineffective against a person without actual knowledge of such restriction unless: (i) the shares are certificated and such restriction is noted conspicuously on the certificate; or (ii) the shares are uncertificated and such restriction was contained in a notice, offering circular or prospectus sent by the Corporation to the registered owner of such shares within a reasonable time prior to or after the issuance or transfer of such shares.

Section 7.9. Regulations. The Board shall have power and authority to make such additional rules and regulations, subject to any applicable requirement of law, as the Board may deem necessary and appropriate with respect to the issue, transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock or certificates representing shares. The Board may appoint one or more transfer agents or registrars and may require for the validity thereof that certificates representing shares bear the signature of any transfer agent or registrar so appointed.

 

12


ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 8.1. Right to Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, the Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “Indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent, or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with such proceeding; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 8.3 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify an Indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.

Section 8.2. Right to Advancement of Expenses. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 8.1, an Indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law the expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending or otherwise participating in any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such Indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon the Corporation’s receipt of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or otherwise.

Section 8.3. Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 8.1 or Section 8.2 is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after a written claim therefor has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (a) any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by an Indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (b) in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that, the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including a determination by its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, shall be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VIII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

13


Section 8.4. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights provided to any Indemnitee pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be exclusive of any other right, which such Indemnitee may have or hereafter acquire under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, an agreement, a vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

Section 8.5. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and/or any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

Section 8.6. Indemnification of Other Persons. This Article VIII shall not limit the right of the Corporation to the extent and in the manner authorized or permitted by law to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Indemnitees. Without limiting the foregoing, the Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation and to any other person who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of Indemnitees under this Article VIII.

Section 8.7. Amendments. Any repeal or amendment of this Article VIII by the Board or the stockholders of the Corporation or by changes in applicable law, or the adoption of any other provision of these Bylaws inconsistent with this Article VIII, will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in applicable law permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights to Indemnitees on a retroactive basis than permitted prior thereto), and will not in any way diminish or adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision; provided, however, that amendments or repeals of this Article VIII shall require the affirmative vote of the stockholders holding at least 66.7% of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

Section 8.8. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article VIII, (a) references to “other enterprise” shall include any employee benefit plan; (b) references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; (c) references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service that imposes duties on, or involves services by, a person with respect to any employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and (d) a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interest of the Corporation” for purposes of Section 145 of the DGCL.

Section 8.9. Contract Rights. The rights provided to Indemnitees pursuant to this Article VIII shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, agent or employee and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

Section 8.10. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of this Article VIII containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1. Place of Meetings. If the place of any meeting of stockholders, the Board or committee of the Board for which notice is required under these Bylaws is not designated in the notice of such meeting, such meeting shall be held at the principal business office of the Corporation; provided, however, if the Board has, in its sole discretion, determined that a meeting shall not be held at any place, but instead shall be held by means of remote communication pursuant to Section 9.5 hereof, then such meeting shall not be held at any place.

 

14


Section 9.2. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.2(a) at the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 9.3. Means of Giving Notice.

(a) Notice to Directors. Whenever under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws notice is required to be given to any director, such notice shall be given either (i) in writing and sent by mail, or by a nationally recognized delivery service, (ii) by means of facsimile telecommunication or other form of electronic transmission, or (iii) by oral notice given personally or by telephone. A notice to a director will be deemed given as follows: (i) if given by hand delivery, orally, or by telephone, when actually received by the director, (ii) if sent through the United States mail, when deposited in the United States mail, with postage and fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the director at the director’s address appearing on the records of the Corporation, (iii) if sent for next day delivery by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, when deposited with such service, with fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the director at the director’s address appearing on the records of the Corporation, (iv) if sent by facsimile telecommunication, when sent to the facsimile transmission number for such director appearing on the records of the Corporation, (v) if sent by electronic mail, when sent to the electronic mail address for such director appearing on the records of the Corporation, or (vi) if sent by any other form of electronic transmission, when sent to the address, location or number (as applicable) for such director appearing on the records of the Corporation.

(b) Notice to Stockholders. Whenever under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws notice is required to be given to any stockholder, such notice may be given (i) in writing and sent either by hand delivery, through the United States mail, or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service for next day delivery, or (ii) by means of a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder, to the extent permitted by, and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 232 of the DGCL. A notice to a stockholder shall be deemed given as follows: (i) if given by hand delivery, when actually received by the stockholder, (ii) if sent through the United States mail, when deposited in the United States mail, with postage and fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address appearing on the stock ledger of the Corporation, (iii) if sent for next day delivery by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, when deposited with such service, with fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address appearing on the stock ledger of the Corporation, and (iv) if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given and otherwise meeting the requirements set forth above, (A) if by facsimile transmission,

 

15


when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice, (B) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice, (C) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specified posting, upon the later of (1) such posting and (2) the giving of such separate notice, and (D) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. A stockholder may revoke such stockholder’s consent to receiving notice by means of electronic communication by giving written notice of such revocation to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (1) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (2) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or to the Corporation’s transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

(c) Electronic Transmission. “Electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process, including but not limited to transmission by telex, facsimile telecommunication, electronic mail, telegram and cablegram.

(d) Notice to Stockholders Sharing Same Address. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively by the Corporation to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. A stockholder may revoke such stockholder’s consent by delivering written notice of such revocation to the Corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Corporation within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Corporation of its intention to send such a single written notice shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

(e) Exceptions to Notice Requirements. Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting that shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

Whenever notice is required to be given by the Corporation, under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to any stockholder to whom (1) notice of two consecutive annual meetings of stockholders and all notices of stockholder meetings or of the taking of action by written consent of stockholders without a meeting to such stockholder during the period between such two consecutive annual meetings, or (2) all, and at least two payments (if sent by first-class mail) of dividends or interest on securities during a 12-month period, have been mailed addressed to such stockholder at such stockholder’s address as shown on the records of the Corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice to such stockholder shall not be required. Any action or meeting that shall be taken or held without notice to such stockholder shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If any such stockholder shall deliver to the Corporation a written notice setting forth such stockholder’s then current address, the requirement that notice be given to such stockholder shall be reinstated. In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate need not state that notice was not given to persons to whom notice was not required to be given pursuant to Section 230(b) of the DGCL. The exception in subsection (1) of the first sentence of this paragraph to the requirement that notice be given shall not be applicable to any notice returned as undeliverable if the notice was given by electronic transmission.

 

16


Section 9.4. Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a written waiver of such notice, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to such required notice. All such waivers shall be kept with the books of the Corporation. Attendance at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a person attends for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

Section 9.5. Meeting Attendance via Remote Communication Equipment.

(a) Stockholder Meetings. If authorized by the Board in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

(i) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

(ii) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (A) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxy holder, (B) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and, if entitled to vote, to vote on matters submitted to the applicable stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (C) if any stockholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such votes or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

(b) Board Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board or any committee thereof by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

Section 9.6. Dividends. The Board may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends (payable in cash, property or shares of the Corporation’s capital stock) on the Corporation’s outstanding shares of capital stock, subject to applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 9.7. Reserves. The Board may set apart out of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

Section 9.8. Contracts and Negotiable Instruments. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any contract, bond, deed, lease, mortgage or other instrument may be executed and delivered in the name and on behalf of the Corporation by such officer or officers or other employee or employees of the Corporation as the Board may from time to time authorize. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances as the Board may determine. The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or any Vice President may execute and deliver any contract, bond, deed, lease, mortgage or other instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. Subject to any restrictions imposed by the Board, the Chairman of the Board Chief Executive Officer, President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or any Vice President may delegate powers to execute and deliver any contract, bond, deed, lease, mortgage or other instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation to other officers or employees of the Corporation under such person’s supervision and authority, it being understood, however, that any such delegation of power shall not relieve such officer of responsibility with respect to the exercise of such delegated power.

Section 9.9. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board.

Section 9.10. Seal. The Board may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as the Board determines. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or otherwise reproduced.

 

17


Section 9.11. Books and Records. The books and records of the Corporation may be kept within or outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may from time to time be designated by the Board.

Section 9.12. Resignation. Any director, committee member or officer may resign by giving notice thereof in writing or by electronic transmission to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. The resignation shall take effect at the time it is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 9.13. Surety Bonds. Such officers, employees and agents of the Corporation (if any) as the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President or the Board may direct, from time to time, shall be bonded for the faithful performance of their duties and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of their death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in their possession or under their control belonging to the Corporation, in such amounts and by such surety companies as the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President or the Board may determine. The premiums on such bonds shall be paid by the Corporation and the bonds so furnished shall be in the custody of the Secretary.

Section 9.14. Securities of Other Corporations. Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents in writing and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, any Vice President or any officers authorized by the Board. Any such officer, may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities, or to consent in writing, in the name of the Corporation as such holder, to any action by such corporation, and at any such meeting or with respect to any such consent shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed. The Board may from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

Section 9.15. Amendments. The Board shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws. The affirmative vote of a majority of the Board shall be required to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws. The Bylaws also may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders; provided, however, that in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power (except as otherwise provided in Section 8.7) of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws.

 

18

EX-4.1

Exhibit 4.1

Form of Warrant Certificate

[FACE]

Number

Warrants

THIS WARRANT SHALL BE NULL AND VOID IF NOT EXERCISED PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE EXERCISE PERIOD PROVIDED FOR IN THE WARRANT AGREEMENT DESCRIBED BELOW

Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III

Incorporated Under the Laws of the State of Delaware

CUSIP 090683 111

Warrant Certificate

This Warrant Certificate certifies that , or registered assigns, is the registered holder of warrant(s) evidenced hereby (the “Warrants” and each, a “Warrant”) to purchase shares of Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), of Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”). Each whole Warrant entitles the holder, upon exercise during the period set forth in the Warrant Agreement referred to below, to receive from the Company that number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as set forth below, at the exercise price (the “Warrant Price”) as determined pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, payable in lawful money (or through “cashless exercise” as provided for in the Warrant Agreement) of the United States of America upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate and payment of the Warrant Price at the office or agency of the Warrant Agent referred to below, subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Warrant Agreement. Defined terms used in this Warrant Certificate but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Warrant Agreement.

Each whole Warrant is initially exercisable for one fully paid and non-assessable share of Common Stock. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of any Warrant. If, upon the exercise of Warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share of Common Stock, the Company will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the holder. The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events as set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

[Form of Warrant]

The initial Warrant Price per share of Common Stock for any Warrant is equal to $11.50 per share. The Warrant Price is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events as set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

Subject to the conditions set forth in the Warrant Agreement, the Warrants may be exercised only during the Exercise Period and to the extent not exercised by the end of such Exercise Period, such Warrants shall become null and void. The Warrants may be redeemed, subject to certain conditions, as set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Warrant Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof and such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.


This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid unless countersigned by the Warrant Agent, as such term is used in the Warrant Agreement.

This Warrant Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

 

HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


[Form of Warrant]

[Form of Warrant Certificate]

[Reverse]

The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate are part of a duly authorized issue of Warrants entitling the holder on exercise to receive shares of Common Stock and are issued or to be issued pursuant to a Warrant Agreement dated as of , 2021 (the “Warrant Agreement”), duly executed and delivered by the Company to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, as warrant agent (or successor warrant agent) (collectively, the “Warrant Agent”), which Warrant Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference in and made a part of this instrument and is hereby referred to for a description of the rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Warrant Agent, the Company and the holders (the words “holders” or “holder” meaning the Registered Holders or Registered Holder, respectively) of the Warrants. A copy of the Warrant Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to the Company. Defined terms used in this Warrant Certificate but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Warrant Agreement.

Warrants may be exercised at any time during the Exercise Period set forth in the Warrant Agreement. The holder of Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate may exercise them by surrendering this Warrant Certificate, with the form of election to purchase set forth hereon properly completed and executed, together with payment of the Warrant Price as specified in the Warrant Agreement (or through “cashless exercise” as provided for in the Warrant Agreement) at the designated office of the Warrant Agent. In the event that upon any exercise of Warrants evidenced hereby the number of Warrants exercised shall be less than the total number of Warrants evidenced hereby, there shall be issued to the holder hereof or his, her or its assignee, a new Warrant Certificate evidencing the number of Warrants not exercised.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Warrant Certificate or the Warrant Agreement, no Warrant may be exercised unless at the time of exercise (i) a registration statement covering the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise is effective under the Securities Act and (ii) a prospectus thereunder relating to the shares of Common Stock is current, except through “cashless exercise” as provided for in the Warrant Agreement.


The Warrant Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain events the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants set forth on the face hereof may, subject to certain conditions, be adjusted. If, upon exercise of a Warrant, the holder thereof would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share of Common Stock, the Company shall, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the holder of the Warrant.

Warrant Certificates, when surrendered at the designated office of the Warrant Agent by the Registered Holder thereof in person or by legal representative or attorney duly authorized in writing, may be exchanged, in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, but without payment of any service charge, for another Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants.

Upon due presentation for registration of transfer of this Warrant Certificate at the office of the Warrant Agent a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants shall be issued to the transferee(s) in exchange for this Warrant Certificate, subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, without charge except for any tax or other third-party charges imposed in connection therewith.

The Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Registered Holder(s) hereof as the absolute owner(s) of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone), for the purpose of any exercise hereof, of any distribution to the holder(s) hereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. Neither the Warrants nor this Warrant Certificate entitles any holder hereof to any rights of a stockholder of the Company.


Election to Purchase

(To Be Executed Upon Exercise of Warrant)

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by this Warrant Certificate, to receive shares of Common Stock and herewith tenders payment for such shares of Common Stock to the order of Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III (the “Company”) in the amount of $__________ in accordance with the terms hereof. The undersigned requests that a certificate for such shares of Common Stock be registered in the name of _________, whose address is _______________________ and that such shares of Common Stock be delivered to _________ whose address is _______________________. If said number of shares of Common Stock is less than all of the shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder, the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining balance of such shares of Common Stock be registered in the name of ____________, whose address is ________________, and that such Warrant Certificate be delivered to __________, whose address is ___________________.

In the event that the Warrant has been called for redemption by the Company pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Warrant Agreement and the Company has required cashless exercise pursuant to Section 6.3 of the Warrant Agreement, the number of shares of Common Stock that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with subsection 3.3.1(b) and Section 6.3 of the Warrant Agreement.

In the event that the Warrant has been called for redemption by the Company pursuant to Section 6.5 of the Warrant Agreement and a holder thereof elects to exercise its Warrant pursuant to a Make-Whole Exercise, the number of shares of Common Stock that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with subsection 3.3.1(c) or Section 6.5 of the Warrant Agreement, as applicable.

In the event that the Warrant is a Private Placement Warrant that is to be exercised on a “cashless” basis pursuant to subsection 3.3.1(c) of the Warrant Agreement, the number of shares of Common Stock that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with subsection 3.3.1(c) of the Warrant Agreement.

In the event that the Warrant is to be exercised on a “cashless” basis pursuant to Section 7.4 of the Warrant Agreement, the number of shares of Common Stock that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with Section 7.4 of the Warrant Agreement.

In the event that the Warrant may be exercised, to the extent allowed by the Warrant Agreement, through cashless exercise (i) the number of shares of Common Stock that this Warrant is exercisable for would be determined in accordance with the relevant section of the Warrant Agreement which allows for such cashless exercise and (ii) the holder hereof shall complete the following: The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by this Warrant Certificate, through the cashless exercise provisions of the Warrant Agreement, to receive shares of Common Stock. If said number of shares of Common Stock is less than all of the shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder (after giving effect to the cashless exercise), the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining balance of such shares of Common Stock be registered in the name of ________________, whose address is ___________, and that such Warrant Certificate be delivered to ____________, whose address is ______________.

[Signature Page Follows]


Date:      (Signature)
     (Address)

(Tax Identification Number)

Signature Guaranteed:

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO SEC RULE 17Ad-15 (OR ANY SUCCESSOR RULE) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT, OF 1934, AS AMENDED).

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

Certain identified information marked with [***] has been excluded from the exhibit because it is both not material and is

the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

AMONG

BIOTE CORP.

BIOTE HOLDINGS, LLC

AND

THE PERSONS NAMED HEREIN

DATED AS OF May 26, 2022


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     2  

Section 1.1

  Definitions      2  

ARTICLE II DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

     12  

Section 2.1

  Basis Schedule      12  

Section 2.2

  Tax Benefit Schedule      12  

Section 2.3

  Procedures, Amendments      13  

Section 2.4

  Basis Adjustments      15  

ARTICLE III TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

     15  

Section 3.1

  Payments      15  

Section 3.2

  No Duplicative Payments      16  

Section 3.3

  Pro Rata Payments      16  

Section 3.4

  Payment Ordering      17  

Section 3.5

  Overpayments      17  

ARTICLE IV TERMINATION

     17  

Section 4.1

  Early Termination of Agreement; Breach of Agreement      17  

Section 4.2

  Early Termination Notice      19  

Section 4.3

  Payment upon Early Termination      20  

ARTICLE V SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

     20  

Section 5.1

  Subordination      20  

Section 5.2

  Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer      21  

ARTICLE VI NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

     21  

Section 6.1

  Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and OpCo’s Tax Matters      21  

Section 6.2

  Consistency      22  

Section 6.3

  Cooperation      22  

ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS

     22  

Section 7.1

  Notices      22  

Section 7.2

  Counterparts      23  

Section 7.3

  Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries      24  

Section 7.4

  Governing Law      24  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued

 

         Page  

Section 7.5

  Severability      24  

Section 7.6

  Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers      24  

Section 7.7

  Interpretation      26  

Section 7.8

  Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction      26  

Section 7.9

  Reconciliation      27  

Section 7.10

  Withholding      28  

Section 7.11

  Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets      28  

Section 7.12

  Confidentiality      30  

Section 7.13

  TRA Party Representative      30  

 

Exhibit A

   Form of Joinder

 

 

-ii-


TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (this “TRA Agreement”), is dated as of May 26, 2022, by and among biote Corp. (formerly, Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III), a Delaware corporation, (the “Corporate Taxpayer”), BioTE Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“OpCo”), and each of the members of OpCo that is a party hereto (each such member, a “TRA Party” and together the “TRA Parties”), Teresa S. Weber, in her capacity as the TRA Party Representative, and each of the other Persons from time to time that become a party to this TRA Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have their respective meanings set forth in the Business Combination Agreement (as defined below).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the TRA Parties directly or indirectly hold Class A Common Units in OpCo, which is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

WHEREAS, the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and certain other persons, entered into a Business Combination Agreement, dated December 13, 2021 (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with such agreement, the “Business Combination Agreement”), pursuant to which, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Corporate Taxpayer acquired the Purchased Company Units from certain TRA Parties in the Deemed Sale (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) in exchange for the Cash Consideration and certain rights provided under this TRA Agreement in a disguised sale of partnership interests governed by Section 707(a)(2)(B) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (the “Purchase”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the Corporate Taxpayer will become the sole managing member of, and will hold equity interests in, OpCo;

WHEREAS, on and after the date hereof, pursuant to and subject to the conditions and limitations of the Limited Liability Company Agreement, each TRA Party has the right, from time to time, to require OpCo to effect an Exchange in which OpCo shall redeem such TRA Party’s Class A Common Units (together with the surrender and delivery of a corresponding number of shares of Buyer Class V Voting Stock to the Corporate Taxpayer for immediate cancellation) for, at OpCo’s election, shares of Buyer Class A Common Stock or for cash, in either case contributed to OpCo by the Corporate Taxpayer, provided that, at the election of the Corporate Taxpayer, the Corporate Taxpayer may effect a Direct Exchange of such shares of Buyer Class A Common Stock or cash for such Class A Common Units;

WHEREAS, OpCo and each direct or indirect Subsidiary of OpCo treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes has and will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Code for each Taxable Year that includes the Closing Date and for each Taxable Year in which an Exchange occurs;

WHEREAS, as a result of the Closing (including the Purchase) and future Exchanges, the income, gain, loss, deduction, expense and other tax items of the Corporate Taxpayer and its Subsidiaries may be affected by (i) Basis Adjustments and (ii) any deduction attributable to any payment (including amounts attributable to Imputed Interest) made under this TRA Agreement, (collectively, the “Tax Attributes”); and


WHEREAS, the parties to this TRA Agreement desire to provide for certain payments and make certain arrangements with respect to the effect of the Tax Attributes on the liability for Covered Taxes of or with respect to the Corporate Taxpayer and its Subsidiaries.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth in this TRA Agreement, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions. As used in this TRA Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings.

Actual Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the actual liability for Covered Taxes imposed at the Blended Rate of, without duplication, (i) the Corporate Taxpayer, and (ii) OpCo and its Subsidiaries, but only with respect to Covered Taxes imposed on the net taxable income of OpCo and its Subsidiaries and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer for such Taxable Year; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, such amounts shall include any Covered Taxes (A) imposed by way of withholding, (B) arising under the BBA Rules to the extent such amounts are imposed on, and payable by, the Corporate Taxpayer directly, or (C) without duplication of (A) or (B), attributable to the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to Section 10.4 of the Limited Liability Company Agreement; provided further, that, if applicable, such amounts shall be determined in accordance with a Determination (including interest imposed in respect thereof under applicable law).

Advisory Firm” means PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ernst & Young, Deloitte, KPMG, or, if mutually agreed in writing by the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative, another accounting firm that is nationally recognized as being expert in U.S. federal, state and local income tax matters.

Affiliate” of any particular Person means any other Person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, its capacity as a sole or managing member, or otherwise. For purposes of this TRA Agreement, no TRA Party shall be considered to be an Affiliate of the Corporate Taxpayer or OpCo or any of their respective Subsidiaries.

Agreed Rate” means a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

Amended Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).

 

2


Amount Realized” means, with respect to the Purchase or any Exchange at any time, the sum of (i) the Market Value of the shares of Class A Common Stock or the amount of cash (as applicable) received by a Member pursuant to such Purchase or Exchange, (ii) the amount of payments made pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Purchase or Exchange (but excluding any portions thereof attributable to Imputed Interest) and (iii) the amount of liabilities allocated to the Class A Common Units acquired pursuant to such Purchase or Exchange under Section 752 of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations.

Attributable” means the portion of any Tax Attribute of the Corporate Taxpayer or OpCo and its Subsidiaries that is attributable to a TRA Party and shall be determined by reference to the Tax Attributes, under the following principles:

(i) any Purchase Basis Adjustments shall be determined separately with respect to each TRA Party and are Attributable to each TRA Party in an amount equal to the total Purchase Basis Adjustments relating to the Purchased Company Units acquired by the Corporate Taxpayer from such TRA Party;

(ii) any Exchange Basis Adjustments shall be determined separately with respect to each Exchanging Member and are Attributable to each Exchanging Member in an amount equal to the total Exchange Basis Adjustments relating to such Class A Common Units Exchanged by such Exchanging Member; and

(iii) any deduction to the Corporate Taxpayer, as applicable, with respect to a Taxable Year in respect of any payment (including amounts attributable to Imputed Interest) made under this TRA Agreement is Attributable to the Person that is required to include the Imputed Interest or other payment in income (without regard to whether such Person is actually subject to tax thereon).

Basis Adjustment” means a Purchase Basis Adjustment or an Exchange Basis Adjustment.

Basis Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

BBA Rules” has the meaning set forth in the Limited Liability Company Agreement.

Blended Rate” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the sum of (x) the product of (i) the actual U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to the Corporate Taxpayer for such Taxable Year and (ii) 100% minus the rate computed under clause (y) of this definition and (y) the actual rates of tax imposed on the net income of the Corporate Taxpayer in each U.S. state or local jurisdiction in which the Corporate Taxpayer files Tax Returns for such Taxable Year, with the actual rate in any U.S. state or local jurisdiction being equal to the product of (i) the apportionment factor on the income or franchise Corporate Taxpayer Return in such jurisdiction for such Taxable Year and (ii) the actual applicable corporate income tax rate in such jurisdiction in such Taxable Year; it being understood that the sum of the apportionment factors applicable to all such jurisdictions may exceed 100%. As an illustration of the calculation of Blended Rate for a Taxable Year, if the Corporate Taxpayer solely files Tax Returns in State 1 and State 2 in a Taxable Year, the actual applicable corporate income tax rates in such states in such Taxable Year are 6.5% and 5.5%, respectively, and the apportionment factors for such states in such Taxable Year are 55% and 45%, respectively, then the Blended Rate for such Taxable Year is 25.7795%, equal to the sum of (A) 19.7295%, which is the product of 21% (assuming 21% is the relevant U.S. federal income tax rate) and 93.95% (100% minus 6.05%) and (B) 6.05% (i.e., 6.5% multiplied by 55% plus 5.5% multiplied by 45%).

 

3


Board” means the board of directors of the Corporate Taxpayer.

Business Combination Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, a Sunday, or any other day on which commercial banks are required or authorized to close in the State of New York.

Cash Exchange Payment” has the meaning set forth in the Limited Liability Company Agreement.

Change of Control” shall have occurred upon the earlier of (i) a direct or indirect sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporate Taxpayer (taken as a whole) in any transaction or series of related transactions to a “person” or a “group” (as such term is defined under Regulation 13D under the Exchange Act) that is not a TRA Party or a Permitted Transferee of a TRA Party, other than such sale, transfer or other disposition by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of its assets to an entity (or an Affiliate of an entity) at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such sale, transfer or other disposition; (ii) any merger, consolidation, or reorganization of the Corporate Taxpayer or OpCo with another entity, except for a merger, consolidation, or reorganization in which, after giving effect to such merger, consolidation, or reorganization, the holders of the Corporate Taxpayer’s or OpCo’s outstanding voting securities (on a fully-diluted basis) immediately prior to the merger, consolidation, or reorganization will own, directly or indirectly, immediately following the merger, consolidation, or reorganization, a majority of the voting securities (on a fully diluted basis) of the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo, or the entity into which the Corporate Taxpayer or OpCo merged, consolidated, or reorganized with; (iii) the shareholders of the Corporate Taxpayer approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporate Taxpayer, other than such a liquidation or dissolution pursuant to which substantially all of the assets of the Corporate Taxpayer are transferred to an entity (or an Affiliate of an entity) at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such liquidation or dissolution; or (iv) any sale or transfer or series of related sales or transfers of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporate Taxpayer which results in a “person” or “group” (as such term is defined under Regulation 13D under the Exchange Act) that is not a TRA Party or a Permitted Transferee of a TRA Party beneficially owning outstanding voting securities of the Corporate Taxpayer representing greater than fifty percent (50%) of all of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporate Taxpayer. For the avoidance of doubt, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of transactions immediately following which the record holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have the same proportionate ownership in and voting control over, and own the same number of the shares of, an entity which owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately following such transaction or series of transactions, nor shall a “Change of Control” be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the exchange of OpCo units for shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to their terms in existence on the date hereof.

 

4


Class A Common Unit” has the meaning set forth in the Limited Liability Company Agreement.

Closing” has the meaning set forth in the Business Combination Agreement.

Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in the Business Combination Agreement.

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Corporate Taxpayer” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Corporate Taxpayer Return” means the U.S. federal and/or state and/or local and/or foreign Tax Return, as applicable, of the Corporate Taxpayer filed with respect to Covered Taxes of any Taxable Year.

Covered Taxes” means any and all U.S. federal, state or local taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits, including franchise taxes that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits, and any interest related to such tax.

Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporate Taxpayer, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same such Taxable Years. The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedule or Amended Schedule, if any, in existence at the time of such determination; provided, that the computation of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit shall be adjusted to reflect any applicable Determination with respect to any Realized Tax Benefits and/or Realized Tax Detriments.

Default Rate” means a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 500 basis points, but in no event less than 7%.

Determination” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or similar provision of U.S. state, foreign or local tax law, as applicable, or any other event (including the execution of IRS Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for tax.

DGCL” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Early Termination Date” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

Early Termination Effective Date” means the date on which an Early Termination Schedule becomes binding pursuant to Section 4.2.

 

5


Early Termination Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

Early Termination Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b).

Early Termination Rate” means the lesser of (i) 6.5% per annum, compounded annually, and (ii) LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

Early Termination Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

Exchange” has the meaning set forth in the Limited Liability Company Agreement and shall include a Direct Exchange (as defined in the Limited Liability Company Agreement), and “Exchanged” has a correlative meaning.

Exchange Act” has the meaning set forth in the Limited Liability Company Agreement.

Exchange Basis Adjustment” means the adjustment to the tax basis of a Reference Asset under Sections 732, 734(b) and 1012 of the Code (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, OpCo becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or under Sections 734(b), 743(b), 754 and/or 755 of the Code (in situations where, following an Exchange, OpCo remains in existence as an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and, in each case, analogous sections of state, local and foreign tax laws, as a result of an Exchange and the payments made pursuant to this TRA Agreement in respect of such Exchange. For purposes of determining the Corporate Taxpayer’s proportionate share of the tax basis of the Reference Assets with respect to the Class A Common Units transferred in an Exchange under Treasury Regulations Section 1.743-1(b) (or any similar provisions of U.S. state or local tax Law), the consideration paid by the Corporate Taxpayer for such Class A Common Units shall be the Amount Realized, and the amount of any Exchange Basis Adjustment shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such Class A Common Units and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred. For the avoidance of doubt, payments made under this TRA Agreement shall not be treated as resulting in an Exchange Basis Adjustment to the extent such payments are treated as Imputed Interest.

Exchange Date” means the date of any Exchange.

Exchanging Member” shall mean an “Exchanging Member” as defined in the Limited Liability Company Agreement.

Expert” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.

Final Payment Date” means, with respect to any payment required to be made pursuant to this TRA Agreement, the last date on which such payment may be made within the applicable time period prescribed for such payment under this TRA Agreement (i.e., the date on which such payment is due under this TRA Agreement). For example, the Final Payment Date in respect of a Tax Benefit Payment is determined pursuant to Section 3.1(a) of this TRA Agreement.

Future TRAs” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

6


Hypothetical Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, an amount, not less than zero, equal to the hypothetical liability for Covered Taxes imposed at the Blended Rate of, without duplication, (i) the Corporate Taxpayer, and (ii) OpCo and its Subsidiaries, but only with respect to Covered Taxes imposed on the taxable income of OpCo and its Subsidiaries and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer for such Taxable Year, determined using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used in computing the Actual Tax Liability (provided that, such amounts shall include any Covered Taxes (A) imposed by way of withholding, (B) arising under the BBA Rules to the extent such amounts are imposed on, and payable by, the Corporate Taxpayer directly, or (C) without duplication of (A) or (B), attributable to the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to Section 10.4 of the Limited Liability Company Agreement; provided further, that, if applicable, such amounts shall be determined in accordance with a Determination), but, in each case, (a) calculating depreciation, amortization or similar deductions and income, gain or loss using the Non-Adjusted Tax Basis of the Reference Assets as reflected on the Schedules for such Taxable Year, and (b) excluding any deduction attributable to any payment (including amounts attributable to Imputed Interest) made under this TRA Agreement. Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be determined without taking into account the carryover or carryback of any tax item (or portion thereof) that is attributable to a Tax Attribute, as applicable, including any tax credit that arises as a result of the Corporate Taxpayer’s liability under any corporate alternative minimum tax to the extent that, had such corporate alternative minimum tax not been payable, the Corporate Taxpayer would have had a Realized Tax Benefit (the “CAMT Tax Credits).

ICC” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.

Imputed Interest” in respect of a TRA Party shall mean any interest imputed under Section 1272, 1274, 7872 or 483 or other provision of the Code and any similar provision of U.S. state, local and foreign tax law with respect to the Corporate Taxpayer’s payment obligations in respect of such TRA Party under this TRA Agreement.

Interest Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).

IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

LIBOR” means during any period, the rate which appears on the Bloomberg Page BBAM1 (or on such other substitute Bloomberg page that displays rates at which U.S. dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market), or the rate which is quoted by another source unanimously selected by the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative as an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying rates at which U.S. dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market (an “Alternate Source”), at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such period as the London interbank offered rate for U.S. dollars having a borrowing date and a maturity comparable to such period (or if there shall at any time, for any reason, no longer exist a Bloomberg Page BBAM1 (or any substitute page) or any LIBOR Alternate Source, a comparable replacement rate unanimously determined by the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative at such time); provided, that at no time shall LIBOR be less than 0%. If the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative have unanimously made the determination that LIBOR is no longer a widely recognized benchmark rate for newly originated loans in the U.S. loan market in U.S. dollars, then the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative shall establish a replacement interest rate (the

 

7


Replacement Rate”), after giving due consideration to any evolving or then prevailing conventions in the U.S. loan market for loans in U.S. dollars for such alternative benchmark, and including any mathematical or other adjustments to such benchmark, including spread adjustments, giving due consideration to any evolving or then prevailing convention for similar loans in the U.S. loan market in U.S. dollars for such benchmark, which adjustment, method for calculating such adjustment and benchmark shall be published on an information service as unanimously selected from time to time by the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative. The Replacement Rate shall, subject to the next two sentences, replace LIBOR for all purposes under this TRA Agreement. In connection with the establishment and application of the Replacement Rate, this TRA Agreement shall be amended, with the consent of the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and the TRA Party Representative (which consent of the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and the TRA Party Representative shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned), as necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable judgment of the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative, to replace the definition of LIBOR and otherwise to effect the provisions of this definition. The Replacement Rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice, as unanimously determined by the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative.

Limited Liability Company Agreement” means, with respect to OpCo, the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of OpCo, dated the date hereof, as such agreement may be further amended, restated, supplemented and/or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of such agreement.

Market Value” shall mean, with respect to a Class A Common Unit (i) Exchanged for a Stock Exchange Payment or that is subject to a deemed Exchange under this TRA Agreement, the Stock Value on the Exchange Date or the date of the applicable deemed Exchange, as applicable, or (ii) Exchanged for a Cash Exchange Payment, the amount of the Cash Exchange Payment paid in respect of such Class A Common Unit.

Material Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

Net Tax Benefit” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).

Non-Adjusted Tax Basis” means, with respect to any Reference Asset at any time, the tax basis that such asset would have had at such time if no Basis Adjustments had been made.

Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

OpCo” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Opt-Out Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b).

Permitted Transferee” has the meaning set forth in the Limited Liability Company Agreement.

Person” means any natural person, sole proprietorship, partnership, trust, unincorporated association, corporation, limited liability company, entity or governmental entity.

 

8


Pre-Exchange Transfer” means any transfer (including upon death) or distribution in respect of one or more Units (i) that occurs prior to an Exchange of such Units, and (ii) to which Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code applies.

Purchase” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals, and “Purchased” has a correlative meaning.

Purchased Company Units” means the units of OpCo acquired by the Corporate Taxpayer in the Purchase, it being understood that the number of Purchased Company Units acquired from each TRA Party shall equal the quotient of (x) the Cash Consideration received by such TRA Party and (y) $10.

Purchase Basis Adjustment” means the adjustment to the tax basis of a Reference Asset under Sections 734(b), 743(b), 754 and/or 755 of the Code and, in each case, analogous sections of state, local and foreign tax laws, as a result of the Purchase and the payments made pursuant to this TRA Agreement in respect of such Purchase. For purposes of determining the Corporate Taxpayer’s proportionate share of the tax basis of the Reference Assets with respect to the Class A Common Units acquired as a result of the Purchase under Treasury Regulations Section 1.743-1(b) (or any similar provisions of U.S. state or local tax Law), the consideration paid by the Corporate Taxpayer for such Class A Common Units shall be the Amount Realized. For the avoidance of doubt, payments made under this TRA Agreement shall not be treated as resulting in a Purchase Basis Adjustment to the extent such payments are treated as Imputed Interest.

Realized Tax Benefit” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the Actual Tax Liability. If all or a portion of the Actual Tax Liability for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit or similar proceeding by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability and the corresponding Hypothetical Tax Liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination with respect to such Actual Tax Liability.

Realized Tax Detriment” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Actual Tax Liability over the Hypothetical Tax Liability. If all or a portion of the Actual Tax Liability for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit or similar proceeding by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability and the corresponding Hypothetical Tax Liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination with respect to such Actual Tax Liability.

Reconciliation Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.

Reconciliation Procedures” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

Reference Asset” means an asset that is held by OpCo, or by any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries treated as a partnership or disregarded entity (but only if such indirect Subsidiaries are held only through Subsidiaries treated as partnerships or disregarded entities) for purposes of the applicable tax, at the time of the Purchase or an Exchange, as relevant. A Reference Asset also includes any asset the tax basis of which is determined, in whole or in part, for purposes of the applicable tax, by reference to the tax basis of an asset that is described in the preceding sentence, including, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any asset that is “substituted basis property” under Section 7701(a)(42) of the Code with respect to a Reference Asset.

 

9


Schedule” means any of the following: (i) a Basis Schedule; (ii) a Tax Benefit Schedule; or (iii) the Early Termination Schedule, and, in each case, any amendments thereto.

Securities Act” has the meaning set forth in the Limited Liability Company Agreement.

Senior Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

Stock Exchange Payment” has the meaning set forth in the Limited Liability Company Agreement.

Stock Value” means, on any date, (i) if the Buyer Class A Common Stock trades on a national securities exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, the arithmetic average of the high trading and the low trading price on such date (or if such date is not a trading day, the immediately preceding trading day) or (ii) if the Buyer Class A Common Stock is not then traded on a national securities exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, as applicable, the Appraiser FMV (as defined in the Limited Liability Company Agreement) on such date of one (1) share of Buyer Class A Common Stock that would be obtained in an arms-length transaction between an informed and willing buyer and an informed and willing seller, neither of whom is under any compulsion to buy or sell, respectively, and without regard to the particular circumstances of the buyer or seller.

Subsidiaries” means, of any Person, any corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, or other business entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power or equity is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by such Person, or one (1) or more of the Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof.

Tax Attributes” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Tax Benefit Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).

Tax Benefit Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report, information returns, claims for refund, disclosures or similar statement filed or required to be filed with respect to or in connection with Covered Taxes (including any related or supporting schedules, attachments, statements or information filed or required to be filed with respect thereto), including any amendments thereof and declarations of estimated tax.

Taxable Year” means a taxable year of the Corporate Taxpayer as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of state, local or foreign tax law, as applicable (and which may include a period of more or less than twelve (12) months for which a Tax Return is made), ending on or after the Closing Date.

Taxing Authority” means any domestic, federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi- governmental body, in each case, exercising any taxing authority or any other authority or jurisdiction of any kind in relation to tax matters.

 

10


TRA Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

TRA Disinterested Majority” means a majority of the directors of the Board who are disinterested as determined by the Board in accordance with the DGCL with respect to the matter being considered by the Board; provided that to the extent a matter being considered by the Board is required to be considered by disinterested directors under the rules of the national securities exchange on which the Buyer Class A Common Stock is then listed, the Securities Act, or the Exchange Act, such rules with respect to the definition of disinterested director shall apply solely with respect to such matter.

TRA Party” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

TRA Party Representative” means, initially, Teresa S. Weber, and thereafter, if any TRA Party Representative voluntarily resigns in accordance with Section 7.13, such other Person that the TRA Parties determine from time to time by a plurality vote of the TRA Parties ratably in accordance with their right to receive Early Termination Payments under this TRA Agreement determined as if all TRA Parties had fully Exchanged their Class A Common Units for shares of Buyer Class A Common Stock or other consideration and the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange.

Transfer” has the meaning set forth in the Limited Liability Company Agreement and the terms “Transferee,” “Transferor,” “Transferred,” and other forms of the word “Transfer” shall have the correlative meanings.

Treasury Regulations” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code as in effect for the relevant taxable period.

Valuation Assumptions” shall mean, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, (i) the Corporate Taxpayer will have taxable income sufficient to fully utilize the tax items, including deductions and CAMT Tax Credits, arising from the Tax Attributes (other than any items addressed in clause (ii) below) during such Taxable Year or future Taxable Years (including deductions and other tax items arising from Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest that would result from the applicable future payments made under this TRA Agreement that would be paid in accordance with the Valuation Assumptions, further assuming that such applicable future payments would be paid on the due date (including extensions) for filing the Corporate Taxpayer Return for the applicable Taxable Year) in which such deductions or other tax items would become available, (ii) any loss carryovers generated by deductions arising from any Tax Attributes, which loss carryovers are available in the Taxable Year that includes such Early Termination Date, will be used by the Corporate Taxpayer on a pro rata basis from such Early Termination Date through (A) the scheduled expiration date of such loss carryovers (if any) or (B) if there is no such scheduled expiration, then the fifteen (15) year anniversary of the Early Termination Date, (iii) the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date and the Blended Rate will be

 

11


calculated based on such rates and the apportionment factors applicable in the most recently ended Taxable Year, except to the extent any change to such tax rates for such Taxable Year have already been enacted into law, and LIBOR or the Replacement Rate, as applicable, that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be the rate in effect on the Early Termination Date, (iv) except as described in clause (v) below, any non-amortizable, non-depreciable Reference Assets will be disposed of on the later of (A) the fifteenth (15th) anniversary of either the applicable Exchange (in the case of Exchange Basis Adjustments) or the Closing Date (in the case of Purchase Basis Adjustments), as applicable, or (B) the Early Termination Date, and any cash equivalents will be disposed of twelve (12) months following the Early Termination Date; provided, that in the event of a Change of Control, such non-amortizable, non-depreciable assets shall be deemed disposed of at the time of sale (if applicable) of the relevant asset in the Change of Control (if earlier than the applicable fifteenth (15th) anniversary), (v) the stock of or other interests in Subsidiaries that are treated as C corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes will never be disposed of, and (vi) if, on the Early Termination Date, there are Class A Common Units that have not been Exchanged, then each such Class A Common Unit shall be deemed Exchanged in a fully taxable transaction for the Market Value (as determined in accordance with clause (i) of the definition thereof) that would be applicable if the Exchange occurred on the Early Termination Date.

ARTICLE II

DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

Section 2.1 Basis Schedule. Within ninety (90) calendar days after the due date (including extensions) of IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer for each Taxable Year, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to each TRA Party a schedule (the “Basis Schedule”) that shows, in reasonable detail necessary to perform the calculations required by this TRA Agreement, (i) the actual tax basis and the Non-Adjusted Tax Basis of the Reference Assets as of the Closing Date and the date of each Exchange, (ii) the Exchange Basis Adjustments Attributable to such TRA Party with respect to the Reference Assets as a result of Exchanges effected by such TRA Party in such Taxable Year and prior Taxable Years, (iii) the Purchase Basis Adjustments Attributable to such TRA Party for the Taxable Year of the Closing, and (iv) the period (or periods) over which such Basis Adjustments are amortizable and/or depreciable, in each case, calculated in the aggregate for all TRA Parties and solely with respect to the TRA Party to which such Basis Schedule is delivered. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with the provision and preparation of the Basis Schedules and Tax Benefit Schedules for each TRA Party in compliance with this TRA Agreement shall be borne by OpCo. Each Basis Schedule shall become final as provided in Section 2.3(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.3(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.3(b)).

Section 2.2 Tax Benefit Schedule.

(a) Tax Benefit Schedule. Within ninety (90) calendar days after the due date (including extensions) of IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer for any Taxable Year, the Corporate Taxpayer shall provide to each TRA Party a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, the calculation of the Tax Benefit Payment (and any Realized Tax Benefit) or the lack of a Tax Benefit Payment (and any Realized Tax Detriment), as applicable, Attributable to such TRA Party for such Taxable Year (a “Tax Benefit Schedule”). Each Tax Benefit Schedule shall become final as provided in Section 2.3(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.3(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.3(b)).

 

 

12


(b) Applicable Principles. Subject to Section 3.3, the Realized Tax Benefit (or the Realized Tax Detriment) for each Taxable Year is intended to measure the decrease (or increase) in the actual liability for Covered Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer for such Taxable Year attributable to the Tax Attributes, determined using a “with and without” methodology. Carryovers or carrybacks of any tax item attributable to any of the Tax Attributes (including CAMT Tax Credits) shall be considered to be subject to the rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations or the appropriate provisions of U.S. state, local and foreign income and franchise tax law, as applicable, governing the use, limitation and expiration of carryovers or carrybacks of the relevant type. If a carryover or carryback of any tax item includes a portion that is attributable to any Tax Attribute (“TRA Portion”) and another portion that is not (“Non-TRA Portion”), such portions shall be considered to be used in accordance with the “with and without” methodology so that the amount of any Non-TRA Portion is deemed utilized, to the extent available, prior to the amount of any TRA Portion, to the extent available (with the TRA Portion being applied on a proportionate basis consistent with the provisions of Section 3.3). The parties agree that (A) (i) the payments made pursuant to this TRA Agreement in respect of the Purchase (to the extent permitted by applicable law and other than amounts accounted for as Imputed Interest) are intended to be treated and shall be reported for all purposes, including tax purposes, as additional contingent consideration to the applicable TRA Parties for the Purchase at and after the Closing that has the effect of creating additional Purchase Basis Adjustments and (ii) the payments made pursuant to this TRA Agreement in respect of an Exchange are intended to be treated and shall be reported for all purposes, including tax purposes, as additional contingent consideration to the applicable Exchanging Member for such Exchange that has the effect of creating additional Exchange Basis Adjustments, in each case of (i) and (ii), to the Reference Assets in the Taxable Year of payment, (B) such additional Purchase Basis Adjustments and Exchange Basis Adjustments shall be incorporated into the calculation for the Taxable Year of the applicable payment and into the calculations for subsequent Taxable Years, as appropriate and (C) the Actual Tax Liability shall take into account the deduction of the portion of the Tax Benefit Payment that must be accounted for as Imputed Interest under applicable law.

Section 2.3 Procedures, Amendments.

(a) Procedure. Every time the Corporate Taxpayer delivers to a TRA Party an applicable Schedule under this TRA Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.3(b), and any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule, the Corporate Taxpayer shall also (y) deliver to such TRA Party supporting schedules and work papers, as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or as reasonably requested by such TRA Party, providing reasonable detail regarding data and calculations that were relevant for purposes of preparing the Schedule, , and (z) allow the TRA Party Representative and its advisors reasonable access to the appropriate representatives at the Corporate Taxpayer and (at the cost and expense of OpCo) at the Advisory Firm that prepared the applicable Schedule in connection with a review of such Schedule. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Corporate Taxpayer shall ensure that any Tax Benefit Schedule or Early Termination Schedule that is delivered to a TRA Party, along with any supporting schedules and work papers, provides a reasonably detailed presentation of the

 

13


calculation of the Actual Tax Liability (the “with” calculation) and the Hypothetical Tax Liability (the “without” calculation) and identifies any material assumptions or operating procedures or principles that were used for purposes of such calculations. An applicable Schedule or amendment thereto shall become final and binding on all parties thirty (30) calendar days from the date on which all relevant TRA Parties have received the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto under Section 7.1 unless the TRA Party Representative (i) prior to such date, gives the Corporate Taxpayer written notice of a material objection to such Schedule or amendment thereto made in good faith (“Objection Notice”), or (ii) provides a written waiver of its right to give an Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule or amendment thereto becomes binding on the date such waiver is given by the TRA Party Representative. If the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in any Objection Notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of such Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative shall employ the reconciliation procedures described in Section 7.9 (the “Reconciliation Procedures”), in which case such Schedule or Amended Schedule shall become binding in accordance with Section 7.9.

(b) Amended Schedule. The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporate Taxpayer (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct material inaccuracies in the Schedule, including those identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to a TRA Party, (iii) to comply with an Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or the Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or the Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year, or (vi) to adjust an applicable TRA Party’s Basis Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this TRA Agreement (any such Schedule, an “Amended Schedule”). The Corporate Taxpayer shall provide an Amended Schedule to each TRA Party when the Corporate Taxpayer delivers the Basis Schedule for the following Taxable Year (or, in the sole discretion of the Corporate Taxpayer, at an earlier date). In the event a Schedule is amended after such Schedule becomes final pursuant to Section 2.3(a) or, if applicable, Section 7.9, (A) the Amended Schedule shall not be taken into account in calculating any Tax Benefit Payment in the Taxable Year to which the amendment relates but instead shall be taken into account in calculating the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit for the Taxable Year in which the amendment actually occurs, and (B) as a result of the foregoing, any increase of the Net Tax Benefit attributable to an Amended Schedule shall not accrue the Interest Amount (or any other interest hereunder) until after the due date (without extensions) for filing IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to Covered Taxes for the Taxable Year in which the amendment actually occurs.

 

14


Section 2.4 Basis Adjustments

(a) Basis Adjustments. The parties to this Agreement acknowledge and agree to treat (A) each Direct Exchange as giving rise to Basis Adjustments and (B) the Purchase, and each Exchange using cash or Class A Common Stock contributed to OpCo by the Corporate Taxpayer, as a direct purchase of Class A Common Units by the Corporate Taxpayer from the applicable TRA Party pursuant to Section 707(a)(2)(B) of the Code as giving rise to Basis Adjustments, in each case, to the extent that it is more likely than not that such Basis Adjustment would be sustained by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Parties agree (i) to file (and cause their Affiliates to file) their respective tax returns consistent with the foregoing except as otherwise required by applicable Law, (ii) to claim positive Basis Adjustments, and (iii) to utilize the Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest to reduce the amount of Taxes that the Corporate Taxpayer would otherwise be required to pay, in each case, to the extent that it is more likely than not that such Basis Adjustment would be sustained by a court of competent jurisdiction.

(b) Section 754 Election. In its capacity as the sole managing member of OpCo, the Corporate Taxpayer shall ensure that, for the Taxable Year that includes the date hereof and for each Taxable Year in which an Exchange occurs and with respect to which the Corporate Taxpayer has obligations under this TRA Agreement, OpCo and each of its direct and indirect Subsidiaries that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Code (and under any similar provisions of applicable U.S. state or local law) for each such Taxable Year.

ARTICLE III

TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

Section 3.1 Payments.

(a) Payments. Within five (5) Business Days after a Tax Benefit Schedule delivered to a TRA Party becomes final in accordance with Section 2.3(a) or, if applicable, Section 7.9, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay such TRA Party for such Taxable Year the Tax Benefit Payment determined pursuant to Section 3.1(b) that is Attributable to such TRA Party. Each such Tax Benefit Payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by such TRA Party to the Corporate Taxpayer in writing or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Party or, in the absence of such designation or agreement, by check mailed to the last mailing address provided by such TRA Party to the Corporate Taxpayer. The payments provided for pursuant to the above sentence shall be computed separately for each TRA Party. Without limiting the Corporate Taxpayer’s ability to make offsets against Tax Benefit Payments to the extent permitted by Section 3.5, no TRA Party shall be required under any circumstances to make a payment or return a payment to the Corporate Taxpayer in respect of any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment previously paid by the Corporate Taxpayer to such TRA Party (including any portion of any Early Termination Payment). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, unless a TRA Party notifies the Corporate Taxpayer otherwise on or prior to the Closing (with respect to the Purchase) or the date of the Exchange (with respect to any future Exchange), or specifies a different stated maximum selling price, including, in each case, in connection with its notice of its Exchange, the stated maximum selling price (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations section 15A.453-1(c)(2)) with respect to the Purchase or any Exchange by such TRA Party shall not exceed the sum of (1) fifty percent (50%) of the amount of the initial consideration received in connection with such Purchase or Exchange (which initial consideration, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include the amount of any cash and the fair market value of any Buyer Class A Common Stock received in such Exchange and shall exclude the fair market value of any Tax Benefit Payments) and (2) the amount of the initial consideration received in connection with such Purchase or Exchange.

 

15


The aggregate Tax Benefit Payments to such TRA Party in respect of the Purchase or any Exchange (other than amounts accounted for as interest under the Code) shall not exceed the amount set forth in (1) of the preceding sentence.

(b) For purposes of this TRA Agreement:

(i) A “Tax Benefit Payment” in respect of a TRA Party for a Taxable Year means an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of (i) Net Tax Benefit that is Attributable to such TRA Party and (ii) the Interest Amount with respect thereto.

(ii) Subject to Section 3.3, the “Net Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of eighty-five percent (85%) of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year, over the total amount of payments previously made under the first sentence of Section 3.1(a) (excluding payments attributable to Interest Amounts); provided, that if there is no such excess (or if a deficit exists), no TRA Party shall be required to make a payment (or return a payment) to the Corporate Taxpayer in respect of any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment previously paid by the Corporate Taxpayer to such TRA Party.

(iii) The “Interest Amount” shall equal the interest on the Net Tax Benefit calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to Covered Taxes for the applicable Taxable Year until the payment date under Section 3.1(a); provided that such interest shall not accrue on the amount of any Net Tax Benefit after the date on which such amount is actually paid to the applicable TRA Party, regardless of whether such payment is made prior to the due date for such payment under Section 3.1(a) and regardless of whether the amount of any unpaid Net Tax Benefit has yet become final in accordance with Section 2.3(a) or, if applicable, Section 7.9.

Section 3.2 No Duplicative Payments. It is intended that the provisions of this TRA Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this TRA Agreement. It is also intended that the provisions of this TRA Agreement will result in eighty five percent (85%) of the Corporate Taxpayer’s Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefits, and the Interest Amounts thereon, being paid to the TRA Parties pursuant to this TRA Agreement. The provisions of this TRA Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner so that these fundamental results are achieved. For purposes of this TRA Agreement, and also for the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be required to be calculated or made in respect of any estimated tax payments, including, without limitation, any estimated U.S. federal income tax payments.

Section 3.3 Pro Rata Payments. Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.1 to the contrary, to the extent that the aggregate Realized Tax Benefit of the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to the Tax Attributes is limited in a particular Taxable Year because the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient taxable income, the Net Tax Benefit for the Corporate Taxpayer shall be allocated among all parties eligible for Tax Benefit Payments under this TRA Agreement in proportion to the amounts of Net Tax Benefit, respectively, that would have been Attributable to each TRA Party if the Corporate Taxpayer had sufficient taxable income so that there were no such limitation.

 

16


Section 3.4 Payment Ordering. If for any reason the Corporate Taxpayer does not fully satisfy its payment obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due under this TRA Agreement in respect of a particular Taxable Year, then the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Parties agree that (i) Tax Benefit Payments for such Taxable Year shall be allocated to all parties eligible for Tax Benefit Payments under this TRA Agreement in proportion to the amounts of Net Tax Benefit, respectively, that would have been Attributable to each TRA Party if the Corporate Taxpayer had sufficient cash available to make such Tax Benefit Payments and (ii) no Tax Benefit Payments shall be made in respect of any Taxable Year until all Tax Benefit Payments to all TRA Parties in respect of all prior Taxable Years have been made in full.

Section 3.5 Overpayments. To the extent the Corporate Taxpayer makes a payment to a TRA Party in respect of a particular Taxable Year under Section 3.1(a) in an amount in excess of the amount of such payment that should have been made to such TRA Party in respect of such Taxable Year (taking into account Section 3.3 and Section 3.4) under the terms of this TRA Agreement, then such TRA Party shall not receive further payments under Section 3.1(a) until such TRA Party has foregone an amount of payments equal to such excess.

ARTICLE IV

TERMINATION

Section 4.1 Early Termination of Agreement; Breach of Agreement.

(a) Corporate Taxpayers Early Termination Right. The Corporate Taxpayer may, with the prior written consent of the Board and the TRA Disinterested Majority, terminate this TRA Agreement (including with respect to all amounts payable to the TRA Parties and with respect to all of the Class A Common Units held by the TRA Parties, subject to the immediately succeeding sentence) at any time by paying to each TRA Party the Early Termination Payment in respect of such TRA Party; provided, however, that this TRA Agreement shall terminate only upon the receipt by each TRA Party of its respective Early Termination Payment and payments described in the next sentence, if any, and provided, further, that the Corporate Taxpayer may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.1(a) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid. Upon payment of the Early Termination Payment by the Corporate Taxpayer, none of the TRA Parties or the Corporate Taxpayer shall have any further payment obligations under this TRA Agreement, other than with respect to (i) any Tax Benefit Payments due and payable and that remain unpaid as of the Early Termination Date (which Tax Benefit Payments shall not be included in the Early Termination Payments) and as of the date of payment of the Early Termination Payment and (ii) any Tax Benefit Payments due for the Taxable Year ending immediately prior to or including the Early Termination Date (except to the extent that the amounts described in this clause (ii) are included in the calculation of the Early Termination Payments (at the option of the Corporate Taxpayer) or are included in clause (i)); provided that upon payment of all amounts, to the extent applicable and without duplication, described in this sentence, this TRA Agreement shall terminate. For the avoidance of doubt, if an Exchange occurs after the Corporate Taxpayer makes all of the required Early Termination Payments, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have no obligations under this TRA Agreement with respect to such Exchange.

 

 

17


(b) Acceleration Upon Change of Control. The Corporate Taxpayer shall provide written notice to the TRA Party Representative thirty (30) days in advance of the closing of any Change of Control, and the TRA Party Representative shall have the option, upon written notice to the Corporate Taxpayer (“Opt-Out Notice”) within twenty (20) days thereafter, to cause the TRA Parties to continue as such under this Agreement after such Change of Control, in which case each TRA Party will not be entitled to receive the amounts set forth in the remainder of this Section 4.1(b), and Valuation Assumptions (i), (ii), (iv), and (v) (substituting in each case the terms “date of a Change of Control” for an “Early Termination Date”) shall apply to Tax Benefit Payments to each such TRA Party following the closing of such Change of Control. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sentence, if an Opt-Out Notice is not timely provided, all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated, and such payment obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such Change of Control and shall include, without duplication: (i) the Early Termination Payments calculated with respect to such TRA Parties as if the Early Termination Date is the date of such Change of Control, (ii) any Tax Benefit Payments due and payable and that remain unpaid as of the date of such Change of Control (which Tax Benefit Payments shall not be included in the Early Termination Payments described in clause (i)); and (iii) any Tax Benefit Payments due for the Taxable Year ending immediately prior to or including the date of such Change of Control (except to the extent that the amounts described in this clause (iii) are included in the calculation of Early Termination Payments described in clause (i) (at the option of the Corporate Taxpayer) or are included in clause (ii)); provided, that the procedures of Section 4.2 (and Section 2.3, to the extent applicable) and Section 4.3 shall apply mutatis mutandis with respect to the determination of the amount payable by the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to this sentence and the payment thereof, except that such amount shall not be due and payable until five (5) Business Days after such amount has become final pursuant to Section 4.2 or, if applicable, Section 7.9. In the event of an acceleration following a Change of Control, any Early Termination Payment described in the preceding sentence shall be calculated utilizing the Valuation Assumptions, substituting in each case the terms “date of a Change of Control” for an “Early Termination Date,” and if an Exchange occurs after the Corporate Taxpayer makes all such required Early Termination Payments and other payments described in this Section 4.1(b), the Corporate Taxpayer shall have no obligations under this TRA Agreement with respect to such Exchange.

(c) Acceleration Upon Material Breach of TRA Agreement. In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer materially breaches any of its material obligations under this TRA Agreement, whether as a result of a failure to make a payment required to be made pursuant to this TRA Agreement by the Final Payment Date therefor (except for all or a portion of such payment that is being validly disputed in good faith under this TRA Agreement, and then only with respect to the amount in dispute), failure to honor any other material obligations under this TRA Agreement to the extent not cured within thirty (30) calendar days following receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of written notice of such failure from the TRA Party Representative following such failure, or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this TRA Agreement in a case commenced under bankruptcy laws then all obligations hereunder shall automatically accelerate (unless such acceleration is waived in writing by the TRA Party Representative, which waiver may be retroactive) and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach and shall include,

 

18


but not be limited to, (1) an Early Termination Payment calculated pursuant to Section 4.1(a) as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of the breach, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment that is due and payable but unpaid as of the date of the breach (which Tax Benefit Payments shall not be included in the Early Termination Payments described in clause (1)) and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of the breach (except to the extent that the amounts described in this clause (3) are included in the calculation of Early Termination Payments described in clause (1) (at the option of the Corporate Taxpayer) or are included in clause (2)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Corporate Taxpayer breaches this TRA Agreement with respect to one or more TRA Parties, such TRA Parties shall be entitled to elect to receive the amounts set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above or to seek specific performance of the terms hereof. For purposes of this Section 4.1(c), and subject to the following sentence, the Parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this TRA Agreement within thirty (30) calendar days of the relevant Final Payment Date shall be deemed to be a material breach of a material obligation under this TRA Agreement for all purposes of this TRA Agreement, and that it will not be considered to be a material breach of a material obligation under this TRA Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this TRA Agreement within thirty (30) calendar days of the relevant Final Payment Date. Notwithstanding anything in this TRA Agreement to the contrary, it shall not be a material breach of a material obligation of this TRA Agreement if the Corporate Taxpayer fails to make any Tax Benefit Payment within thirty (30) calendar days of the relevant Final Payment Date to the extent that the Corporate Taxpayer has insufficient funds or cannot make such payment as a result of obligations imposed in connection with the Senior Obligations or under applicable law, and cannot obtain sufficient funds despite using reasonable best efforts to obtain funds to make such payment (including by causing Subsidiaries to distribute or lend funds for such payment and access any sources of available credit to fund such payment); provided that the interest provisions of Section 5.2 shall apply to such late payment (unless the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient funds to make such payment as a result of limitations imposed by, or payment obligations under, any Senior Obligations, in which case Section 5.2 shall apply, but the Default Rate shall be replaced by the Agreed Rate); and provided, further, that such payment obligation shall nonetheless accrue for the benefit of the TRA Parties and the Corporate Taxpayer shall make such payment at the first opportunity that it has sufficient funds and is otherwise able to make such payment.

Section 4.2 Early Termination Notice. If the Corporate Taxpayer chooses to exercise its right of early termination in accordance with Section 4.1(a) above, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to each TRA Party written notice of such decision to exercise such right (“Early Termination Notice”) and a schedule (the “Early Termination Schedule”) specifying the Corporate Taxpayer’s decision to exercise such right and showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment(s) due for each TRA Party. Each Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties thirty (30) calendar days from the first date on which all TRA Parties have been given such Schedule under Section 7.1 unless the TRA Party Representative (i) within thirty (30) calendar days after such date gives the Corporate Taxpayer written notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith (“Material Objection Notice”) or (ii) provides a written waiver of its right to give a Material Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule becomes binding on the date such waiver is given by the TRA Party Representative to the Corporate Taxpayer. If the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues

 

19


raised in such Material Objection Notice within thirty (30) calendar days after the receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of the Material Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures in which case such Schedule becomes binding in accordance with Section 7.9. The TRA Party Representative will represent the interests of each of the TRA Parties and shall raise and pursue, in accordance with this Section 4.2, any objection to an Early Termination Schedule timely given in writing to the TRA Party Representative by a TRA Party.

Section 4.3 Payment upon Early Termination.

(a) Within five (5) Business Days after an Early Termination Effective Date, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to each TRA Party an amount equal to the Early Termination Payment Attributable to such TRA Party. Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account or accounts designated in writing by such TRA Party or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Party or, in the absence of such designation or agreement, by check mailed to the last mailing address provided by such TRA Party to the Corporate Taxpayer.

(b) “Early Termination Payment” in respect of a TRA Party shall equal the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of and starting from the applicable Early Termination Date, of all Tax Benefit Payments (excluding the Interest Amount) in respect of such TRA Party that would be required to be paid by the Corporate Taxpayer beginning from the Early Termination Date (but which have not been previously paid as of such date), and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions in respect of such TRA Party are applied and that each such Tax Benefit Payment for each relevant Taxable Year would be paid on the due date (including extensions) under applicable law as of the Early Termination Date for filing of IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer for each such Taxable Year. For the avoidance of doubt, an Early Termination Payment shall be made to each applicable TRA Party regardless of whether such TRA Party has exchanged all of its Class A Common Units as of the Early Termination Date.

ARTICLE V

SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

Section 5.1 Subordination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this TRA Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment, Early Termination Payment, or any other payment required to be made by the Corporate Taxpayer to any TRA Party under this TRA Agreement shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest, or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporate Taxpayer and its Subsidiaries (the “Senior Obligations”) and shall rank pari passu in right of payment with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporate Taxpayer that are not Senior Obligations. To the extent that any payment under this TRA Agreement is not permitted to be made at the time payment is due as a result of this Section 5.1 or the terms of the agreements governing Senior Obligations, such payment obligation nevertheless shall accrue for the benefit of the TRA Parties and the Corporate Taxpayer shall make such payments at the first opportunity that such payments are permitted to be made in accordance with this Section 5.1 or the terms of the Senior Obligations,

 

20


as applicable, and Section 5.2 shall apply to such payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this TRA Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Affiliates enters into future tax receivable or other similar agreements (“Future TRAs”), the Corporate Taxpayer shall ensure that the terms of any such Future TRA shall provide that the Tax Attributes subject to this TRA Agreement shall be senior in priority in all respects to any tax attributes subject to any such Future TRA for purposes of calculating the amount and timing of payments under any such Future TRA. To the extent the Corporate Taxpayer or its Subsidiaries (including OpCo and its Subsidiaries) incur, create, or assume any Senior Obligations after the date hereof, the Corporate Taxpayer shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, make reasonable efforts to ensure that such indebtedness permits the amounts payable hereunder to be paid.

Section 5.2 Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer. The amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment not made to the TRA Parties when due under the terms of this TRA Agreement, whether as a result of Section 5.1 or otherwise, shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate commencing from the Final Payment Date therefor accruing to the date of actual payment; provided, that if the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient funds to make the payment as a result of limitations imposed by, or payment obligations in respect of, any Senior Obligations, interest shall instead be computed at the Agreed Rate; provided, further, that if any unpaid portion of any Tax Benefit Payment is the subject of a Reconciliation Dispute and is finally determined in such Reconciliation Dispute to be due and payable, then interest shall accrue on such unpaid portion at the Default Rate (in place of the Agreed Rate) from the due date for the applicable Tax Benefit Schedule until the date of actual payment.

ARTICLE VI

NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

Section 6.1 Participation in the Corporate Taxpayers and OpCos Tax Matters. Except as otherwise provided in this TRA Agreement, the Business Combination Agreement, or the Limited Liability Company Agreement, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all tax matters concerning the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo, including the preparation, filing, or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting, or settling any issue pertaining to Covered Taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporate Taxpayer shall notify the TRA Party Representative in writing of the commencement of, and keep the TRA Party Representative reasonably informed with respect to, the portion of any audit of the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo or any of OpCo’s Subsidiaries by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which would reasonably be expected to affect the rights and obligations of a TRA Party under this TRA Agreement, including the Tax Benefit Payments payable to TRA Parties, and shall provide to the TRA Party Representative reasonable opportunity (at the cost and expense of the TRA Parties) to participate in or provide information and other input to the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo and OpCo’s Subsidiaries and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of such audit; provided, however, that the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo and OpCo’s Subsidiaries shall not be required to take any action that is inconsistent with any provision of the Limited Liability Company Agreement or the Business Combination Agreement; provided, further, that the Corporate Taxpayer shall not settle or fail to contest any issue pertaining to any Basis Adjustments or the deduction of Imputed Interest (in each case, that is reasonable expected to materially adversely affect the TRA Parties’ rights and obligations under this TRA Agreement) without the prior written consent of the TRA Party Representative, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed.

 

21


Section 6.2 Consistency. The Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Parties agree to report and cause their respective controlled Affiliates to report for all purposes, including U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all tax-related items (including the Basis Adjustments and each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with that set forth in this TRA Agreement or specified by the Corporate Taxpayer in any Schedule (or Amended Schedule, as applicable) provided by or on behalf of the Corporate Taxpayer under this TRA Agreement that is final and binding on the parties unless otherwise required by applicable law. The Corporate Taxpayer shall (and shall cause OpCo and its Subsidiaries to) use commercially reasonable efforts,(for the avoidance of doubt, taking into account the interests and entitlements of all TRA Parties under this TRA Agreement) to defend the tax treatment contemplated by this TRA Agreement and any Schedule (or Amended Schedule, as applicable) in any audit, contest, or similar proceeding with any Taxing Authority.

Section 6.3 Cooperation. Each of the TRA Parties shall (a) furnish to the Corporate Taxpayer in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the Corporate Taxpayer may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this TRA Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority, (b) make itself available to the Corporate Taxpayer and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the Corporate Taxpayer or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter. OpCo shall reimburse the TRA Parties for any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section 6.3. Except where otherwise expressly provided in this TRA Agreement, the Corporate Taxpayer shall not, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries not to, without the prior written consent of the TRA Party Representative, take any action that has the primary purpose of avoiding, reducing, or preventing the achievement or attainment of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment under this TRA Agreement.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1 Notices. All notices, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under this TRA Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when personally delivered (or, if delivery is refused, upon presentment) or received by email (with non-automated confirmation of receipt) prior to 5:00 p.m. eastern time on a Business Day and, if otherwise, on the next Business Day, or (b) when delivered (or, if delivery is refused, upon presentment) by reputable overnight express courier (charges prepaid) or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested. Unless another address is specified in writing pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7.1, notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the addresses indicated below:

 

22


If to the Corporate Taxpayer, to:

biote Corp.

c/o BioTe Holdings, LLC

1875 W. Walnut Hill Ln #100

Irving, TX 75038

Attention: Marybeth Conlon

Email: [***]

with a copy, in any case, to:

DLA Piper LLP (US)

1251 Avenue of the Americas, 27th floor

New York, NY 10020

Attention: Sidney Burke & Stephen P. Alicanti

Email:[***]

If to the TRA Party Representative, to:

Teresa S. Weber

1875 W. Walnut Hill Ln #100

Irving, TX 75038

Email: [***]

with copies to:

BioTe Holdings, LLC

1875 W. Walnut Hill Ln #100

Irving, TX 75038

Attention: Marybeth Conlon

Email: [***]

and

Cooley (UK) LLP

22 Bishopsgate

London EC2N 4BQ, UK

Attention: Michal Berkner & Ryan Sansom

Email: [***]

Section 7.2 Counterparts. This TRA Agreement may be executed and delivered in one or more counterparts and by fax, email, or other electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement. No party shall raise the use of a fax machine or email to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a fax machine or email as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each party forever waives any such defense.

 

23


Section 7.3 Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This TRA Agreement (together with all Exhibits and Schedules to this TRA Agreement), the Business Combination Agreement (together with the Disclosure Letters and Exhibits thereto), the Limited Liability Company Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements contain the entire agreement and understanding among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to such subject matter in any way. Nothing in this TRA Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this TRA Agreement.

Section 7.4 Governing Law. The law of the State of Delaware shall govern (a) all claims or matters related to or arising from this TRA Agreement (including any tort or non-contractual claims) and (b) any questions concerning the construction, interpretation, validity and enforceability of this TRA Agreement, and the performance of the obligations imposed by this TRA Agreement, in each case without giving effect to any choice-of-law or conflict-of-law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

Section 7.5 Severability. If any provision of this TRA Agreement is determined to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable by any governmental entity, all other provisions of this TRA Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect. Upon such determination that any provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this TRA Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

Section 7.6 Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers.

(a) No TRA Party may assign all or any portion of its rights or obligations under this TRA Agreement to any Person without the prior written approval of the Board, except that, to the extent that a TRA Party Transfers Class A Common Units to any of such TRA Party’s Permitted Transferees in accordance with the terms of the Limited Liability Company Agreement, the Transferring TRA Party shall have the option to assign, without the approval of the Board, to the Permitted Transferee of such Class A Common Units the Transferring TRA Party’s rights and obligations under this TRA Agreement with respect to such Transferred Class A Common Units. As a condition to any such assignment, each Transferee which is a Permitted Transferee or approved by the Board shall execute and deliver a joinder to this TRA Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, agreeing to become a TRA Party for all purposes of this TRA Agreement, except as otherwise provided in such joinder. If a TRA Party Transfers Class A Common Units in accordance with the terms of the Limited Liability Company Agreement but does not assign to the Transferee of such Class A Common Units its rights and obligations under this TRA Agreement with respect to such Transferred Class A Common Units, (i) such TRA Party shall remain a TRA Party under this TRA Agreement for all purposes, including with respect to the receipt of Tax Benefit Payments to the extent payable

 

24


hereunder (including any Tax Benefit Payments in respect of the Exchanges of such Transferred Class A Common Units by such Transferee), and (ii) the Transferee of such Class A Common Units shall not be a TRA Party. The Corporate Taxpayer may not assign any of its rights or obligations under this TRA Agreement to any Person (other than in connection with a Mandatory Assignment) without the prior written consent of the TRA Party Representative (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed). Any purported assignment in violation of the terms of this Section 7.6 shall be null and void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, once an Exchange has occurred, any and all payments that may become payable to a TRA Party pursuant to this TRA Agreement with respect to such Exchange may be assigned to any Person or Persons, as long as any such Person has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such assignment, executes and delivers, a joinder to this TRA Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporate Taxpayer, agreeing to be bound by Section 7.12.

(b) No provision of this TRA Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by each of the Corporate Taxpayer and by the TRA Parties who would be entitled to receive at least two-thirds of the total amount of the Early Termination Payments payable to all TRA Parties under this TRA Agreement if the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any TRA Party pursuant to this TRA Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange); provided, that no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment will have a disproportionate effect on the payments one or more TRA Parties will be entitled to receive under this TRA Agreement unless such amendment is consented to in writing by such TRA Parties disproportionately affected; provided, further, that amendment of the definition of Change of Control will also require the written approval of the TRA Party Representative and the TRA Disinterested Majority. No provision of this TRA Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the TRA Parties who would be entitled to receive at least a majority of the total amount of the Early Termination Payments payable to all TRA Parties under this TRA Agreement if the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any TRA Party pursuant to this TRA Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange).

(c) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all of the terms and provisions of this TRA Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, permitted assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Corporate Taxpayer shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporate Taxpayer, whether in a Change of Control or otherwise, to, by written agreement, expressly assume and agree to perform this TRA Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporate Taxpayer would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place (any such assignment, a “Mandatory Assignment”).

 

25


Section 7.7 Interpretation. The headings and captions used in this TRA Agreement and the table of contents to this TRA Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this TRA Agreement. Any capitalized terms used in any Schedule or Exhibit attached hereto and not otherwise defined therein shall have the meanings set forth in this TRA Agreement. The use of the word “including” herein shall mean “including without limitation.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this TRA Agreement, shall refer to this TRA Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this TRA Agreement. References herein to the Preamble or to a specific Section, Subsection, Recital, Clause, Schedule or Exhibit shall refer, respectively, to the Preamble, Sections, Subsections, Recitals, Clauses, Schedules or Exhibits of this TRA Agreement. Terms defined in the singular shall have a comparable meaning when used in the plural, and vice versa. References herein to any gender shall include each other gender. The word “or” shall not be exclusive unless the context clearly requires the selection of one (1) (but not more than one (1)) of a number of items. References to “written” or “in writing” include in electronic form. References herein to any Person shall include such Person’s heirs, executors, personal representatives, administrators, successors and permitted assigns; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 7.7 is intended to authorize any assignment or transfer not otherwise permitted by this TRA Agreement. References herein to a Person in a particular capacity or capacities shall exclude such Person in any other capacity. Any reference to “days” shall mean calendar days unless Business Days are expressly specified; provided that if any action is required to be done or taken on a day that is not a Business Day, then such action shall be required to be done or taken not on such day but on the first succeeding Business Day thereafter. References herein to any contract or agreement (including this TRA Agreement) mean such contract or agreement as amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. With respect to the determination of any period of time, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each means “to but excluding.” References herein to any law shall be deemed also to refer to such law, as amended (and any successor laws), and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” (or similar phrases) shall mean the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and such phrase shall not mean simply “if.” Except where otherwise expressly provided, all amounts in this TRA Agreement are stated and shall be paid in U.S. dollars. The parties to this TRA Agreement and their respective counsel have reviewed and negotiated this TRA Agreement as the joint agreement and understanding of such parties, and the language used in this TRA Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by such parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any Person.

Section 7.8 Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction.

(a) EACH PARTY TO THIS TRA AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN OR AMONG ANY OF THE PARTIES (WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THIS TRA AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS TRA AGREEMENT AND/OR THE RELATIONSHIPS ESTABLISHED AMONG THE PARTIES HEREUNDER. THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER WARRANT AND REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

 

26


(b) Subject to Section 7.9, each of the parties hereto submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of first, the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware or if such court declines jurisdiction, then to the Federal District Court for the District of Delaware, in any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this TRA Agreement, agrees that all claims in respect of such action, suit or proceeding shall be heard and determined in any such court and agrees not to bring any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this TRA Agreement in any other courts. Nothing in this Section 7.8, however, shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law or at equity. Each party hereto agrees that a final judgment in any action, suit or proceeding so brought shall be conclusive and may be enforced by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law or at equity.

Section 7.9 Reconciliation. In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the calculation of amounts owed pursuant to this TRA Agreement within the relevant period designated in this TRA Agreement (“Reconciliation Dispute”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert in the particular area of disagreement, acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator (the “Expert”), mutually acceptable to the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative. The Expert shall be a partner or principal of an Advisory Firm, and unless the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative each agree in writing otherwise, the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with any party to this TRA Agreement or any Affiliate of any such parties or any other actual or potential conflict of interest. If the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, then the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative shall cause the Expert to be selected by the International Chamber of Commerce Centre for Expertise (the “ICC”) in accordance with the criteria set forth above in this Section 7.9. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the Basis Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within thirty (30) calendar days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within fifteen (15) calendar days or, in each case, as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, the undisputed amount shall be paid on the date prescribed by this TRA Agreement and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporate Taxpayer, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. The sum of (a) the costs and expenses relating to (i) the engagement (and, if applicable, selection by the ICC) of such Expert and (ii) if applicable, amending any Tax Return in connection with the decision of such Expert and (b) the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative incurred in the conduct of such proceeding shall be allocated between the Corporate Taxpayer, on the one hand, and the TRA Parties, on the other hand, in the same proportion that the aggregate amount of the disputed items so submitted to the Expert that is unsuccessfully disputed by each such party (as finally determined by the Expert) bears to the total amount of such disputed items so submitted, and each such party shall promptly reimburse the other party for the excess that such other party has paid in respect of such costs and expenses over the amount it has been so allocated (such sharing of costs described in (a) and (b), the “Reconciliation Cost Sharing Method”). The Corporate Taxpayer may withhold payments under this TRA Agreement to collect amounts due under the preceding sentence. Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this

 

27


Section 7.9 shall be decided by the Expert. The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.9 shall be binding on the Corporate Taxpayer and each of the TRA Parties and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction. Except as otherwise provided herein (such as with respect to the Reconciliation Cost Sharing Method) , in the event that any suit, claim, action or other proceeding is instituted under or in relation to this TRA Agreement, including without limitation to enforce any provision in this TRA Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this TRA Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants.

Section 7.10 Withholding. The Corporate Taxpayer shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this TRA Agreement such amounts as the Corporate Taxpayer is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of state, local, foreign or other tax law; provided, however, that the Corporate Taxpayer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to notify and shall reasonably cooperate with the applicable TRA Party prior to the making of such deductions and withholding payments to determine whether any such deductions or withholding payments (other than any deduction or withholding required by reason of such TRA Party’s failure to comply with the last sentence of this Section 7.10) are required under applicable law and in obtaining any available exemption or reduction of, or otherwise minimizing to the extent permitted by applicable law, such deduction and withholding. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporate Taxpayer, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this TRA Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of whom such withholding was made. Each TRA Party shall promptly provide the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo, or other applicable withholding agent with any applicable tax forms and certifications (including IRS Form W-9 or the applicable version of IRS Form W-8) upon reasonable request and shall promptly provide an update of any such tax form or certificate previously delivered if the same has become incorrect or has expired.

Section 7.11 Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets.

(a) If the Corporate Taxpayer is or becomes a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group of corporations that files a consolidated, combined or unitary income Tax Return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code or any corresponding provisions of U.S. state, local or foreign tax law, then: (i) the provisions of this TRA Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary taxable income of the group as a whole.

(b) If any Person the income of which is included in the income of the Corporate Taxpayer or the Corporate Taxpayer’s affiliated, consolidated combined or unitary group, transfers (or is deemed to transfer for U.S. federal income Tax purposes) one or more assets to a corporation (or a Person classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) with which such entity does not file a consolidated Tax Return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code or any corresponding provisions of U.S. state, local or foreign tax law, such entity, for purposes of calculating the amount of

 

28


any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such asset in a fully taxable transaction on the date of such contribution. The consideration deemed to be received in a transaction contemplated in the prior sentence shall be equal to the fair market value of the deemed transferred asset, plus (i) the amount of debt to which such asset is subject, in the case of a transfer of an encumbered asset or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to such asset, in the case of a transfer of a partnership interest. The transactions described in this Section 7.11(b) shall be taken into account in determining the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment, as applicable, for such Taxable Year based on the income, gain or loss deemed allocated to the Corporate Taxpayer using the Non-Adjusted Tax Basis of the Referenced Assets in calculating its Hypothetical Tax Liability for such Taxable Year and using the actual tax basis of the Reference Assets in calculating its Actual Tax Liability, determined using the “with and without” methodology. Thus, for example, in determining the Hypothetical Tax Liability of the Corporate Taxpayer the taxable income of the Corporate Taxpayer shall be determined by treating OpCo as having sold the applicable Reference Asset for its fair market value, recovering any basis applicable to such Reference Asset (using the Non-Adjusted Tax Basis), while the Actual Tax Liability of the Corporate Taxpayer would be determined by recovering the actual tax basis of the Reference Asset that reflects any Basis Adjustments. For purposes of this Section 7.11, a transfer of a partnership interest shall be treated as a transfer of the transferring partner’s share of each of the assets and liabilities of that partnership. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after the occurrence of any such transfer as described in the first sentence of this Section 7.11(b), if the Corporate Taxpayer takes actions to ensure that the amount to be received by the TRA Parties hereunder and the timing thereof, taking into account such actions (which actions may, at the election of the Corporate Taxpayer, include the payment of an additional amount to a TRA Party), would be the same amount and timing as if such transfer described in the first sentence of Section 7.11(b) did not occur then this Section 7.11(b) shall not apply with respect to such transfer.

(c) If any member of a group described in Section 7.11(a) that owns any Class A Common Unit deconsolidates from the group (or the Corporate Taxpayer deconsolidates from the group), then the Corporate Taxpayer shall cause such member (or the parent of the consolidated group in a case where the Corporate Taxpayer deconsolidates from the group) to assume the obligation to make payments hereunder with respect to the applicable Tax Attributes associated with any Reference Asset it owns (directly or indirectly) in a manner consistent with the terms of this Agreement as the member (or one of its Affiliates) actually realizes Tax benefits. If a transferee or a member of a group described in Section 7.11(a) assumes an obligation to make payments hereunder pursuant to this Section 7.11(c), then the initial obligor is relieved of the obligation assumed.

(d) Except as otherwise set forth in Section 7.11(c), if the Corporate Taxpayer (or any member of a group described in Section 7.11(a)) transfers (or is deemed to transfer for U.S. federal income Tax purposes) any Class A Common Unit in a transaction that is wholly or partially taxable, then for purposes of calculating payments under this Agreement, OpCo shall be treated as having disposed of the portion of any Reference Asset (determined based on a pro rata share of an undivided interest in each Reference Asset) that is indirectly transferred by the Corporate Taxpayer or other entity described above (i.e., taking into account the number of Class A Common Units transferred) in a wholly or partially taxable transaction, as applicable, in which all income, gain or loss is allocated to the Corporate Taxpayer. The consideration deemed to be received by OpCo shall be equal to the fair market value of the deemed transferred asset, plus (i) the amount of debt to which such asset is subject, in the case of a transfer of an encumbered asset or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to such asset, in the case of a transfer of a partnership interest.

 

29


Section 7.12 Confidentiality.

(a) Subject to Section 6.3, each TRA Party acknowledges and agrees that the information of the Corporate Taxpayer is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for the Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this TRA Agreement in good faith, such person shall keep and retain in confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters of the Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates and successors or concerning OpCo and its Affiliates and successors learned by the TRA Party pursuant to this TRA Agreement. This Section 7.12 shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made public by the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Affiliates or becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of the TRA Party in violation of this TRA Agreement or any other agreement) and (ii) the disclosure of information to the extent reasonably necessary for the TRA Party to prepare and file its Tax Returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding the same from any Taxing Authority, or to prosecute or defend any material action, proceeding or audit by any Taxing Authority with respect to such returns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this TRA Agreement, to the extent required by applicable law or to the extent reasonably necessary for the TRA Party to comply with any applicable reportable transaction requirements under applicable law, each TRA Party (and each employee, representative or other agent of the TRA Party, as applicable) may disclose the tax treatment and tax structure of the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and their Affiliates, and any of their transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to the TRA Party relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.

(b) If a TRA Party breaches any of the provisions of this Section 7.12, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have the right to seek to have the provisions of this Section 7.12 specifically enforced by injunctive relief by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach shall cause irreparable injury to the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Affiliates and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

(c) In no event shall this Section 7.12 limit any obligation of any party under the Limited Liability Company Agreement, the Business Combination Agreement, or any other Ancillary Agreement.

Section 7.13 TRA Party Representative. By executing this TRA Agreement, each of the TRA Parties shall be deemed to have irrevocably appointed the TRA Party Representative as its agent and attorney in fact with full power of substitution to act from and after the date hereof and to do any and all things and execute any and all documents on behalf of such TRA Parties which may be necessary, convenient or appropriate to facilitate any matters under this TRA Agreement, including: (i) execution of the documents and certificates required pursuant to this TRA Agreement; (ii) except to

 

30


the extent provided in this TRA Agreement, receipt and forwarding of notices and communications pursuant to this TRA Agreement; (iii) administration of the provisions of this TRA Agreement; (iv) any and all consents, waivers, amendments or modifications deemed by the TRA Party Representative to be necessary or appropriate under this TRA Agreement and the execution or delivery of any documents that may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith; (v) taking actions the TRA Party Representative is authorized to take pursuant to the other provisions of this TRA Agreement; (vi) negotiating and compromising, on behalf of such TRA Parties, any dispute that may arise under, and exercising or refraining from exercising any remedies available under, this TRA Agreement and executing, on behalf of such TRA Parties, any settlement agreement, release or other document with respect to such dispute or remedy; and (vii) engaging attorneys, accountants, agents or consultants on behalf of such TRA Parties in connection with this TRA Agreement and paying any fees related thereto on behalf of such TRA Parties, subject to reimbursement by such TRA Parties. The TRA Parties shall promptly reimburse the TRA Party Representative for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the TRA Party Representative performing its duties hereunder. The TRA Party Representative may resign upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Corporate Taxpayer.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

31


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this TRA Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

CORPORATE TAXPAYER:
BIOTE CORP.
By:  

/s/ Teresa S. Weber

Name:   Teresa Weber
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this TRA Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

OPCO:
BIOTE HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Gary Donovitz

Name:   Gary S. Donovitz
Title:   President

[Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this TRA Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

TRA PARTY REPRESENTATIVE:
By:  

/s/ Teresa Weber

Name:   Teresa Weber

[Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this TRA Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

TRA PARTY:
BioTE Management, LLC
By:  

/s/ Gary Donovitz

Name:   Gary S. Donovitz, Manager
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

Gary S. Donovitz 2012 Irrevocable Trust
By:  

/s/ Gary Donovitz

Name:   Gary S. Donovitz
Title:   Trustee
Donovitz Family Irrevocable Trust
By:  

/s/ Gary Donovitz

Name:   Gary S. Donovitz
Title:   Trustee

[Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this TRA Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

TRA PARTY:
Yosaki Trust
By:  

/s/ Russell Miller

Name:   Russell J. Miller
Title:   Trustee

[Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this TRA Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

TRA PARTY:
Mioko Trust
By:  

/s/ Russell Miller

Name:   Russell J. Miller
Title:   Trustee

[Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this TRA Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

TRA PARTY:
Kiana Trust
By:  

/s/ Paul D. Grossbard

Name:   Paul D. Grossbard
Title:   Trustee

[Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this TRA Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

TRA PARTY:
Teresa S. Weber
By:  

/s/ Teresa Weber

[Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this TRA Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

TRA PARTY:
James Mark Hincher
By:  

/s/ James Mark Hincher

[Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this TRA Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

TRA PARTY:
Marc D. Beer
By:  

/s/ Marc Beer

[Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement]


Exhibit A

FORM OF JOINDER

This Joinder (this “Joinder”) to the Tax Receivable Agreement, made as of                 , is between                 (“Transferor”) and                 (“Transferee”).

WHEREAS, Transferor is a party to that certain Tax Receivable Agreement (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”), dated as of [ ], among biote Corp. (formerly, Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III), a Delaware corporation, (the “Corporate Taxpayer”), BioTE Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“OpCo”), and certain other persons (each such member, a “TRA Party” and together the “TRA Parties”), and Teresa S. Weber, in her capacity as the TRA Party Representative (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement); and

WHEREAS, Transferee is required, at the time of and as a condition to the assignment by Transferor to Transferee of all or any portion of Transferor’s rights or obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement, to become a party to the Tax Receivable Agreement by executing and delivering this Joinder, whereupon such Transferee will be treated as a Party (with the same rights and obligations as the Transferor) for all purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Definitions. To the extent capitalized words used in this Joinder are not defined in this Joinder, such words shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Acquisition. Transferor hereby assigns to Transferee all of Transferor’s rights or obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Joinder. Transferee hereby acknowledges and agrees that (a) such Transferee has received and read the Tax Receivable Agreement, (b) such Transferee accepts such assignment in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Tax Receivable Agreement and (c) such Transferee will be treated as a Party (with the same rights and obligations as the Transferor) for all purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Notice. Any notice, demand or other communication under the Tax Receivable Agreement to Transferee shall be given to Transferee at the address set forth on the signature page hereto in accordance with Section 7.1 of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Governing Law. This Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Law of the State of Delaware.

Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This Joinder may be executed and delivered in one or more counterparts, by fax, email or other electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Joinder or any document to be signed in connection with this Joinder shall be deemed to include

[Exhibit A to Tax Receivable Agreement]


electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, and the parties hereto consent to conduct the transactions contemplated hereunder by electronic means.

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by the parties as of the date first above written.

 

TRANSFEROR:
By:  

                                          

Name:  

                                                      

Title:  

                                          

 

TRANSFEREE:
By:  

                                      

Name:  

                                      

Title:  

                                      

Address for notices:
EX-10.2

Exhibit 10.2

Certain identified information marked with [***] has been excluded from the exhibit because it is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Investor Rights Agreement, the “Investor Rights Agreement”), dated as of May 26, 2022 (the “Effective Date”), is made by and among (i) biote Corp. (formerly Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III), a Delaware corporation (“PubCo” or the “Company”); (ii) each of the member signatories party hereto (each, a “Member” and collectively, the “Members”); (iii) Teresa S. Weber in her capacity as the Members’ representative hereunder (the “Members’ Representative”); (iv) Haymaker Sponsor III LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”); and (v) solely for the purpose of Section 4.3, each of the SPAC Insiders (as defined in Section 1.1). Each of PubCo, the Members, the Members’ Representative, the Sponsor and the SPAC Insiders may be referred to herein as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the BCA (as defined below).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, PubCo has entered into that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2021, by and among PubCo, the Sponsor, BioTE Holdings, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company (the “Operating Company”), and the Members’ Representative (as may be amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms of such agreement, the “BCA”), in connection with the business combination (the “Business Combination”) contemplated by the BCA;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the BCA, at the Closing, the Members, in the aggregate, retained the Retained Company Units (including the Earnout Company Units) and PubCo issued to the Members an aggregate number of shares of Buyer Class V Voting Stock (including the Earnout Voting Shares) equal to the number of Retained Company Units;

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the Closing, the Members amended and restated the Operating Company’s operating agreement by adopting the Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Operating Company (the “Operating Company A&R OA”);

WHEREAS, (i) the Earnout Company Units will be earned by the Members upon the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the BCA (the “Earned Earnout Company Units”), and (ii) the Earnout Voting Shares will be earned by the Members upon the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the BCA (the “Earned Earnout Voting Shares”);

WHEREAS, each of the Members has the right to exchange Retained Company Units (including the Earned Earnout Company Units) and an equal number of shares of Buyer Class V Voting Stock for shares of Buyer Class A Common Stock in the manner set forth in, and pursuant to the terms and conditions of, the Operating Company A&R OA;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Certificate of Incorporation (as herein defined), the BCA and the Sponsor Letter Agreement, in connection with the Closing, all then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock (as herein defined) converted into shares of Buyer Class A Common Stock (the “Class B Common Stock Conversion”), and the Sponsor will subject the Sponsor Earnout Shares to certain restrictions and potential forfeiture pending the achievement (if any) of certain earnout targets pursuant to the terms of the BCA;

 

1


WHEREAS, PubCo and the Sponsor entered into that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2021 (the “Original RRA”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the execution of this Investor Rights Agreement, PubCo and the Sponsor desire to terminate the Original RRA and replace it with this Investor Rights Agreement; and

WHEREAS, on the Effective Date, the Parties desire to set forth their agreement with respect to registration rights and certain other matters, in each case in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Investor Rights Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Investor Rights Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions. As used in this Investor Rights Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Adverse Disclosure” means any public disclosure of material non-public information, which disclosure, in the good faith determination of the Board, after consultation with counsel to PubCo, (a) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement or Prospectus in order for the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein (in the case of any Prospectus and any preliminary Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, (b) would not be required to be made at such time if the Registration Statement were not being filed, and (c) PubCo has a bona fide business purpose for not making such information public.

Affiliate” of any particular Person means any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, its capacity as a sole or managing member or otherwise; provided that no Party shall be deemed an Affiliate of PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries for purposes of this Investor Rights Agreement.

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 promulgated by the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act.

BCA” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

2


Beneficially Own” has the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Board” means the board of directors of PubCo.

Business Combination” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are required or authorized to close in the State of New York.

Bylaws” means the Amended and Restated Bylaws of Buyer, as the same may be amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Certificate of Incorporation” means the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Buyer, as the same may be amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Class A Common Stock” means, the Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of PubCo, including (a) any shares of such Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of any warrant or other right to acquire shares of such Class A common stock, (b) any shares of such Class A common stock issued pursuant to the Class B Common Stock Conversion, and (c) any Equity Securities of PubCo that are issued or distributed or may be issuable with respect to such Class A common stock by way of conversion, dividend, stock split or other distribution, consolidation, merger, exchange, reclassification, recapitalization or other similar transaction.

Class A Common Units” means Class A Common Units (as defined in the Operating Company A&R OA) owned by one or more of the Members or any of their Permitted Transferees, including Retained Company Units and Earned Earnout Company Units.

Class B Common Stock” means, the Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of PubCo, all of the outstanding shares of which were converted into shares of Class A Common Stock in connection with the Closing of the BCA pursuant to the Class B Common Stock Conversion.

Class B Common Stock Conversion” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Class V Voting Stock” means, the Class V common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of PubCo, including (a) any shares of such Class V common stock issuable upon the exercise of any warrant or other right to acquire shares of such Class V common stock and (b) any Equity Securities of PubCo that are issued or distributed or may be issuable with respect to such Class V common stock by way of conversion, dividend, stock split or other distribution, consolidation, merger, exchange, reclassification, recapitalization or other similar transaction.

Common Stock” means shares of the Class A Common Stock and the Class V Voting Stock, including any shares of the Class A Common Stock and the Class V Voting Stock issuable upon the exercise of any warrant or other right to acquire shares of the Class A Common Stock and the Class V Voting Stock.

Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

3


Controlled Entity” means, as to any Person, (a) any corporation more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock of which is Beneficially Owned by such Person or such Person’s Family Members, or either of their Affiliates, (b) any trust, whether or not revocable, of which such Person or such Person’s Family Members or Affiliates are the sole beneficiaries, (c) any partnership of which such Person or an Affiliate of such Person is the managing or general partner or in which such Person or such Person’s Family Members or Affiliates hold partnership interests representing at least fifty percent (50%) of such partnership’s capital and profits, and (d) any limited liability company of which such Person or an Affiliate of such Person is the manager or managing member or in which such Person or such Person’s Family Members or Affiliates hold membership interests representing at least fifty percent (50%) of such limited liability company’s capital and profits.

Demanding Holders” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c).

Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Equity Securities” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares or equity (or such other interests), restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, equity appreciation rights, phantom equity rights, profit participation and all of the other ownership or profit interests of such Person (including partnership or member interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto, as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

Family Member” means with respect to any Person, such Person’s spouse, ancestors, descendants (whether by blood, marriage or adoption) or spouse of a descendant of such Person, brothers and sisters (whether by blood, marriage or adoption) and inter vivos or testamentary trusts of which only such Person and his spouse, ancestors, descendants (whether by blood, marriage or adoption), brothers and sisters (whether by blood, marriage or adoption) are beneficiaries.

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

Form S-1 Shelf” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

Form S-3 Shelf” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

Holder” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a Party to, or who succeeds to rights under, this Investor Rights Agreement pursuant to Section 5.1.

Holder Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(b).

 

4


Initial Shares” means an aggregate of 57,204,557 Retained Company Units (and any Equity Securities into which such units may be exchanged), proportionately amongst the Members based on their respective percentage interests held in the Operating Company as of immediately after the Closing.

Investor Rights Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Lock-Up Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

Lock-Up Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

Maximum Number of Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(d).

Member Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

Members” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Member Lock-Up Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

Members’ Representative” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Minimum Takedown Threshold” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c).

Misstatement” means an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact required to be stated in a Registration Statement or Prospectus, or necessary to make the statements in a Registration Statement or Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

Nasdaq” means The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC.

Nasdaq Independent” means a person who shall qualify as an “independent director” as such term is defined under Nasdaq Stock Market Rule 5605(a)(2) (or any successor rule) and applicable SEC rules and regulations, as of (i) the time of the nomination of such director pursuant to Section 2.1 and (ii) the time of any vote, decision or recommendation made by such director as a member of the Board.

Necessary Action” means, with respect to any Party and a specified result, all actions (to the extent such actions are not prohibited by applicable Law and within such Party’s control, and in the case of any action that requires a vote or other action on the part of the Board to the extent such action is consistent with fiduciary duties that PubCo’s directors may have in such capacity) necessary to cause such result, including (a) calling special meetings of stockholders, (b) voting or providing a written consent or proxy, if applicable in each case, with respect to shares of Common Stock, (c) causing the adoption of stockholders’ resolutions and amendments to the Organizational Documents, (d) executing agreements and instruments, (e) making, or causing to be made, with Governmental Entities, all filings, registrations or similar actions that are required to achieve such result, and (f) nominating certain Persons for election to the Board in connection with the annual or special meeting of stockholders of PubCo.

 

5


Operating Company” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Operating Company A&R OA” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Organizational Documents” means the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws.

Original RRA” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Party” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Permitted Transferee” means with respect to any Person, (a) any Family Member of such Person, (b) any Affiliate of such Person, (c) any Affiliate of any Family Member of such Person (excluding any Affiliate under this clause (c) who operates or engages in a business which competes with the business of PubCo or the Operating Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries), (d) any Controlled Entity of such Person, (e) any member of the Sponsor or any of their affiliates, (f) by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware or the Sponsor’s limited liability company agreement upon dissolution of the Sponsor; (g) any charitable organization to which such Person Transfers their securities; or (h) who received Registrable Securities in connection with Transfers by private sales or Transfers made in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, in each case by the Sponsor, at prices no greater than the price at which the securities were originally purchased.

Piggyback Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a).

Prospectus” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such prospectus, and all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

PubCo” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Registrable Securities” means at any time (a) any shares of Class A Common Stock (including, without limitation, Class A Common Stock (i) issuable pursuant to the Operating Company A&R OA upon an exchange of Class A Common Units and an equal number of shares of Class V Voting Stock for Class A Common Stock, (ii) issued pursuant to the Class B Common Stock Conversion, or (iii) the Sponsor Earnout Shares), (b) any Warrants or any shares of Class A Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise thereof, and (c) any Equity Securities of PubCo or any Subsidiary of PubCo that may be issued or distributed or be issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (a) or (b) by way of conversion, dividend, stock split or other distribution, merger, consolidation, exchange, recapitalization or reclassification or similar transaction, in each case held by a Holder, other than any security received pursuant to an incentive plan adopted by PubCo on or after the Closing Date; provided, however, that any such Registrable Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities to the extent (A) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such Registrable Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Registrable Securities have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged in accordance with the plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement, (B) such Registrable Securities shall have ceased to be outstanding, (C) such Registrable Securities have been sold to, or through, a broker, dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or other public securities transaction, or (D) (i) for purposes of Article III hereof, the Holder thereof, together with its, his or her Permitted Transferees, Beneficially Owns less

 

6


than one percent (1%) of the shares of Class A Common Stock that are outstanding at such time and (ii) such shares of Class A Common Stock are eligible for resale without volume or manner-of-sale restrictions and without current public information pursuant to Rule 144 as set forth in a written opinion letter to be provided by counsel to PubCo to such effect, addressed, delivered and acceptable to PubCo’s transfer agent and the affected Holder (which opinion may rely on a representation from such Holder that it is not, and has not been at any time during the 90 days immediately before the date of such opinion, an Affiliate of PubCo).

Registration” means a registration, including any related Shelf Takedown, effected by preparing and filing a registration statement, prospectus or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such registration statement becoming effective.

Registration Expenses” means the expenses of a Registration or other Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Investor Rights Agreement, including the following:

(a) all SEC or securities exchange registration, listing and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with FINRA);

(b) all fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky Laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of Registrable Securities);

(c) all printing, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses;

(d) all fees and disbursements of counsel for PubCo;

(e) all fees and disbursements of all independent registered public accountants of PubCo incurred in connection with such Registration or Transfer, including the expenses of any special audits and/or comfort letters required or incident to such performance and compliance;

(f) all fees and disbursements of one (1) separate outside counsel (and local and special counsel, to the extent necessary) selected by the majority-in-interest of the Holders participating in such Registration;

(g) the costs and expenses of PubCo relating to analyst and investor presentations or any “road show” undertaken in connection with the Registration and/or marketing of the Registrable Securities (including the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of any Requesting Demand Holders in connection therewith); and

(h) any other fees and disbursements customarily paid by the issuers of securities.

(i) “Registration Statement” means any registration statement that covers the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Investor Rights Agreement, including the Prospectus included in such registration statement, amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such registration statement, and all exhibits to and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

 

7


Representatives” means, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s officers, directors, managers, members, equityholders, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries, consultants, or financial advisors or other Person acting on behalf of such Person.

Requesting Holder” means any Holder requesting piggyback rights pursuant to Section 3.2 with respect to an Underwritten Shelf Takedown.

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto, as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

Shelf” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

Shelf Registration” means a registration of securities pursuant to a Registration Statement filed with the SEC in accordance with and pursuant to Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Shelf Takedown” means an Underwritten Shelf Takedown or any proposed transfer or sale using a Registration Statement, including a Piggyback Registration.

SPAC Insiders” means Steven J. Heyer, Andrew J. Heyer, Christopher Bradley, Joseph M. Tonnos, Roger Meltzer, Frederic H. Mayerson and Stephen W. Powell.

Sponsor” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Sponsor Letter” means that certain Letter Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2021, by and among PubCo, its officers and directors, and the Sponsor, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or waived from time to time.

Sponsor Lock-Up Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

Subsequent Shelf Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).

Trading Day” means any day on which the Class A Common Stock is traded on Nasdaq, or, if Nasdaq is not the principal trading market for the Class A Common Stock on such day, then on the principal national securities exchange or securities market on which the Class A Common Stock is then traded.

Transfer” means, when used as a noun, any voluntary or involuntary transfer, sale or hypothecation or other disposition by the Transferor (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and, when used as a verb, the Transferor voluntarily or involuntarily, transfers, sells or hypothecates or otherwise disposes of (whether by operation of law or otherwise), including, in each case, (a) the establishment or increase of a put equivalent position or liquidation with respect to, or decrease of a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to, any security or (b) entry into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another Person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities, in cash or otherwise. The terms “Transferee,” “Transferor,” “Transferred,” and other forms of the word “Transfer” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

8


Underwriter” means any investment banker(s) and manager(s) appointed to administer the offering of any Registrable Securities as principal in an Underwritten Offering.

Underwritten Offering” means a Registration in which securities of PubCo are sold to an Underwriter for distribution to the public.

Underwritten Shelf Takedown” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(e).

VWAP” means the volume-weighted average share price of Class A Common Stock as displayed on PubCo’s page on Bloomberg (or any successor service) in respect of the period from 9:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., New York City time, on such Trading Day.

Warrants” means the following outstanding warrants of PubCo, that upon exercise entitle the Sponsor to acquire in the aggregate up to 5,333,333 shares of Class A Common Stock and were issued to the Sponsor pursuant to that certain Private Placement Warrants Purchase Agreement, dated March 1, 2021, by and among PubCo and the Sponsor.

Warrant Agreement” means that certain Warrant Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2021, by and between PubCo and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, as warrant agent.

Well-Known Seasoned Issuer” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 promulgated by the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act.

Withdrawal Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(e).

Section 1.2 Interpretive Provisions. For all purposes of this Investor Rights Agreement, except as otherwise provided in this Investor Rights Agreement or unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, unless the context clearly prohibits that construction.

(b) the words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Investor Rights Agreement, refer to this Investor Rights Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Investor Rights Agreement.

(c) references in this Investor Rights Agreement to any Law shall be deemed also to refer to such Law, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(d) whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Investor Rights Agreement, they shall mean “without limitation.”

 

9


(e) the captions and headings of this Investor Rights Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Investor Rights Agreement.

(f) pronouns of any gender or neuter shall include, as appropriate, the other pronoun forms.

(g) the word “or” shall be construed to mean “and/or” and the words “neither,” “nor,” “any,” “either” and “or” shall not be exclusive, unless the context clearly prohibits that construction.

(h) the phrase “to the extent” shall be construed to mean “the degree by which.”

ARTICLE II

RESERVED

ARTICLE III

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Section 3.1 Shelf Registration.

(a) Filing. PubCo shall file, within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date or such other earlier date as it is required in accordance with the Warrant Agreement or any other agreements concerning the registration of Registrable Securities to which PubCo is party (each, an “Other Registration Agreement”), a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-3 (the “Form S-3 Shelf”), or if PubCo is ineligible to use a Form S-3 Shelf, a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1 Shelf,” and together with the Form S-3 Shelf (and any Subsequent Shelf Registration), the “Shelf”), in each case, covering the resale of all Registrable Securities (determined as of two (2) Business Days prior to such filing) on a delayed or continuous basis. PubCo shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Shelf to become effective, under (x) the Securities Act and (y) the blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any participating Holder reasonably requests, as soon as practicable after such filing, but in no event later than sixty (60) days after the initial filing thereof (such date, the “Effectiveness Deadline”); provided, that the Effectiveness Deadline shall be extended to ninety (90) calendar days after the Closing Date if the Registration Statement is reviewed by, and comments thereto are provided from, the SEC; provided, further, that PubCo shall have the Shelf declared effective within five (5) Business Days after the date PubCo is notified (orally or in writing, whichever is earlier) by the staff of the SEC that the Shelf will not be “reviewed” or will not be subject to further review; provided, further, that if the Effectiveness Deadline falls on a Saturday, Sunday or other day that the SEC is closed for business, the Effectiveness Deadline shall be extended to the next Business Day on which the SEC is open for business. The Shelf shall provide for the resale of the Registrable Securities included therein pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available to, and reasonably requested by, any Holder. In the event PubCo files a Form S-1 Shelf, PubCo shall use its reasonable best efforts to convert the Form S-1 Shelf (and any Subsequent Shelf Registration) to a Form S-3 Shelf as soon as practicable after PubCo is eligible to use Form S-3.

(b) Subsequent Shelf Registration. If any Shelf ceases to be effective under the Securities Act for any reason at any time while there are any Registrable Securities outstanding, PubCo shall use its reasonable best efforts to as promptly as is reasonably practicable cause such Shelf to again

 

10


become effective under the Securities Act (including obtaining the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf), and shall use its reasonable best efforts to as promptly as is reasonably practicable amend such Shelf in a manner reasonably expected to result in the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf or file an additional Registration Statement as a Shelf Registration (a “Subsequent Shelf Registration”) registering the resale of all outstanding Registrable Securities from time to time, and pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available to, and requested by, any Holder. If a Subsequent Shelf Registration is filed, PubCo shall use its reasonable best efforts to (i) cause such Subsequent Shelf Registration to become effective under the Securities Act as promptly as is reasonably practicable after the filing thereof (it being agreed that the Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement if PubCo is a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer) and (ii) keep such Subsequent Shelf Registration continuously effective, available for use and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities outstanding. Any such Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be on Form S-3 to the extent that PubCo is eligible to use such form. Otherwise, such Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be on another appropriate form. In the event that any Holder holds Registrable Securities that are not registered for resale on a delayed or continuous basis, PubCo, upon request of a Holder, shall promptly use its reasonable best efforts to cause the resale of such Registrable Securities to be covered by either, at PubCo’s option, the Shelf (including by means of a post-effective amendment) or a Subsequent Shelf Registration and cause the same to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and such Shelf or Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be subject to the terms of this Investor Rights Agreement.

(c) Requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns. At any time and from time to time after the Shelf has been declared effective by the SEC, the Sponsor or Holders of at least fifteen percent (15%) of the then-outstanding number of Registrable Securities may request (such requesting Holders, the “Demanding Holders”) to sell all or any portion of their Registrable Securities in an underwritten offering that is registered pursuant to the Shelf (each, an “Underwritten Shelf Takedown”); provided that PubCo shall only be obligated to effect an Underwritten Shelf Takedown if such offering (i) shall include securities with a total offering price (including piggyback securities and before deduction of underwriting discounts) reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, $10 million (the “Minimum Takedown Threshold”) or (ii) shall be made with respect to all of the Registrable Securities of the Demanding Holder. All requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns shall be made by giving written notice to PubCo, which shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown and the expected price range (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) of such Underwritten Shelf Takedown; provided that each Holder agrees that the fact that such a notice has been delivered shall constitute Confidential Information subject to Section 2.2. The Demanding Holders shall have the right to select the Underwriters for such offering (which shall consist of one (1) or more reputable nationally or regionally recognized investment banks), and to agree to the pricing and other terms of such offering; provided that such selection shall be subject to the consent of PubCo, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Investor Rights Agreement, in no event shall any Holder or any Transferee thereof request an Underwritten Shelf Takedown during the Lock-Up Period applicable to such Person. There shall be no limit to the number of Underwritten Shelf Takedowns that may be requested by any Holder, subject to the first sentence of this Section 3.1(c); provided that PubCo shall not

 

11


be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any Underwritten Shelf Takedown otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 3.1(c) if PubCo has already effected an Underwritten Shelf Takedown in the preceding six (6) month period; provided, further, under no circumstances shall PubCo be obligated to effect more than an aggregate of three (3) Registrations pursuant to an Underwritten Shelf Takedown under this subsection 3.1(c) with respect to any or all Registrable Securities held by the Sponsor (or any of its Permitted Transferees), except that a Registration shall not be counted for such purposes unless a Shelf has been initiated by the Sponsor, has become effective and all of the Registrable Securities requested by the Sponsor to be registered in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown have been sold, in accordance with this Section 3.1 of this Investor Rights Agreement.

(d) Reduction of Underwritten Shelf Takedowns. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, in good faith, advise PubCo, the Demanding Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) in writing that the dollar amount or number of Registrable Securities that the Demanding Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) desire to sell, taken together with all other shares of Common Stock or other Equity Securities that PubCo desires to sell and all other Common Stock or other Equity Securities, if any, that have been requested to be sold in such Underwritten Offering pursuant to separate written contractual piggyback registration rights held by any other stockholders, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of Equity Securities that can be sold in the Underwritten Offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of such securities, as applicable, the “Maximum Number of Securities”), then PubCo shall include in such Underwritten Offering, as follows: at all times (i) first, the Registrable Securities of the Demanding Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) (pro rata based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Demanding Holder and Requesting Holder (if any) has requested be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Common Stock or other Equity Securities that PubCo desires to sell, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Common Stock or other Equity Securities of other Persons that PubCo is obligated to include in such Underwritten Offering pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with such Persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities.

(e) Withdrawal. Any of the Demanding Holders initiating an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall have the right to withdraw from such Underwritten Shelf Takedown for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification (a “Withdrawal Notice”) to PubCo and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of such Demanding Holder’s intention to withdraw from such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, prior to the public announcement of the Underwritten Shelf Takedown by PubCo; provided that a Holder not so withdrawing may elect to have PubCo continue an Underwritten Shelf Takedown if the Minimum Takedown Threshold would still be satisfied or if the Underwritten Shelf Takedown would be made with respect to all of the Registrable Securities of such Holder. Following the receipt of any Withdrawal Notice, PubCo shall promptly forward such Withdrawal Notice to any other Holders that had elected to participate in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Investor Rights Agreement, PubCo shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with the Underwritten Shelf Takedown prior to delivery of a Withdrawal Notice under this Section 3.1(e).

 

12


(f) Long-Form Demands. Upon the expiration of the Lock-Up Period applicable to such Person, and at any time or from time to time that PubCo does not then have an effective Registration Statement outstanding covering all of the Registrable Securities, each Holder may demand that PubCo file a Registration Statement on Form S-1 for the purpose of conducting an Underwritten Offering of any or all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities (each, a “Demand Registration”). PubCo shall, within ten (10) days of its receipt of the Demand Registration request, notify, in writing, all other Holders of Registrable Securities of such demand, and each Holder of Registrable Securities who thereafter wishes to include all or a portion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such Demand Registration (each such Holder that includes all or a portion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such Registration, a “Requesting Demand Holder”) shall so notify PubCo, in writing, within five (5) days after the receipt by the Holder of the notice from PubCo. Upon receipt by PubCo of any such written notification from a Requesting Demand Holder(s) to PubCo, such Requesting Demand Holder(s) shall be entitled to have their Registrable Securities included in a Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration and PubCo shall effect, as soon thereafter as practicable, the Registration of all Registrable Securities requested by the Requesting Demand Holders pursuant to such Demand Registration in accordance with the provision of this Section 3.1(f). Under no circumstances shall PubCo be obligated to effect more than an aggregate of three (3) Registrations pursuant to a Demand Registration under this Section 3.1(f) with respect to any or all Registrable Securities; provided, however, that a Registration shall not be counted for such purposes unless a Form S-1 has become effective and all of the Registrable Securities requested by the Requesting Demand Holders to be registered on behalf of the Requesting Demand Holders in such Demand Registration have been sold, in accordance with Section 3.1 of this Investor Rights Agreement. PubCo shall file such Registration Statement within thirty (30) days of receipt of such demand and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the same to be declared effective within sixty (60) days of filing; provided, that such deadline shall be extended to ninety (90) calendar days after the date of filing if the Registration Statement on Form S-1 is reviewed by, and comments thereto are provided from, the SEC; provided, further PubCo shall have the Form S-1 declared effective within five (5) Business Days after the date PubCo is notified (orally or in writing, whichever is earlier) by the staff of the SEC that the Registration Statement will not be “reviewed” or will not be subject to further review; provided, further, that if such deadline falls on a Saturday, Sunday or other day that the SEC is closed for business, the deadline shall be extended to the next Business Day on which the SEC is open for business. The provisions of Section 3.1(c), Section 3.1(d) and Section 3.1(e) shall apply to this Section 3.1(f) as if a Demand Registration under this Section 3.1(f) were an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, provided that in order to withdraw a demand under this Section 3.1(f), such withdrawal must be received by PubCo prior to PubCo having publicly filed a Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 3.1(f).

 

13


Section 3.2 Piggyback Registration.

(a) Piggyback Rights. If PubCo proposes to conduct a registered offering of Equity Securities on behalf of any Holders (other than pursuant to Underwritten Shelf Registration), or if PubCo proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of Equity Securities of PubCo, for its own account, in each case, other than a Registration Statement (or any registered offering with respect thereto) (i) filed in connection with any employee stock option or other benefit plan, (ii) for an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to PubCo’s existing stockholders, (iii) for an offering of debt that is convertible into Equity Securities of PubCo, or (iv) for a dividend reinvestment plan, then PubCo shall give written notice of such proposed offering to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable but not less than ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date of such Registration Statement, which notice shall (A) describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing Underwriter or Underwriters, if any, in such offering, and (B) offer to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities the opportunity to register the sale of such number of Registrable Securities as such Holders may request in writing within five (5) days after receipt of such written notice (such registered offering, a “Piggyback Registration”); provided that each Holder agrees that the fact that such a notice has been delivered shall constitute Confidential Information subject to Section 2.2. PubCo shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities to be included in such Piggyback Registration and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of a proposed Underwritten Offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested by the Holders pursuant to this Section 3.2(a) to be included in a Piggyback Registration on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of PubCo included in such registered offering and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. The inclusion of any Holder’s Registrable Securities in a Piggyback Registration shall be subject to such Holder’s agreement to abide by the terms of Section 3.6 below.

(b) Reduction of Piggyback Registration. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in an Underwritten Offering that is to be a Piggyback Registration (other than a Demand Registration or an Underwritten Shelf Takedown), in good faith, advises PubCo and the Holders participating in the Piggyback Registration in writing that the dollar amount or number of shares of Common Stock or other Equity Securities that PubCo desires to sell, taken together with (i) the Common Stock or other Equity Securities, if any, as to which Registration or a registered offering has been demanded pursuant to an Other Registration Agreement, and (ii) the Common Stock or other Equity Securities, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to Section 3.2, exceeds the Maximum Number of Securities, then:

(i) If the Registration is initiated and undertaken for PubCo’s account, PubCo shall include in any such Registration (A) first, the Common Stock or other Equity Securities that PubCo desires to sell, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Registrable Securities of Holders exercising their rights to register their Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3.2(a) (pro rata based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Holder has requested be included in such Registration), which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Common Stock or other Equity Securities, if any, as to which Registration has been requested pursuant to written contractual piggyback registration rights of other stockholders of PubCo, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; or

 

14


(ii) If the Registration is pursuant to a request by Persons other than the Holders, then PubCo shall include in any such Registration (A) first, the Common Stock or other Equity Securities, if any, of such requesting Persons, other than the Holders, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Registrable Securities of Holders exercising their rights to register their Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3.2(a) (pro rata based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Holder has requested be included in such Registration) which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Common Stock or other Equity Securities that PubCo desires to sell, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and (D) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), the Common Stock or other Equity Securities, if any, for the account of other Persons that PubCo is obligated to register pursuant to Other Registration Agreements, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.2(b), in the event a Demanding Holder has submitted notice for a bona fide Underwritten Shelf Takedown or Demand Registration and all sales pursuant to such Underwritten Shelf Takedown or Demand Registration pursuant to Section 3.1 have not been effected in accordance with the applicable plan of distribution or submitted a Withdrawal Notice prior to such time that PubCo has given written notice of a Piggyback Registration to all Holders pursuant to Section 3.2, then any reduction in the number of Registrable Securities to be offered in such offering shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.1(d), instead of this Section 3.2(b).

(c) Piggyback Registration Withdrawal. Any Holder shall have the right to withdraw from a Piggyback Registration for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification to PubCo and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of such Holder’s intention to withdraw from such Piggyback Registration prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the SEC with respect to such Piggyback Registration or, in the case of a Piggyback Registration pursuant to a Shelf Registration, the filing of the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement with respect to such Piggyback Registration used for marketing such transaction. PubCo (whether on its own good faith determination or as the result of a request for withdrawal by Persons pursuant to separate written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement filed with the SEC in connection with a Piggyback Registration (which, in no circumstance, shall include the Shelf) at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Investor Rights Agreement, PubCo shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with the Piggyback Registration prior to its withdrawal under this Section 3.2(c).

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 3.2 shall not apply (a) for any Holder or Party, prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period in respect of such Holder or Party or (b) to any Demand Registration or any Shelf Takedown irrespective of whether such Shelf Takedown is an Underwritten Shelf Takedown or not an Underwritten Shelf Takedown.

 

15


Section 3.3 Restriction on Transfer. In connection with any Underwritten Offering of Equity Securities of PubCo and if required by the managing underwriter(s), each Holder that holds more than one percent (1%) of the issued and outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to the exchange of all outstanding Class A Common Units for Class A Common Stock), agrees that it shall not Transfer any Common Stock (other than those included in such offering pursuant to this Investor Rights Agreement), without the prior written consent of PubCo, during the ten (10) Business Days prior (to the extent notice of such Underwritten Offering has been provided) to and the 90-day period beginning on the date of pricing of such offering, except in the event the Underwriter managing the offering otherwise agrees by written consent, and further agrees to execute a customary lock-up agreement in favor of the Underwriters to such effect (in each case on substantially the same terms and conditions as all such Holders). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Holder shall not be subject to this Section 3.3 with respect to an Underwritten Offering unless each Holder that holds at least one percent (1%) of the issued and outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to the exchange of all outstanding Class A Common Units), each other Holder that is participating in the Underwritten Offering, and each of PubCo’s directors and executive officers have executed a lock-up on terms at least as restrictive with respect to such Underwritten Offering as requested of the Holders.

Section 3.4 General Procedures. In connection with effecting any Registration and/or Shelf Takedown, subject to applicable Law and any regulations promulgated by any securities exchange on which PubCo’s Equity Securities are then listed, each as interpreted by PubCo with the advice of its counsel, PubCo shall use its reasonable best efforts (except as set forth in clause (d) below) to effect such Registration to permit the sale of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration in accordance with the intended plan of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto PubCo shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to, as expeditiously as possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC as soon as practicable a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and, subject to the applicable terms of this Investor Rights Agreement, cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement, and such supplements to the Prospectus, as may be reasonably requested by any Holder or as may be required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by PubCo or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder to keep the Registration Statement effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement are sold in accordance with the intended plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;

(c) at least three (3) calendar days prior to filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish without charge to the Underwriters, if any, and the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration, and such Holders’ legal counsel, if any, as applicable, copies of such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, each amendment and supplement to such Registration Statement (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus), or such other documents as the Underwriters or the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration or the legal counsel for any such Holders, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holders;

 

16


(d) prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities, use its best efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” Laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (in light of their intended plan of distribution) may request (or provide evidence satisfactory to such Holders that the Registrable Securities are exempt from such registration or qualification), and (ii) take such action necessary to cause such Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other Governmental Entities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of PubCo and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or advisable to enable the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that PubCo shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify or take any action to which it would be subject to general service of process (other than service of process in connection with such qualification or any sale of Registrable Securities in connection therewith) in any such jurisdiction where it is not then otherwise so subject;

(e) cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by PubCo are then listed;

(f) provide a transfer agent or warrant agent, as applicable, and registrar for all such Registrable Securities no later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

(g) advise each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance of any stop order by the SEC suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and promptly use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such stop order should be issued;

(h) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities under a Registration Statement or Prospectus such number of copies of such Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus), each Free-Writing Prospectus and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;

(i) notify the Holders at any time when a Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes a Misstatement, and then to correct such Misstatement as set forth in Section 3.7;

 

17


(j) permit Representatives of the Holders, the Underwriters, if any, and any attorney, consultant or accountant retained by such Holders or Underwriter to participate, at each such Person’s own expense except to the extent such expenses constitute Registration Expenses, in the preparation of the Registration Statement, and cause PubCo’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Representative, Underwriter, attorney, consultant or accountant in connection with the Registration; provided, however, that such Persons agree to confidentiality arrangements reasonably satisfactory to PubCo, prior to the release or disclosure of any such information;

(k) obtain a “cold comfort” letter, and a bring-down thereof, from PubCo’s independent registered public accountants in the event of an Underwritten Offering which the participating Holders may rely on, in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by “cold comfort” letters as the managing Underwriter may reasonably request, and reasonably satisfactory to a majority-in-interest of the participating Holders;

(l) on the date the Registrable Securities are delivered for sale pursuant to such Registration, obtain an opinion and negative assurances letter, dated such date, of counsel representing PubCo for the purposes of such Registration, addressed to the Holders, the placement agent or sales agent, if any, and the Underwriters, if any, covering such legal matters with respect to the Registration in respect of which such opinion is being given as the Holders, placement agent, sales agent, or Underwriter may reasonably request and as are customarily included in such opinions and negative assurance letters;

(m) in the event of any Underwritten Offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing Underwriter of such offering;

(n) make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months beginning within three months after the effective date of the Registration Statement which satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any successor rule promulgated thereafter by the SEC);

(o) if an Underwritten Offering involves Registrable Securities with a total offering price (including piggyback securities and before deduction of underwriting discounts) reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, fifty million dollars ($50,000,000), use its reasonable best efforts to make available senior executives of PubCo to participate in customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the Underwriter in such Underwritten Offering; and

(p) otherwise, in good faith, cooperate reasonably with, and take such customary actions as may reasonably be requested, by the Holders, in connection with such Registration.

Section 3.5 Registration Expenses. The Registration Expenses of all Registrations shall be borne by PubCo. It is acknowledged by the Holders that the Holders selling any Registrable Securities in an offering shall bear all incremental selling expenses relating to the sale of Registrable Securities (including all reasonable fees and expenses of any legal counsel representing such Holders (to the extent such counsel is not also representing PubCo, as determined in accordance with clause (f) of the definition of “Registration Expenses”)), such as Underwriters’ commissions and discounts, brokerage fees, Underwriter marketing costs, in each case pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities that such Holders have sold in such Registration.

 

18


Section 3.6 Requirements for Participating in Underwritten Offerings. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Investor Rights Agreement, if any Holder does not provide PubCo or the managing underwriter, if any, with its requested Holder Information, PubCo may exclude such Holder’s Registrable Securities from the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus if PubCo determines, based on the advice of counsel, that such information is necessary to effect the registration and such Holder continues thereafter to withhold such information. No Person may participate in any Underwritten Offering of Equity Securities of PubCo pursuant to a Registration under this Investor Rights Agreement unless, on or prior to the later of (i) the fifth (5th) Business Day following the date on which documents or other information are requested from such Holder and (ii) the second (2nd) Business Day prior to the first anticipated filing date of a Registration Statement or Prospectus pursuant to this Investor Rights Agreement, such Person (a) agrees to sell such Person’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting and other arrangements approved by PubCo in the case of an Underwritten Offering of Equity Securities initiated by PubCo, and approved by the Demanding Holders in the case of an Underwritten Offering initiated by the Demanding Holders, and (b) completes and executes all customary questionnaires, powers of attorney, custody agreements, indemnities, lock-up agreements, underwriting agreements and other customary documents as may be reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. Subject to the minimum thresholds set forth in Section 3.1(c) and 3.4(o), the exclusion of a Holder’s Registrable Securities as a result of this Section 3.6 shall not affect the registration of the other Registrable Securities to be included in such Registration.

Section 3.7 Suspension of Sales; Adverse Disclosure. Upon receipt of written notice from PubCo that a Registration Statement or Prospectus contains a Misstatement, each of the Holders shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities until it has received copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus correcting the Misstatement (and PubCo hereby covenants to prepare and file such supplement or amendment as soon as practicable after giving such notice), or until it is advised in writing by PubCo that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed. If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement in respect of any Registration at any time would require PubCo to make an Adverse Disclosure or would require the inclusion in such Registration Statement of financial statements that are unavailable to PubCo for reasons beyond PubCo’s control, PubCo may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such Registration Statement for the shortest period of time, but in no event more than ninety (90) days in any 12-month period, determined in good faith by PubCo to be necessary for such purpose. In the event PubCo exercises its rights under the preceding sentence, the Holders agree to suspend, immediately upon their receipt of the notice referred to above, their use of the Prospectus relating to such Registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities. PubCo shall immediately notify the Holders of the expiration of any period during which it exercised its rights under this Section 3.7.

 

19


Section 3.8 Reporting Obligations. As long as any Holder shall own Registrable Securities, PubCo, at all times while it shall be a reporting company under the Exchange Act, covenants to file, timely (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by PubCo after the Effective Date pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and, upon receipt of request from a Holder, to promptly furnish such Holder(s) with true and complete copies of all such filings; provided that any documents publicly filed or furnished with the SEC pursuant to the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System shall be deemed to have been furnished to the Holders pursuant to this Section 3.8.

Section 3.9 Other Obligations. In connection with a Transfer of Registrable Securities exempt from Section 5 of the Securities Act or through any broker-dealer transactions described in the plan of distribution set forth within the Prospectus and pursuant to the Registration Statement of which such Prospectus forms a part, PubCo shall, subject to applicable Law, as interpreted by PubCo with the advice of counsel, and the receipt of any customary documentation required from the applicable Holders in connection therewith, (a) promptly instruct its transfer agent to remove any restrictive legends applicable to the Registrable Securities being Transferred, and (b) cause its legal counsel to deliver the necessary legal opinions, if any, to the transfer agent in connection with the instruction under clause (a). In addition, PubCo shall cooperate reasonably with, and take such customary actions as may reasonably be requested by the Holders, in connection with the aforementioned Transfers; provided, however, that PubCo shall have no obligation to participate in any “road shows” or assist with the preparation of any offering memoranda or related documentation with respect to any Transfer of Registrable Securities in any transaction that does not constitute an Underwritten Offering.

Section 3.10 Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) PubCo agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, its officers, managers, directors, trustees, equityholders, beneficiaries, affiliates, agents and Representatives and each Person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) (or actions in respect thereto) caused by, resulting from, arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or similar document incident to any Registration, qualification, compliance or sale effected pursuant to this Article III or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (ii) any violation or alleged violation by PubCo of the Securities Act or any other similar federal or state securities Laws, and will reimburse, as incurred, each such Holder, its officers, managers, directors, trustees, equityholders, beneficiaries, affiliates, agents and Representatives and each Person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) for any legal and any other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action; provided that, PubCo will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, damage, loss, liability or expense are caused by or arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission made in reliance and in conformity with written information furnished to PubCo by or on behalf of such Holder expressly for use therein. PubCo shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided in the foregoing sentence with respect to the indemnification of each Holder.

 

20


(b) In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder of Registrable Securities is participating, such Holder shall furnish to PubCo in writing such information and affidavits as PubCo reasonably requests for use in connection with any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (the “Holder Information”) and, to the extent permitted by Law, such Holder shall indemnify and hold harmless PubCo, its directors, officers, employees, equityholders, affiliates and agents and each Person who controls PubCo (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of, resulting from or based on any untrue statement of material fact contained in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or similar document or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Holder expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the obligation to indemnify shall be several, not joint and several, among such Holders of Registrable Securities, and the liability of each such Holder of Registrable Securities shall be in proportion to and limited to the net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement. The Holders of Registrable Securities shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers, directors and each Person who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided in the foregoing sentence with respect to indemnification of PubCo.

(c) Any Person entitled to indemnification under this Section 3.10 shall (i) give prompt written notice, after such Person has actual knowledge thereof, to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which such Person seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any Person’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not materially prejudiced the indemnifying party in the defense of any such claim or any such litigation) and (ii) permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party (such permission not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and the indemnified party may participate in such defense at the indemnifying party’s expense if representation of such indemnified party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. An indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, without the consent of each indemnified party, may only consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that (i) includes as a term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff therein to such indemnified party of an unconditional release from all liability with respect to such claim or litigation, and (ii) does not include any recovery (including any statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of such indemnified party) other than monetary damages, and provided, that any sums payable in connection with such settlement are paid in full by the indemnifying party.

(d) The indemnification provided under this Investor Rights Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, manager, director, Representative or controlling Person of such indemnified party and shall survive the Transfer of securities.

 

21


(e) If the indemnification provided in this Section 3.10 from the indemnifying party is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying the indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, was made by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or indemnified party, and the indemnifying party’s and indemnified party’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action; provided, however, that the liability of any Holder under this Section 3.10(e) shall be limited to the amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder in such offering giving rise to such liability. The amount paid or payable by a Party as a result of the losses or other liabilities referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3.10(a), 3.10(b) and 3.10(c), any out-of-pocket legal or other fees, charges or expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such Party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. The Parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 3.1(e) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation, which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 3.1(e). No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution pursuant to this Section 3.1(e) from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

Section 3.11 Other Registration Rights. Other than the registration rights set forth in the Original RRA and the Warrant Agreement, PubCo represents and warrants that no Person, other than a Holder of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Investor Rights Agreement, has any right to require PubCo to register any securities of PubCo for sale or to include such securities of PubCo in any Registration Statement filed by PubCo for the sale of securities for its own account or for the account of any other Person. Further, each of PubCo and the Sponsor represents and warrants that this Investor Rights Agreement supersedes any other registration rights agreement or agreement (including the Original RRA) for the benefit of the Sponsor, other than the Warrant Agreement.

Section 3.12 Rule 144. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, PubCo covenants that it will (a) make available at all times information necessary to comply with Rule 144, if such Rule is available with respect to resales of the Registrable Securities under the Securities Act, and (b) take such further action as the Holders may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable them to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (if available with respect to resales of the Registrable Securities), as such rule may be amended from time to time. Upon the request of any Holder, PubCo will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether PubCo has complied with such information requirements, and, if not, the reasons for non-compliance to the extent such information does not constitute disclosure of material non-public information.

 

22


Section 3.13 Term. Article III shall terminate with respect to any Holder on the date that such Holder no longer holds any Registrable Securities. The provisions of Section 3.10 shall survive any such termination with respect to such Holder.

Section 3.14 Holder Information. Each Holder agrees, if requested in writing by PubCo, to represent to PubCo the total number of Registrable Securities held by such Holder in order for PubCo to make determinations under this Investor Rights Agreement, including for purposes of Section 3.12. Other than the Members and the Sponsor, a Party who does not hold Registrable Securities as of the Closing Date and who acquires Registrable Securities after the Closing Date will not be a “Holder” until such Party gives PubCo a representation in writing of the number of Registrable Securities it holds.

Section 3.15 Termination of Original RRA. Upon the Closing, PubCo and the Sponsor hereby agree that the Original RRA and all of the respective rights and obligations of the parties thereunder are hereby terminated in their entirety and shall be of no further force or effect.

Section 3.16 Distributions; Direct Ownership.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event that the members or former members of the Sponsor hold any Registrable Securities directly, such members or former members of the Sponsor shall be treated as the Sponsor under this Investor Rights Agreement; provided that such members or former members of the Sponsor, taken as a whole, shall (i) exercise their rights based on the majority-in-interest of such members or former members holding Registrable Securities; and (ii) not be entitled to rights in excess of those conferred on the Sponsor, as if the Sponsor remained a single entity party to this Investor Rights Agreement.

(b) In the event that a Member distributes all of its Registrable Securities to its members, such distributees shall be treated as a Member under this Investor Rights Agreement; provided that such distributees, taken as a whole, shall (i) exercise their rights based on the majority-in-interest of such distributees holding Registrable Securities; and (ii) not be entitled to rights in excess of those conferred on a Member, as if such Member remained a single party to this Investor Rights Agreement.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, other than Transfers by private sales or Transfers made in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination at prices no greater than the price at which the securities were originally purchased, no distribution for purposes of this Section 3.16 may occur prior to the conclusion of any Lock-Up Period applicable to the Sponsor or such Member, as applicable.

Section 3.17 Adjustments. If there are any changes in the Common Stock as a result of a stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through merger, consolidation, recapitalization or other similar event, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the provisions of this Investor Rights Agreement, as may be required, so that the rights, privileges, duties and obligations under this Investor Rights Agreement shall continue with respect to the Common Stock as so changed.

 

23


ARTICLE IV

LOCK-UP

Section 4.1 Lock-Up.

(a) Each Holder severally, and not jointly, agrees with PubCo not to effect any Transfer, or make a public announcement of any intention to effect such Transfer, of any Lock-Up Shares (as defined below) Beneficially Owned or otherwise held by such Person during the Lock-Up Period (as defined below) applicable to such Person; provided, that such prohibition shall not apply to Transfers (i) permitted pursuant to Section 4.2, (ii) by any Member following the Member Lock-Up Period (as defined below), (iii) Transfers by private sales or Transfers made in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, in each case by the Sponsor, at prices no greater than the price at which the securities were originally purchased, or (iv) by the Sponsor following the Sponsor Lock-Up Period (as defined below). The “Member Lock-Up Period” shall be the period commencing on the Closing Date and continuing until the date that is six (6) months after the Closing Date; provided that, the Member Lock-Up Period with respect to any Member’s Earnout Company Units and Earnout Voting Shares shall not end prior to the date that such Member’s Earnout Company Units and Earnout Voting Shares are earned in accordance with the BCA. The “Sponsor Lock-Up Period” shall be (w) with respect to Sponsor Earnout Shares, until the date such securities have been earned in accordance with the BCA, (x) with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock issued in connection with the Class B Common Stock Conversion (other than the Sponsor Earnout Shares), the period commencing on the Closing Date and continuing until the date that is six (6) months after the Closing Date, and (y) with respect to the Warrants (and the Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants), the period commencing on the Closing Date and continuing until the date that is thirty (30) days after the Closing Date. “Lock-Up Period” means with respect to the Members (including any Person who succeeds to such Member’s rights under this Investor Rights Agreement pursuant to Section 5.1), the Member Lock-Up Period and, with respect to the Sponsor (including any Person who succeeds to the Sponsor’s rights under this Investor Rights Agreement pursuant to Section 5.1), the Sponsor Lock-Up Period. “Lock-Up Shares” means the Equity Securities in PubCo and the Operating Company held by the Holders, directly or indirectly, as of the Closing Date, including the Warrants (or any shares of Class A Common Stock resulting from the exercise of any Warrant), Class A Common Stock, Class V Voting Stock, and the Class A Common Units held by the Members or the Sponsor as of the Closing Date.

(b) During the Lock-Up Period, any purported Transfer of Lock-Up Shares other than in accordance with this Investor Rights Agreement shall be null and void, and PubCo shall refuse to recognize any such Transfer for any purpose.

(c) The Holders acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Investor Rights Agreement, the Equity Securities in the Operating Company (including the Retained Company Units and the Earnout Company Units), the Earnout Voting Shares, shares of Class V Voting Stock and shares of Class A Common Stock, in each case, Beneficially Owned by such Person shall remain subject to any restrictions on Transfer under applicable securities Laws of any Governmental Entity, including all applicable holding periods under the Securities Act and other rules of the SEC.

 

24


Section 4.2 Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Investor Rights Agreement, during the Lock-Up Period applicable to such Person, the Holders may Transfer, without the consent of PubCo, any of such Person’s Lock-Up Shares to (i) any of such Person’s Permitted Transferees, upon written notice to PubCo or (ii) (a) in the case of an individual, by virtue of Laws of descent and distribution upon death of the individual; (b) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; or (c) pursuant to any liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of PubCo’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Common Stock for cash, securities or other property subsequent to the Business Combination; provided, that in connection with any Transfer of such Lock-Up Shares pursuant to clause (ii)(a) or clause (ii)(b) above, (x) the restrictions and obligations contained in Section 4.1 and this Section 4.2 will continue to apply to such Lock-Up Shares after any Transfer of such Lock-Up Shares, and (y) the Transferee of such Lock-Up Shares shall have no rights under this Investor Rights Agreement, unless, for the avoidance of doubt, such Transferee is a Permitted Transferee in accordance with this Investor Rights Agreement. Any Transferee of Lock-Up Shares that is a Permitted Transferee of the Transferor shall be required, at the time of and as a condition to such Transfer, to become a party to this Investor Rights Agreement by executing and delivering a joinder in the form attached to this Investor Rights Agreement as Exhibit A, whereupon such Transferee will be treated as a Party (with the same rights and obligations as the Transferor) for all purposes of this Investor Rights Agreement; provided that the (A) restrictions on Transfers under this Article IV shall not apply to Permitted Transferees who receive Registrable Securities in connection with Transfers by private sales or Transfers made in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, in each case by the Sponsor, at prices no greater than the price at which the securities were originally purchased, and (B) the Permitted Transferees identified in clause (A) of this proviso may elect to join this Investor Rights Agreement (after giving effect to clause (A) of this proviso) at the time of such Transfer but shall not be required to do so as a condition to such Transfer.

Section 4.3 Other Lock-Up Restrictions. Each of PubCo, the SPAC Insiders and the Sponsor hereby acknowledge and agree that this Article IV supersedes the Sponsor Letter in all respects, and the parties’ obligations thereunder are terminated.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 5.1 Assignment; Successors and Assigns; No Third-Party Beneficiaries.

(a) Except as otherwise permitted pursuant to this Investor Rights Agreement, and other than assignments in connection with a distribution pursuant to Section 3.16, no Party may assign such Party’s rights and obligations under this Investor Rights Agreement, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of PubCo. Any such assignee may not again assign those rights, other than in accordance with this Article V. Any attempted assignment of rights or obligations in violation of this Article V shall be null and void.

 

25


(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Investor Rights Agreement (other than the succeeding sentence of this Section 5.1(b)), (i) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period applicable to such Holder, no Holder may Transfer such Holder’s rights or obligations under this Investor Rights Agreement in connection with a Transfer of such Holder’s Registrable Securities, in whole or in part, except in connection with a Transfer pursuant to Section 4.2; and (ii) after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period applicable to such Holder, a Holder may Transfer such Holder’s rights or obligations under this Investor Rights Agreement in connection with a Transfer of such Holder’s Registrable Securities, in whole or in part, to (x) any of such Holder’s Permitted Transferees, or (y) any Person with the prior written consent of PubCo. Any Transferee of Registrable Securities (other than pursuant to an effective Registration Statement or a Rule 144 transaction) pursuant to this Section 5.1(b) shall be required, at the time of and as a condition to such Transfer, to become a party to this Investor Rights Agreement by executing and delivering a joinder in the form attached to this Investor Rights Agreement as Exhibit A, whereupon such Transferee will be treated as a Party (with the same rights and obligations as the Transferor, except as otherwise provided in this Investor Rights Agreement) for all purposes of this Investor Rights Agreement; provided that (A) this requirement shall not apply to Permitted Transferees who receive Registrable Securities in connection with Transfers by private sales or Transfers made in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, in each case by the Sponsor, at prices no greater than the price at which the securities were originally purchased, and (B) the Permitted Transferees identified in clause (A) of this proviso may elect to join this Investor Rights Agreement at the time of such Transfer but shall not be required to do so as a condition to such Transfer. No Transfer of Registrable Securities by a Holder shall be registered on PubCo’s books and records, and such Transfer of Registrable Securities shall be null and void and not otherwise effective, unless any such Transfer is made in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Investor Rights Agreement, and PubCo is hereby authorized by all of the Holders to enter appropriate stop transfer notations on its transfer records to give effect to this Investor Rights Agreement. The Parties acknowledge that there is no intention to form a “group” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) between the Parties to this Investor Rights Agreement.

(c) All of the terms and provisions of this Investor Rights Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors, assigns, heirs and representatives, but shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the successors, assigns, heirs and representatives of any Party only to the extent that they are permitted successors, assigns, heirs and representatives pursuant to the terms of this Investor Rights Agreement.

(d) Nothing in this Investor Rights Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any Party, other than the Parties and their respective permitted successors, assigns, heirs and representatives, any rights or remedies under this Investor Rights Agreement or otherwise create any third party beneficiary hereto.

Section 5.2 Termination. Article III of this Investor Rights Agreement shall terminate as set forth in Section 3.13. The remainder of this Investor Rights Agreement shall terminate automatically (without any action by any Party) as to each Holder when such Holder ceases to Beneficially Own any Registrable Securities; provided that, the provisions of Section 3.10 shall survive any such termination with respect to such Holder.

Section 5.3 Severability. If any provision of this Investor Rights Agreement is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable by any Governmental Entity, the remaining provisions of this Investor Rights Agreement, to the extent permitted by Law shall remain in full force and effect.

 

26


Section 5.4 Entire Agreement; Amendments; No Waiver.

(a) This Investor Rights Agreement, together with the Exhibit to this Investor Rights Agreement, the BCA, the Operating Company A&R OA, and all other Ancillary Agreements, constitute the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings and discussions, whether oral or written, relating to such subject matter in any way and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements among the Parties in connection with such subject matter except as set forth in this Investor Rights Agreement and therein.

(b) No provision of this Investor Rights Agreement may be amended or modified in whole or in part at any time without the express written consent of (i) PubCo, (ii) for so long as the Members and their Permitted Transferees collectively Beneficially Own five percent (5%) or more of the voting power of the stock of PubCo held by the Members immediately after the Closing, the Members’ Representative, (iii) for so long as the Sponsor and its Permitted Transferees collectively Beneficially Own Class A Common Stock in PubCo representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the Class A Common Stock held by the Sponsor immediately after the Closing, the Sponsor, and (iv) in any event at least the Holders holding in the aggregate more than fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities Beneficially Owned by the Holders; provided that any such amendment or modification that would be materially adverse in any respect to any Holder shall require the prior written consent of such Holder; provided, further that a provision that has terminated with respect to a Party shall not require any consent of such Party (and such Party’s Class A Common Stock shall not be considered in computing any percentages) with respect to amending or modifying such provision.

(c) No waiver of any provision or default under, nor consent to any exception to, the terms of this Investor Rights Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the Party to be bound and then only to the specific purpose, extent and instance so provided; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no waiver of any provision or default under, nor consent to any exception to, the terms and provisions of Article IV shall be effective unless in writing and signed by each of (i) PubCo, (ii) for so long as the Members and their Permitted Transferees collectively Beneficially Own fifteen percent (15%) or more of the voting power of the stock of PubCo held by the Members immediately after the Closing, the Members’ Representative, (iii) for so long as the Sponsor and its Permitted Transferees collectively Beneficially Own Class A Common Stock in PubCo representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the Class A Common Stock held by the Sponsor immediately after the Closing, the Sponsor, and (iv) at least the Holders holding in the aggregate more than fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities Beneficially Owned by the Holders.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.4, other than with respect to amendments, modifications, waivers or consents relating to or airing out of Article IV, no amendment, modification, waiver or consent shall be required by (i) the Sponsor or its Permitted Transferees, with respect to any provision that has, in accordance with Section 5.2, terminated as to the Sponsor or (ii) the Members’ Representative or a particular Member or its Permitted Transferees, with respect to any provision that has, in accordance with Section 5.2, terminated as to such Member or all of the Members.

 

27


Section 5.5 Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This Investor Rights Agreement and any other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents delivered pursuant to this Investor Rights Agreement may be executed and delivered in one or more counterparts and by email or other electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement. No Party shall raise the use of email to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of email as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each Party forever waives any such defense.

Section 5.6 Notices. All notices, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under this Investor Rights Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when personally delivered (or, if delivery is refused, upon presentment) or received by email (with confirmation of transmission, which may include electronic confirmation) prior to 5:00 p.m. eastern time on a Business Day and, if otherwise, on the next Business Day, (b) one (1) Business Day following sending by reputable overnight express courier (charges prepaid), or (c) three (3) calendar days following mailing by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested. Unless another address is specified in writing pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.6, notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the addresses indicated below:

if to PubCo, to:

biote Corp.

1875 W. Walnut Hill Ln #100

Irving, TX 75038

Attention: Marybeth Conlon

Email: [***]

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cooley (UK) LLP

22 Bishopsgate

London EC2N 4BQ, UK

Attention: Michal Berkner; Ryan Sansom

Email: [***]

if to the Members, to:

BioTe Holdings, LLC

1875 W. Walnut Hill Ln #100

Irving, TX 75038

Attention: Marybeth Conlon

Email: [***]

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cooley (UK) LLP

22 Bishopsgate

London EC2N 4BQ, UK

Attention: Michal Berkner; Ryan Sansom

 

28


Email: [***]

if to the Sponsor:

Haymaker Sponsor III LLC

501 Madison Avenue, Floor 12

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Christopher Bradley

Email: [***]

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

DLA Piper LLP (US)

1251 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

Attention: Sidney Burke, Stephen P. Alicanti

Email: [***]

if to the Members’ Representative:

Teresa S. Weber

1875 W. Walnut Hill Ln #100

Irving, TX 75038

Email: [***]

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

BioTe Holdings, LLC

1875 W. Walnut Hill Ln #100

Irving, TX 75038

Attention: Marybeth Conlon

Email: [***]

Section 5.7 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction. The Law of the State of Delaware shall govern (a) all Proceedings, claims or matters related to or arising from this Investor Rights Agreement (including any tort or non-contractual claims) and (b) any questions concerning the construction, interpretation, validity and enforceability of this Investor Rights Agreement, and the performance of the obligations imposed by this Investor Rights Agreement, in each case without giving effect to any choice of Law or conflict of Law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the Law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware. EACH PARTY TO THIS INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING IN RESPECT OF ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN OR AMONG ANY OF THE PARTIES (WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THIS INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT AND/OR THE RELATIONSHIPS ESTABLISHED AMONG THE PARTIES UNDER THIS INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT. THE PARTIES FURTHER WARRANT AND REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH SUCH PARTY’S LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES SUCH PARTY’S JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. Each of the Parties submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of first, the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware or if such court declines jurisdiction, then to the Federal District Court for the District of Delaware,

 

29


in each case in Wilmington, Delaware, in any Proceeding arising out of or relating to this Investor Rights Agreement, agrees that all claims in respect of the Proceeding shall be heard and determined in any such court and agrees not to bring any Proceeding arising out of or relating to this Investor Rights Agreement in any other courts. Nothing in this Section 5.7, however, shall affect the right of any Party to serve legal process in any manner permitted by Law or at equity. Each Party agrees that a final judgment in any Proceeding so brought shall be conclusive and may be enforced by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law or at equity.

Section 5.8 Specific Performance. Each Party hereby agrees and acknowledges that it will be impossible to measure in money the damages that would be suffered if the Parties fail to comply with any of the obligations imposed on them by this Investor Rights Agreement and that, in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved Party will be irreparably damaged and will not have an adequate remedy at Law. Any such Party shall, therefore, be entitled (in addition to any other remedy to which such Party may be entitled at Law or in equity) to seek injunctive relief, including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, without the posting of any bond, and if any Proceeding should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Investor Rights Agreement, none of the Parties shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at Law.

Section 5.9 Subsequent Acquisition of Shares. Any Equity Securities of PubCo or Operating Company acquired subsequent to the Effective Date by a Holder shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Investor Rights Agreement (other than Article IV) and such shares shall be considered to be “Registrable Securities” as such term is used in this Investor Rights Agreement.

Section 5.10 Legends. Each of the Holders acknowledges that (i) no Transfer, hypothecation or assignment of any Registrable Securities Beneficially Owned by such Holder may be made except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws, and (ii) PubCo shall (x) place customary restrictive legends on the certificates or book entries representing the Registrable Securities subject to this Investor Rights Agreement, and (y) remove such restrictive legends upon the request of a Holder following the time the applicable Transfer and other restrictions contemplated thereby are no longer applicable to the Registrable Securities represented by such certificates or book entries.

Section 5.11 No Third-Party Liabilities. This Investor Rights Agreement may only be enforced against the named parties hereto. All claims or causes of action (whether in contract or tort) that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to any of this Investor Rights Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Investor Rights Agreement (including any representation or warranty made in or in connection with this Investor Rights Agreement or as an inducement to enter into this Investor Rights Agreement), may be made only against the Persons that are expressly identified as parties hereto, as applicable; and no past, present or future direct or indirect director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, stockholder, Affiliate, portfolio company in which any such Party or any of its investment fund Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa), agent, attorney or representative of any Party hereto (including any Person negotiating or executing this Investor Rights Agreement on behalf of a Party hereto), unless a Party to this Investor Rights Agreement, shall have any liability or obligation with respect to this Investor Rights Agreement or with

 

30


respect any claim or cause of action (whether in contract or tort) that may arise out of or relate to this Investor Rights Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Investor Rights Agreement (including a representation or warranty made in or in connection with this Investor Rights Agreement or as an inducement to enter into this Investor Rights Agreement).

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

31


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has duly executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

PUBCO:
BIOTE CORP.
By  

/s/ Teresa S. Weber

  Name: Teresa S. Weber
  Title: Authorized Signatory
SPONSOR:
HAYMAKER SPONSOR III LLC
By  

/s/ Steven J. Heyer

  Name: Steven J. Heyer
  Title: Managing member

SPAC INSIDERS (solely for the purpose of Section 4.3):

 

/s/ Steven J. Heyer

Steven J. Heyer

/s/ Andrew R. Heyer

Andrew R. Heyer

/s/ Christopher Bradley

Christopher Bradley

/s/ Joseph M. Tonnos

Joseph M. Tonnos

/s/ Roger Meltzer

Roger Meltzer

/s/ Frederic H. Mayerson

Frederic H. Mayerson

/s/ Stephen W. Powell

Stephen W. Powell

 

[Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has duly executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

MEMBERS’ REPRESENTATIVE:

/s/ Teresa S. Weber

    Teresa S. Weber

 

[Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement]


Exhibit A

FORM OF JOINDER

This Joinder (this “Joinder”) to the Investor Rights Agreement is made as of [__], 20[__], is between [__] (“Transferor”) and [__] (“Transferee”).

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, Transferee is acquiring [__] Registrable Securities (the “Acquired Interests”) from Transferor;

WHEREAS, Transferor is a party to that certain Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2022, among biote Corp. (“PubCo”) and the other persons party thereto (the “Investor Rights Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, Transferee is required, at the time of and as a condition to such Transfer, to become a party to the Investor Rights Agreement by executing and delivering this Joinder, whereupon such Transferee will be treated as a Party (with the same rights and obligations as the Transferor) for all purposes of the Investor Rights Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Definitions. To the extent capitalized words used in this Joinder are not defined in this Joinder, such words shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Investor Rights Agreement.

Acquisition. The Transferor hereby Transfers to the Transferee all of the Acquired Interests.

Joinder. Transferee hereby acknowledges and agrees that (a) such Transferee has received and read the Investor Rights Agreement, (b) such Transferee is acquiring the Acquired Interests in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Investor Rights Agreement and (c) such Transferee will be treated as a Party (with the same rights and obligations as the Transferor, except as otherwise provided in the Investor Rights Agreement) for all purposes of the Investor Rights Agreement.

Notice. Any notice, demand or other communication under the Investor Rights Agreement to Transferee shall be given to Transferee at the address set forth on the signature page hereto in accordance with Section 5.6 of the Investor Rights Agreement.

Governing Law. This Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Law of the State of Delaware.

Third Party Beneficiary. Pubco is an express third party beneficiary of this Joinder.

Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This Joinder may be executed and delivered in one or more counterparts, by fax, email or other electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed

 

Exhibit A - 1


an original and all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Joinder or any document to be signed in connection with this Joinder shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, and the parties hereto consent to conduct the transactions contemplated hereunder by electronic means.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Exhibit A - 2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by the parties as of the date first above written.

 

TRANSFEROR:
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:
TRANSFEREE:
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address for notices:

 

[Signature Page to Exhibit A to Investor Rights Agreement]

EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

Execution Version

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

OPERATING AGREEMENT

OF

BIOTE HOLDINGS, LLC

(a Delaware limited liability company)

Dated as of May 26, 2022

THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND ARE BEING SOLD IN RELIANCE UPON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MUST BE ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT ONLY AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, SOLD, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED AT ANY TIME EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH (I) THE SECURITIES ACT, ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS; AND (II) THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION, UNLESS THE TRANSFEROR DELIVERS TO THE COMPANY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, TO THE EFFECT THAT THE PROPOSED SALE, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINED TERMS

     1  

1.1

     Definitions      1  

1.2

     Interpretation      12  

ARTICLE II GENERAL PROVISIONS

     13  

2.1

     Formation      13  

2.2

     Name      13  

2.3

     Principal Place of Business; Other Places of Business      13  

2.4

     Designated Agent for Service of Process      13  

2.5

     Term      13  

2.6

     No State Law Partnership; Federal Income Tax Status      13  

2.7

     Business Purpose      13  

2.8

     Powers      13  

2.9

     Certificates; Filings      13  

2.10

     Representations and Warranties by the Members      14  

2.11

     References to Certain Equity Securities      15  

ARTICLE III RECAPITALIZATION

     15  

3.1

     Recapitalization      15  

ARTICLE IV CLASSES OF COMPANY INTERESTS; CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     15  

4.1

     Classes of Company Interests; Capital Contributions of the Members      15  

4.2

     Issuances of Additional Company Interests      16  

4.3

     Additional Funds and Capital Contributions      16  

4.4

     Issuances; Repurchases and Redemptions; Recapitalizations      17  

4.5

     No Interest; No Return      19  

4.6

     Capital Accounts      19  

ARTICLE V DISTRIBUTIONS

     20  

5.1

     Distributions Generally      20  

5.2

     Tax Distributions      20  

5.3

     Distributions in Kind      20  

5.4

     Distributions to Reflect Additional Company Units      20  

5.5

     Restricted Distributions      21  

5.6

     Use of Distributions      21  

ARTICLE VI ALLOCATIONS

     21  

6.1

     General Allocations      21  

6.2

     Additional Allocation Provisions      21  

6.3

     Tax Allocations      23  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

            Page  

6.4

     Other Allocation Rules      24  

6.5

     Earnout Company Units      24  

ARTICLE VII OPERATIONS

     24  

7.1

     Management      24  

7.2

     Compensation and Advances      27  

7.3

     Outside Activities      27  

7.4

     Transactions with Affiliates      28  

7.5

     Liability of Members; Fiduciary and Other Duties; Indemnification.      28  

7.6

     Indemnification      29  

ARTICLE VIII RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF MEMBERS

     30  

8.1

     Return of Capital      30  

8.2

     Rights of Members Relating to the Company      30  

ARTICLE IX BOOKS AND RECORDS

     31  

9.1

     Books and Records      31  

9.2

     Inspection      31  

ARTICLE X TAX MATTERS

     31  

10.1

     Preparation of Tax Returns      31  

10.2

     Tax Elections      31  

10.3

     Partnership Representative      31  

10.4

     Withholding Tax Indemnification      32  

ARTICLE XI MEMBER TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

     33  

11.1

     Transfer      33  

11.2

     Transfer of Managing Member’s Company Interest      34  

11.3

     Members’ Rights to Transfer      34  

11.4

     Substituted Members      35  

11.5

     Assignees      35  

11.6

     General Provisions      35  

ARTICLE XII DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

     36  

12.1

     No Dissolution      36  

12.2

     Events Causing Dissolution      37  

12.3

     Distribution upon Dissolution      37  

12.4

     Rights of Holders      38  

12.5

     Termination      38  

12.6

     Reasonable Time for Winding-Up      38  

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

            Page  

ARTICLE XIII AMENDMENTS; MEETINGS

     38  

13.1

     Amendments      38  

13.2

     Procedures for Meetings and Actions of the Members      39  

ARTICLE XIV EXCHANGE RIGHTS

     40  

14.1

     Exchange Rights of the Members.      40  

14.2

     PubCo Change of Control      44  

ARTICLE XV MISCELLANEOUS

     45  

15.1

     Company Counsel      45  

15.2

     Appointment of Managing Member as Attorney-in-Fact      45  

15.3

     Arbitration.      46  

15.4

     Accounting and Fiscal Year      46  

15.5

     Entire Agreement      47  

15.6

     Further Assurances      47  

15.7

     Notices      47  

15.8

     Governing Law      47  

15.9

     Construction      47  

15.10

     Binding Effect      47  

15.11

     Severability      47  

15.12

     Confidentiality      47  

15.13

     Consent to Use of Name      49  

15.14

     Consent by Spouse      49  

15.15

     Counterparts      50  

15.16

     Survival      50  

15.17

     Anti-Money Laundering Representations and Undertakings      50  

 

-iii-


SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT

OF

BIOTE HOLDINGS, LLC

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT (as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance herewith, this “Agreement”) of BIOTE HOLDINGS, LLC (the “Company”), dated as of May 26, 2022, is entered by and among the Company, the Original Member Representative (as defined herein), the Managing Member (as defined herein) and the other Members (as defined herein).

WHEREAS, the Company was formed on December 11, 2012 (the “Formation Date”), as a limited liability company under and pursuant to the Nevada Limited Liability Company Act;

WHEREAS, the Company adopted an operating agreement of the Company on December 12, 2012, which was amended and restated on December 31, 2015 and further amended on March 31, 2019 (as amended, the “Prior Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Company converted into a Delaware limited liability company on May 20, 2022 pursuant to the provisions of Section 18-214 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, Del. Code title 6, Section 18-101, et seq., as amended from time to time or any corresponding provisions of succeeding law) (the “Act”) by filing a certificate of conversion with the Delaware Secretary of State on May 20, 2022;

WHEREAS, in connection with a series of transactions effected pursuant to that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2021, by and among the Company, PubCo, and certain other persons (as amended, modified, supplemented or waived from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Business Combination Agreement”), PubCo (in its capacity as a Member and as the Managing Member), the Original Member Representative (as defined herein), and the Original Members (as defined herein) now desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement to reflect, amongst other things: (a) the recapitalization of the Company to convert the Pre-Closing Units (as defined herein) held by the Original Members (as defined herein) into Class A Common Units (as defined herein) in such amounts as set forth in this Agreement (the “Recapitalization”), (b) the designation of PubCo as the sole Managing Member of the Company, and (c) the rights and obligations of the Members and other terms and provisions, in each case as set forth in this Agreement; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINED TERMS

1.1 Definitions. The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement:

Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” means the deficit balance, if any, in such Member’s Capital Account at the end of any Fiscal Year or other taxable period, with the following adjustments:

(a) credit to such Capital Account any amount that such Member is obligated to restore under Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c), as well as any addition thereto pursuant to the next to last sentences of Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5) after taking into account thereunder any changes during such year in Company Minimum Gain and Member Minimum Gain; and

 

1


(b) debit to such Capital Account the items described in Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) (2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).

This definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

Affiliate” of any particular Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, its capacity as a sole or managing member, by contract, or otherwise.

Agreement” means this Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of BioTE Holdings, LLC, together with the Schedules and Exhibits hereto, as now or hereafter amended, restated, modified, supplemented or replaced.

Appraiser FMV” means the fair market value of any Class A Share as determined by an independent appraiser mutually agreed upon by the Managing Member and the relevant Exchanging Member, whose determination shall be final and binding for those purposes for which Appraiser FMV is used in this Agreement. Appraiser FMV shall be the fair market value determined without regard to any discounts for minority interest, illiquidity, or other discounts. The cost of any independent appraisal in connection with the determination of Appraiser FMV in accordance with this Agreement shall be borne by the Company.

Assets” means any assets and property of the Company, and “Asset” means any one such asset or property.

Assignee” means a Person to whom a Company Interest has been Transferred but who has not become a Substituted Member, and who has the rights set forth in Section 11.5.

Assumed Tax Liability” means, with respect to a Member for a taxable period, an amount equal to the United States federal, state and local income taxes (including applicable estimated taxes) that the Managing Member reasonably estimates would be due from such Member as of such Tax Distribution Date for such taxable period, (a) assuming such Member earned solely the items of income, gain, deduction, loss, and/or credit allocated to such Member by the Company for such taxable period, (b) assuming that such Member is subject to tax at the Assumed Tax Rate, and (c) computed with regard to adjustments to taxable income in respect of Section 704(c) of the Code and without regard to any increases to the tax basis in the Company pursuant to Sections 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code. In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, any item of income, gain, loss, or credit earned by the Company prior to the Closing Date shall be disregarded for purposes of calculating any Member’s Assumed Tax Liability.

Assumed State Rate” means the higher of the (i) state and local income tax rate applicable to an individual residing in New York, New York or (ii) with respect to any Fiscal Year, the sum of the apportionment-weighted effective rates of tax imposed on the aggregate net income of an individual owner of the Company in each U.S. state and local jurisdiction in which such individual files tax returns for such Fiscal Year purely as a result of its ownership of an interest in the Company; provided, that for any distribution under Section 5.2 for a Tax Distribution Date prior to the end of the Fiscal Year to which such distribution relates, such sum shall be calculated with respect to the prior Fiscal Year or as otherwise reasonably determined by the Managing Member.

 

2


Assumed Tax Rate” means the highest combined marginal United States federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to an individual residing in New York, New York (w) taking into account the tax on net investment income under Section 1411 of the Code, (x) taking into account any deduction under Code Section 199A or any similar state or local law, as reasonably determined by the Managing Member, (y) taking into account the character (e.g., capital gains or losses, dividends, ordinary income, etc.) of the applicable items of income, and (z) taking into account the deductibility of state and local taxes (to the extent applicable) applicable to an individual subject to tax at the Assumed State Rate. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall use the same Assumed Tax Rate for determining the Assumed Tax Liability for each Member with respect to any particular item of income or gain, regardless of whether the Member is a corporation, individual, partnership, trust, estate, or other juridical entity.

BBA Rules” means Code Sections 6221 through 6241, together with any guidance issued thereunder or successor provisions and any similar provision of state or local tax laws.

Board” means the board of directors of PubCo.

Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are required or authorized to close in the State of New York.

Capital Account” means, with respect to any Member, the capital account maintained by the Managing Member for such Member on the Company’s books and records in accordance with Section 4.6.

Capital Contribution” means, with respect to any Member, the amount of money and the initial Gross Asset Value of any Contributed Asset (other than money) that such Member contributes to the Company or is deemed to contribute pursuant to Article IV. As of the date of this Agreement, each Member shall be deemed to have made Capital Contributions equal to the Closing Date Capital Account Balance of such Member set forth next to such Member’s name on Exhibit A hereto.

Capital Share” means a share of any class or series of stock of PubCo now or hereafter authorized, other than a Class A Share or a Class V Share.

Cash Exchange Class A 3-Day VWAP” means the arithmetic average of the VWAP for each of the three (3) consecutive Trading Days ending on the Trading Day immediately prior to the Exchange Notice Date.

Cash Exchange Payment” means with respect to a particular Exchange (including a Direct Exchange) for which the Managing Member, on behalf of the Company, or PubCo, as applicable, has elected to make a Cash Exchange Payment in accordance with Section 14.1(a)(ii):

(a) if the Class A Shares trade on a National Securities Exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, an amount of cash equal to the product of (x) the number of Class A Shares that would have been received by the Exchanging Member in the Exchange (or Direct Exchange) for that portion of the Class A Common Units subject to the Exchange set forth in the Cash Exchange Notice if the Company or PubCo, as applicable, had paid the Stock Exchange Payment with respect to such number of Class A Common Units, and (y) the Cash Exchange Class A 3-Day VWAP; or

(b) if the Class A Shares are not then traded on a National Securities Exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, as applicable, an amount of cash equal to the product of (x) the number of Class A Shares that would have been received by the Exchanging Member in the Exchange (or Direct Exchange) for that portion of the Class A Common Units subject to the Exchange set forth in the Cash Exchange Notice if the Company had paid the Stock Exchange Payment with respect to such number of Class A Common Units, for which the Managing Member has elected to make a Cash Exchange Payment and (y) the Appraiser FMV of one (1) Class A Share that would be obtained in an arms-length transaction between an informed and willing buyer and an informed and willing seller, neither of whom is under any compulsion to buy or sell, respectively, and without regard to the particular circumstances of the buyer or seller;

 

3


provided that, if a Holder in an Exchange Notice makes an Exchange (including a Direct Exchange) contingent (including as to timing) upon an event determined pursuant to the second sentence of Section 14.1(a)(i), the Cash Exchange Payment shall in no event be less than an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of Class A Shares that would have been received by the Exchanging Member in the Exchange (or Direct Exchange) for that portion of the Class A Common Units subject to the Exchange set forth in the Cash Exchange Notice if the Company had paid the Stock Exchange Payment with respect to such number of Class A Common Units, for which the Managing Member has elected to make a Cash Exchange Payment and (y) the amount payable in respect of one (1) Class A Share in the event that the Exchange is made contingent upon.

Certificate” means the Certificate of Formation executed and filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (and any and all amendments thereto and restatements thereof) on behalf of the Company pursuant to the Act.

Change of Control” means (a) a direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of PubCo and the Company and their Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) in any transaction or series of related transactions to a Person or a “group” (as such term is defined under Regulation 13D under the Securities Exchange Act), or (b) any transaction with a Person or “group” (as such term is defined under Regulation 13D under the Securities Exchange Act), pursuant to which such Person or group acquires, directly or indirectly, in any single transaction or series of related transactions, more than 50% of the total voting power or economic rights of the equity securities of PubCo or the Company (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Earnout Company Units, Earnout Voting Shares or Sponsor Earnout Shares (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) to be issued or to become vested pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, in each case, in connection with such Change of Control, as applicable) (whether by merger, consolidation, sale, exchange, issuance, transfer or redemption of equity securities or otherwise).

Class A Common Unit” means the Company Interests issued pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 and having the rights and preferences specified herein.

Class A Share” means a share of Class A common stock of PubCo, par value one ten-thousandth of one dollar ($0.0001) per share.

Class V Share” means a share of Class V voting stock of PubCo, par value one ten-thousandth of one dollar ($0.0001) per share.

Closing Date” means the Closing Date under the Business Combination Agreement.

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company” means BioTE Holdings, LLC, the limited liability company formed and continued under the Act and pursuant to this Agreement, and any successor thereto.

Company Employee” means an employee of the Company or an employee of a Subsidiary of the Company, if any.

Company Interest” means an ownership interest in the Company held by a Member (including PubCo) and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Company Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. There may be one or more classes or series of Company Interests. A Company Interest may be expressed as a number of Class A Common Units or other Company Units.

Company Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth for the term “partnership minimum gain” in Regulations section 1.704-2(b)(2) and is computed in accordance with Regulation section 1.704-2(d).

 

4


Company Record Date” means the record date established by the Managing Member for the purpose of determining the Members entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Members or to consent to any matter, or to receive any distribution or the allotment of any other rights, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other proper purpose, which, in the case of a record date fixed for the determination of Members entitled to receive any distribution, shall (unless otherwise determined by the Managing Member) generally be the same as the record date established by PubCo for a distribution to its stockholders of some or all of its portion of such distribution.

Company Unit” means a Class A Common Unit or any other fractional share of the Company Interests that the Managing Member has authorized pursuant to Section 4.1, Section 4.2, or Section 4.3.

Contributed Asset” means each Asset or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Act, but excluding cash, contributed or deemed contributed to the Company.

Controlled Entity” means, as to any Person, (a) any corporation more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned by such Person or such Person’s Family Members or Affiliates, (b) any trust, whether or not revocable, of which such Person or such Person’s Family Members or Affiliates are the sole beneficiaries, (c) any partnership of which such Person or an Affiliate of such Person is the general or managing partner or in which such Person or such Person’s Family Members or Affiliates hold partnership interests representing at least fifty percent (50%) of such partnership’s capital and profits and (d) any limited liability company of which such Person or an Affiliate of such Person is the manager or managing member or in which such Person or such Person’s Family Members or Affiliates hold membership interests representing at least fifty percent (50%) of such limited liability company’s capital and profits.

Debt” means, as to any Person, as of any date of determination, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services, (b) all amounts owed by such Person to banks or other Persons in respect of reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, surety bonds and other similar instruments guaranteeing payment or other performance of obligations by such Person, (c) all indebtedness for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services secured by any lien on any property owned by such Person, to the extent attributable to such Person’s interest in such property, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment thereof, and (d) obligations of such Person as lessee under capital leases.

De Minimis” shall mean an amount small enough as to make not accounting for it commercially reasonable or accounting for it administratively impractical, in each case as determined by the Managing Member.

Depreciation” means, for each Fiscal Year or other applicable period, an amount equal to the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable under United States federal income tax principles with respect to an asset for such year or other period, except that if the Gross Asset Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or period, Depreciation shall be in an amount that bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, however, that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such year or period is zero, Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset Value using any reasonable method selected by the Managing Member.

Earnout Company Units” means, collectively, the Member Earnout Units and the Sponsor Earnout Units. The Earnout Company Units issued and outstanding as of the Closing Date are held by the Holders thereof as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

“Earnout Voting Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Business Combination Agreement.

 

5


Effective Time” means the time of the “Closing” as defined in the Business Combination Agreement.

Equity Plan” means any plan, agreement, or other arrangement that provides for the grant or issuance of equity or equity-based awards and that is now in effect or is hereafter adopted by the Company or PubCo for the benefit of any of their respective employees or other service providers (including directors, advisers and consultants), or the employees or other services providers (including directors, advisers and consultants) of any of their respective Affiliates or Subsidiaries.

Equity Securities” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options, or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock or preferred interests or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights, or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares or equity (or such other interests), restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, equity appreciation rights, phantom equity rights, profit participation and all of the other ownership or profit interests of such Person (including partnership or member interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting.

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Exchange” means the exchange by the Company of Class A Common Units held by a Member (together with the surrender and cancellation of the same number of outstanding Class V Shares held by such Member) for either (a) a Stock Exchange Payment or (b) a Cash Exchange Payment, in each case, in accordance with Section 14.1.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor statute thereto, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Blackout Period” means any “black out” or similar period under PubCo’s policies covering trading in PubCo’s securities to which the applicable Exchanging Member is subject (or will be subject at such time as it owns Class A Shares, including but not limited to PubCo’s Insider Trading Policy), which period restricts the ability of such Exchanging Member to immediately resell shares of Class A Shares to be delivered to such Exchanging Member in connection with a Stock Exchange Payment.

Exchange Date” means the latest of (a) the date that is five (5) Business Days after the Exchange Notice Date, (b) the date specified in the Exchange Notice, or (c) the date on which a contingency described in Section 14.1(a)(i) that is specified in the Exchange Notice is satisfied; provided, that if the Exchange Date for any Exchange to the extent settled with the Stock Exchange Payment would otherwise fall within any Exchange Blackout Period, then the Exchange Date shall occur on the next Business Day following the end of such Exchange Blackout Period;

Exchange Notice” means a written election in the form of Exhibit B, attached hereto; provided that the Exchange Notice may be modified by, as elected by a Holder, to address any contingency referred to in the second sentence of Section 14.1(a)(i).

Exchange Notice Date” means, with respect to any Exchange Notice, the date such Exchange Notice is given to the Company in accordance with Section 14.1.

Exchanged Units” means, with respect to any Exchange (or Direct Exchange), the Class A Common Units being exchanged pursuant to a relevant Exchange Notice, and an equal number of Class V Shares being surrendered or cancelled by the applicable Exchanging Member or Exchanging Members.

 

6


Exchanging Member” means any Member holding Class A Common Units (other than PubCo) whose Class A Common Units are subject to an Exchange (or Direct Exchange).

Family Members” means, as to a Person that is an individual, such Person’s spouse, ancestors, descendants (whether by blood, marriage, or adoption), brothers and sisters (whether by blood, marriage or adoption) and inter vivos or testamentary trusts of which only such Person or his spouse, ancestors, descendants (whether by blood, marriage, or adoption), brothers, or sisters (whether by blood, marriage or adoption) are beneficiaries.

Fiscal Year” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.4.

Funding Debt” means any Debt incurred by or on behalf of PubCo for the purpose of providing funds to the Company.

Gross Asset Value” means, with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

(i) The initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the gross fair market value of such asset as determined by the Managing Member (with the approval of the Original Member Representative, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned) using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.

(ii) The Gross Asset Values of all Company assets immediately prior to the occurrence of any event described below (x) may, in the case of (ii)(1) and (ii)(2), if and as determined by the Managing Member (with the approval of the Original Member Representative, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned) to be necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company, and (y) shall, in the case of (ii)(3), (ii)(4), (ii)(5) and (ii)(6), be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values (taking Section 7701(g) of the Code into account), using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt, as of the following times:

(1) the acquisition of an additional interest in the Company (including acquisitions pursuant to Section 4.2 or contributions or deemed contributions by the Managing Member pursuant to Section 4.2) by a new or existing Member in exchange for more than a De Minimis Capital Contribution;

(2) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a De Minimis amount of Company property as consideration for an interest in the Company;

(3) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g);

(4) the acquisition of an interest in the Company by any new or existing Member upon the exercise of a non-compensatory option in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s);

(5) at such other times as the Managing Member shall reasonably determine (with the approval of the Original Member Representative, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned) necessary or advisable in order to comply with Regulations sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2. If any non-compensatory options are outstanding upon the occurrence of an event described in this paragraph (ii) (other than, if applicable, non-compensatory options being exercised that give rise to the occurrence of such event), the Company shall adjust the Gross Asset Values of its properties in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f)(1) and 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(h)(2); and

 

7


(6) for the avoidance of doubt, the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Recapitalization and Business Combination Agreement on the Closing Date.

(iii) The Gross Asset Value of any Company asset distributed to a Member shall be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution as determined by the Managing Member (with the approval of the Original Member Representative, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned) using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.

(iv) The Gross Asset Values of Company assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Section 734(b) of the Code or Section 743(b) of the Code, but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m); provided, however, that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this subsection (iv) to the extent that the Managing Member reasonably determines (with the approval of the Original Member Representative, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned) that an adjustment pursuant to subsection (ii) above is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subsection (iv).

(v) If the Gross Asset Value of a Company asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subsection (i), subsection (ii) or subsection (iv) above, such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Net Income and Net Losses.

Holder” means either (a) a Member or (b) an Assignee that owns a Company Unit.

Incapacity” or “Incapacitated” means, (a) as to any Member who is an individual, death, total physical disability or entry by a court of competent jurisdiction adjudicating such Member incompetent to manage his or her person or his or her estate; (b) as to any Member that is a corporation or limited liability company, the filing of a certificate of dissolution, or its equivalent, for the corporation or the revocation of its charter; (c) as to any Member that is a partnership, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the partnership; (d) as to any Member that is an estate, the distribution by the fiduciary of the estate’s entire interest in the Company; (e) as to any trustee of a trust that is a Member, the termination of the trust (but not the substitution of a new trustee); or (f) as to any Member, the bankruptcy of such Member.

Investor Rights Agreement” means that certain Investor Rights Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, by and among PubCo, the Original Members and certain other Persons party thereto, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or waived from time to time.

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Lock-Up Period” has the meaning set forth in the Investor Rights Agreement.

Lock-Up Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Investor Rights Agreement.

Majority in Interest of the Members” means Members (including PubCo and any Controlled Entity of PubCo) holding more than fifty percent (50%) of all outstanding Company Units held by all Members (including PubCo and any Controlled Entity of PubCo); provided that if any Member is, by reason of this Agreement or applicable law, not entitled to vote on or consent to such matter, the Company Units held by such Member shall be excluded for all purposes of such determination (i.e., excluded from both the numerator and denominator).

Managing Member” means PubCo or any additional or successor Managing Member(s) designated as such pursuant to this Agreement.

 

8


Member” means PubCo, the Original Members and any other Person that is, from time to time, admitted to the Company as a member pursuant to the Act and this Agreement, and any Substituted Member, each shown as such in the books and records of the Company.

Member Earnout Units” has the meaning set forth in the Business Combination Agreement.

Member Minimum Gain” means an amount, with respect to each Member Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Company Minimum Gain that would result if such Member Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Regulations section 1.704-2(i)(3).

Member Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning set forth in Regulations section 1.704-2(b)(4).

Member Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning set forth in Regulations section 1.704-2(i)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(2), and the amount of Member Nonrecourse Deductions with respect to a Member Nonrecourse Debt for a Fiscal Year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations section 1.704-2(i)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(2).

Minimum Exchange Amount” means a number of Class A Common Units held by an Exchanging Member equal to the lesser of (a) 1,000 Class A Common Units and (b) all of the Class A Common Units then held by the applicable Exchanging Member.

Nasdaq” means the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC.

National Securities Exchange” means a securities exchange that has registered with the SEC under Section 6 of the Exchange Act.

Net Income” or “Net Loss” means, for each Fiscal Year of the Company, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for such year, determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the Code (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Section 703(a)(1) of the Code shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments:

(i) Any income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income (or Net Loss) pursuant to this definition of “Net Income” or “Net Loss” shall be added to (or subtracted from, as the case may be) such taxable income (or loss);

(ii) Any expenditure of the Company described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code or treated as an expenditure under Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code pursuant to Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income (or Net Loss) pursuant to this definition of “Net Income” or “Net Loss,” shall be subtracted from (or added to, as the case may be) such taxable income (or loss);

(iii) In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to subsection (ii) or subsection (iii) of the definition of “Gross Asset Value,” the amount of such adjustment (i.e., the hypothetical gain or loss from the revaluation of the Company asset) shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Income or Net Loss;

(iv) Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Gross Asset Value;

 

9


(v) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions that would otherwise be taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such Fiscal Year;

(vi) To the extent that an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Section 734(b) of the Code or Section 743(b) of the Code is required pursuant to Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Member’s interest in the Company, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the basis of the asset) from the disposition of the asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Net Income or Net Loss; and

(vii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition of “Net Income” or “Net Loss,” any item that is specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.2 shall not be taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss. The amounts of the items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction available to be specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.2 shall be determined by applying rules analogous to those set forth in this definition of “Net Income” or “Net Loss.

Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning set forth in Regulations section 1.704-2(b)(1), and the amount of Nonrecourse Deductions for a Fiscal Year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations section 1.704-2(c).

Nonrecourse Liability” has the meaning set forth in Regulations section 1.752-1(a)(2).

Original Member” means any Person that is a Member as of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, but does not include PubCo or any Assignee or other transferee of any Company Interest of any Original Member succeeding to all or any part of such Company Interest; provided that with respect to the period on or after the Closing Date, references to “Original Member” shall also include any Permitted Transferees of such Original Member.

Original Member Representative” means Teresa S. Weber or such other Person as may be appointed from time to time by holders of a majority of Company Units held by Original Members who hold Company Units at the time of determination.

Partnership Representative” means any Person acting as “tax matters partner” or the “partnership representative” pursuant to Section 10.03.

Percentage Interest” means, with respect to each Member, as to any class or series of Company Interests, the fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Company Units of such class or series held by such Member and the denominator of which is the total number of Company Units of such class or series held by all Members. If not otherwise specified, “Percentage Interest” shall be deemed to refer to Class A Common Units.

Permitted Transfer” means a Transfer by a Member of all or part of its Company Interest to any Permitted Transferee of such Member.

Permitted Transferee” means with respect to any Person, (a) any Family Member of such Person, (b) any Affiliate of such Person, (c) any Affiliate of any Family Member of such Person (excluding any Affiliate under this clause (c) who operates or engages in a business which competes with the business of PubCo or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), (d) any Controlled Entity of such Person and (e) any charitable organization to which such Person Transfers its Company Interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any Person who (in the Managing Member’s determination) is participating or involved in any capacity in any business that is or which the Managing Member determines (in good faith) to be competitive with the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries be a Permitted Transferee.

 

10


Person” means an individual or a corporation, partnership, trust, unincorporated organization, association, limited liability company, or other entity.

Pre-Closing Units” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

Phantom Equity Acknowledgments” has the meaning set forth in the Business Combination Agreement.

PubCo” means biote Corp., and any successor thereto.

PubCo Approved Change of Control” means any Change of Control of PubCo that meets the following conditions: (i) such Change of Control was approved by the Board prior to such Change of Control, (ii) the terms of such Change of Control provide for the consideration for the Class A Common Units in such Change of Control to consist solely of (A) freely and immediately tradeable common equity securities of an issuer listed on a national securities exchange and/or (B) cash and (iii) if such common equity securities would be Registrable Securities (as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement) of such issuer for any shareholder party to the Investor Rights Agreement, the issuer of such listed equity securities has become a party thereto as a successor to PubCo effective upon closing of such Change of Control.

PubCo Tax Shortfall” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.

Recapitalization” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Regulations” means one or more Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code, whether such regulations are in proposed, temporary or final form, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Sponsor Earnout Shareshas the meaning set forth in the Business Combination Agreement.

Sponsor Earnout Units” has the meaning set forth in the Business Combination Agreement.

Stock Exchange Payment” means, with respect to the portion of any Exchange (or Direct Exchange) for which a Cash Exchange Notice is not delivered by the Managing Member, on behalf of the Company, a number of Class A Shares equal to the number of Class A Common Units so exchanged.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity of which a majority of (a) the voting power of the voting equity securities or (b) the outstanding equity interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

Substituted Member” means a Person who is admitted as a Member to the Company pursuant to Section 11.4.

Tax Distribution Date” means for any Fiscal Year April 10, June 10, September 10 and December 10 of such Fiscal Year, which shall be adjusted by the Managing Member as reasonably necessary to take into account changes in estimated tax payment due dates for U.S. federal income taxes under applicable law.

Tax Receivables Agreement” means that certain tax receivable agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among PubCo, the Company, and certain other parties thereto.

 

11


Trading Day” means any day on which the Class A Shares are traded on Nasdaq or, if Nasdaq is not the principal trading market for the Class A Shares on such day, then on the principal national securities exchange or securities market on which the Class A Shares are then traded.

Transfer” means any sale, assignment, bequest, conveyance, devise, gift (outright or in trust), pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange, transfer or other disposition or act of alienation, whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law; provided, however, that when the term is used in Article XI, “Transfer” does not include any Exchange of Class A Common Units by the Company, or acquisition of Exchanged Units by PubCo, pursuant to Section 14.1. The terms “Transferred” and “Transferring” have correlative meanings.”VWAP” means the daily per share volume-weighted average price of the Class A Shares on Nasdaq, or, if Nasdaq is not the principal trading market for the Class A Shares on such day, then on the principal national securities exchange or securities market on which the Class A Shares are then traded, as displayed under the heading Bloomberg VWAP on the Bloomberg page designated for the Class A Shares (or its equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the open of trading on such Trading Day until the close of trading on such Trading Day (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, (a) the per share volume-weighted average price of a Class A Share on such Trading Day (determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside the regular trading session or trading hours), or (b) if such determination is not feasible, the market price per Class A Share, in either case as determined by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained in good faith for this purpose by the Managing Member.

Warrants” means any warrants to acquire Class A Shares.

1.2 Interpretation. In this Agreement and in the exhibits hereto, except to the extent that the context otherwise requires:

(a) the headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement;

(b) defined terms include the plural as well as the singular and vice versa;

(c) words importing gender include all genders;

(d) a reference to any statute or statutory provision shall be construed as a reference to the same as it may have been or may from time to time be amended, extended, re-enacted or consolidated and to all statutory instruments or orders made under it;

(e) any reference to a “day” or a “Business Day” shall mean the whole of such day, being the period of 24 hours running from midnight to midnight;

(f) references to Articles, Sections, subsections, clauses and Exhibits are references to Articles, Sections, subsections, clauses and Exhibits to, this Agreement;

(g) the words “including” and “include” and other words of similar import shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”; and

(h) unless otherwise specified, references to any party to this Agreement or any other document or agreement shall include its successors and permitted assigns.

 

12


ARTICLE II

GENERAL PROVISIONS

2.1 Formation. The Company has been organized as a Delaware limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Act and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

2.2 Name. The name of the Company shall be “BioTE Holdings, LLC” and all business of the Company shall be conducted in such name or such other name as the Managing Member shall determine. The Company may also conduct business at the same time under one or more fictitious names if the Managing Member determines that such is in the best interests of the Company. The Managing Member may change the name of the Company, from time to time, in accordance with applicable law.

2.3 Principal Place of Business; Other Places of Business. The principal business office of the Company shall be at such place or places as the Managing Member may from time to time designate.

2.4 Designated Agent for Service of Process. So long as required by the Act, the Company shall continuously maintain a registered office and a designated and duly qualified agent for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware. As of the date of this Agreement, the address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o 251 Little Falls Drive, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware, 19808. The Company’s registered agent for service of process at such address is Corporation Service Company.

2.5 Term. The term of the Company commenced on the Formation Date and such term shall continue until the Company is dissolved in accordance with the Act or this Agreement. Notwithstanding the dissolution of the Company, the existence of the Company shall continue until termination pursuant to this Agreement or as otherwise provided in the Act.

2.6 No State Law Partnership; Federal Income Tax Status. The Members intend that the Company not be a partnership (including, without limitation, a limited partnership) or joint venture, and that no Member be a partner or joint venturer of any other Member by virtue of this Agreement, for any purposes (including Section 303 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code), and neither this Agreement nor any other document entered into by the Company or any Member relating to the subject matter hereof shall be construed to suggest otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Members intend for the Company to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and, if applicable, state or local income tax purposes, and each Member and the Company shall file all tax returns and shall otherwise take all tax and financial reporting positions in a manner consistent with such treatment. Neither the Company nor any Member shall take any action (including the filing of an election for the Company to be classified as a corporation for income tax purposes) inconsistent with the express intent of the parties hereto as set forth in this Section 2.6.

2.7 Business Purpose. The purpose of the Company shall be: (a) to carry on any and all lawful business, purpose or activity, whether or not for profit, which a limited liability company may carry on under the Act and the laws of any other jurisdiction in which the Company is so engaged in regard thereto; and (b) to do anything incidental to the foregoing.

2.8 Powers. Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, the Company will possess and may exercise all of the powers and privileges granted to it by the Act, by any other applicable law or this Agreement, together with all powers incidental thereto, so far as such powers are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the purpose of the Company set forth in Section 2.7.

2.9 Certificates; Filings. The Certificate was previously filed on behalf of the Company, in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the Act. The Managing Member may execute and file any duly authorized amendments to the Certificate from time to time in a form prescribed by the Act. The Managing Member shall also cause to be made, on behalf of the Company, such additional filings and recordings as the Managing Member shall deem necessary or advisable. If requested by the Managing Member, the Members shall promptly execute all certificates and

 

13


other documents consistent with the terms of this Agreement necessary for the Managing Member to accomplish all filing, recording, publishing and other acts as may be appropriate to comply with all requirements for (a) the formation and operation of a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware, (b) if the Managing Member deems it advisable, the operation of the Company as a limited liability company in all jurisdictions where the Company proposes to operate and (c) all other filings required to be made by the Company.

2.10 Representations and Warranties by the Members.

(a) Each Member that is an individual (including each Substituted Member as a condition to becoming a Substituted Member) represents and warrants to, and covenants with, each other Member that (i) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be performed by such Member will not result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, any material agreement by which such Member or any of such Member’s property is bound, or any statute, regulation, order or other law to which such Member is subject and (ii) this Agreement is binding upon, and enforceable against, such Member in accordance with its terms.

(b) Each Member that is not an individual (including each Substituted Member as a condition to becoming a Substituted Member) represents and warrants to, and covenants with, each other Member that (i) all transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be performed by it have been duly authorized by all necessary action, including that of its general partner(s), committee(s), trustee(s), beneficiaries, directors and/or stockholder(s) (as the case may be) as required, (ii) the consummation of such transactions shall not result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, its partnership or operating agreement, trust agreement, charter or bylaws (as the case may be), any material agreement by which such Member or any of such Member’s properties or any of its partners, members, beneficiaries, trustees or stockholders (as the case may be) is or are bound, or any statute, regulation, order or other law to which such Member or any of its partners, members, trustees, beneficiaries or stockholders (as the case may be) is or are subject, and (iii) this Agreement is binding upon, and enforceable against, such Member in accordance with its terms.

(c) Each Member (including each Substituted Member as a condition to becoming a Substituted Member) represents and warrants that it is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act and represents, warrants and agrees that it has acquired and continues to hold its interest in the Company for its own account for investment purposes only and not for the purpose of, or with a view toward, the resale or distribution of all or any part thereof, and not with a view toward selling or otherwise distributing such interest or any part thereof at any particular time or under any predetermined circumstances. Subject to Article XIV and the applicable terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, each Member further represents and warrants that (i) it is aware of and understands that the Company Units held by such Member are not registered under the Securities Act and must be held by such Member until such Company Units are registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available, (ii) that the Company shall have no obligation to take any action that may be necessary to make available any exemption from registration under the Securities Act, (iii) there is no established market for the Company Units and no market (public or otherwise) for the Company Units will develop in the foreseeable future, (iv) such Member has no rights to require that the Company Units be registered under the Securities Act or the securities laws of various states, and the Member will not be able to avail itself of the provisions of Rule 144 adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, and (v) that it is a sophisticated investor, able and accustomed to handling sophisticated financial matters for itself, and that it has a sufficiently high net worth that it does not anticipate a need for the funds that it has invested in the Company in what it understands to be a speculative and illiquid investment. Each Member (including each Substituted Member as a condition to becoming a Substituted Member) represents and warrants to the Company, and will represent as of each subsequent date that such Member acquires any additional Company Units, that such Member is treated as a single partner within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h) (determined taking into account the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)).

 

14


(d) The representations and warranties contained in Sections 2.10(a), 2.10(b) and 2.10(c) shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement by each Member (and, in the case of a Substituted Member, the admission of such Substituted Member as a Member in the Company) and the dissolution, liquidation and termination of the Company.

(e) Each Member (including each Substituted Member as a condition to becoming a Substituted Member) hereby acknowledges that no representations as to potential profit, cash flows, funds from operations or yield, if any, in respect of the Company or PubCo have been made by any Member or any employee or representative or Affiliate of any Member, and that projections and any other information, including financial and descriptive information and documentation, that may have been in any manner submitted to such Member shall not constitute any representation or warranty of any kind or nature, express or implied.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Managing Member may permit the modification of any of the representations and warranties contained in Sections 2.10(a), 2.10(b) and 2.10(c), as applicable, to any Member (including any Substituted Member or any transferee of either) provided that such representations and warranties, as modified, shall be set forth in a separate writing addressed to the Company and the Managing Member.

2.11 References to Certain Equity Securities. Each reference to a Class A Share, Class V Share, Class A Common Unit, other Company Unit, or other Company Interest shall be deemed to include a reference to each Equity Security received in respect thereof in connection with any combination of equity interests, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or other reorganization, or by way of interest split, interest dividend, or other distribution; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, restrictions applicable to the Class A Common Units and Class V Shares shall not apply to Class A Shares received in respect thereof in connection with the Exchange (or Direct Exchange).

ARTICLE III

RECAPITALIZATION

3.1 Recapitalization. To effectuate the Recapitalization, upon execution of this Agreement and as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, all Company Interests that were issued and outstanding and held by the Original Members immediately prior to the execution of this Agreement, which are set forth next to each Original Member’s name on Exhibit A (the “Pre-Closing Units”), are hereby converted into that number of Class A Common Units set forth next to such Original Member’s name on Exhibit A hereto under the heading “Post-Recapitalization Units”, and such Class A Common Units are hereby issued and outstanding as of the Effective Time and the holders of such Class A Common Units hereby continue as Members.

ARTICLE IV

CLASSES OF COMPANY INTERESTS; CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1 Classes of Company Interests; Capital Contributions of the Members. Each Member’s relative rights, privileges, preferences, restrictions and obligations with respect to the Company are represented by such Member’s Company Interests. There shall initially be one (1) class of Company Interests, that being Class A Common Units, which shall be issued to and held by the Members (or their Permitted Transferees), including PubCo. An unlimited number of Class A Common Units are hereby authorized for issuance. As of the Closing Date, as a result of the transactions contemplated by the Recapitalization and the Business Combination Agreement, the Company Interests are held by the Members in the amounts set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

Each Original Member has heretofore made or is deemed to have made Capital Contributions to the Company and concurrently with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, PubCo is making a Capital Contribution to the Company. Except as provided by

 

15


law or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement, the Members shall have no obligation or, except with the prior written consent of the Managing Member, right to make any other Capital Contributions or any loans to the Company. The Managing Member shall cause to be maintained in the principal business office of the Company, or such other place as may be determined by the Managing Member, the books and records of the Company, which shall include, among other things, a register containing the name, address and number of Company Units of each Member, and such other information as the Managing Member may deem necessary or desirable (the “Register”). The Register shall not be deemed part of this Agreement. The Managing Member shall from time to time update the Register as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein, including as a result of any sales, exchanges or other Transfers, or any redemptions, issuances or similar events involving Company Units. Any reference in this Agreement to the Register shall be deemed a reference to the Register as in effect from time to time. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Managing Member may take any action authorized hereunder in respect of the Register without any need to obtain the consent of any other Member. No action of any Member shall be required to amend or update the Register. Except as required by law, no Member shall be entitled to receive a copy of the information set forth in the Register relating to any Member other than itself.

4.2 Issuances of Additional Company Interests. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including Section 4.4):

(a) General. The Managing Member is hereby authorized to cause the Company to issue additional Company Interests, in the form of Company Units, for any Company purpose, at any time or from time to time, to the Members or to other Persons, and to admit such Persons as Members, for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as shall be established by the Managing Member, all without the approval of any other Member or any other Person (except as provided in the immediately following sentence). Without limiting the foregoing, the Managing Member is expressly authorized to cause the Company to issue Company Units (i) upon the conversion, redemption, or exchange of any Debt, Company Units, or other securities issued by the Company, (ii) for less than fair market value, (iii) for no consideration, (iv) in connection with any merger, consolidation, or other reorganization, or (v) upon the contribution of property or assets to the Company; provided, that, any material issuance of Company Interests for no consideration in a manner that disproportionately and adversely affects the Original Members (but excluding any such issuance in accordance with Section 4.4(a)) shall be subject to the prior written consent of the Original Members Representative, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. A Company Interest of any class or series other than a Class A Common Unit shall not entitle the holder thereof to vote on, or consent to, any matter. Upon the issuance of any additional Company Interest, the Managing Member shall amend the Register and the books and records of the Company as appropriate to reflect such issuance.

(b) No Preemptive Rights. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, no Person, including any Holder, shall have any preemptive, preferential, participation, or similar right or rights to subscribe for or acquire any Company Interest.

4.3 Additional Funds and Capital Contributions.

(a) General. The Managing Member may, at any time and from time to time, determine that the Company requires additional funds (“Additional Funds”) for the acquisition or development of additional Assets, for the redemption of Company Units, or for such other purposes as the Managing Member may determine. Additional Funds may be obtained by the Company, at the election of the Managing Member, in any manner provided in, and in accordance with, the terms of this Section 4.3 without the approval of any Member or any other Person.

(b) Loans by Third Parties. The Managing Member, on behalf of the Company, may obtain any Additional Funds by causing the Company to incur Debt to any Person (other than, except as contemplated in Section 4.3(c), the Managing Member) upon such terms as the Managing Member determines appropriate, including making such Debt convertible, redeemable, or exchangeable for Company Units; provided, however, that the Company shall not incur any such Debt if any Member (other than the Managing Member in its capacity as such) would be personally liable for the repayment of such Debt (unless such Member otherwise agrees).

 

16


(c) PubCo Loans. The Managing Member, on behalf of the Company, may obtain any Additional Funds by causing the Company to incur Debt with PubCo if (i) such Debt is, to the extent permitted by law, on substantially the same terms and conditions (including interest rate, repayment schedule, and conversion, redemption, repurchase and exchange rights) as Funding Debt incurred by PubCo, the net proceeds of which are loaned to the Company to provide such Additional Funds, or (ii) such Debt is on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Company than would be available to the Company from any third party; provided, however, that the Company shall not incur any such Debt if any Member would be personally liable for the repayment of such Debt (unless such Member otherwise agrees).

4.4 Issuances; Repurchases and Redemptions; Recapitalizations.

(a) Issuances by PubCo

(i) Subject to Section 4.4(a)(ii) and Section 14.1, if, at any time after the Closing Date, PubCo sells or issues Class A Shares or any other Equity Securities of PubCo (other than Class V Shares), (x) the Company shall concurrently issue to PubCo an equal number of Class A Common Units (if PubCo issues Class A Shares), or an equal number of such other Equity Security of the Company corresponding to the Equity Securities issued by PubCo (if PubCo issues Equity Securities other than Class A Shares), and with substantially the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of PubCo so issued and (y) PubCo shall concurrently contribute to the Company the net proceeds or other property received by PubCo, if any, for such Class A Share or other Equity Security.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 4.4(a)(i) or Section 4.4(a)(iii), this Section 4.4(a) shall not apply to (x) the issuance and distribution to holders of Class A Shares or other Equity Securities of PubCo of rights to purchase Equity Securities of PubCo under a “poison pill” or similar shareholder rights plan (and upon exchange of Class A Common Units for Class A Shares, such Class A Shares will be issued together with a corresponding right under such plan) or (y) the issuance under PubCo’s employee benefit plans of any warrants, options, stock appreciation right, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance based award or other rights to acquire Equity Securities of PubCo or rights or property that may be converted into or settled in Equity Securities of PubCo, but shall in each of the foregoing cases apply to the issuance of Equity Securities of PubCo in connection with the exercise or settlement of such warrants, options, stock appreciation right, restricted stock units, performance based awards or the vesting of restricted stock (including as set forth in clause (iii) below, as applicable).

(iii) In the event any outstanding Equity Security of PubCo is exercised or otherwise converted and, as a result, any Class A Shares or other Equity Securities of PubCo are issued (including as a result of the exercise of Warrants), (x) the corresponding Equity Security outstanding at the Company, if any, shall be similarly exercised or otherwise converted, if applicable, (y) an equivalent number of Class A Common Units or equivalent Equity Securities of the Company shall be issued to PubCo as required by the first sentence of Section 4.4(a)(i), and (z) PubCo shall concurrently contribute to the Company the net proceeds received by PubCo, if any, from any such exercise or conversion.

(iv) In the event that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries elects, pursuant to the terms of the Phantom Equity Acknowledgments, to settle any of its obligations thereunder by delivering Class A Shares to the persons specified therein, then immediately prior to such delivery, (x) PubCo shall contribute (or be deemed to contribute) to the Company the applicable number of Class A Shares to be delivered thereunder by the Company or applicable Subsidiary, and (y) the Company shall concurrently issue to PubCo an equal number of Class A Common Units.

 

17


(b) New Company Issuances. Except pursuant to Section 14.1, (x) the Company may not issue any additional Class A Common Units or Company Units to PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) unless substantially simultaneously therewith PubCo or such Subsidiary issues or transfers an equal number of newly-issued Class A Shares (or relevant Equity Security of such Subsidiary) to another Person or Persons and contributes the net proceeds therefrom, if any, to the Company, and (y) the Company may not issue any other Equity Securities of the Company to PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) unless substantially simultaneously therewith PubCo or such Subsidiary issues or transfers, to another Person, an equal number of newly-issued shares of Equity Securities of PubCo or such Subsidiary with substantially the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of the Company and contributes the net proceeds therefrom, if any, to the Company.

(c) Repurchases and Redemptions.

(i) PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) may not redeem, repurchase, or otherwise acquire (A) Class A Shares pursuant to a Board approved repurchase plan or program (or otherwise in connection with a transaction approved by the Board) unless substantially simultaneously therewith the Company redeems, repurchases, or otherwise acquires from PubCo or such Subsidiary an equal number of Class A Common Units for the same price per security, if any, or (B) any other Equity Securities of PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) pursuant to a Board approved repurchase plan or program (or otherwise in connection with a transaction approved by the Board) unless substantially simultaneously therewith the Company redeems, repurchases or otherwise acquires from PubCo or such Subsidiary an equal number of the corresponding class or series of Equity Securities of the Company with the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of PubCo or such Subsidiary for the same price per security, if any.

(ii) The Company may not redeem, repurchase, or otherwise acquire (x) any Class A Common Units from PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) unless substantially simultaneously PubCo or such Subsidiary redeems, repurchases, or otherwise acquires pursuant to a Board approved repurchase plan or program (or otherwise in connection with a transaction approved by the Board) an equal number of Class A Shares for the same price per security from holders thereof or (y) any other Company Units of the Company from PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) unless substantially simultaneously PubCo or such Subsidiary redeems, repurchases, or otherwise acquires pursuant to a Board approved repurchase plan or program (or otherwise in connection with a transaction approved by the Board) for the same price per security an equal number of Equity Securities of PubCo (or such Subsidiary) of a corresponding class or series with substantially the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Company Units of PubCo or such Subsidiary.

(d) Equity Subdivisions and Combinations. Except in accordance with Section 14.1:

(i) The Company shall not in any manner effect any subdivision (by any equity split, equity distribution, reclassification, recapitalization, or otherwise) or combination (by reverse equity split, reclassification, recapitalization, or otherwise) of the outstanding Company Units unless accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination, as applicable, of the outstanding Capital Shares or other related class or series of Equity Security of PubCo, with corresponding changes made with respect to any other exchangeable or convertible Equity Securities of the Company and PubCo.

(ii) PubCo shall not in any manner effect any subdivision (by any equity split, equity distribution, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse equity split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of the outstanding Capital Shares or any other class or series of Equity Security of PubCo, unless accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination, as applicable, of the outstanding Company Units or other related class or series of Equity Security of the Company, with corresponding changes made with respect to any applicable exchangeable or convertible Equity Securities of the Company and PubCo.

 

18


(e) General Authority. For the avoidance of doubt, but subject to Section 4.1, Section 4.2 and Section 4.4, the Company and the Managing Member shall be permitted to undertake all actions, including an issuance, redemption, reclassification, distribution, division, or recapitalization, with respect to the Class A Common Units as the Managing Member determines (with the approval of the Original Member Representative, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned) to be necessary to maintain at all times a one-to-one ratio between (i) the number of Class A Common Units owned by PubCo (including Sponsor Earnout Units), directly or indirectly, and the number of outstanding Class A Shares (including Sponsor Earnout Shares), and (ii) the number of outstanding Class V Shares held by all Persons other than PubCo (including Earnout Voting Shares) and the number of Class A Common Units held by all Persons other than PubCo (including Member Earnout Units), disregarding, for purposes of maintaining the one-to-one ratios in clause (i), (A) options, rights or securities of PubCo issued under any plan involving the issuance of any Equity Securities that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Shares, (B) treasury stock, or (C) preferred stock or other debt or equity securities (including warrants, options or rights) issued by PubCo that are convertible or into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Shares (but in each case prior to such conversion, exercise or exchange).

4.5 No Interest; No Return. No Member shall be entitled to interest on its Capital Contribution or on such Member’s Capital Account. Except as provided herein or by law, no Member shall have any right to demand or receive the return of its Capital Contribution from the Company.

4.6 Capital Accounts.

(a) A Capital Account shall be maintained by the Managing Member for each Member in accordance with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) and, to the extent consistent with such Regulations, the other provisions of this Agreement. Each Member’s Capital Account balance as of the date hereof shall be equal to the amount of its respective Closing Date Capital Account Balance set forth opposite such Member’s name on Exhibit A, which balances shall reflect a revaluation of the Company’s assets in accordance with clause (6) of the definition of Gross Asset Value. Thereafter, each Member’s Capital Account shall be (a) increased by (i) allocations to such Member of Net Income pursuant to Section 6.1 and any other items of income or gain allocated to such Member pursuant to Section 6.2, (ii) the amount of cash or the initial Gross Asset Value of any asset (net of any Liabilities assumed by the Company and any Liabilities to which the asset is subject) contributed to the Company by such Member, and (iii) any other increases allowed or required by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv), and (b) decreased by (i) allocations to such Member of Net Losses pursuant to Section 6.1 and any other items of deduction or loss allocated to such Member pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.2, (ii) the amount of any cash or the Gross Asset Value of any asset (net of any Liabilities assumed by the Member and any Liabilities to which the asset is subject) distributed to such Member, and (iii) any other decreases allowed or required by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).

(b) In the event of a Transfer of Company Units made in accordance with this Agreement, the Capital Account of the Transferor that is attributable to the transferred Company Units shall carry over to the Transferee Member in accordance with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(l).

(c) This Section 4.6 and other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with the Regulations promulgated under Code Section 704(b), including Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv), and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations. In determining the amount of any Liability for purposes of calculating Capital Accounts, there shall be taken into account Section 752(c) of the Code and any other applicable provisions of the Code and Regulations. The Members’ Capital Accounts will normally be adjusted on an annual or other periodic basis as determined by the Managing Member (with the approval of the Original Member Representative, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned), but the Capital Accounts may be adjusted more often if a new Member is admitted to the Company or if circumstances otherwise make it advisable in the judgment of the Managing Member.

 

19


ARTICLE V

DISTRIBUTIONS

5.1 Distributions Generally. Subject to Section 5.5, the Managing Member may cause the Company to distribute all or any portion of available cash generated by the Company to the Holders of Class A Common Units in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests of Class A Common Units on the Company Record Date with respect to such distribution. To the extent that any distribution is made payable with respect to any Company Units for a particular period, distributions payable with respect to any Company Units that were not outstanding during the entire period in respect of which any distribution is made shall be prorated based on the portion of the period that such Company Units were outstanding. Solely for purposes of determining amounts distributable pursuant to this Section 5.1, any Earnout Company Unit shall be treated as not outstanding until the time at which the earnout criteria set forth in Section 2.5 of the Business Combination Agreement have been satisfied with respect to such Company Unit.

5.2 Tax Distributions. Prior to making distributions pursuant to Section 5.1, on or prior to each Tax Distribution Date, the Company shall be required to, subject only to Section 5.5, make pro rata distributions of cash to the Holders of Class A Common Units (in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests of Class A Common Units) in an amount sufficient to ensure that each such Holder receives a distribution at least equal to such Holder’s Assumed Tax Liability, if any, with respect to the relevant taxable period to which the distribution relates; provided, that distributions pursuant to this Section 5.2, if any, shall be made to a Member only to the extent all previous distributions to such Member pursuant to Section 5.1 and Section 5.2 with respect to the taxable period are less than the distributions such Member otherwise would have been entitled to receive with respect to such taxable period pursuant to this Section 5.2. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if at any time the Managing Member determines in good faith (including based on any notice provided by PubCo) that the sum of PubCo’s tax obligations and its obligations pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement that will be required to be paid prior to the time another distribution will be made under Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 (without regard to this sentence) will be in excess of the cash available to PubCo to satisfy such amounts (such excess, a “PubCo Tax Shortfall”), then the Company shall be required to, subject only to Section 5.5, make an additional pro rata tax distribution under this Section 5.2 to the Holders of Class A Common Units (in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests of Class A Common Units) to the extent and until PubCo has received an amount equal to the PubCo Tax Shortfall.

5.3 Distributions in Kind. No Holder may demand to receive property other than cash as provided in this Agreement. The Managing Member may cause the Company to make a distribution in kind of Company assets to the Holders, and such assets shall be distributed in such a fashion as to ensure that the fair market value is distributed and allocated in accordance with Articles V, Article VI and Article X; provided, however, that in the case of the distribution by the Company of the Class V Shares contributed to the Company pursuant to Section 2.1(b) of the Business Combination Agreement, the Company shall distribute such Class V Shares (including Earnout Voting Shares) to the Original Members pro rata in accordance with the number of Class A Common Units (including Member Earnout Units) held by the Original Members.

5.4 Distributions to Reflect Additional Company Units. In the event that the Company issues additional Company Units pursuant to the provisions of Article IV, the Managing Member is hereby authorized to make such revisions to this Article V and to Article VI as it determines are necessary or desirable to reflect the issuance of such additional Company Units, including making preferential distributions to certain classes of Company Units (with the approval of the Original Member Representative, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned).

 

20


5.5 Restricted Distributions. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, neither the Company nor the Managing Member, on behalf of the Company, shall make a distribution to any Holder if such distribution would violate the Act or other applicable law.

5.6 Use of Distributions. PubCo shall use distributions received from and other cash of the Company for payment of taxes, liabilities, or expenses of PubCo, to loan funds to the Company in accordance with this Agreement, for the payment of dividends to its shareholders or for other general corporate purposes, in each case in accordance with a budget approved by, or otherwise approved by, the Board; provided that PubCo may not use such distributions or other cash of the Company to acquire any Company Interests, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.4 hereof.

ARTICLE VI

ALLOCATIONS

6.1 General Allocations. After giving effect to the allocations under Section 6.2 and subject to Section 6.2 and Section 6.4, Net Income and Net Loss (and, to the extent reasonably determined by the Managing Member to be necessary and appropriate to achieve the resulting Capital Account balances described below, any allocable items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit includable in the computation of Net Income and Net Loss) for each Fiscal Year or other taxable period shall be allocated among the Members during such Fiscal Year or other taxable period in a manner such that, after giving effect to all distributions through the end of such Fiscal Year or other taxable period, the Capital Account balance of each Member, immediately after making such allocation, is, as nearly as possible, equal to (a) the amount such Member would receive pursuant to Section 12.3 if all assets of the Company on hand at the end of such Fiscal Year or other taxable period were sold for cash equal to their Gross Asset Values, all liabilities of the Company were satisfied in cash in accordance with their terms (limited with respect to each nonrecourse liability to the Gross Asset Value of the assets securing such liability), and all remaining or resulting cash was distributed, in accordance with Section 12.3 to the Members immediately after making such allocation, minus (b) such Member’s share of Company Minimum Gain and Member Minimum Gain, computed immediately prior to the hypothetical sale of assets, and the amount any such Member is treated as obligated to contribute to the Company, computed immediately after the hypothetical sale of assets.

6.2 Additional Allocation Provisions. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article VI:

(a) Regulatory Allocations.

(i) Minimum Gain Chargeback. Except as otherwise provided in Regulations section 1.704-2(f), notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.1, or any other provision of this Article VI, if there is a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain during any Fiscal Year, each Holder shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain for such Fiscal Year (and, if necessary, subsequent Fiscal Years) in an amount equal to such Holder’s share of the net decrease in Company Minimum Gain, as determined under Regulations section 1.704-2(g)(2). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Holder pursuant thereto. The items to be allocated shall be determined in accordance with Regulations sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and 1.704-2(j)(2). This Section 6.2(a)(i) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Regulations section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(ii) Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain Chargeback. Except as otherwise provided in Regulations section 1.704-2(i)(4) or in Section 6.2(a)(i), if there is a net decrease in Member Minimum Gain attributable to a Member Nonrecourse Debt during any Fiscal Year, each Holder who has a share of the Member Minimum Gain attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt (determined in accordance with Regulations section 1.704-2(i)(5)) as of the beginning of the Fiscal Year shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain for such Fiscal Year (and, if necessary,

 

21


subsequent Fiscal Years) in an amount equal to such Holder’s respective share of the net decrease in Member Minimum Gain attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt. A Holder’s share of the net decrease in Member Minimum Gain shall be determined in accordance with Regulations section 1.704-2(i)(4); provided that a Holder shall not be subject to this provision to the extent that an exception is provided by Regulations section 1.704-2(i)(4) and any IRS revenue rulings, revenue procedures, or notices issued with respect thereto. Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.2(a)(ii) shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Holder pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Regulations sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2). This Section 6.2(a)(ii) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Regulations section 1.704-2(i) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(iii) Nonrecourse Deductions and Member Nonrecourse Deductions. Any Nonrecourse Deductions for any Fiscal Year shall be specially allocated to the Holders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests. Any Member Nonrecourse Deductions for any Fiscal Year shall be specially allocated to the Holder(s) who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Member Nonrecourse Debt to which such Member Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable, in accordance with Regulations section 1.704-2(i).

(iv) Qualified Income Offset. If any Holder unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), items of Company income and gain shall be allocated, in accordance with Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d), to such Holder in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by such Regulations, the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of such Holder as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.2(a)(iv) shall be made if and only to the extent that such Holder would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit after all other allocations provided in this Article VI have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.2(a)(iv) were not in the Agreement. It is intended that this Section 6.2(a)(iv) comply with the qualified income offset requirement in Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(v) Gross Income Allocation. In the event that any Holder has a deficit Capital Account at the end of any Fiscal Year that is in excess of the sum of (1) the amount (if any) that such Holder is obligated to restore to the Company upon complete liquidation of such Holder’s Company Interest and (2) the amount that such Holder is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Regulations sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), each such Holder shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain in the amount of such excess to eliminate such deficit as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.2(a)(v) shall be made if and only to the extent that such Holder would have a deficit Capital Account in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided in this Article VI have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.2(a)(v) and Section 6.2(a)(iv) were not in the Agreement.

(vi) Limitation on Allocation of Net Loss. To the extent that any allocation of Net Loss (or items of loss) would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit as to any Holder, such allocation of Net Loss (or items of loss) shall be reallocated (x) first, among the other Holders of Class A Common Units in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, and (y) thereafter, among the Holders of other Company Units, as determined by the Managing Member (with the approval of the Original Member Representative, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned), subject to the limitations of this Section 6.2(a)(vi).

(vii) Section 754 Adjustment. To the extent that an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Section 734(b) of the Code or Section 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) or Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2) (iv)(m)(4), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as the result of a distribution to a Holder of Class A Common Units in complete liquidation of its interest in the Company, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Holders of Class A Common Units in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests in the event that Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) applies, or to the Holder(s) to whom such distribution was made in the event that Regulations section 1.704-1(b) (2)(iv)(m)(4) applies.

 

22


(viii) Curative Allocations. The allocations set forth in Sections 6.2(a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi) and (vii) (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain regulatory requirements, including the requirements of Regulations sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.1, the Regulatory Allocations shall be taken into account in allocating other items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Holders of Class A Common Units so that to the extent possible without violating the requirements giving rise to the Regulatory Allocations, the net amount of such allocations of other items and the Regulatory Allocations to each Holder of a Class A Common Unit shall be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each such Holder if the Regulatory Allocations had not occurred.

(ix) Certain Deductions. If the Company is entitled to a deduction for compensation to a person providing services to the Company or its subsidiaries or any other deductible payment, in each case, the economic cost of which is borne by a Member (and not the Company or its subsidiaries), whether paid in cash, Class A Common Units, or other property, the Company shall allocate the deduction attributable to such payment to such Member. For the avoidance of doubt, any amount which is reflected as (i) Company Transaction Expenses (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) or (ii) a reduction in the number of Retained Company Units (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) pursuant to clause (c) or (d) of such term, shall be treated as an economic cost borne by the Original Members

(b) Allocation of Excess Nonrecourse Liabilities. For purposes of determining a Holder’s proportional share of the “excess nonrecourse liabilities” of the Company within the meaning of Regulations section 1.752-3(a)(3), each Holder’s respective interest in Company profits shall be equal to such Holder’s Percentage Interest with respect to Class A Common Units.

6.3 Tax Allocations.

(a) In General. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.3, for income tax purposes under the Code and the Regulations each Company item of income, gain, loss and deduction (collectively, “Tax Items”) shall be allocated among the Holders in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Sections 6.1 and Section 6.2.

(b) Section 704(c) Allocations. Notwithstanding Section 6.3(a), Tax Items with respect to an Asset that is contributed to the Company with a Gross Asset Value that varies from its basis in the hands of the contributing Member immediately preceding the date of contribution shall be allocated among the Holders for income tax purposes pursuant to Regulations promulgated under Section 704(c) of the Code so as to take into account such variation. The Company shall account for such variation under the traditional method as described in Regulations section 1.704-3(b), or such other method determined by the Managing Member and permitted by Regulations (with the approval of the Original Member Representative, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned). In the event that the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to subsection (b) of the definition of “Gross Asset Value” (provided in Section 1.1), subsequent allocations of Tax Items with respect to such asset shall take account of the variation, if any, between the adjusted basis of such asset and its Gross Asset Value in the same manner as under Section 704(c) of the Code and the applicable Regulations and using the traditional method as described in Regulations section 1.704-3(b), or such other method determined by the Managing Member and permitted by Regulations (with the approval of the Original Member Representative, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned). If, as a result of an exercise of a non-compensatory option to acquire an interest in the Company, a Capital Account reallocation is required under Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s)(3), the Company shall make corrective allocations pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(x). If, pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(i), the Managing Member causes a Capital Account reallocation in accordance with principles similar to those set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s)(3), the Managing Member shall make corrective allocations in accordance with principles similar to those set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(x).

 

23


6.4 Other Allocation Rules. With regard to PubCo’s acquisition of the Class A Common Units (including the Sponsor Earnout Units) pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, Net Income and Net Loss shall be allocated to the Members of the Company so as to take into account the varying interests of the Members in the Company using an “interim closing of the books” method in a manner that complies with the provisions of Section 706 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder. If during any Fiscal Year there is any other change in any Member’s ownership of Company Units in the Company, the Managing Member shall consult in good faith with the Original Member Representative and the tax advisors to the Company and allocate the Net Income or Net Loss to the Members of the Company so as to take into account the varying interests of the Members in the Company using an “interim closing of the books” method in a manner that complies with the provisions of Section 706 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder; provided however that such allocations may instead be made in another manner that complies with the provisions of Section 706 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder and that is selected by the Managing Member (with the prior written consent of the Original Member Representative, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

6.5 Earnout Company Units. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (including the last sentence of Section 5.1), the parties intend that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, Earnout Company Units shall be treated as having satisfied the earnout criteria set forth in Section 2.5 of the Business Combination Agreement for purposes of allocating Net Income and Net Loss pursuant to this Article VI (including for the purposes of determining amounts that would be distributable to the Members in the case of any hypothetical distribution or liquidation and determining such Members’ Assumed Tax Liability and entitlement to distributions pursuant to Section 5.2, but not, for the avoidance of doubt, entitlement to actual distributions pursuant to Section 5.1). If and when the Earnout Company Units are forfeited for failing to have satisfied the earnout criteria set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, the parties intend and agree (x) that the Managing Member may make such allocations as deemed necessary to reflect such forfeiture and (y) to prepare and file all tax returns consistent therewith unless otherwise required by a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313 of the Code.

ARTICLE VII

OPERATIONS

7.1 Management.

(a) The Managing Member shall have full, exclusive and complete discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, to make all decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Company and to do or cause to be done any and all acts, at the expense of the Company, as it deems necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purposes and direct the affairs of the Company. The Managing Member shall have the exclusive power and authority to bind the Company, except and to the extent that such power is expressly delegated in writing to any other Person by the Managing Member, and such delegation shall not cause the Managing Member to cease to be a Member or the Managing Member of the Company. The Managing Member shall be an agent of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Managing Member taken in such capacity and in accordance with this Agreement shall bind the Company. The Managing Member shall at all times be a Member of the Company. The Managing Member shall constitute a “manager” under the Act. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the Company, and the Managing Member on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform any document without any vote or consent of any other Person. No Member or Assignee (other than in its separate capacity as the Managing Member, any of its Affiliates or any member, officer or employee of the Managing Member, the Company or any of their Affiliates, in their capacity as such) shall take part in the operations, management or control (within the meaning of the Act) of the Company’s business, transact any business in the Company’s name, or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Company. The transaction of any such business by the Managing Member, any of its Affiliates or any member, officer or employee of the Managing Member, the Company or any of their Affiliates, in their capacity as such, shall not affect, impair, or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Members or Assignees under this Agreement. The Managing Member may not withdraw or be removed from the Company except as set forth in Section 11.2.

 

24


(b) The determination as to any of the following matters, made by or at the direction of the Managing Member consistent with the Act and this Agreement, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Company and every Member: (i) the amount of assets at any time available for distribution or the redemption of Class A Common Units; (ii) the amount and timing of any distribution; (iii) any determination to Exchange Class A Common Units or waive any condition of this Agreement with respect thereto; (iv) the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged); (v) the fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Company; (vi) any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Company; or (vii) any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Company or required or permitted by applicable law, this Agreement or otherwise to be determined by the Managing Member.

(c) The Managing Member may also, from time to time, appoint such officers and establish such management and/or advisory boards or committees of the Company as the Managing Member deems necessary or advisable, each of which shall have such powers, authority and responsibilities as are delegated in writing by the Managing Member from time to time, provided that in no event shall the Managing Member or the Board be absolved of its fiduciary duties pursuant to Section 7.5(c) by virtue of any such appointment. Each such officer and/or board or committee member shall serve at the pleasure of the Managing Member.

(d) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or required by any non-waivable provision of the Act or other applicable law, no Member other than the Managing Member shall (i) have any right to vote on or consent to any other matter, act, decision or document involving the Company or its business, or (ii) take part in the day-to-day management, or the operation or control, of the business and affairs of the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Managing Member may cause the Company, without the consent or approval of any other Member, to enter into any of the following in one or a series of related transactions: (A) any merger, (B) any acquisition, (C) any consolidation, (D) any sale, lease, division or other transfer or conveyance of assets, (E) any recapitalization or reorganization of outstanding securities, (F) any merger, sale, lease, spin-off, exchange, transfer or other disposition of a subsidiary, division or other business, (G) any issuance of debt or equity securities (subject to any limitations expressly provided for herein) or (H) any incurrence of indebtedness. Except to the extent expressly delegated in writing by the Managing Member, no Member or Person other than the Managing Member shall be an agent for the Company or have any right, power or authority to transact any business in the name of the Company or to act for or on behalf of or to bind the Company.

(e) Only the Managing Member may commence a voluntary case on behalf of, or an involuntary case against, the Company under a chapter of Title 11 U.S.C. by the filing of a “petition” (as defined in 11 U.S.C. 101(42)) with the United States Bankruptcy Court. Any such petition filed by any other Member, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall be deemed an unauthorized and bad faith filing and all parties to this Agreement shall use their best efforts to cause such petition to be dismissed.

(f) It is anticipated that PubCo’s primary business activities shall be focused on the operation of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Subject to the foregoing, the Members acknowledge and agree that, subject to the terms of any other employment, consulting or similar arrangements or engagement with the Company, the Managing Member, or any Affiliate of either of them:

(i) any Member and its Affiliates may engage or invest in any other business, activity or opportunity of any nature, independently or with others;

 

25


(ii) neither the Company nor any Member (in its capacity as such) shall have any right to participate in any manner in such engagement or investment, or the profits or income earned or derived therefrom; and

(iii) the pursuit of such activities by any such Member shall not be deemed in violation or breach of this Agreement or any obligation or duty owed by such Member to the Company or the other Members.

(g) Subject to Section 7.1(h), the Managing Member shall have the power, without the consent of the Members or the consent or approval of any Member, to amend this Agreement as may be required to facilitate or implement any of the following purposes:

(i) to add to the obligations of the Managing Member or surrender any right or power granted to the Managing Member or any Affiliate of the Managing Member for the benefit of the Members;

(ii) to reflect the admission, substitution or withdrawal of Members, the Transfer of any Company Interest or the termination of the Company in accordance with this Agreement, and to amend the Register in connection with such admission, substitution, withdrawal or Transfer;

(iii) to reflect a change that is of an inconsequential nature or does not adversely affect the Members in any material respect, or to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in this Agreement not inconsistent with law or with other provisions, or make other changes with respect to matters arising under this Agreement that will not be inconsistent with law or with the provisions of this Agreement;

(iv) to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any order, directive, opinion, ruling or regulation of a federal or state agency or contained in federal or state law;

(v) to modify either or both of the manner in which items of Net Income or Net Loss are allocated pursuant to Article VI or the manner in which Capital Accounts are adjusted, computed, or maintained (but in each case only to the extent set forth in the definition of “Capital Account” or Section 5.4 or as contemplated by the Code or the Regulations);

(vi) to reflect the issuance of additional Company Interests in accordance with Article IV;

(vii) to set forth or amend the designations, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of any additional Company Units issued pursuant to Article IV; and

(viii) to reflect any other modification to this Agreement as is reasonably necessary for the business or operations of the Company or PubCo and which does not violate Section 7.1(h).

(h) Notwithstanding Article XIII, this Agreement shall not be amended, and no action may be taken by the Managing Member, without the consent of each Member adversely affected thereby (if any), if such amendment or action would (i) modify the limited liability of a Member or increase the obligation of a Member to make a Capital Contribution to the Company, (ii) adversely alter the rights of any Member to receive the distributions to which such Member is entitled pursuant to Article V or Section 12.3(a)(iii), or alter the allocations specified in Article VI (except, in any case, as permitted pursuant to Sections 4.2, 5.4 and 7.1(g)), (iii) alter or modify in a manner that adversely affects any Member the Exchange rights, Cash Exchange Payment or Stock Exchange Payment as set forth in Section 14.1, provided that the waiver by the Managing Member of any condition with respect to an Exchange shall not

 

26


be deemed to adversely affect any Member, or amend or modify any related definitions, (iv) would convert the Company into a corporation, or (v) amend Section 7.3(b) or this Section 7.1(h); provided, however, that, with respect to clauses (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v), the consent of any individual Member adversely affected shall not be required for any amendment or action that affects all Members holding the same class or series of Company Units on a uniform or pro rata basis, if approved by a Majority in Interest of the Members of such class or series. Further, no amendment may alter the restrictions on the Managing Member’s authority set forth elsewhere in this Section 7.1 without the consent specified therein. Any such amendment or action consented to by any Member shall be effective as to that Member, notwithstanding the absence of such consent by any other Member.

7.2 Compensation and Advances.

(a) The Managing Member shall not receive any fees from the Company for its services in administering the Company, except as otherwise provided herein (including the provisions of Articles V and VI regarding distributions, payments and allocations to which it may be entitled in its capacity as the Managing Member).

(b) The Company shall be liable for, and shall reimburse the Managing Member, on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the Managing Member may determine, for sums to the extent expended by the Managing Member (and specifically excluding sums paid directly by the Company or any of its subsidiaries) in connection with the Company’s business, including (i) expenses relating to the ownership of interests in and management and operation of, or for the benefit of, the Company, (ii) compensation of officers and employees of PubCo or the Company, (iii) director fees and expenses, (iv) all costs and expenses of PubCo being a public company, including costs of filings with the SEC, tax returns, reports and other distributions to its stockholders, and (v) other costs and expenses incidental to their existence or related to the foregoing matters; provided that for the avoidance of doubt in no event shall the expenses payable pursuant to this Section 7.2(b) include any tax liability of PubCo. Such reimbursements shall be in addition to any reimbursement of PubCo as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.6. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (A) PubCo shall not be entitled to reimbursement of expenses incurred at or prior to the Effective Time unless and to the extent such expenses constitute Buyer Transaction Expenses within the meaning of the Business Combination Agreement and (B) in the event PubCo is not the Managing Member, the Managing Member shall not be entitled to reimbursement of expenses incurred pursuant to clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Section 7.2(b).

(c) To the extent practicable, Company expenses shall be billed directly to and paid by the Company and, if and to the extent any reimbursements to PubCo or any of its Affiliates by the Company pursuant to this Section 7.2 constitute gross income to such Person (as opposed to a repayment of advances made by such Person on behalf of the Company), such amounts shall be treated as “guaranteed payments” within the meaning of Section 707(c) of the Code (unless otherwise required by the Code and the Regulations) and shall not be treated as distributions for purposes of computing the Members’ Capital Accounts.

7.3 Outside Activities.

(a) PubCo shall not directly or indirectly enter into or conduct any business, other than in connection with and to the extent permitted hereby, (i) the ownership, acquisition and disposition of Company Interests, (ii) the management of the business of the Company, (iii) its operation as a reporting company with a class (or classes) of securities registered under the Exchange Act, (iv) the offering, sale, syndication, private placement or public offering of stock, bonds, securities or other interests, (v) financing or refinancing of any type related to the Company or its assets or activities, and (vi) such activities as are incidental thereto. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to prohibit PubCo from executing guarantees of Company debt for which it would otherwise be liable.

 

27


(b) Subject to any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 7.4 and any other agreements entered into by a Member or any of its Affiliates with PubCo, the Company or a Subsidiary (including any employment agreement), any Member and any Assignee, officer, director, employee, agent, trustee, Affiliate, member or stockholder of any Member shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Company, including business interests and activities that are in direct or indirect competition with the Company or that are enhanced by the activities of the Company. Neither the Company nor any Member shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Member or any Assignee, officer, director, employee, agent, trustee, Affiliate, member or stockholder of any Member. Subject to such agreements, none of the Members nor any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any other Person (other than PubCo, to the extent expressly provided herein), and such Person shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement, subject to Section 7.4 and any other agreements entered into by a Member or its Affiliates with PubCo, the Company or a Subsidiary, to offer any interest in any such business ventures to the Company, any Member, or any such other Person, even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Company, any Member or such other Person, could be taken by such Person.

7.4 Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) The Company may lend or contribute funds or other assets to PubCo and its Subsidiaries or other Persons in which PubCo has an equity investment, and such Persons may borrow funds from the Company, on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Company in the aggregate than would be available from unaffiliated third parties as determined by the Managing Member. The foregoing authority shall not create any right or benefit in favor of any Member or any other Person. It is expressly acknowledged and agreed by each Member that, to the extent approved by the Managing Member, PubCo may (i) borrow funds from the Company in order to redeem, at any time or from time to time, options or warrants previously or hereafter issued by PubCo, (ii) put to the Company, for cash, any rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities that PubCo may desire or be required to purchase or redeem, (iii) borrow funds from the Company to acquire assets that will be contributed to the Company for Company Units, or (iv) pay expenses of PubCo, including expenses referred to in Section 7.2(b).

(b) Except as provided in Section 7.3, the Company may transfer assets to joint ventures, limited liability companies, partnerships, corporations, business trusts or other business entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and subject to such conditions consistent with this Agreement and applicable law.

(c) PubCo and its Affiliates may sell, transfer or convey any property to the Company, directly or indirectly, on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Company in the aggregate than would be available from unaffiliated third parties as determined by the Managing Member.

(d) PubCo may propose and adopt, on behalf of the Company, employee benefit plans funded by the Company for the benefit of employees of PubCo, the Company, Subsidiaries of the Company or any Affiliate of any of them in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of PubCo, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries.

7.5 Liability of Members; Fiduciary and Other Duties; Indemnification.

(a) Except as otherwise provided by the Act, the debts, expenses, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contact, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, expenses, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and no Member (including any Managing Member) shall be obligated personally for any such debt, expense, obligation, or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member. All Persons dealing with the Company shall have recourse solely to the Company for the payment of the debts, expenses, obligations or liabilities of the Company.

(b) To the greatest extent permitted under applicable law, no Member, including the Managing Member, PubCo and the Original Member Representative in each such Member’s capacity as such, and none of such Person’s officers, directors, partners, managers members, shareholders and employees, nor the members of the Board nor the employees and officers of the Company (all such persons being referred to as “Indemnitees”) shall be liable, in damages or otherwise, to the Company or to any Member for any losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of such Indemnitee not in violation of its fiduciary duties, if any.

 

28


(c) An Indemnitee acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company or to any other Indemnitee for such Person’s good-faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. No Member, in its capacity as Member, shall owe any duty (including fiduciary duty) to the Company or any of its Members (all such duties being hereby eliminated to the greatest extent possible).

(d) The Managing Member may consult with legal counsel, accountants and financial or other advisors, and any act or omission suffered or taken by the Managing Member on behalf of the Company or in furtherance of the interests of the Company in good faith in reliance upon and in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or financial or other advisors will be full justification for any such act or omission, and the Managing Member will be fully protected in so acting or omitting to act so long as such counsel or accountants or financial or other advisors were selected with reasonable care.

7.6 Indemnification.

(a) The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee (and such person’s heirs, successors, assigns, executors or administrators) to the full extent permitted by law from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees and other legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, liquid or illiquid (collectively, “Liabilities”) arising from any and any threatened, pending or completed claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal, including appeals (“Actions”), in which such Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of any act performed or omitted to be performed by such Indemnitee on behalf of the Company or by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was serving as an officer, director, partner, trustee, employee, representative or agent of the Company if (i) the Indemnitee acted in good faith, within the scope of such Indemnitee’s authority, and in a manner it believed to be in, or not contrary to, the best interests of the Company, (ii) the Action was not initiated by the Indemnitee (other than an action to enforce such Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification or advance of expenses under this Section 7.6), (iii) the Indemnitee has not been established by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, and (iv) such action or inaction did not constitute fraud or willful misconduct by the Indemnitee.

(b) Expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any Action, subject to this Section 7.6 shall be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition of such Action upon receipt by the Company of a written commitment by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section 7.6.

(c) Any indemnification obligations of the Company arising under this Section 7.6 shall be satisfied out of any Company assets (including any amounts otherwise currently or subsequently distributable to any Member(s)) and not from any assets of the Members.

(d) The provisions of this Section 7.6 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Person.

(e) The right to indemnification provided hereby shall not be exclusive of, and shall not affect, any other rights to which an Indemnitee or any other Person may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the Members, as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns, executors and administrators of the Indemnitee unless otherwise provided in a written agreement with such Indemnitee or in the writing pursuant to which such Indemnitee is indemnified.

 

29


(f) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, purchase and maintain insurance, on behalf of any of the Indemnitees and such other Persons as the Managing Member shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Company’s activities, regardless of whether the Company would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.6 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

(h) The provisions of this Section 7.6 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns, executors and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons. Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.6 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the Company’s liability to any Indemnitee under this Section 7.6 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the indemnification rights and obligations set forth in this Agreement shall not apply to any breaches of fiduciary duties set forth in Section 7.5(c), to the extent (and only to the extent) that it has been finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that, respectively, a director of a Delaware corporation would be prohibited by the laws of the State of Delaware from being indemnified with respect to such matter or a Delaware corporation is prohibited by the laws of the State of Delaware from indemnifying a member of its board of directors with respect to such matter.

ARTICLE VIII

RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF MEMBERS

8.1 Return of Capital. Except pursuant to the rights of Exchange set forth in Section 14.1, no Member shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent of distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon dissolution of the Company as provided herein. Except to the extent provided in Article V or Article VI or otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, no Member or Assignee shall have priority over any other Member or Assignee either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions.

8.2 Rights of Members Relating to the Company.

(a) In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by the Act, the Managing Member shall deliver to each Member a copy of any information mailed to all of the common stockholders of PubCo as soon as practicable after such mailing.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 8.2, the Managing Member may keep confidential from the Members (or any of them), for such period of time as the Managing Member determines to be reasonable, any information that (i) the Managing Member believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which the Managing Member in good faith believes is not in the best interests of the Company or PubCo or (ii) the Company or PubCo is required by law or by agreement to keep confidential.

 

30


ARTICLE IX

BOOKS AND RECORDS

9.1 Books and Records. At all times during the continuance of the Company, the Company shall prepare and maintain separate books of account for the Company for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis, in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied. The Company shall keep at its principal office the following:

(a) a current list of the full name and the last known street address of each Member;

(b) a copy of the Certificate and this Agreement and all amendments thereto; and

(c) copies of the Company’s federal, state and local income tax returns and reports, if any, for the three most recent years.

9.2 Inspection. Subject to Section 15.12, Members (personally or through an authorized representative) may, for purposes reasonably related to their respective Company Interests, examine and copy (at their own cost and expense) the books and records of the Company at all reasonable business hours upon reasonable prior notice.

ARTICLE X

TAX MATTERS

10.1 Preparation of Tax Returns. The Managing Member shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all returns with respect to Company income, gains, deductions, losses and other items required of the Company for federal and state income tax purposes and shall use all reasonable effort to furnish, within ninety (90) days of the close of each taxable year, an estimate of the tax information reasonably required by the Members (including a draft Schedule K-1) for federal and state income tax and any other tax reporting purposes and, within one hundred and eighty (180) days of the close of each taxable year, such final information (including a final Schedule K-1).

10.2 Tax Elections. The Managing Member shall file (or cause to be filed) an election pursuant to Code Section 754 (and any corresponding provision for state and local income tax purposes) for the Company for the Fiscal Year that includes the Closing Date and shall maintain and keep such election in effect at all times (and, if applicable, the Managing Member and the Company shall cause any Subsidiary of the Company to file and maintain such an election). Except as otherwise provided herein, the Managing Member shall determine whether to make any other available election pursuant to the Code; provided that the Managing Member shall consult in good faith with the Original Member Representative with respect to any material tax election with respect to the Company that could reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on the Original Members.

10.3 Partnership Representative.

(a) The Original Member Representative is hereby designated as the Company’s “tax matters partner” for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code, as in effect for taxable years of the Company beginning on or before December 31, 2017, and as the Company’s “partnership representative” as that term is defined in pursuant to Section 6223(a) of the Code for taxable years of the Company beginning after December 31, 2017 and ending prior to January 1, 2022. The Managing Member is hereby designated as the “partnership representative” pursuant to Section 6223(a) of the Code for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2022. For each Fiscal Year in which the Partnership Representative is an entity, the Company shall appoint the “designated individual” identified by the Partnership Representative and approved by the Board to act on its behalf in accordance with the applicable Regulations or analogous provisions of state or local law. Each Member

 

31


hereby expressly consents to such designations and agrees to take, and that the Managing Member is authorized to take (or cause the Company to take), such other actions as may be necessary or advisable pursuant to Regulations or other Internal Revenue Service or Treasury guidance or state or local law to cause such designations or evidence such Member’s consent to such designations.

(b) Subject to this Section 10.3, the Partnership Representative shall have the sole authority to act on behalf of the Company in connection with, make all relevant decisions regarding application of, and to exercise the rights and powers provided for in the BBA Rules, including making any elections under the BBA Rules or any decisions to settle, compromise, challenge, litigate or otherwise alter the defense of any Action, audit or examination before the IRS or any other tax authority (each, an “Audit”), and to expend Company funds for professional services and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

(c) Without limiting the foregoing, the Partnership Representative shall give prompt written notice to the Original Member Representative of the commencement of any Audit of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (a “Specified Audit”). The Partnership Representative shall (i) keep the Original Member Representative reasonably informed of the material developments and status of any such Specified Audit, (ii) permit the Original Member Representative (or its designee) to participate (including using separate counsel), in each case at the Original Members’ sole cost and expense, in any such Specified Audit, and (iii) promptly notify the Original Member Representative of receipt of a notice of a final partnership adjustment (or equivalent under applicable laws) or a final decision of a court or IRS Appeals panel (or equivalent body under applicable laws) with respect to such Specified Audit. The Partnership Representative or the Company shall promptly provide the Original Member Representative with copies of all material correspondence between the Partnership Representative or the Company (as applicable) and any governmental entity in connection with such Specified Audit and shall give the Original Member Representative a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on any material correspondence, submission (including settlement or compromise offers) or filing in connection with any such Specified Audit. Additionally, the Partnership Representative shall not (and the Company shall not (and shall not authorize the Partnership Representative to)) settle, compromise or abandon any Specified Audit in a manner that would reasonably be expected to have a disproportionate (compared to PubCo) and material adverse effect on the Original Members without the Original Member Representative’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). The Partnership Representative shall obtain the prior written consent of the Original Member Representative (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) before taking any material action under the BBA Rules that would reasonably be expected to have a disproportionate (compared to PubCo) and material adverse effect on the Original Members.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in the event of any conflict between Section 7.1 of the Business Combination Agreement and this Agreement, Section 7.1 of the Business Combination Agreement shall control. The Company, the Partnership Representative, the Managing Member, and the Members hereby acknowledge and agree to the foregoing sentence and expressly agree to be bound by the terms of Section 7.1 of the Business Combination Agreement.

(e) This Section 10.3 shall be interpreted to apply to Members and former Members and shall survive the Transfer of a Member’s Company Units and the termination, dissolution, liquidation and winding up of the Company and, for this purpose to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, the Company shall be treated as continuing in existence.

10.4 Withholding Tax Indemnification.

(a) If the Company or any other Person in which the Company holds an interest is required by law to withhold or to make tax payments on behalf of or with respect to any Member, or the Company is subjected to tax itself (including any amounts withheld from amounts directly or indirectly payable to the Company or to any other Person in which the Company holds an interest) by reason of the status of any Member as such or that is specifically attributable to a Member (including federal, state,

 

32


local or foreign withholding, personal property, unincorporated business or other taxes, the amount of any taxes arising under the BBA Rules, the amount of any taxes imposed under Code Section 1446(f), and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, and expenses related to any such amounts) (“Tax Advances”), the Managing Member may cause the Company to withhold such amounts and cause the Company to make such tax payments as so required, and each Member hereby authorizes the Company to do so. All Tax Advances made on behalf of a Member shall be repaid by reducing the amount of the current or next succeeding distribution pursuant to Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 of this Agreement and, if applicable, the proceeds of liquidation that would otherwise have been made to such Member under this Agreement. For all purposes of this Agreement, such Member shall be treated as having received the amount of the distribution, if applicable, that is equal to the Tax Advance at the time of such Tax Advance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the aggregate amount of Tax Advances for any period made on behalf of a Member exceeds the actual distributions that would have otherwise been made to such Member pursuant to Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 following such Tax Advances, then such Member shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company for the entire amount of such excess (which has not offset distributions pursuant to this Section 10.4). For the avoidance of doubt, any income taxes, penalties, additions to tax and interest payable by the Company or any fiscally transparent entity in which the Company owns an interest shall be treated as specifically attributable to the Members and shall be allocated among the Members such that the burden of (or any diminution in distributable proceeds resulting from) any such amounts is borne by those Members to whom such amounts are specifically attributable (whether as a result of their status, actions, inactions or otherwise, including pursuant to an allocation made under Section 10.3(c)), in each case as reasonably determined by the Partnership Representative. For the avoidance of doubt, any taxes, penalties, and interest payable under the BBA Rules by the Company or any fiscally transparent entity in which the Company owns an interest shall be treated as specifically attributable to the Members of the Company, and the Managing Member shall use commercially reasonable efforts to allocate the burden of (or any diminution in distributable proceeds resulting from) any such taxes, penalties or interest to those Members to whom such amounts are specifically attributable (whether as a result of their status, actions, inactions or otherwise), as determined by the Managing Member.

(b) To the extent there are any Tax Advances outstanding with respect to the Company Units that are the subject of an Exchange (or Direct Exchange) as of the Exchange Date, the Exchanging Member shall repay the Company such Tax Advances on the Exchange Date, immediately prior to the Exchange (or Direct Exchange) and in no event shall the Managing Member have any liability with respect to such Tax Advances outstanding on or prior to the date of such Exchange (or Direct Exchange).

(c) This Section 10.4 shall be interpreted to apply to Members and former Members and shall survive the Transfer of a Member’s Company Units (and shall not burden any such Transferred Company Units nor the transferee of such Company Units) and the termination, dissolution, liquidation and winding up of the Company and, for this purpose to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, the Company shall be treated as continuing in existence.

ARTICLE XI

MEMBER TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

11.1 Transfer.

(a) No part of the interest of a Member shall be subject to the claims of any creditor, to any spouse for alimony or support, or to legal process, and may not be voluntarily or involuntarily alienated or encumbered except as may be specifically provided for in this Agreement.

(b) No Company Interest shall be Transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article XI. Any Transfer or purported Transfer of a Company Interest not made in accordance with this Article XI shall be null and void ab initio.

 

33


11.2 Transfer of Managing Member’s Company Interest. Except as set forth in this Agreement, PubCo may not (i) Transfer all or any portion of its Company Interest, (ii) voluntarily withdraw as the Managing Member of the Company, or (iii) be removed as Managing Member of the Company, in each case, without the consent of the Majority in Interest of the Members and PubCo.

11.3 Members’ Rights to Transfer.

(a) General. Except as provided herein, no Member shall Transfer all or any portion of such Company Interest to any transferee without the consent of the Managing Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Member may, at any time, without the consent of the Managing Member, Transfer all or any portion of its Company Interest pursuant to a Permitted Transfer.

(i) Opinion of Counsel. The Transferor shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Managing Member an opinion of legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Member to the effect that the proposed Transfer may be effected without registration under the Securities Act and will not otherwise violate the registration provisions of the Securities Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder or violate any state securities laws or regulations applicable to the Company or the Company Interests Transferred; provided, however, that the Managing Member may waive this condition upon the request of the Transferor. If the Managing Member determines, based on the advice of counsel, that such Transfer would create a material risk of requiring the filing of a registration statement under the Securities Act or otherwise violating any federal or state securities laws or regulations applicable to the Company or the Company Units, the Managing Member may prohibit any Transfer otherwise permitted under this Section 11.3 by a Member of Company Interests.

(ii) Exception for Permitted Transfers. The condition set forth in the following sentence of this Section 11.3(a)(ii) shall not apply in the case of a Permitted Transfer. It is a condition to any Transfer otherwise permitted hereunder (whether or not such Transfer is effected during or after the applicable Lock-Up Period) that the transferee assumes by operation of law or express agreement all of the obligations of the transferor Member under this Agreement with respect to such Transferred Company Interest, and no such Transfer (other than pursuant to a statutory merger or consolidation wherein all obligations and liabilities of the transferor Member are assumed by a successor corporation by operation of law) shall relieve the transferor Member of its obligations under this Agreement without the approval of the Managing Member. Any transferee, whether or not admitted as a Substituted Member, shall take subject to the obligations of the transferor hereunder. Unless admitted as a Substituted Member, no transferee, whether by a voluntary Transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, shall have any rights hereunder, other than the rights of an Assignee as provided in Section 11.5.

(b) Incapacity. If a Member is subject to Incapacity, the executor, administrator, trustee, committee, guardian, conservator or receiver of such Member’s estate shall have all the rights of a Member, but not more rights than those enjoyed by other Members, for the purpose of settling or managing the estate, and such power as the Incapacitated Member possessed to Transfer all or any part of its interest in the Company. The Incapacity of a Member, in and of itself, shall not dissolve or terminate the Company.

(c) Adverse Tax Consequences. No Transfer by a Member of its Company Interests may be made to or by any Person if the Managing Member reasonably determines in good faith, such Transfer (i) would create a material risk of the Company being classified as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code or (ii) would result in the Company having more than 100 partners within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h) (determined taking into account the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)); provided that, for such purposes, the Company and the Managing Member shall assume that each Original Member and PubCo is treated as a single partner within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h) (determined taking into account the rules of Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)), unless otherwise required by applicable law.

 

34


11.4 Substituted Members.

(a) No Member shall have the right to substitute a transferee other than a Permitted Transferee as a Member in its place. A transferee of the interest of a Member may be admitted as a Substituted Member only with the consent of the Managing Member; provided, however, that a Permitted Transferee shall be admitted as a Substituted Member pursuant to a Permitted Transfer without the consent of the Managing Member, subject to compliance with the last sentence of this Section 11.4. The failure or refusal by the Managing Member to permit a transferee of any such interests to become a Substituted Member shall not give rise to any cause of action against the Company, the Managing Member, or PubCo. Subject to the foregoing, an Assignee shall not be admitted as a Substituted Member until and unless it furnishes to the Managing Member (i) evidence of acceptance, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Member, of all the terms, conditions and applicable obligations of this Agreement and the Investor Rights Agreement, (ii) a counterpart signature page to this Agreement and the Investor Rights Agreement executed by such Assignee, (iii) Consent by Spouse and (iv) such other documents and instruments as the Managing Member may reasonably require to effect such Assignee’s admission as a Substituted Member.

(b) Concurrently with, and as evidence of, the admission of a Substituted Member, the Managing Member shall amend the Register and the books and records of the Company to reflect the name, address and number of Company Units of such Substituted Member and to eliminate or adjust, if necessary, the name, address and number of Company Units of the predecessor of such Substituted Member.

(c) A transferee who has been admitted as a Substituted Member in accordance with this Article XI shall have all the rights and powers and be subject to all the restrictions and liabilities of a Member under this Agreement.

11.5 Assignees. If the Managing Member’s consent is required for the admission of any transferee under Section 11.3 as a Substituted Member, as described in Section 11.4, and the Managing Member withholds such consent, such transferee shall be considered an Assignee for purposes of this Agreement. An Assignee shall be entitled to all the rights of an assignee of a membership interest under the Act, including the right to receive distributions from the Company and the share of Net Income, Net Losses and other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company attributable to the Company Units assigned to such transferee and the rights to Transfer the Company Units provided in this Article XI, but shall not be deemed to be a holder of Company Units for any other purpose under this Agreement (other than as expressly provided in Section 14.1 with respect to a Member (other than PubCo) that becomes an Exchanging Member), and shall not be entitled to effect a consent or vote with respect to such Company Units on any matter presented to the Members for approval (such right to consent or vote, to the extent provided in this Agreement or under the Act, fully remaining with the transferor Member). In the event that any such transferee desires to make a further assignment of any such Company Units, such transferee shall be subject to all the provisions of this Article XI to the same extent and in the same manner as any Member desiring to make an assignment of Company Units.

11.6 General Provisions.

(a) No Member may withdraw from the Company other than: (i) as a result of a permitted Transfer of all of such Member’s Company Interest in accordance with this Article XI with respect to which the transferee becomes a Substituted Member; (ii) pursuant to a redemption (or acquisition by PubCo) of all of its Company Interest pursuant to an Exchange under Section 14.1; or (iii) as a result of the acquisition by PubCo of all of such Member’s Company Interest, whether or not pursuant to Section 14.1(b).

(b) Any Member who shall Transfer all of its Company Units (i) in a Transfer permitted pursuant to this Article XI where such transferee was admitted as a Substituted Member, (ii) pursuant to the exercise of its rights to effect an exchange of all of its Company Units pursuant to an Exchange under Section 14.1 or (iii) to PubCo, whether or not pursuant to Article XIV, shall cease to be a Member.

 

35


(c) If any Company Unit is Transferred in compliance with the provisions of this Article XI, or is redeemed by the Company, or acquired by PubCo, on any day other than the first day of a Fiscal Year, then Net Income, Net Losses, each item thereof and all other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit attributable to such Company Unit for such Fiscal Year shall be allocated to the transferor Member or the Exchanging Member (as the case may be) and, in the case of a Transfer or assignment other than an Exchange, to the transferee Member, by taking into account their varying interests during the Fiscal Year in accordance with Section 706(d) of the Code, using the “interim closing of the books” method or another permissible method or methods selected by the Managing Member. Solely for purposes of making such allocations, unless otherwise determined by the Managing Member, each of such items for the calendar month in which a Transfer occurs shall be allocated to the transferee Member and none of such items for the calendar month in which a Transfer or an Exchange occurs shall be allocated to the transferor Member, or the Exchanging Member (as the case may be) if such Transfer occurs on or before the fifteenth (15th) day of the month, otherwise such items shall be allocated to the transferor. All distributions attributable to such Company Unit with respect to which the Company Record Date is before the date of such Transfer, assignment or Exchange shall be made to the transferor Member or the Exchanging Member (as the case may be) and, in the case of a Transfer other than an Exchange, all distributions thereafter attributable to such Company Unit shall be made to the transferee Member.

(d) In addition to any other restrictions on Transfer herein contained, in no event may any Transfer or assignment of a Company Interest by any Member (including any Exchange, any acquisition of Company Units by PubCo or any other acquisition of Company Units by the Company) be made (i) to any person or entity who lacks the legal right, power or capacity to own a Company Interest; (ii) in violation of applicable law; (iii) of any component portion of a Company Interest, such as the Capital Account, or rights to distributions, separate and apart from all other components of a Company Interest; (iv) if the Managing Member determines that such Transfer would create a material risk that the Company would become, with respect to any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA, a “party-in-interest” (as defined in ERISA Section 3(14)) or a “disqualified person” (as defined in Section 4975(c) of the Code); (v) if the Managing Member determines, based on the advice of counsel, that such Transfer would create a material risk that any portion of the assets of the Company would constitute assets of any employee benefit plan pursuant to Department of Labor Regulations section 2510.2-101; (vi) if such Transfer requires the registration of such Company Interest pursuant to any applicable federal or state securities laws; (vii) if the Managing Member determines that such Transfer creates a material risk that the Company would become a reporting company under the Exchange Act; or (viii) if such Transfer subjects the Company to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 or ERISA, each as amended.

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, except to the extent expressly incorporated therein by reference, the provisions of this Article XI shall not apply to an Exchange pursuant to Article XIV.

(f) In the event any Transfer is permitted pursuant to this Article XI, the transferring parties shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Managing Member either that no withholding is required in connection with such transfer under applicable U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. law (including under Section 1445 or 1446 of the Code) or that any amounts required to be withheld in connection with such transfer under applicable U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. law (including under Section 1446 of the Code, other than by reason of Section 1446(f)(4)) have been so withheld.

ARTICLE XII

DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

12.1 No Dissolution. The Company may be dissolved, liquidated and terminated only pursuant to the provisions of this Article XII, and the Members hereby irrevocably waive any and all other rights they may have to cause a dissolution of the Company or a sale or partition of any or all of the Company assets.

 

36


12.2 Events Causing Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up upon the occurrence of any of the following events (each, a “Liquidating Event”):

(a) the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets;

(b) at any time there are no members of the Company;

(c) an election to dissolve the Company made by the Managing Member, with the consent of the Majority in Interest of the Members; or

(d) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 17-802 of the Act.

12.3 Distribution upon Dissolution.

(a) Upon the dissolution of the Company pursuant to Section 12.2, the Managing Member (or, in the event that there is no remaining Managing Member or PubCo has dissolved, become bankrupt or ceased to operate, any Person elected by a Majority in Interest of the Members (the Managing Member or such other Person being referred to herein as the “Liquidator”)) shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Company and shall take full account of the Company’s liabilities and property, and the Company property shall be liquidated as promptly as is consistent with obtaining the fair value thereof, and the proceeds therefrom (which may, to the extent determined by the Managing Member, include shares of stock in PubCo) shall be applied and distributed in the following order:

(i) First, to the satisfaction of all of the Company’s debts and liabilities to creditors including Members who are creditors (other than with respect to liabilities owed to Members in satisfaction of liabilities for distributions), whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof;

(ii) Second, to the satisfaction of all of the Company’s liabilities to the Members in satisfaction of liabilities for distributions, whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof; and

(iii) The balance, if any, to the Holders in accordance with Section 5.1. The Managing Member shall not receive any additional compensation for any services performed pursuant to this Article XII.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 12.3(a) that require liquidation of the assets of the Company, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, if prior to or upon dissolution of the Company, the Liquidator determines that an immediate sale of part or all of the Company’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Holders, the Liquidator may, in its sole and absolute discretion, defer for a reasonable time the liquidation of any assets except those necessary to satisfy liabilities of the Company (including to those Holders as creditors) and/or distribute to the Holders, in lieu of cash, as tenants in common and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.3(a), undivided interests in such Company assets as the Liquidator deems not suitable for liquidation. Any such distributions in kind shall be made only if, in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator, such distributions in kind are in the best interest of the Holders, and shall be subject to such conditions relating to the disposition and management of such properties as the Liquidator deems reasonable and equitable and to any agreements governing the operation of such properties at such time. The Liquidator shall determine the fair market value of any property distributed in kind using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.

(c) No Member shall be personally liable for a deficit Capital Account balance of that Member, it being expressly understood that the distribution of liquidation proceeds shall be made solely from existing Company assets. In the sole and absolute discretion of the Managing Member or the Liquidator, a pro rata portion of the distributions that would otherwise be made to the Holders pursuant to this Article XII may be:

 

37


(i) distributed to a trust established for the benefit of the Managing Member and the Holders for the purpose of liquidating Company assets, collecting amounts owed to the Company, and paying any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Company or of the Managing Member arising out of or in connection with the Company and/or Company activities. The assets of any such trust shall be distributed to the Holders, from time to time, in the reasonable discretion of the Managing Member, in the same proportions and amounts as would otherwise have been distributed to the Holders pursuant to this Agreement; or

(ii) withheld or escrowed to provide a reasonable reserve for Company liabilities (contingent or otherwise) and to reflect the unrealized portion of any installment obligations owed to the Company, provided that such withheld or escrowed amounts shall be distributed to the Holders in the manner and order of priority set forth in Section 12.3(a) as soon as practicable.

12.4 Rights of Holders. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, (a) each Holder shall look solely to the assets of the Company for the return of its Capital Contribution, (b) no Holder shall have the right or power to demand or receive property other than cash from the Company and (c) no Holder shall have priority over any other Holder as to the return of its Capital Contributions, distributions or allocations.

12.5 Termination. The Company shall terminate when all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company, shall have been distributed to the holders of Company Units in the manner provided for in this Article XII, and the Certificate shall have been cancelled in the manner required by the Act.

12.6 Reasonable Time for Winding-Up. A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding-up of the business and affairs of the Company and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to Section 12.3, in order to minimize any losses otherwise attendant upon such winding-up, and the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in effect between and among the Members during the period of liquidation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS; MEETINGS

13.1 Amendments. Except as otherwise required or permitted by this Agreement (including Section 7.1), amendments, modifications and restatements of this Agreement must be approved by the consent of the Managing Member, the Majority in Interest of the Members and, for as long as the Original Members have a Percentage Interest equal to or greater than 10%, the Original Member Representative; provided that no modification, amendment, or restatement of any provision of this Agreement that materially and adversely affects the rights or obligations hereunder of any Holder, in its capacity as such, without similarly affecting the rights or obligations hereunder of all Holders shall be effective against such Holder unless approved in writing by such Holder; provided further that any amendment, modification, or restatement of Section 4.4 shall also require the consent of Original Members holding a Percentage Interest equal to 67% of the Percentage Interests held by all Original Members. Upon obtaining any such consent, or any other consent required by this Agreement, and without further action or execution by any other Person, including any Member, (i) any amendment to this Agreement may be implemented and reflected in a writing executed solely by the Managing Member, and (ii) the Members shall be deemed a party to and bound by such amendment of this Agreement. Within thirty (30) days after the effectiveness of any amendment to this Agreement that does not receive the consent of all Members, the Managing Member shall deliver a copy of such amendment to all Members that did not consent to such amendment.

 

38


13.2 Procedures for Meetings and Actions of the Members.

(a) No meetings of the Members are required to be held. Meetings of the Members may be called only by the Managing Member. The call of any meeting by the Managing Member shall state the nature of the business to be transacted. Notice of any such annual meeting shall be given to all Members entitled to act at the meeting not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the date of such meeting. Members may vote in person or by proxy at such meeting, in each case, by telephone, video conference call, or internet proxy. Unless approval by a different number or proportion of the Members is required by this Agreement, the affirmative vote of a Majority in Interest of the Members shall be sufficient to approve any proposal at a meeting of the Members. Whenever the consent of any Members is permitted or required under this Agreement, such consent may be given at a meeting of Members or in accordance with the procedure prescribed in Section 13.2(b).

(b) Any action requiring the consent of any Member or a group of Members pursuant to this Agreement, or that is required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Members may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission setting forth the action so taken or consented to is given by Members whose affirmative vote would be sufficient to approve such action or provide such consent at a meeting of the Members. Such consent may be in one instrument or in several instruments, and shall have the same force and effect as the affirmative vote of such Members at a meeting of the Members. Such consent shall be filed with the Managing Member. An action so taken shall be deemed to have been taken at a meeting held on the effective date so certified. For purposes of obtaining a consent in writing or by electronic transmission, the Managing Member may require a response within a reasonable specified time, but not less than fifteen (15) days of receipt of notice, and failure to respond in such time period shall constitute a consent that is consistent with the Managing Member’s recommendation with respect to the proposal; provided, however, that an action shall become effective at such time as requisite consents are received even if prior to such specified time.

(c) Each Member entitled to act at a meeting of Members may authorize any Person or Persons to act for it by proxy on all matters in which a Member is entitled to participate, including waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting. Each proxy must be signed by the Member or its attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy (or there is receipt of a proxy authorizing a later date). Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the Member executing it, such revocation to be effective upon the Company’s receipt of written notice of such revocation from the Member executing such proxy, unless such proxy states that it is irrevocable and is coupled with an interest.

(d) The Managing Member may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining the Members (i) entitled to consent to any action, (ii) entitled to receive notice of or vote at any meeting of the Members, or (iii) in order to make a determination of Members for any other proper purpose. Such date, in any case, shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than ninety (90) days and, in the case of a meeting of the Members, not less than ten (10) days, before the date on which the meeting is to be held. If no record date is fixed, the record date for the determination of Members entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Members shall be at the close of business on the day on which the notice of the meeting is sent, and the record date for any other determination of Members shall be the effective date of such Member action, distribution or other event. When a determination of the Members entitled to vote at any meeting of the Members has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

(e) Each meeting of Members shall be conducted by the Managing Member or such other Person as the Managing Member may appoint pursuant to such rules for the conduct of the meeting as the Managing Member or such other Person deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion. Without limitation, meetings of Members may be conducted in the same manner as meetings of PubCo’s stockholders and may be held at the same time as, and as part of, the meetings of PubCo’s stockholders.

 

39


ARTICLE XIV

EXCHANGE RIGHTS

14.1 Exchange Rights of the Members.

(a) Exchange Procedures.

(i) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 14.1, after the expiration of the applicable Lock-Up Period, in respect of any Lock-Up Shares, and subject to any contractual limitation under the Investor Rights Agreement or otherwise agreed to in writing by such Member, each Member (other than PubCo) shall be entitled at any time and from time to time on any Exchange Date to cause the Company to effect an Exchange with respect to a number of Class A Common Units at least equal to or exceeding the Minimum Exchange Amount, by delivering an Exchange Notice to the Company, with a copy to PubCo. An Exchange Notice may specify that the Exchange is to be contingent (including as to timing) upon the consummation of a purchase by another Person (whether in a tender or exchange offer, an underwritten offering or otherwise) of the Class A Shares into which the Class A Common Units are exchangeable, or contingent (including as to timing) upon the closing of an announced merger, consolidation or other transaction or event in which such Class A Shares would be exchanged or converted or become exchangeable for or convertible into cash or other securities or property. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if, in connection with an Exchange in accordance with this Section 14.1, a filing is required under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (“HSR Act”), then the Exchange Date with respect to all Exchanged Units which would be exchanged into an equal number of Class A Shares resulting from such Exchange shall be delayed until the earlier of (i) such time as the required filing under the HSR Act has been made and the waiting period applicable to such Exchange under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated or (ii) such filing is no longer required, at which time such Exchange shall automatically occur without any further action by the holders of any such Exchange Units. Each of the Members, including PubCo, agree to promptly take all actions required to make such filing under the HSR Act and the filing fee for such filing shall be paid by the Company.

(ii) Solely in connection with an Exchange that coincides with a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale of Class A Shares, within three (3) Business Days of the giving of an Exchange Notice, the Managing Member, on behalf of the Company, may elect to settle all or a portion of the Exchange in cash proceeds from such public offering or private sale in an amount equal to the Cash Exchange Payment (in lieu of Class A Shares), exercisable by giving written notice of such election to the Exchanging Member within such three (3) Business Day period (such notice, the “Cash Exchange Notice”). The Cash Exchange Notice shall set forth the portion of the Class A Common Units subject to the Exchange which will be exchanged for cash in lieu of Class A Shares. Any portion of the Exchange not settled for a Cash Exchange Payment shall be settled for a Stock Exchange Payment. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall have no obligation to make a Cash Settlement that exceeds the cash contributed to the Company by PubCo from PubCo’s offering or sales of Class A Shares referenced in this Section 14.1(a)(ii).

(iii) The Exchanging Member may elect to retract its Exchange Notice by giving written notice of such election to the Company (with a copy to PubCo) no later than (1) Business Day prior to the Exchange Date. The giving of any notice pursuant to this Section 14.1 shall terminate all of the Exchanging Member’s, PubCo’s and the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 14.1 arising from such retracted Exchange Notice (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, from any Exchange Notice not retracted or that may be delivered in the future).

(iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 14.1, PubCo may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to effect on the Exchange Date the Exchange of Exchanged Units for the Cash Exchange Payment and/or the Stock Exchange Payment, as the case may be (and subject to the terms of Section 14.1(a)(ii) and (iii)), through a direct exchange of such Exchanged Units and with such consideration between the Exchanging Member and PubCo (a “Direct Exchange”). Upon such Direct Exchange pursuant to this Section 14.1(a)(iv), PubCo shall acquire the Exchanged Units and shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as the owner of such Units; provided, that, any such election by PubCo shall not relieve the Company of its obligation arising with respect to such applicable Exchange Notice. PubCo may, at any time prior to an Exchange Date, deliver written notice (a “Direct

 

40


Exchange Election Notice”) to the Company and the Exchanging Member setting forth its election to exercise its right to consummate a Direct Exchange; provided that such election does not prejudice the ability of the parties to consummate an Exchange or Direct Exchange on the Exchange Date. A Direct Exchange Election Notice may be revoked by PubCo at any time; provided that any such revocation does not prejudice the ability of the parties to consummate an Exchange or Direct Exchange on the Exchange Date. The right to consummate a Direct Exchange in all events shall be exercisable for all the Exchanged Units that would otherwise have been subject to an Exchange. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 14.1(a)(iv), a Direct Exchange shall be consummated pursuant to the same timeframe and in the same manner as the relevant Exchange would have been consummated if PubCo had not delivered a Direct Exchange Election Notice.

(v) A Member Earnout Unit is not permitted to be treated as an Exchanged Unit under this Agreement and in no event shall the Company, PubCo or the Managing Member effect an Exchange (including a Direct Exchange) of such a Member Earnout Unit unless and until such Member Earnout Unit has satisfied the earnout criteria set forth in Section 2.5 of the Business Combination Agreement.

(b) Exchange Payment.

(i) The Exchange (including a Direct Exchange) shall be consummated on the Exchange Date.

(ii) On the Exchange Date (to be effective immediately prior to the close of business on the Exchange Date), in the case of an Exchange, (i) PubCo shall contribute to the Company for delivery to the Exchanging Member (x) the Stock Exchange Payment with respect to any Exchanged Units not subject to a Cash Exchange Notice and (y) the Cash Exchange Payment with respect to any Exchanged Units subject to a Cash Exchange Notice, (ii) the Exchanging Member shall transfer and surrender the Exchanged Units to the Company and surrender the corresponding Class V Shares to PubCo, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, other than those arising under this Agreement or securities laws, (iii) the Company shall issue to PubCo a number of Class A Common Units equal to the number of Class A Common Units surrendered pursuant to clause (ii), (iv) solely to the extent necessary in connection with an Exchange, PubCo shall undertake all actions, including an issuance, reclassification, distribution, division or recapitalization, with respect to the Class A Shares to maintain a one-to-one ratio between the number of Class A Common Units owned by PubCo, directly or indirectly, and the number of outstanding Class A Shares, taking into account the issuance in clause (iii), any Stock Exchange Payment, and any other action taken in connection with this Section 14.1, (v) the Company shall (x) cancel the redeemed Class A Common Units which were Exchanged Units held by the Exchanging Member and (y) transfer to the Exchanging Member the Cash Exchange Payment and/or the Stock Exchange Payment, as applicable, and (vi) PubCo shall cancel the surrendered Class V Shares.

(iii) On the Exchange Date (to be effective immediately prior to the close of business on the Exchange Date), in the case of a Direct Exchange, (i) PubCo shall deliver to the Exchanging Member (x) the Stock Exchange Payment with respect to any Exchanged Units not subject to a Cash Exchange Notice and (y) the Cash Exchange Payment with respect to any Exchanged Units subject to a Cash Exchange Notice, (ii) the Exchanging Member shall transfer to PubCo the Exchanged Units, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, other than those arising under this Agreement or securities laws, (iii) solely to the extent necessary in connection with a Direct Exchange, PubCo shall undertake all actions, including an issuance, reclassification, distribution, division or recapitalization, with respect to the Class A Shares to maintain a one-to-one ratio between the number of Class A Common Units owned by PubCo, directly or indirectly, and the number of outstanding Class A Shares, any Stock Exchange Payment, and any other action taken in connection with this Section 14.1, and (iv) PubCo shall cancel the surrendered shares of Class V Shares.

(iv) Upon the Exchange (including by way of a Direct Exchange) of all of a Member’s Class A Common Units, such Member shall cease to be a Member of the Company.

 

41


(c) Splits, Distributions and Reclassifications. If there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Shares are converted or changed into another security, securities or other property, this Section 14.1 shall continue to be applicable, mutatis mutandis, with respect to such security or other property. This Section 14.1(c) is intended to preserve the intended economic effect of Section 4.4 and this Section 14.1 and to put each Member in the same economic position, to the greatest extent possible, with respect to Exchanges (including Direct Exchanges) as if such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction had not occurred and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such intent.

(d) PubCo Covenants. PubCo shall at all times keep available, solely for the purpose of issuance upon an Exchange (or Direct Exchange, as applicable), out of its authorized but unissued Class A Shares, such number of Class A Shares that shall be issuable upon the Exchange (or Direct Exchange, as applicable) of all outstanding Class A Common Units, including the Member Earnout Units; provided that nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to preclude PubCo and the Company from satisfying their obligations with respect to an Exchange (or Direct Exchange, as applicable) by delivery of a Cash Exchange Payment or Class A Shares that are held in treasury of PubCo. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that there are not sufficient authorized but unissued Class A Shares issuable upon the receipt of an Exchange Notice, PubCo and the Company will not be obligated to settle Exchanges for cash. PubCo covenants that all Class A Shares that shall be issued upon an Exchange (or Direct Exchange, as applicable) shall, upon issuance thereof, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, other than those arising under the Investor Rights Agreement or securities laws. In addition, for so long as the Class A Shares are listed on a stock exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, PubCo shall cause all Class A Shares issued upon an Exchange (or Direct Exchange, as applicable) to be listed on such stock exchange or automated or electronic quotation system at the time of such issuance. For purposes of this Section 14.1(d), references to the “Class A Shares” shall be deemed to include any Equity Securities issued or issuable as a result of any reclassification, combination, subdivision or similar transaction of the Class A Shares that any Member would be entitled to receive pursuant to Section 14.1(c).

(e) Exchange Taxes. The issuance of Class A Shares upon an Exchange (or Direct Exchange, as applicable) shall be made without charge to the Exchanging Member for any stamp or other similar tax in respect of such issuance; provided, however, that if any such Class A Shares are to be issued in a name other than that of the Exchanging Member (subject to the restrictions in Article XI), then the Person or Persons in whose name the shares are to be issued shall pay to PubCo the amount of any additional tax that may be payable in respect of any Transfer involved in such issuance in excess of the amount otherwise due if such shares were issued in the name of the Exchanging Member or shall establish to the satisfaction of PubCo that such additional tax has been paid or is not payable.

(f) Distribution Rights. No Exchange (or Direct Exchange) shall impair the right of the Exchanging Member to receive any distributions payable on the Class A Common Units exchanged pursuant to such Exchange (or Direct Exchange, as applicable) in respect of a Company Record Date that occurs prior to the Exchange Date for such Exchange (or Direct Exchange, as applicable). No Exchanging Member, or a Person designated by an Exchanging Member to receive Class A Shares, shall be entitled to receive, with respect to such record date, distributions or dividends both on Class A Common Units redeemed by the Company from such Exchanging Member and on Class A Shares received by such Exchanging Member, or other Person so designated, if applicable, in such Exchange (or Direct Exchange, as applicable).

(g) Exchange Restrictions. The Managing Member may impose additional limitations and restrictions on Exchanges (including by way of a Direct Exchange), including limiting Exchanges or creating priority procedures for Exchanges, to the extent it reasonably determines in good faith (with the approval of the Original Member Representative, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned) that such limitations and restrictions are necessary to avoid the Company being classified as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code; provided that, for such purposes, the Company and the Managing Member shall assume that each Original Member and the Managing Member is treated as a single partner within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h) (determined taking into account the rules of Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)), unless otherwise required by applicable law.

 

42


(h) Tax Matters.

(i) In connection with any Exchange (or Direct Exchange, as applicable), the Exchanging Member shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to deliver such form, deliver to PubCo or the Company, as applicable, a certificate, dated as of the Exchange Date, in a form reasonably acceptable to PubCo or the Company, as applicable, certifying as to such Exchanging Member’s taxpayer identification number and that such Exchanging Member is not a foreign person for purposes of Section 1445 and Section 1446(f) of the Code (which certificate may be an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 if then sufficient for such purposes under applicable law) (such certificate a “Non-Foreign Person Certificate”). If an Exchanging Member is unable to provide a Non-Foreign Person Certificate in connection with an Exchange, then (i) such Exchanging Member shall provide a certificate substantially in the form described in Proposed Regulations Section 1.1446(f)-2(c)(2)(ii)(B) or (ii) the Company shall deliver a certificate substantially in the form described in Proposed Regulations Section 1.1446(f)-2(c)(2)(ii)(C), in each case setting forth the liabilities of the Company allocated to the Class A Common Units subject to the Exchange under Section 752 of the Code, and PubCo or the Company, as applicable, shall be permitted to withhold on the amount realized by such Exchanging Member in respect of such Exchange as provided in Section 1446(f) of the Code and Proposed Regulations thereunder and consistent with the certificate provided pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of this sentence, as applicable; provided, however, that PubCo or the Company, as applicable, shall be permitted to withhold a different amount as PubCo or the Company, as applicable, determines to be required by applicable law to be withheld if PubCo or the Company, as applicable, has actual knowledge that the certificate provided pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) is incorrect or unreliable; provided, further, that, prior to making any such withholding, PubCo or the Company, as applicable, provides to the Exchanging Member notice and the basis for the determination that the certificate provided pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) is incorrect or unreliable.

(ii) For U.S. federal and applicable state and local income tax purposes, each of the Exchanging Member, the Company and PubCo agree to treat each Exchange (and Direct Exchange) as a taxable sale by the Exchanging Member of the Exchanging Member’s Class A Common Units (together with an equal number of shares of Class V Common Stock, which shares shall not be allocated any economic value) to PubCo in exchange for (A) the payment by PubCo of the Stock Exchange Payment, the Cash Exchange Payment, or other applicable consideration to the Exchanging Member and (B) corresponding payments under the Tax Receivables Agreement. Within thirty (30) days following the Exchange Date, PubCo shall deliver a Section 743 notification to the Company in accordance with Regulations Section 1.743-1(k)(2). Within ninety (90) days following the Closing Date and each Exchange Date, PubCo and the Original Member Representative shall use commercially reasonable efforts to agree to a reasonable allocation of the Stock Exchange Payment, the Cash Exchange Payment or other applicable consideration among the assets of the Company in accordance with Regulations Section 1.755-1(a)(2). If PubCo and the Original Member Representative reach an agreement with respect to the allocation, PubCo and the Exchanging Members shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, report consistently with the allocation on all tax returns, and neither PubCo nor the Exchanging Members shall take any position on any tax return that is inconsistent with the allocation, unless otherwise required by applicable laws; provided, however, that no party shall be unreasonably impeded in its ability and discretion to negotiate, compromise, and/or settle any tax audit, claim, or similar proceedings in connection with such allocation.

(iii) Each of the Company and PubCo shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any consideration payable or otherwise deliverable upon an Exchange such amounts as may be required to be deducted or withheld therefrom under the Code or any provision of applicable law, and to the extent deduction and withholding is required, such deduction and withholding may be taken in Class A Shares. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate taxing authority (or, if taken in Class A Shares, cash in the amount of the fair market value of such shares is paid over to the appropriate taxing authority), such amounts will be treated for purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the applicable Exchanging Member.

 

43


(i) Representations and Warranties. In connection with any Exchange or Direct Exchange, as applicable, (i) upon the acceptance of the Class A Shares or an amount of cash equal to the Cash Exchange Payment, the Exchanging Member shall represent and warrant that the Exchanging Member is the owner of the number of Exchanged Units the Exchanging Member is electing to Exchange and that such Exchanged Units are not subject to any liens or restrictions on transfer (other than restrictions imposed by this Agreement, the charter and governing documents of PubCo and applicable law) and (ii) with respect to any Exchange settled with the Stock Exchange Payment, PubCo shall represent that (A) the Class A Shares issued as the Stock Exchange Payment are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and were issued in compliance in all material respects with applicable securities laws, and (B) the issuance of such Class A Shares to the Exchanging Member does not conflict with or result in any breach of the organizational documents of PubCo.

14.2 PubCo Change of Control. In connection with a PubCo Approved Change of Control, PubCo shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to require each Member (other than PubCo) to effect an exchange of all or a portion of such Member’s and all other Members’ Class A Common Units together with an equal number of Class V Shares, pursuant to which such Class A Common Units and such Class V Shares will be exchanged for Class A Shares (or economically equivalent cash or other securities or property of a successor entity that would be received by holders of Class A Shares), mutatis mutandis, in accordance with Section 14.1 and otherwise in accordance with this Section 14.2. Any such exchange pursuant to this Section 14.2 shall be effective immediately prior to the consummation of the PubCo Approved Change of Control (and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be effective if such PubCo Approved Change of Control is not consummated) (the date of such exchange, the “Change of Control Exchange Date”). From and after the Change of Control Exchange Date, (i) the Class A Common Units and any Class V Shares subject to such exchange shall be deemed to be transferred to PubCo on the Change of Control Exchange Date and (ii) each such Member shall cease to have any rights with respect to the Class A Common Units and any Class V Shares subject to such exchange (other than the right to receive Class A Shares (or economically equivalent cash or other securities or property in a successor entity) pursuant to such exchange, and without limiting any rights in respect of the Tax Receivable Agreement). PubCo shall provide written notice of an expected PubCo Approved Change of Control to all Members on or prior to the earlier of (x) five (5) Business Days following the execution of an agreement with respect to such PubCo Approved Change of Control and (y) ten (10) Business Days before the proposed date upon which the contemplated PubCo Approved Change of Control is to be effected, including in such notice such information as may reasonably describe the PubCo Approved Change of Control transaction, subject to Law, including the date of execution of such agreement or such proposed effective date, as applicable, the amount and types of consideration to be paid for Class A Shares in the PubCo Approved Change of Control, and any election with respect to types of consideration that a holder of Class A Shares shall be entitled to make in connection with such PubCo Approved Change of Control (which election shall be available to each Member on the same terms as holders of Class A Shares). Following delivery of such notice and on or prior to the Change of Control Exchange Date, the Members shall take all actions reasonably requested by PubCo to effect such Exchange, including taking any action and delivering any document required pursuant to this Section 14.2 to effect such exchange. In the case of any PubCo Approved Change of Control that was initially proposed by PubCo, PubCo shall use reasonable best efforts to enable and permit the Members to participate in such transaction to the same extent or on an economically equivalent basis as the holders of Class A Shares, and, if efficient from a tax perspective or otherwise, to enable such Members to participate in such transaction without being required to effect an Exchange with respect to their Class A Common Units in connection therewith.

 

44


ARTICLE XV

MISCELLANEOUS

15.1 Company Counsel. THE COMPANY, PUBCO, THE ORIGINAL MEMBERS AND EACH OF THEIR RESPECTIVE SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES MAY BE REPRESENTED BY THE SAME COUNSEL (COUNSEL THAT REPRESENTS THE COMPANY, “COMPANY COUNSEL”). THE ATTORNEYS, ACCOUNTANTS AND OTHER EXPERTS WHO PERFORM SERVICES FOR THE COMPANY MAY ALSO PERFORM SERVICES FOR PUBCO, THE ORIGINAL MEMBERS AND EACH OF THEIR RESPECTIVE SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES. THE MANAGING MEMBER MAY, WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE MEMBERS, EXECUTE ON BEHALF OF THE COMPANY ANY CONSENT TO THE REPRESENTATION OF THE COMPANY THAT COUNSEL MAY REQUEST PURSUANT TO THE DELAWARE RULES OF PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT OR SIMILAR RULES IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. EACH MEMBER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT COMPANY COUNSEL DOES NOT REPRESENT ANY MEMBER IN ITS CAPACITY AS SUCH IN THE ABSENCE OF A CLEAR AND EXPLICIT WRITTEN AGREEMENT TO SUCH EFFECT BETWEEN SUCH MEMBER AND COMPANY COUNSEL (AND THEN ONLY TO THE EXTENT SPECIALLY SET FORTH IN SUCH AGREEMENT), AND THAT IN THE ABSENCE OF ANY SUCH AGREEMENT COMPANY COUNSEL SHALL OWE NO DUTIES TO EACH MEMBER. EACH MEMBER FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT, WHETHER OR NOT COMPANY COUNSEL HAS IN THE PAST REPRESENTED OR IS CURRENTLY REPRESENTING SUCH MEMBER WITH RESPECT TO OTHER MATTERS, COMPANY COUNSEL HAS NOT REPRESENTED THE INTERESTS OF ANY MEMBER IN THE PREPARATION AND/OR NEGOTIATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.

15.2 Appointment of Managing Member as Attorney-in-Fact.

(a) Each Member, including each Substituted Member, irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Managing Member, any Liquidator, and authorized officers and attorneys-in-fact of each, and each of those acting singly, in each case with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power and authority in its name, place and stead to execute, acknowledge, deliver, swear to, file and record at the appropriate public offices such documents as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to:

(i) All certificates and other instruments (including counterparts of this Agreement), and all amendments thereto, which the Managing Member deems appropriate to form, qualify, continue or otherwise operate the Company as a limited liability company (or other entity in which the Members will have limited liability comparable to that provided in the Act), in the jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business or in which such formation, qualification or continuation is, in the opinion of the Managing Member, necessary or desirable to protect the limited liability of the Members.

(ii) All amendments to this Agreement adopted in accordance with the terms hereof, and all instruments which the Managing Member deems appropriate to reflect a change or modification of the Company in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(iii) All conveyances of Company assets, and other instruments which the Managing Member reasonably deems necessary in order to complete a dissolution and termination of the Company pursuant to this Agreement.

(b) The appointment by all Members of the Managing Member as attorney-in-fact shall be deemed to be a power coupled with an interest, in recognition of the fact that each of the Members and Assignees under this Agreement will be relying upon the power of the Managing Member to act as contemplated by this Agreement in any filing and other action by it on behalf of the Company, shall survive the Incapacity of any Person hereby giving such power, and the Transfer or assignment of all or any portion of such Person’s Company Interest, and shall not be affected by the subsequent Incapacity of the principal; provided, however, that in the event of the assignment by a Member of all of its Company Interest, the foregoing power of attorney of an assignor Member shall survive such assignment only until such time as the Assignee shall have been admitted to the Company as a Substituted Member and all required documents and instruments shall have been duly executed, filed and recorded to effect such substitution.

 

45


15.3 Arbitration.

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, or the interpretation, breach, termination or validity thereof (“Dispute”) shall be finally resolved by arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) then in effect (the “Rules”), except as modified herein and such arbitration shall be administered by the AAA. The place of arbitration shall be Dallas, Texas.

(b) There shall be one arbitrator who shall be agreed upon by the parties within twenty (20) days of receipt by respondent of a copy of the demand for arbitration. If any arbitrator is not appointed within the time limit provided herein, such arbitrator shall be appointed by the AAA in accordance with the listing, striking and ranking procedure in the Rules, with each party being given a limited number of strikes, except for cause. Any arbitrator appointed by the AAA shall be a retired judge or a practicing attorney with no less than fifteen years of experience with corporate and limited liability company matters and an experienced arbitrator. In rendering an award, the arbitrator shall be required to follow the laws of the state of Delaware.

(c) The award shall be in writing and shall briefly state the findings of fact and conclusions of law on which it is based. The arbitrator shall not be permitted to award punitive, multiple, or other non-compensatory damages. The award shall be final and binding upon the parties and shall be the sole and exclusive remedy between the parties regarding any claims, counterclaims, issues or accounting presented to the arbitrator. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction over any party or any of its assets. Any costs or fees (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incident to enforcing the award shall be charged against the party resisting such enforcement.

(d) All Disputes shall be resolved in a confidential manner. The arbitrator shall agree to hold any information received during the arbitration in the strictest of confidence and shall not disclose to any non-party the existence, contents or results of the arbitration or any other information about such arbitration. The parties to the arbitration shall not disclose any information about the evidence adduced or the documents produced by the other party in the arbitration proceedings or about the existence, contents or results of the proceeding except as may be required by law, regulatory or governmental authority or as may be necessary in an action in aid of arbitration or for enforcement of an arbitral award. Before making any disclosure permitted by the preceding sentence (other than private disclosure to financial regulatory authorities), the party intending to make such disclosure shall use reasonable efforts to give the other party reasonable written notice of the intended disclosure and afford the other party a reasonable opportunity to protect its interests.

(e) Barring extraordinary circumstances (as determined in the sole discretion of the arbitrator), discovery shall be limited to pre-hearing disclosure of documents that each side will present in support of its case, and non-privileged documents essential to a matter of import in the proceeding for which a party has demonstrated a substantial need. The parties agree that they will produce to each other all such requested non-privileged documents, except documents objected to and with respect to which a ruling has been or shall be sought from the arbitrator. There will be no depositions.

(f) Any claim brought by a Member must be brought in such Member’s individual capacity and not as a plaintiff or class member in any purported class, collective or representative proceeding.

15.4 Accounting and Fiscal Year. Subject to Section 448 of the Code, the books of the Company shall be kept on such method of accounting for tax and financial reporting purposes as may be determined by the Managing Member. The fiscal year of the Company (the “Fiscal Year”) shall be the calendar year, or, in the case of the first and last Fiscal Years of the Company, the fraction thereof commencing on the date of this Agreement or ending on the date on which the winding-up of the Company is completed, as the case may be, unless otherwise determined by the Managing Member and permitted under the Code.

 

46


15.5 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other agreements referenced herein and therein constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and thereof and fully supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and thereof, including the Prior Agreement.

15.6 Further Assurances. Each of the parties hereto does hereby covenant and agree on behalf of itself, its successors, and its assigns, without further consideration, to prepare, execute, acknowledge, file, record, publish, and deliver such other instruments, documents and statements, and to take such other action as may be required by law or reasonably necessary to effectively carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

15.7 Notices. Any notice, consent, payment, demand, or communication required or permitted to be given by any provision of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when personally delivered (or, if delivery is refused, upon presentment) or received by email (with non-automated confirmation of receipt) prior to 5:00 p.m. eastern time on a Business Day and, if otherwise, on the next Business Day, or (b) when delivered (or, if delivery is refused, upon presentment) by reputable overnight express courier (charges prepaid) or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested:

(i) if to the Company or PubCo, to BioTE Holdings, LLC, 1875 W. Walnut Hill Ln #100, Irving, TX 75038 Attention: Marybeth Conlon; Email: [email protected] or to such other address as the Company or the Managing Member may from time to time specify by notice to the Members; and

(ii) if to any Member, to such Member at the address set forth in the records of the Company.

15.8 Governing Law. This Agreement, including its existence, validity, construction, and operating effect, and the rights of each of the parties hereto, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to otherwise governing principles of conflicts of law that would cause the law of another jurisdiction to be applied.

15.9 Construction. This Agreement shall be construed as if all parties hereto prepared this Agreement.

15.10 Binding Effect. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the Members, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and all other Persons hereafter holding, having or receiving an interest in the Company, whether as Assignees, Substituted Members or otherwise.

15.11 Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement as applied to any party or to any circumstance, shall be adjudged by a court to be void, unenforceable or inoperative as a matter of law, then the same shall in no way affect any other provision in this Agreement, the application of such provision in any other circumstance or with respect to any other party, or the validity or enforceability of the Agreement as a whole.

15.12 Confidentiality. A Member’s rights to access or receive any information about the Company or its business are conditioned on such Member’s willingness and ability to assure that the Company information will be used solely by such Member for purposes reasonably related to such Member’s interest as a Member, and that such Company information will not become publicly available as a result of such Member’s rights to access or receive such Company information. Each Member hereby acknowledges that the Company creates and will be in possession of confidential information, the improper use or disclosure of which could have a material adverse effect upon the Company and its Subsidiaries. Each Member further acknowledges and agrees that the Company information constitutes a valuable trade secret of the Company and agrees to maintain any Company information provided to it in the strictest confidence. Accordingly, without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 

47


(a) Notwithstanding Article IX, the Managing Member shall have the right to keep confidential from the Members (and their respective agents and attorneys) for such period of time as the Managing Member deems reasonable, any information: (i) that the Managing Member believes to be in the nature of trade secrets; or (ii) which the Managing Member (or its Affiliates, employees, officers, directors, members, partners or personnel) is required by law or by agreement with a third party to keep confidential; provided, that the Managing Member shall make available to a Member, upon reasonable request, information required by such Member to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations, as well as any requests from any federal or state regulatory body having jurisdiction over such Member. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding proviso, in no event shall the Managing Member be required to disclose to any Member the identity of, or any account details relating to, any other Member unless it is required to do so by law applicable to it, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

(b) Except as permitted by this Section 15.12 or as required by applicable law, each party hereto agrees that the provisions of this Agreement, all of the information and documents described in Article IX, all understandings, agreements and other arrangements between and among the parties (or any of them), and all other non-public information received from, or otherwise relating to, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any Members, PubCo and/or their respective Affiliates shall be confidential, and shall not disclose or otherwise release to any other Person (other than another party hereto) such matters, without the written consent of the Managing Member.

(c) The confidentiality obligations of the parties under this Section 15.12 shall not apply: (i) to the disclosure by a Member of information to the other Members or such Member’s Affiliates, partners, officers, agents, board members, trustees, attorneys, auditors, employees, prospective transferees permitted hereunder, financial advisors and other professional advisors (provided, that such prospective transferees and other Persons agree to hold confidential such information substantially in accordance with this Section 15.12 or are otherwise bound by a duty of confidentiality to such Member) solely on a need-to-know basis, which Persons shall be bound by this Section 15.12 as if they were Members, (ii) to information already known to the general public at the time of disclosure or that became known prior to such disclosure through no act or omission by any Member or any Person acting on behalf of any of the foregoing, (iii) to information received from a source not bound by a duty of confidentiality to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any Member or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing, (iv) to any party to the extent that the disclosure by such party of information otherwise determined to be confidential is required by applicable law (foreign or domestic) or legal process (including pursuant to an arbitration proceeding), or by any federal, state, local or foreign regulatory body with jurisdiction over such party, (v) to disclosures made in connection with any lawsuit initiated to enforce any rights granted under this Agreement, or (vi) to the disclosure of confidential information to rating agencies to the extent such disclosure is required by such rating agencies; provided, that prior to disclosing such confidential information, a party shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, notify the Managing Member thereof, which notice shall include the basis upon which such party believes the information is required to be disclosed. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, in no event shall this Section 15.12(c) permit any Member to disclose the identity of, or any account details relating to, any other Member without the prior written consent of the Managing Member (which may be given or withheld in the Managing Member’s sole discretion) unless the Member delivers to the Managing Member a written opinion of counsel to the Member (which opinion and counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Managing Member) to the effect that such disclosure is required under applicable law.

(d) To the extent that a Member is subject to the United States Freedom of Information Act or any similar public disclosure or public records act statutes: (i) such Member acknowledges PubCo’s and the Company’s position that the information intended to be protected by the provisions of Sections 15.12(a) and 15.12(b) constitutes or includes sensitive financial data, proprietary data, commercial and financial information and/or trade secrets that are being provided to and/or entered into with the Member with the specific understanding that such documents and information will remain confidential; (ii) the Managing Member advises each such Member that the documents and information

 

48


intended to be protected by the provisions of Sections 15.12(a) and 15.12(b) would not be supplied to such Member without an understanding that such documents and information will be held and treated by such Member as confidential information; and (iii) to the extent that such Member is nevertheless required to disclose any such confidential information, (A) such Member shall, unless legally prohibited, give the Managing Member prior notice of any such required disclosure and (B) such Member shall in any event maintain the confidentiality of the Company’s information (including this Agreement) to at least the same extent as, and in a manner no less favorable to the Company and the Managing Member than the manner in which, it maintains the confidentiality of comparable information in respect of any other private investment vehicles in which such Member invests (whether such vehicles are focused on private investments, public investments or otherwise). Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, in no event shall this Section 15.12(d) permit any Member to disclose the identity of, or any account details relating to, any other Member, without the prior written consent of the Managing Member (which may be given or withheld in the Managing Member’s sole discretion) unless the Member delivers to the Managing Member a written opinion of counsel to the Member (which opinion and counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Managing Member) to the effect that such disclosure is required under applicable law.

(e) The Company and PubCo shall be entitled to enforce the obligations of each Member under this Section 15.12 to maintain the confidentiality of the information described herein. The remedies provided for in this Section 15.12 are in addition to and not in limitation of any other right or remedy of the Company or PubCo provided by law or equity, this Agreement or any other agreement entered into by or among one or more of the Members and/or the Company. Each Member expressly acknowledges that the remedy at law for damages resulting from a breach of this Section 15.12 may be inadequate and that the Company and PubCo shall be entitled to institute an action for specific performance of a Member’s obligations hereunder. The Managing Member shall be entitled to consider the different circumstances of different Members with respect to the restrictions and obligations imposed on Members hereunder to the full extent permitted by law, and, to the full extent permitted by law, the Managing Member may, in its good faith discretion, waive or modify such restrictions and obligations with respect to a Member without waiving or modifying such restrictions and obligations for other Members.

(f) In addition, to the full extent permitted by law, each Member agrees to indemnify the Company and each Indemnitee against any claim, demand, controversy, dispute, cost, loss, damage, expense (including attorneys’ fees), judgment and/or liability incurred by or imposed upon the Company or any such Indemnitee in connection with any action, suit or proceeding (including any proceeding before any administrative or legislative body or agency), to which the Company or any such Indemnitee may be made a party or otherwise involved or with which the Company or any such Indemnitee shall be threatened, by reason of the Member’s obligations (or breach thereof) set forth in this Section 15.12.

(g) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (including this Section 15.12), PubCo may disclose any confidential information otherwise subject to the confidentiality obligations of this Section 15.12 to any federal, state, local or foreign regulatory or self-regulatory body or any securities exchange or listing authority to the extent required or requested by such body, exchange or authority, or as necessary and appropriate in connection with filings, or as otherwise legally required.

15.13 Consent to Use of Name. Each Member hereby consents to the use and inclusion of its name in the Company’s books and records hereto.

15.14 Consent by Spouse. Each Member who is a natural person and is married (and not formally separated with an agreed-upon division of assets) and is subject to the community property laws of any state shall deliver a duly executed Consent by Spouse, in the form prescribed in Exhibit C attached hereto, and at the time of execution of this Agreement. Each such Member shall also have such Consent by Spouse executed by any spouse married to him or her at any time subsequent thereto while such natural person is a Member. Each Member agrees and acknowledges that compliance with the requirements of this Section 15.14 by each other Member constitutes an essential part of the consideration for his or her execution of this Agreement.

 

49


15.15 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original copy and all of which shall constitute one agreement, binding on all parties hereto.

15.16 Survival. The provision of Section 7.5, 7.6, 15.1, 15.2, 15.3, 15.5, 15.6, 15.7,15.8, 15.12, 15.13 and 15.14 (and this Section 15.16) (and any other provisions herein necessary for the effectiveness of the foregoing sections) shall survive the termination of the Company and/or the termination of this Agreement.

15.17 Anti-Money Laundering Representations and Undertakings. Each Member acknowledges that it has read the representations and undertakings contained on Exhibit D attached hereto and hereby confirms they are true and correct.

 

 

50


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

biote Corp.
By:  

/s/ Teresa S. Weber

  Teresa S. Weber, Authorized Signatory

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF BIOTE HOLDINGS, LLC


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

BIOTE HOLDINGS, LLC

By:  

/s/ Gary S. Donovitz

  Gary S. Donovitz, President

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF BIOTE HOLDINGS, LLC


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

BIOTE MANAGEMENT, LLC

By:  

/s/ Gary S. Donovitz

  Gary S. Donovitz, Sole Member and Manager

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF BIOTE HOLDINGS, LLC


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

Gary S. Donovitz 2012 Irrevocable Trust

By:  

/s/ Gary S. Donovitz

  Gary S. Donovitz, Trustee

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF BIOTE HOLDINGS, LLC


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

Donovitz Family Irrevocable Trust

By:  

/s/ Marci M. Donovitz

  Marci M. Donovitz, Trustee

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF BIOTE HOLDINGS, LLC


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

Yosaki Trust

By:  

/s/ Russel J. Miller

  Russel J. Miller, Trustee

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF BIOTE HOLDINGS, LLC


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

Mioko Trust

By:  

/s/ Russel J. Miller

  Russell J. Miller, Trustee

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF BIOTE HOLDINGS, LLC


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

Kiana Trust

By:  

/s/ Paul D. Grossbard

  Paul D. Grossbard, Trustee

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF BIOTE HOLDINGS, LLC


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

/s/ Teresa S. Weber

Teresa S. Weber

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF BIOTE HOLDINGS, LLC


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

/s/ James Mark Hincher

James Mark Hincher

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF BIOTE HOLDINGS, LLC


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

/s/ Marc D. Beer

Marc D. Beer

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF BIOTE HOLDINGS, LLC


EXHIBIT A

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS


EXHIBIT B

EXCHANGE NOTICE


EXHIBIT C

CONSENT BY SPOUSE


EXHIBIT D

ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERTAKINGS

EX-10.4

Exhibit 10.4

BIOTE CORP.

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of [•], and is between biote Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [•] (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

A. Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.

B. Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.

C. Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

D. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

E. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

1.    Definitions.

(a) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) Change in Board Composition. During any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Company’s board of directors, and any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 1(a)(i), 1(a)(iii)


or 1(a)(iv)) whose election by the board of directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors;

(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(v) Other Events. Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “Person” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(2) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “Beneficial Owner” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.

(b) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.

(c) “DGCL” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

2.


(d) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “Enterprise” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f) “Expenses” include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedes bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee. The parties agree that for the purposes of any advancement of Expenses for which Indemnitee has made written demand to the Company in accordance with this Agreement, all Expenses included in such demand that are certified by affidavit of Indemnitee’s counsel as being reasonable shall be presumed conclusively to be reasonable.

(g) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(h) Losses” means any and all Expenses, damages, losses, liabilities, penalties (whether civil, criminal or other), judgments, fines and amounts paid or payable in settlement (including any interest, assessments, and any federal state, local or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement) and all other charges paid or payable in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness or participate in, any Proceeding.

 

3.


(i) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee or any action or inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or (iii) the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any Loss is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

(j) Reference to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Losses, incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Losses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Losses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such Losses as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

4.


4. Indemnification for Losses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Losses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Losses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with (a) each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter and (b) any claim, issue or matter related to any such successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this section, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

5. Indemnification for Losses of a Witness. To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Losses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

6. Additional Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Losses incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

(b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and

(ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

7. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

 

5.


(b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor;

(c) for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(d) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(e) if a final determination is made by a court that indemnification is prohibited by applicable law.

8. Advances of Expenses. The Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 30 days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 8 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law and shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 7(b) or 7(c) prior to a final adjudication that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

9. Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

6.


(b) If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially-reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel to the extent (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the fees and expenses are non-duplicative and reasonably incurred in connection with Indemnitee’s role in the Proceeding despite the Company’s assumption of the defense, (iv) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations or (v) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, such counsel to defend such Proceeding. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

(d) Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.

(e) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(f) The Company shall not settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

7.


10. Procedures upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. The Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the board of directors that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as

 

8.


Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(b) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(d) The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by such person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption.

(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(c) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith to the extent Indemnitee relied in good faith on (i) the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, (ii) information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, (iii) the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or its board of directors or counsel selected by any committee of the board of directors or (iv) information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant, an appraiser, investment banker or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise or its board of directors or any committee of the board of directors. The provisions of this Section 11(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

9.


(d) Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

(e) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful on the merits or otherwise for purposes of Section 4 if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration ) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise for purposes of Section 4. The Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome this presumption.

12. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) Subject to Section 12(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 or 12(d) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement within 60 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 12(d) of this Agreement, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication in accordance with this Agreement.

(b) Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

 

10.


(c) To the fullest extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statements not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 30 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 8.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

13. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions.

14. Non-exclusivity. The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except

 

11.


as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

15. Primary Responsibility. The Company acknowledges that to the extent Indemnitee is serving as a director on the Company’s board of directors at the request or direction of a venture capital fund or other entity and/or certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “Secondary Indemnitors”), Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by such Secondary Indemnitors. The Company agrees that, as between the Company and the Secondary Indemnitors, the Company is primarily responsible for amounts required to be indemnified or advanced under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to provide indemnification or advancement for the same amounts is secondary to those Company obligations. To the extent not in contravention of any insurance policy or policies providing liability or other insurance for the Company or any director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, the Company waives any right of contribution or subrogation against the Secondary Indemnitors with respect to the liabilities for which the Company is primarily responsible under this Section 15. In the event of any payment by the Secondary Indemnitors of amounts otherwise required to be indemnified or advanced by the Company under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement, the Secondary Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of expenses under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement or, to the extent such subrogation is unavailable and contribution is found to be the applicable remedy, shall have a right of contribution with respect to the amounts paid. The Secondary Indemnitors are express third-party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 15.

16. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

17. Insurance. For the duration of Indemnitee’s service as director or office of the Company, and thereafter for so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, trustees, general partners, managing members, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies to the same extent as the most favorably-insured persons under such policy or policies in a comparable position. Upon request, the Company will provide to Indemnitee copies of all directors’ and officers’ liability insurance applications, binders, policies, declarations, endorsements and other related materials

 

12.


18. Subrogation. In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

19. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment or services contract with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment or services contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof.

20. Duration. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable; or (b) one year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto.

21. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

22. Severability. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such

 

13.


provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

23. Enforcement. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

24. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law.

25. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

26. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address set forth below Indemnitee signature hereto; or

(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Indemnitee is the Chief Executive Officer, to the attention of the Chief Financial Officer, of the Company at biote Corp., 1875 W. Walnut Hill Ln #100, Irving, TX 75038, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Ryan Sansom, Cooley LLP, 500 Boylston Street, 14th Floor, Boston, MA 02116.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid , or (iii) if sent via

 

14.


facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, (iv) if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

27. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, Capitol Services, Inc., Dover, Delaware as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

28. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

29. Captions. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

(signature page follows)

 

15.


The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

 

biote Corp.

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

(Print name)

 

 

 

(Title)

 

[]

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

(Print name)

 

 

 

(Street address)

 

 

 

(City, State and ZIP)

(Signature page to Indemnification Agreement)

EX-10.5

Exhibit 10.5

SERVICES AGREEMENT

This SERVICES AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Terry Weber (“Executive”) and BioTE Medical, LLC (the “Company”), and effective as of, and contingent upon, the closing of the transactions contemplated by that certain Business Combination Agreement dated as of December 13, 2021, by and among BioTE Holdings, LLC (“Holdings”), Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III (to be renamed biote Corp. as of the Effective Date), a publicly-traded Delaware corporation (“Parent”), and the other parties thereto (the “Transactions,” and such date, the “Effective Date”).

WHEREAS, Executive is engaged to provide services to the Company as its Chief Executive Officer;

WHEREAS, the Company desires that Executive continue to provide services to the Company and its affiliates and, in connection therewith, to compensate Executive for Executive’s personal services to the Company from and after the Effective Date; and

WHEREAS, Executive wishes to continue to provide services to the Company and its affiliates and provide personal services to the Company and its affiliates in return for certain compensation.

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the parties agree to the following:

1. ENGAGEMENT BY THE COMPANY.

1.1 At-Will Engagement. Executive shall continue to provide services to the Company on an “at-will” basis, meaning either the Company or Executive may terminate Executive’s services at any time, with or without Cause (as defined in Section 6.2(e) below), Good Reason (as defined in Section 6.2(d) below), or advance notice, unless otherwise provided herein. Any contrary representations that may have been made to Executive shall be superseded by this Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute the full and complete agreement between Executive and the Company on the “at-will” nature of Executive’s service with the Company, which may be changed only in an express written agreement signed by Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive). Executive’s rights to any compensation following a termination shall be only as set forth in Section 6 or under any applicable benefit or equity plan.

1.2 Position. Subject to the terms set forth herein, the Company agrees to continue to engage Executive and Executive hereby accepts such continued service. In addition, Executive shall continue to serve as Chief Executive Officer of the Company and other Affiliates (as defined below) of the Company. During the term of Executive’s service with the Company and excluding periods of vacation and sick leave for which Executive is eligible, Executive shall devote all of Executive’s business time and attention to the affairs of the Company necessary to discharge the responsibilities assigned hereunder and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently such responsibilities. In such position, the Executive shall have such duties, authority, and responsibility as shall be determined from time to time by the board of directors of the Parent (or a committee thereof) (the “Board”), which duties, authority, and responsibility are consistent with the Executive’s position.

1.3 Duties. Executive will report to the Board and will render such business and professional services in the performance of Executive’s duties, consistent with Executive’s position as Executive, as shall reasonably be assigned to Executive, subject to the oversight and direction of the Board. Executive shall be expected to continue to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, rules, directives and other legal requirements of federal, state and other governmental and regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over the Company and of the professional bodies of which the Company is a member. During Executive’s service with the Company, Executive continues to be required to maintain in good standing any licenses and certifications necessary for the performance of Executive’s duties for the Company.

1.4 Location. Executive shall perform Executive’s duties under this Agreement principally out of the Company’s corporate headquarters, currently in Irving, Texas, or such other location as assigned. In addition, Executive shall make such business trips to such places as may be reasonably necessary for the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.


1.5 Company Policies and Benefits. The service relationship between the parties shall continue to be subject to the Company’s written personnel policies and procedures as they may be adopted, revised, or deleted from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion. Executive will continue to be eligible to participate on the same basis as similarly situated service providers and employees in the Company’s benefit plans in effect from time to time during Executive’s service in accordance with the terms of such benefit plans. Subject to the preceding sentence, the Company reserves the right to change, alter, or terminate any benefit plan in its sole discretion. All matters of eligibility for coverage or benefits under any benefit plan shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.

1.6 Insurance. While this Agreement and any such policy is in effect, the Company will include Executive as an insured in its Directors and Officers Liability insurance policy in effect from time to time.

2. COMPENSATION.

2.1 Base Compensation. Commencing on the Effective Date, Executive shall receive annualized base compensation of $575,000, subject to review and adjustment from time to time by the Company in its sole discretion, payable subject to standard federal and state payroll withholding requirements (solely to the extent applicable), in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices (as in effect from time to time, the “Base Compensation”).

2.2 Bonus.

(a) During Service. Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual performance bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) with a target of one hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s then-current Base Compensation (the “Target Bonus”). The Annual Bonus will be based upon the assessment of the Board of Executive’s performance and the Company’s attainment of targeted goals (as established by the Board or a committee thereof in its sole discretion) over the applicable calendar year with, if applicable, input from the individual or body to whom Executive reports. The Annual Bonus, if any, will be subject to applicable payroll deductions and withholdings to the extent applicable to Executive. No amount of any Annual Bonus is guaranteed at any time, and any Annual Bonus awarded may be greater or smaller than the Target Bonus amount. Further, except as otherwise stated in Section 6.3(a)(i), Executive must be providing services in good standing through the date the Annual Bonus is paid to be eligible to receive an Annual Bonus and no partial or prorated bonuses will be provided. Unless otherwise stated in Section 6, any Annual Bonus, if awarded, will be paid at the same time annual bonuses are generally paid to other similarly situated service providers and employees of the Company. Executive’s eligibility for an Annual Bonus is subject to change in the discretion of the Board (or any authorized committee thereof).

(b) Upon Termination. Except as otherwise stated in Section 6, in the event Executive leaves the service of the Company for any reason prior to the date the Annual Bonus is paid, Executive is not eligible for such Annual Bonus, prorated or otherwise.

2.3 Company Equity Awards. Subject to approval of the Board, following the closing of the Transactions, Executive may be granted equity awards from time to time covering shares of Parent’s common stock (each, an “Award”), pursuant and subject to the terms and conditions of Parent’s 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and other documents issued in connection with the grant (the “Award Documents”). The specific terms, conditions and vesting schedule of each Award will be as set forth in the Plan and Award Documents and other applicable documents, which Executive may be required to sign, and each Award shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and the relevant Award Documents.

2.4 Expense Reimbursement. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable business expenses in accordance with the Company’s standard expense reimbursement policy in effect from time-to-time, subject to any applicable payroll withholdings and deductions (if any) to the extent applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that any reimbursements payable to Executive are subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”): (a) any such reimbursements will be paid no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred, (b) the amount of expenses reimbursed in one year will not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year, and (c) the right to reimbursement under this Agreement will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.


3. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTIONS, AND ASSIGNMENT OBLIGATIONS.

In connection with Executive’s continued service with the Company, Executive will continue to receive and continue to have access to the Company’s confidential information and trade secrets. Accordingly, and in consideration of the benefits that Executive is eligible to receive under this Agreement, Executive agrees to sign the Company’s Confidential Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement (the “Confidential Information Agreement”), attached as Exhibit A, which contains certain confidentiality, non-disclosure, non-solicitation and non-competition obligations, among other obligations. The Confidential Information Agreement contains provisions that are intended by the parties to survive and do survive termination or expiration of this Agreement and will supersede, prospectively only, any agreement that Executive previously signed relating to the same subject matter.

4. OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES.

Except with the prior written consent of the Board, Executive will not, while engaged by the Company, undertake or engage in any other service, employment, occupation, or business enterprise except for (i) reasonable time devoted to volunteer services for or on behalf of such religious, educational, non-profit, and/or other charitable organization as Executive may wish to serve, (ii) reasonable time devoted to activities in the non-profit and business communities consistent with Executive’s position with the Company, and (iii) such other activities as may be specifically approved by the Board in writing, in the cases of (i)-(iii), so long as such activities do not interfere or conflict with the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. This restriction shall not, however, preclude Executive from (x) owning less than one percent (1%) of the total outstanding shares of a publicly-traded company, (y) managing Executive’s passive personal investments (subject to the preceding subpart (x)), or (z) service or service in any capacity with Affiliates of the Company. As used in this Agreement, “Affiliates” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition. The Company further acknowledges and agrees that Executive is engaged in the activities set forth on Exhibit B, and that the Company consents to Executive’s continued involvement in such activities.

5. NO CONFLICT WITH EXISTING OBLIGATIONS.

Executive represents that Executive’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement and continued service to the Company do not and will not breach any agreement or obligation of any kind made prior to Executive’s service by the Company, including agreements or obligations Executive may have with prior employers or entities for which Executive has provided services. Executive has not entered into, and Executive agrees that Executive will not enter into, any agreement or obligation, either written or oral, in conflict herewith or with Executive’s duties to the Company.

6. TERMINATION OF SERVICE.

The parties acknowledge that Executive’s service relationship with the Company continues to be at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate the service relationship at any time, with or without Cause (as defined below) or advance notice; provided, however, that Executive agrees to provide not less than fourteen (14) days’ advance written notice of any resignation. The provisions in this Section govern the amount of compensation, if any, to be provided to Executive upon termination of service and do not alter this at-will status.

6.1 Termination by Virtue of Death or Disability of Executive.

(a) In the event of Executive’s death while providing services pursuant to this Agreement, all obligations of the parties hereunder and Executive’s service shall terminate immediately, and the Company shall, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies and applicable law, pay to Executive’s legal representatives the Accrued Obligations (as defined in Section 6.2(c) below) due to Executive.


(b) Subject to applicable state and federal law, the Company shall at all times have the right, upon written notice to Executive, to terminate this Agreement based on Executive’s Disability (as defined below). Termination by the Company of Executive’s service based on “Disability” shall mean termination because Executive is unable due to a physical or mental condition to perform the essential functions of Executive’s position with or without reasonable accommodation for six (6) months in the aggregate during any twelve (12) month period or based on the written certification by two licensed physicians of the likely continuation of such condition for such period. This definition shall be interpreted and applied consistent with the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, and other applicable law. In the event Executive’s service is terminated based on Executive’s Disability, Executive will be entitled to the Accrued Obligations due to Executive.

(c) In the event Executive’s service is terminated based on Executive’s death or Disability, Executive will not receive the Non-CIC Severance Benefits (as defined below), the CIC Severance Benefits (as defined below), or any other severance compensation or benefit, except that the Company will provide the Accrued Obligations (as stated in Sections 6.1(a) and 6.1(b)).

6.2 Termination by the Company or Resignation by Executive (not in connection with a Change in Control).

(a) The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s service pursuant to this Section 6.2 at any time (subject to any applicable cure period stated in Section 6.2(d)) with or without Cause or advance notice, by giving notice as described in Section 7.1 of this Agreement. Likewise, Executive can resign from service with or without Good Reason, by giving notice as described in Section 7.1 of this Agreement. Executive hereby agrees to comply with the additional notice requirements set forth in Section 6.2(d) below for any resignation for Good Reason. If Executive is terminated by the Company (with or without Cause) or resigns from service with the Company (with or without Good Reason), then Executive shall be entitled to the Accrued Obligations (as defined below). In addition, if Executive is terminated without Cause or resigns for Good Reason, in either case, outside of the Change in Control Measurement Period (as defined below), and for the avoidance of doubt excluding a termination due to death or Disability, and provided that such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder, a “Separation from Service”), and further provided that Executive timely executes and allows to become effective a separation agreement that includes, among other terms, a general release of claims in favor of the Parent, Holdings, the Company and their respective Affiliates and representatives and a non-competition clause that is no more restrictive than the non-competition clause contained in Section 6 of the Confidential Information Agreement, in the form presented by the Company (the “Separation Agreement”), and subject to Section 6.2(b) (the date that the general release of claims in the Separation Agreement becomes effective and may no longer be revoked by Executive is referred to as the “Release Date”), then Executive shall be eligible to receive the following severance benefits (collectively the “Non-CIC Severance Benefits”):

(i) The Company will pay Executive severance pay in the form of continuation of Executive’s then-current Base Compensation for twelve (12) months (the “Non-CIC Severance,” and such period following the termination date, the “Non-CIC Severance Period”). The Non-CIC Severance will be paid in substantially equal installments on the Company’s regular payroll schedule following the termination date, subject to standard deductions and withholdings solely to the extent applicable to Executive; provided, however that no portion of the Non-CIC Severance will be paid prior to the Release Date, and any such payments that are otherwise scheduled to be made prior to the Release Date shall instead accrue and be made on the first regular payroll date following the Release Date (subject to Section 6.6(b) below); and

(ii) Provided Executive or Executive’s covered dependents, as the case may be, timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, or state continuation coverage (as applicable), under the Company’s group health plans following such termination, the Company will pay the COBRA, or state continuation coverage, premiums to continue Executive’s (and Executive’s covered dependents, as applicable) health insurance coverage in effect on the termination date (to the same extent as the Company pays such premiums for active service providers or employees) until the earliest of: (1) the end of the Non-CIC Severance Period following the termination date; (2) the date when


Executive becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment; or (3) the date Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA or state law continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination (such period from the termination date through the earlier of (1)-(3), the “Non-CIC COBRA Payment Period”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines that its payment of COBRA, or state continuation coverage, premiums on Executive’s behalf would result in a violation of applicable law (including, but not limited to, the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then in lieu of paying such premiums pursuant to this Section, the Company shall pay Executive on the last day of each remaining month of the Non-CIC COBRA Payment Period, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the COBRA or state continuation coverage premium for such month, subject to applicable tax withholding to the extent applicable, for the remainder of the Non-CIC COBRA Payment Period. Nothing in this Agreement shall deprive Executive of Executive’s rights under COBRA or ERISA for benefits under plans and policies arising as a result of Executive’s service to the Company.

(b) Executive shall not receive the Non-CIC Severance Benefits pursuant to Section 6.2(a) or the CIC Severance Benefits pursuant to Section 6.3(a), as applicable, unless Executive executes the Separation Agreement within the consideration period specified therein, which shall in no event be more than forty-five (45) days, and until the Separation Agreement becomes effective and can no longer be revoked by Executive under its terms. Executive’s ability to receive the Non-CIC Severance Benefits pursuant to Section 6.2(a) or the CIC Severance Benefits pursuant to Section 6.3(a), as applicable, is further conditioned upon Executive: (i) returning all Company property; (ii) complying with Executive’s post-termination obligations under this Agreement and the Confidential Information Agreement; (iii) complying with the Separation Agreement, including without limitation any non-disparagement and confidentiality provisions contained therein; and (iv) resignation from any other positions Executive holds with the Company or any of its Affiliates, effective no later than Executive’s date of termination (or such other date as requested by the Board).

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, “Accrued Obligations” are (i) Executive’s accrued but unpaid base compensation and, if the Company maintains a vacation accrual policy, any accrued but unused vacation through the date of termination, (ii) any unreimbursed business expenses incurred by Executive payable in accordance with the Company’s standard expense reimbursement policies, and (iii) benefits owed to Executive under any qualified retirement plan or health and welfare benefit plan in which Executive was a participant in accordance with applicable law and the provisions of such plan.

(d) For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means any of the following actions taken by the Company without Executive’s express prior written consent: (i) a material reduction by the Company of Executive’s Base Compensation or Target Bonus (other than in a broad-based reduction of not more than ten percent (10%) of Executive’s Base Compensation or Target Bonus similarly affecting all other members of the Company’s executive management); (ii) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of service, without Executive’s consent, to a place that increases Executive’s one-way commute by more than fifty (50) miles as compared to Executive’s then-current principal place of service immediately prior to such relocation (iii) a material reduction in Executive’s duties, authority, or responsibilities for the Company relative to Executive’s duties, authority, or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such material reduction; or (iv) the Company’s material breach of this Agreement or any other agreement with Executive; provided that any such termination by Executive shall only be deemed for Good Reason pursuant to this definition if: (1) Executive gives the Company written notice as described in Section 7.1 of Executive’s intent to terminate for Good Reason within thirty (30) days following the first occurrence of the condition(s) that Executive believes constitute(s) Good Reason, which notice shall describe such condition(s) in reasonable detail; (2) the Company fails to remedy such condition(s) within thirty (30) days following receipt of the written notice (the “Cure Period”); (3) the Company has not, prior to receiving such notice from Executive, already informed Executive that Executive’s service with the Company is being terminated; and (4) Executive voluntarily terminates Executive’s service within thirty (30) days following the end of the Cure Period.


(e) For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” for termination shall mean that Executive has engaged in any of the following: (i) a material breach of any material covenant or condition under this Agreement, the Confidential Information Agreement, or any other material agreement between the Executive and the Company; (ii) any act constituting material dishonesty, fraud, immoral or disreputable conduct that causes material harm to the Company; (iii) commission of any conduct which constitutes a felony under applicable law or which involves moral turpitude; (iv) material violation of any Company policy (including those pertaining to discrimination or harassment), after the expiration of thirty (30) days without cure after written notice of such violation; (v) gross negligence or gross misconduct in performance of Executive’s duties that results in material harm to the Company, and, if such conduct is deemed curable by the Board in its reasonable discretion, after the expiration of fifteen (15) days without cure after written notice of such misconduct; (vi) breach of fiduciary duty to the Company, after the expiration of thirty (30) days without cure after written notice of such breach; or (vii) refusal to follow or implement a clear, reasonable and lawful directive of the Board, and, if such conduct is deemed curable by the Board in its reasonable discretion, after the expiration of fifteen (15) days without cure after written notice of such refusal or failure. For purposes of this definition, the “Company” shall mean and include Holdings, Parent and their respective subsidiaries and affiliates.

(f) For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” shall have the meaning provided in the Plan; provided that, for clarity, the Transactions shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control for purposes of this Agreement.

(g) The Non-CIC Severance Benefits provided to Executive pursuant to this Section 6.2 are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled under any Company severance plan, policy, or program. For avoidance of doubt, Executive shall not be eligible to receive both CIC Severance Benefits and Non-CIC Severance Benefits.

(h) Any damages caused by the termination of Executive’s service without Cause not in connection with a Change in Control would be difficult to ascertain; therefore, the Non-CIC Severance Benefits for which Executive is eligible pursuant to Section 6.2(a) above in exchange for the Separation Agreement are agreed to by the parties as liquidated damages, to serve as full compensation, and not a penalty.

(i) If the Company terminates Executive’s service for Cause, or Executive resigns from service with the Company without Good Reason, regardless of whether or not such termination is in connection with a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan, and which, for purposes of clarity, will not include the Transactions), then Executive shall be entitled to the Accrued Obligations, but Executive will not be eligible for the Non-CIC Severance Benefits, the CIC Severance Benefits, or any other severance compensation or benefit.

6.3 Termination by the Company without Cause or Resignation by Executive for Good Reason (in connection with a Change in Control).

(a) The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s service pursuant to this Section 6.3 at any time, with or without Cause or advance notice, by giving notice as described in Section 7.1 of this Agreement. Likewise, Executive can resign from service with or without Good Reason, by giving notice as described in Section 7.1 of this Agreement. Executive hereby agrees to comply with the additional notice requirements set forth in Section 6.2(d) above for any resignation for Good Reason. If Executive is terminated without Cause or resigns for Good Reason, in either case, within one (1) month prior to or twelve (12) months following the effective date of a Change in Control (such period, the “Change in Control Measurement Period”), and for the avoidance of doubt excluding a termination due to death or Disability, and provided that such termination constitutes a Separation from Service, then Executive shall be entitled to the Accrued Obligations and, provided that Executive timely executes and allows to become effective a Separation Agreement, and subject to Section 6.2(b) above, then Executive shall be eligible to receive the following severance benefits (collectively the “CIC Severance Benefits”):

(i) The Company will pay Executive, for the eighteen (18) month period following the termination date, a monthly amount equal to the sum of (i) 1/12 of Executive’s then-current Base Compensation plus (ii) 1/12th of Executive’s then-current Target Bonus (the “CIC Severance,” and such period following the termination date, the “CIC Severance Period”). The CIC Severance will be paid in substantially equal installments on the Company’s regular payroll schedule following the termination date, subject to standard deductions


and withholdings to the extent applicable; provided, however that no portion of the CIC Severance will be paid prior to the Release Date, and any such payments that are otherwise scheduled to be made prior to the Release Date shall instead accrue and be made on the first regular payroll date following the Release Date (subject to Section 6.6(c) below);

(ii) Provided Executive or Executive’s covered dependents, as the case may be, timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, or state continuation coverage (as applicable), under the Company’s group health plans following such termination, the Company will pay the COBRA, or state continuation coverage, premiums to continue Executive’s (and Executive’s covered dependents, as applicable) health insurance coverage in effect on the termination date (to the same extent as the Company pays such premiums to active services providers or employees) until the earliest of: (1) the end of the CIC Severance Period following the termination date; (2) the date when Executive becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment; or (3) the date Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA or state law continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination (such period from the termination date through the earlier of (1)-(3), (the “CIC COBRA Payment Period”)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines that its payment of COBRA, or state continuation coverage, premiums on Executive’s behalf would result in a violation of applicable law (including, but not limited to, the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then in lieu of paying such premiums pursuant to this Section, the Company shall pay Executive on the last day of each remaining month of the CIC COBRA Payment Period, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the COBRA or state continuation coverage premium for such month, subject to applicable tax withholding to the extent applicable, for the remainder of the CIC COBRA Payment Period. Nothing in this Agreement shall deprive Executive of Executive’s rights under COBRA or ERISA for benefits under plans and policies arising as a result of Executive’s services to the Company; and

(iii) Notwithstanding the terms of any equity plan or award agreement to the contrary, the unvested portion of all time-based equity awards granted on or after the Effective Date and outstanding on the date of Executive’s termination will become fully vested and (if applicable) exercisable as of the Release Date; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall modify in any way the terms or conditions applicable to any Phantom Equity Rights Grant Notice and Award Agreement (or similar agreement) by and between Executive and Company, Parent or Holdings, as such agreement may have been amended or clarified from time to time.

(b) The CIC Severance Benefits provided to Executive pursuant to this Section 6.3 are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled under any Company severance plan, policy, or program.

(c) Any damages caused by the termination of Executive’s service without Cause during the Change in Control Measurement Period would be difficult to ascertain; therefore, the CIC Severance Benefits for which Executive is eligible pursuant to Section 6.3(a) above in exchange for the Release are agreed to by the parties as liquidated damages, to serve as full compensation, and not a penalty.

6.4 Cooperation With the Company After Termination of Service. Following termination of Executive’s service for any reason, Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Company in all matters relating to the winding up of Executive’s pending work including, but not limited to, any litigation in which the Company is involved, and the orderly transfer of any such pending work to such other executives as may be designated by the Company; provided, however that the Company agrees that it (a) shall make reasonable efforts to minimize disruption of Executive’s other activities; and (b) shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable expenses incurred in connection with such cooperation.

6.5 Effect of Termination. Executive agrees that should Executive’s service be terminated for any reason, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from any and all positions with the Company, including, but not limited to, all positions with any and all subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Company.


6.6 Application of Section 409A.

(a) It is intended that all of the compensation payable under this Agreement, to the greatest extent possible, either complies with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively, “Section 409A”) or satisfies one or more of the exemptions from the application of Section 409A, and this Agreement will be construed in a manner consistent with such intention, incorporating by reference all required definitions and payment terms.

(b) No severance payments will be made under this Agreement unless Executive’s termination of service constitutes a Separation from Service. For purposes of Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A- 2(b)(2)(iii)), Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement (whether severance payments or otherwise) shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment.

(c) To the extent that any severance payments are deferred compensation under Section 409A, and are not otherwise exempt from the application of Section 409A, then, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A, if the period during which Executive may consider and sign the Separation Agreement spans two calendar years, the severance payments will not begin until the second calendar year. If the Company determines that the severance benefits provided under this Agreement constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and if Executive is a “specified employee” of the Company, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the severance will be delayed as follows: on the earlier to occur of (x) the date that is six months and one day after Executive’s Separation from Service, and (y) the date of Executive’s death, the Company will: (i) pay to Executive a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the severance benefits that Executive would otherwise have received if the commencement of the payment of the severance benefits had not been delayed pursuant to this Section 6.6(c); and (ii) commence paying the balance of the severance benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedule set forth in Sections 6.2 and 6.3. No interest shall be due on any amounts deferred pursuant to this Section 6.6(c).

(d) To the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A, amounts reimbursable to Executive under this Agreement shall be paid to Executive on or before the last day of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred and the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement (and in-kind benefits provided to Executive) during any one year may not effect amounts reimbursable or provided in any subsequent year. The Company makes no representation that compensation paid pursuant to the terms of this Agreement will be exempt from or comply with Section 409A and makes no undertaking to preclude Section 409A from applying to any such payment.

6.7 Excise Tax Adjustment.

(a) If any payment or benefit Executive will or may receive from the Company or otherwise (a “280G Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this Section, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then any such 280G Payment provided pursuant to this Agreement (a “Payment”) shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax, or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount (i.e., the amount determined by clause (x) or by clause (y)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state, and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in a Payment is required pursuant to the preceding sentence and the Reduced Amount is determined pursuant to clause (x) of the preceding sentence, the reduction shall occur in the manner (the “Reduction Method”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for Executive. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the “Pro Rata Reduction Method”).


(b) Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 6.7 to the contrary, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A as follows: (A) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest economic benefit for Executive as determined on an after-tax basis; (B) as a second priority, Payments that are contingent on future events (e.g., being terminated without Cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (C) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A.

(c) Unless Executive and the Company agree on an alternative accounting firm or law firm, the accounting firm engaged by the Company for general tax compliance purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control transaction shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity, or group effecting the Change in Control transaction, the Company shall appoint a nationally-recognized accounting or law firm to make the determinations required by this Section 6.7. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting or law firm required to be made hereunder. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the accounting or law firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder to provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to Executive and the Company within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which Executive’s right to a 280G Payment becomes reasonably likely to occur (if requested at that time by Executive or the Company) or such other time as requested by Executive or the Company.

(d) If Executive receives a Payment for which the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (x) of Section 6.7(a) and the Internal Revenue Service determines thereafter that some portion of the Payment is subject to the Excise Tax, Executive agrees to promptly return to the Company a sufficient amount of the Payment (after reduction pursuant to clause (x) of Section 6.7(a)) so that no portion of the remaining Payment is subject to the Excise Tax. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (y) of Section 6.7(a), Executive shall have no obligation to return any portion of the Payment pursuant to the preceding sentence.

6.8 Termination Due to Discontinuance of Business. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event the Company’s business is discontinued because rendered impracticable by substantial financial losses, lack of funding, legal decisions, administrative rulings, declaration of war, dissolution, national or local economic depression or crisis or any reasons beyond the control of the Company, then this Agreement shall terminate as of the day the Company determines to cease operation with the same force and effect as if such day of the month were originally set as the termination date hereof. In the event this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 6.8, Executive will not receive any severance benefits or any other compensation or benefit, except that, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, the Company shall provide to Executive the Accrued Obligations.

7. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

7.1 Notices. Any notices required hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by electronic mail or confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally-recognized overnight courier, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at Executive’s address as listed on the Company payroll or (if notice is given prior to Executive’s termination of service) to Executive’s Company-issued email address, or at such other address as the Company or Executive may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other.


7.2 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed, and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provisions had never been contained herein.

7.3 Waiver. If either party should waive any breach of any provisions of this Agreement, Executive or the Company shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

7.4 Complete Agreement. This Agreement (including Exhibits A, B, and C), and any other separate agreement relating to equity awards constitute the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to the subject matter hereof and supersede any prior oral discussions or written communications and agreements including, without limitation, that certain Executive Employment Agreement dated March 1, 2019, by and between Company and Executive. This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation other than those expressly contained herein, and it cannot be modified or amended except in writing signed by Executive and an authorized officer of the Company.

7.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by electronic transmission and in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

7.6 Headings. The headings of the sections hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof nor to affect the meaning thereof.

7.7 Successors and Assigns. The Company shall assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder in whole, but not in part, to any company or other entity with or into which the Company may hereafter merge or consolidate or to which the Company may transfer all or substantially all of its assets, if in any such case said company or other entity shall by operation of law or expressly in writing assume all obligations of the Company hereunder as fully as if it had been originally made a party hereto, but may not otherwise assign this Agreement or its rights and obligations hereunder. Executive may not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder, other than to Executive’s estate upon Executive’s death.

7.8 Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity, and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Texas.

7.9 Indemnification. The Company acknowledges and agrees that it will defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Executive in Executive’s capacity as an officer and director of the Company as set forth in the Indemnification Agreement (“Indemnification Agreement”), attached as Exhibit C, which Company and Executive agree to sign. The Indemnification Agreement contains provisions that are intended by the parties to survive and do survive termination or expiration of this Agreement and will supersede, prospectively only, any agreement that Executive previously signed relating to the same subject matter.

7.10 Resolution of Disputes. The parties recognize that litigation in federal or state courts or before federal or state administrative agencies of disputes arising out of Executive’s service with the Company or out of this Agreement, or Executive’s termination of service or termination of this Agreement, may not be in the best interests of either Executive or the Company, and may result in unnecessary costs, delays, complexities, and uncertainty. The parties agree that any dispute between the parties arising out of or relating to the negotiation, execution, performance or termination of this Agreement or Executive’s service, including, but not limited to, any claim arising out of this Agreement, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, Section 1981 of the Civil Rights Act of 1966, as amended, the Family Medical Leave Act, the Executive Retirement Income Security Act, and


any similar federal, state or local law, statute, regulation, or any common law doctrine, whether that dispute arises during or after service, shall be settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association; provided however, that this dispute resolution provision shall not apply to any separate agreements between the parties that provide for dispute resolution through other means. The location for the arbitration shall be the Dallas, Texas area. Any award made by such panel shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties for all purposes, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. To the extent applicable law prohibits mandatory arbitration of discrimination, harassment, and/or retaliation claims, in the event Executive intends to bring multiple claims, including a discrimination, harassment, and/or retaliation claim, the discrimination, harassment, and/or retaliation claim may be publicly filed with a court, while any other claims will remain subject to mandatory arbitration. The arbitrators’ fees and expenses and all administrative fees and expenses associated with the filing of the arbitration shall be borne by the Company; provided however, that at Executive’s option, Executive may voluntarily pay up to one-half the costs and fees. The parties agree that this arbitration provision shall be interpreted in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act. Any disputes over arbitrability will be determined by the arbitrator, and not any court. The parties acknowledge and agree that their obligations to arbitrate under this Section survive the termination of this Agreement and continue after the termination of the service relationship between Executive and the Company. The parties each further agree that the arbitration provisions of this Agreement shall provide each party with its exclusive remedy, and each party expressly waives any right it might have to seek redress in any other forum, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement. By election arbitration as the means for final settlement of all claims, the parties hereby waive their respective rights to, and agree not to, sue each other in any action in a federal, state or local court with respect to such claims, but may seek to enforce in court an arbitration award rendered pursuant to this Agreement, or to institute in court an action for injunctive relief in aid of arbitration, provided that any such action must be brought in a state or federal court located in Dallas County, Texas. The parties specifically agree to waive their respective rights to a trial by jury, and further agree that no demand, request or motion will be made for trial by jury. Executive expressly waives any right or entitlement to bring any action on a class, collective or multi-party basis.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Service Agreement on the day and year first written above.

 

BIOTE MEDICAL, LLC,
a Texas limited liability company
By: BIOTE HOLDINGS., its Sole Member
By: BIOTE CORP., its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Mary Elizabeth Conlon

Name:   Mary Elizabeth Conlon
Title:   Vice President, Business Development &
  General Counsel
EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Teresa S. Weber

Teresa S. Weber
EX-10.6

Exhibit 10.6

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Cary Paulette (“Executive”) and BioTE Medical, LLC (the “Company”), and effective as of, and contingent upon, the closing of the transactions contemplated by that certain Business Combination Agreement dated as of December 13, 2021, by and among BioTE Holdings, LLC (“Holdings”), Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III (to be renamed biote Corp. as of the Effective Date), a publicly-traded Delaware corporation (“Parent”), and the other parties thereto (the “Transactions,” and such date, the “Effective Date”).

WHEREAS, Executive is employed by the Company as its Chief Revenue Officer (“CRO”);

WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ Executive and, in connection therewith, to compensate Executive for Executive’s personal services to the Company from and after the Effective Date; and

WHEREAS, Executive wishes to continue to be employed by the Company and provide personal services to the Company in return for certain compensation.

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the parties agree to the following:

1. EMPLOYMENT BY THE COMPANY.

1.1 At-Will Employment. Executive shall continue to be employed by the Company on an “at-will” basis, meaning either the Company or Executive may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, with or without Cause (as defined in Section 6.2(e) below), Good Reason (as defined in Section 6.2(d) below), or advance notice, unless otherwise provided herein. Any contrary representations that may have been made to Executive shall be superseded by this Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute the full and complete agreement between Executive and the Company on the “at-will” nature of Executive’s employment with the Company, which may be changed only in an express written agreement signed by Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive). Executive’s rights to any compensation following a termination shall be only as set forth in Section 6 or under any applicable benefit or equity plan.

1.2 Position. Subject to the terms set forth herein, the Company agrees to continue to employ Executive and Executive hereby accepts such continued employment. In addition, Executive shall continue to serve as CRO of the Company and other Affiliates (as defined below) of the Company. During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company and excluding periods of vacation and sick leave for which Executive is eligible, Executive shall devote all business time and attention to the affairs of the Company necessary to discharge the responsibilities assigned hereunder and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently such responsibilities. In such position, the Executive shall have such duties, authority, and responsibility as shall be determined from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), which duties, authority, and responsibility are consistent with the Executive’s position.

1.3 Duties. Executive will report to the CEO and will render such business and professional services in the performance of Executive’s duties, consistent with Executive’s position as CRO, as shall reasonably be assigned to Executive, subject to the oversight and direction of the CEO. Executive shall be expected to continue to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, rules, directives and other legal requirements of federal, state and other governmental and regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over the Company and of the professional bodies of which the Company is a member. During Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive continues to be required to maintain in good standing any licenses and certifications necessary for the performance of Executive’s duties for the Company.

1.4 Location. Executive shall perform Executive’s duties under this Agreement principally out of the Company’s corporate headquarters, currently in Irving, Texas, or such other location as assigned. In addition, Executive shall make such business trips to such places as may be reasonably necessary for the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.


1.5 Company Policies and Benefits. The employment relationship between the parties shall continue to be subject to the Company’s written personnel policies and procedures as they may be adopted, revised, or deleted from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion. Executive will continue to be eligible to participate on the same basis as similarly situated employees in the Company’s benefit plans in effect from time to time during Executive’s employment in accordance with the terms of such benefit plans. Subject to the preceding sentence, the Company reserves the right to change, alter, or terminate any benefit plan in its sole discretion. All matters of eligibility for coverage or benefits under any benefit plan shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.

1.6 Insurance. While this Agreement and any such policy is in effect, the Company will include Executive as an insured in its Directors and Officers Liability insurance policy in effect from time to time.

2. COMPENSATION.

2.1 Salary. Commencing on the Effective Date, Executive shall receive an annualized base salary of $275,000, subject to review and adjustment from time to time by the Company in its sole discretion, payable subject to standard federal and state payroll withholding requirements in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices (as in effect from time to time, the “Base Salary”).

2.2 Bonus.

(a) During Employment. Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual performance bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) with a target of seventy-five percent (75%) of Executive’s then-current Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”). The Annual Bonus will be based upon the assessment of the board of directors of the Parent (or a committee thereof) (the “Board”) of Executive’s performance and the Company’s attainment of targeted goals (as established by the Board or a committee thereof in its sole discretion) over the applicable calendar year with, if applicable, input from the individual or body to whom Executive reports. The Annual Bonus, if any, will be subject to applicable payroll deductions and withholdings. No amount of any Annual Bonus is guaranteed at any time, and any Annual Bonus awarded may be greater or smaller than the Target Bonus amount. Further, except as otherwise stated in Section 6.3(a)(i), Executive must be an employee in good standing through the date the Annual Bonus is paid to be eligible to receive an Annual Bonus and no partial or prorated bonuses will be provided. Unless otherwise stated in Section 6, any Annual Bonus, if awarded, will be paid at the same time annual bonuses are generally paid to other similarly situated employees of the Company. Executive’s eligibility for an Annual Bonus is subject to change in the discretion of the Board (or any authorized committee thereof).

(b) Upon Termination. Except as otherwise stated in Section 6, in the event Executive leaves the employ of the Company for any reason prior to the date the Annual Bonus is paid, Executive is not eligible for such Annual Bonus, prorated or otherwise.

2.3 Company Equity Awards. Subject to approval of the Board, following the closing of the Transactions, Executive may be granted equity awards from time to time covering shares of Parent’s common stock (each, an “Award”), pursuant and subject to the terms and conditions of Parent’s 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and other documents issued in connection with the grant (the “Award Documents”). The specific terms, conditions and vesting schedule of each Award will be as set forth in the Plan and Award Documents and other applicable documents, which Executive may be required to sign, and each Award shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and the relevant Award Documents.

2.4 Expense Reimbursement. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable business expenses in accordance with the Company’s standard expense reimbursement policy in effect from time-to-time, subject to any applicable payroll withholdings and deductions (if any). For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that any reimbursements payable to Executive are subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”): (a) any such reimbursements will be paid no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred, (b) the amount of expenses reimbursed in one year will not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year, and (c) the right to reimbursement under this Agreement will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.


3. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTIONS, NON-SOLICITATION AND NON-COMPETITION OBLIGATIONS.

In connection with Executive’s continued employment with the Company, Executive will continue to receive and continue to have access to the Company’s confidential information and trade secrets. Accordingly, and in consideration of the benefits that Executive is eligible to receive under this Agreement, Executive agrees to sign the Company’s Employee Confidential Information, Inventions, Non-Solicitation and Non-Competition Agreement (the “Confidential Information Agreement”), attached as Exhibit A, which contains certain confidentiality, nondisclosure, non-solicitation and non-competition obligations, among other obligations. The Confidential Information Agreement contains provisions that are intended by the parties to survive and do survive termination or expiration of this Agreement and will supersede, prospectively only, any agreement that Executive previously signed relating to the same subject matter.

4. OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES.

Except with the prior written consent of the Board, Executive will not, while employed by the Company, undertake or engage in any other employment, occupation, or business enterprise except for (i) reasonable time devoted to volunteer services for or on behalf of such religious, educational, non-profit, and/or other charitable organization as Executive may wish to serve, (ii) reasonable time devoted to activities in the non-profit and business communities consistent with Executive’s position with the Company, and (iii) such other activities as may be specifically approved by the Board in writing, in the cases of (i)-(iii), so long as such activities do not interfere or conflict with the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement. This restriction shall not, however, preclude Executive from (x) owning less than one percent (1%) of the total outstanding shares of a publicly-traded company, (y) managing Executive’s passive personal investments (subject to the preceding subpart (x)), or (z) employment or service in any capacity with Affiliates of the Company. As used in this Agreement, “Affiliates” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition. The Company further acknowledges and agrees that Executive is engaged in the activities set forth on Exhibit B, and that the Company consents to Executive’s continued involvement in such activities.

5. NO CONFLICT WITH EXISTING OBLIGATIONS.

Executive represents that Executive’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement and continued service as an employee of the Company do not and will not breach any agreement or obligation of any kind made prior to Executive’s employment by the Company, including agreements or obligations Executive may have with prior employers or entities for which Executive has provided services. Executive has not entered into, and Executive agrees that Executive will not enter into, any agreement or obligation, either written or oral, in conflict herewith or with Executive’s duties to the Company.

6. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

The parties acknowledge that Executive’s employment relationship with the Company continues to be at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without Cause (as defined below) or advance notice; provided, however, that Executive agrees to provide not less than fourteen (14) days’ advance written notice of any resignation. The provisions in this Section govern the amount of compensation, if any, to be provided to Executive upon termination of employment and do not alter this at-will status.

6.1 Termination by Virtue of Death or Disability of Executive.

(a) In the event of Executive’s death while employed pursuant to this Agreement, all obligations of the parties hereunder and Executive’s employment shall terminate immediately, and the Company shall, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies and applicable law, pay to Executive’s legal representatives the Accrued Obligations (as defined in Section 6.2(c) below) due to Executive.


(b) Subject to applicable state and federal law, the Company shall at all times have the right, upon written notice to Executive, to terminate this Agreement based on Executive’s Disability (as defined below). Termination by the Company of Executive’s employment based on “Disability” shall mean termination because Executive is unable due to a physical or mental condition to perform the essential functions of Executive’s position with or without reasonable accommodation for six (6) months in the aggregate during any twelve (12) month period or based on the written certification by two licensed physicians of the likely continuation of such condition for such period. This definition shall be interpreted and applied consistent with the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, and other applicable law. In the event Executive’s employment is terminated based on Executive’s Disability, Executive will be entitled to the Accrued Obligations due to Executive.

(c) In the event Executive’s employment is terminated based on Executive’s death or Disability, Executive will not receive the Non-CIC Severance Benefits (as defined below), the CIC Severance Benefits (as defined below), or any other severance compensation or benefit, except that the Company will provide the Accrued Obligations (as stated in Sections 6.1(a) and 6.1(b)).

6.2 Termination by the Company or Resignation by Executive (not in connection with a Change in Control).

(a) The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment pursuant to this Section 6.2 at any time (subject to any applicable cure period stated in Section 6.2(d)) with or without Cause or advance notice, by giving notice as described in Section 7.1 of this Agreement. Likewise, Executive can resign from employment with or without Good Reason, by giving notice as described in Section 7.1 of this Agreement. Executive hereby agrees to comply with the additional notice requirements set forth in Section 6.2(d) below for any resignation for Good Reason. If Executive is terminated by the Company (with or without Cause) or resigns from employment with the Company (with or without Good Reason), then Executive shall be entitled to the Accrued Obligations (as defined below). In addition, if Executive is terminated without Cause or resigns for Good Reason, in either case, outside of the Change in Control Measurement Period (as defined below), and for the avoidance of doubt excluding a termination due to death or Disability, and provided that such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder, a “Separation from Service”), and further provided that Executive timely executes and allows to become effective a separation agreement that includes, among other terms, a general release of claims in favor of the Parent, Holdings, the Company and their respective Affiliates and representatives, in the form presented by the Company (the “Separation Agreement”), and subject to Section 6.2(b) (the date that the general release of claims in the Separation Agreement becomes effective and may no longer be revoked by Executive is referred to as the “Release Date”), then Executive shall be eligible to receive the following severance benefits (collectively the “Non-CIC Severance Benefits”):

(i) The Company will pay Executive severance pay in the form of continuation of Executive’s then-current Base Salary for nine (9) months (the “Non-CIC Severance,” and such period following the termination date, the “Non-CIC Severance Period”). The Non-CIC Severance will be paid in substantially equal installments on the Company’s regular payroll schedule following the termination date, subject to standard deductions and withholdings; provided, however that no portion of the Non-CIC Severance will be paid prior to the Release Date, and any such payments that are otherwise scheduled to be made prior to the Release Date shall instead accrue and be made on the first regular payroll date following the Release Date (subject to Section 6.6(b) below); and

(ii) Provided Executive or Executive’s covered dependents, as the case may be, timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, or state continuation coverage (as applicable), under the Company’s group health plans following such termination, the Company will pay the COBRA, or


state continuation coverage, premiums to continue Executive’s (and Executive’s covered dependents, as applicable) health insurance coverage in effect on the termination date (to the same extent as the Company pays such premiums for active employees) until the earliest of: (1) the end of the Non-CIC Severance Period following the termination date; (2) the date when Executive becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment; or (3) the date Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA or state law continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination (such period from the termination date through the earlier of (1)-(3), the “Non-CIC COBRA Payment Period”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines that its payment of COBRA, or state continuation coverage, premiums on Executive’s behalf would result in a violation of applicable law (including, but not limited to, the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then in lieu of paying such premiums pursuant to this Section, the Company shall pay Executive on the last day of each remaining month of the Non-CIC COBRA Payment Period, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the COBRA or state continuation coverage premium for such month, subject to applicable tax withholding, for the remainder of the Non-CIC COBRA Payment Period. Nothing in this Agreement shall deprive Executive of Executive’s rights under COBRA or ERISA for benefits under plans and policies arising under Executive’s employment by the Company.

(b) Executive shall not receive the Non-CIC Severance Benefits pursuant to Section 6.2(a) or the CIC Severance Benefits pursuant to Section 6.3(a), as applicable, unless Executive executes the Separation Agreement within the consideration period specified therein, which shall in no event be more than forty-five (45) days, and until the Separation Agreement becomes effective and can no longer be revoked by Executive under its terms. Executive’s ability to receive the Non-CIC Severance Benefits pursuant to Section 6.2(a) or the CIC Severance Benefits pursuant to Section 6.3(a), as applicable, is further conditioned upon Executive: (i) returning all Company property; (ii) complying with Executive’s post-termination obligations under this Agreement and the Confidential Information Agreement; (iii) complying with the Separation Agreement, including without limitation any non-disparagement and confidentiality provisions contained therein; and (iv) resignation from any other positions Executive holds with the Company or any of its Affiliates, effective no later than Executive’s date of termination (or such other date as requested by the Board).

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, “Accrued Obligations” are (i) Executive’s accrued but unpaid salary and, if the Company maintains a vacation accrual policy, any accrued but unused vacation through the date of termination, (ii) any unreimbursed business expenses incurred by Executive payable in accordance with the Company’s standard expense reimbursement policies, and (iii) benefits owed to Executive under any qualified retirement plan or health and welfare benefit plan in which Executive was a participant in accordance with applicable law and the provisions of such plan.

(d) For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means any of the following actions taken by the Company without Executive’s express prior written consent: (i) a material reduction by the Company of Executive’s Base Salary or Target Bonus (other than in a broad-based reduction similarly affecting all other members of the Company’s executive management); (ii) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment, without Executive’s consent, to a place that increases Executive’s one-way commute by more than fifty (50) miles as compared to Executive’s then-current principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation (iii) a material reduction in Executive’s duties, authority, or responsibilities for the Company relative to Executive’s duties, authority, or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such material reduction, provided, however, that neither the conversion of the Company to a subsidiary, division or unit of an acquiring entity in connection with a Change in Control, nor a change in title or Executive’s reporting relationships will be deemed a “material reduction”; or (iv) the Company’s material breach of this Agreement or any other agreement with Executive; provided that any such termination by Executive shall only be deemed for Good Reason pursuant to this definition if: (1) Executive gives the Company written notice as described in Section 7.1 of Executive’s intent to terminate for Good Reason within thirty (30) days following the first occurrence of the condition(s) that Executive believes constitute(s) Good Reason, which


notice shall describe such condition(s) in reasonable detail; (2) the Company fails to remedy such condition(s) within thirty (30) days following receipt of the written notice (the “Cure Period”); (3) the Company has not, prior to receiving such notice from Executive, already informed Executive that Executive’s employment with the Company is being terminated; and (4) Executive voluntarily terminates Executive’s employment within thirty (30) days following the end of the Cure Period.

(e) For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” for termination shall mean that Executive has engaged in any of the following: (i) a material breach of any material covenant or condition under this Agreement, the Confidential Information Agreement, or any other material agreement between the Executive and the Company; (ii) any act constituting material dishonesty, fraud, immoral or disreputable conduct that causes material harm to the Company; (iii) any conduct which constitutes a felony under applicable law or which involves moral turpitude; (iv) material violation of any Company policy (including those pertaining to discrimination or harassment), after the expiration of thirty (30) days without cure after written notice of such violation; (v) gross negligence or willful misconduct in performance of Executive’s duties that results in material harm to the Company; (vi) breach of fiduciary duty to the Company, after the expiration of thirty (30) days without cure after written notice of such breach; or (vii) refusal to follow or implement a reasonable and lawful directive of Company. For purposes of this definition, the “Company” shall mean and include Holdings, Parent and their respective subsidiaries and affiliates.

(f) For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” shall have the meaning provided in the Plan; provided that, for clarity, the Transactions shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control for purposes of this Agreement.

(g) The Non-CIC Severance Benefits provided to Executive pursuant to this Section 6.2 are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled under any Company severance plan, policy, or program. For avoidance of doubt, Executive shall not be eligible to receive both CIC Severance Benefits and Non-CIC Severance Benefits.

(h) Any damages caused by the termination of Executive’s employment without Cause not in connection with a Change in Control would be difficult to ascertain; therefore, the Non-CIC Severance Benefits for which Executive is eligible pursuant to Section 6.2(a) above in exchange for the Separation Agreement are agreed to by the parties as liquidated damages, to serve as full compensation, and not a penalty.

(i) If the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, or Executive resigns from employment with the Company without Good Reason, regardless of whether or not such termination is in connection with a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan, and which, for purposes of clarity, will not include the Transactions), then Executive shall be entitled to the Accrued Obligations, but Executive will not be eligible for the Non-CIC Severance Benefits, the CIC Severance Benefits, or any other severance compensation or benefit.

6.3 Termination by the Company without Cause or Resignation by Executive for Good Reason (in connection with a Change in Control).

(a) The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment pursuant to this Section 6.3 at any time, with or without Cause or advance notice, by giving notice as described in Section 7.1 of this Agreement. Likewise, Executive can resign from employment with or without Good Reason, by giving notice as described in Section 7.1 of this Agreement. Executive hereby agrees to comply with the additional notice requirements set forth in Section 6.2(d) above for any resignation for Good Reason. If Executive is terminated without Cause or resigns for Good Reason, in either case, within one (1) month prior to or twelve (12) months following the effective date of a Change in Control (such period, the “Change in Control Measurement Period”), and for the avoidance of doubt excluding a termination due to death or Disability, and provided that such termination constitutes a Separation from Service, then Executive shall be entitled to the Accrued Obligations and, provided that Executive timely executes and allows to become effective a Separation Agreement, and subject to Section 6.2(b) above, then Executive shall be eligible to receive the following severance benefits (collectively the “CIC Severance Benefits”):


(i) The Company will pay Executive, for the twelve (12) month period following the termination date, a monthly amount equal to the sum of (i) 1/12 of Executive’s then-current Base Salary plus (ii) 1/12th of Executive’s then-current Target Bonus (the “CIC Severance,” and such period following the termination date, the “CIC Severance Period”). The CIC Severance will be paid in substantially equal installments on the Company’s regular payroll schedule following the termination date, subject to standard deductions and withholdings; provided, however that no portion of the CIC Severance will be paid prior to the Release Date, and any such payments that are otherwise scheduled to be made prior to the Release Date shall instead accrue and be made on the first regular payroll date following the Release Date (subject to Section 6.6(c) below);

(ii) Provided Executive or Executive’s covered dependents, as the case may be, timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, or state continuation coverage (as applicable), under the Company’s group health plans following such termination, the Company will pay the COBRA, or state continuation coverage, premiums to continue Executive’s (and Executive’s covered dependents, as applicable) health insurance coverage in effect on the termination date (to the same extent as the Company pays such premiums to active employees) until the earliest of: (1) the end of the CIC Severance Period following the termination date; (2) the date when Executive becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment; or (3) the date Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA or state law continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination (such period from the termination date through the earlier of (1)-(3), (the “CIC COBRA Payment Period”)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines that its payment of COBRA, or state continuation coverage, premiums on Executive’s behalf would result in a violation of applicable law (including, but not limited to, the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then in lieu of paying such premiums pursuant to this Section, the Company shall pay Executive on the last day of each remaining month of the CIC COBRA Payment Period, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the COBRA or state continuation coverage premium for such month, subject to applicable tax withholding, for the remainder of the CIC COBRA Payment Period. Nothing in this Agreement shall deprive Executive of Executive’s rights under COBRA or ERISA for benefits under plans and policies arising under Executive’s employment by the Company; and

(iii) Notwithstanding the terms of any equity plan or award agreement to the contrary, the unvested portion of all time-based equity awards granted on or after the Effective Date and outstanding on the date of Executive’s termination will become fully vested and (if applicable) exercisable as of the Release Date; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall modify in any way the terms or conditions applicable to any Phantom Equity Rights Grant Notice and Award Agreement (or similar agreement) by and between Executive and Company, Parent or Holdings, as such agreement may have been amended or clarified from time to time.

(b) The CIC Severance Benefits provided to Executive pursuant to this Section 6.3 are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled under any Company severance plan, policy, or program.

(c) Any damages caused by the termination of Executive’s employment without Cause during the Change in Control Measurement Period would be difficult to ascertain; therefore, the CIC Severance Benefits for which Executive is eligible pursuant to Section 6.3(a) above in exchange for the Release are agreed to by the parties as liquidated damages, to serve as full compensation, and not a penalty.


6.4 Cooperation With the Company After Termination of Employment. Following termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Company in all matters relating to the winding up of Executive’s pending work including, but not limited to, any litigation in which the Company is involved, and the orderly transfer of any such pending work to such other executives as may be designated by the Company; provided, however that the Company agrees that it (a) shall make reasonable efforts to minimize disruption of Executive’s other activities; and (b) shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable expenses incurred in connection with such cooperation.

6.5 Effect of Termination. Executive agrees that should Executive’s employment be terminated for any reason, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from any and all positions with the Company, including, but not limited to, all positions with any and all subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Company.

6.6 Application of Section 409A.

(a) It is intended that all of the compensation payable under this Agreement, to the greatest extent possible, either complies with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively, “Section 409A”) or satisfies one or more of the exemptions from the application of Section 409A, and this Agreement will be construed in a manner consistent with such intention, incorporating by reference all required definitions and payment terms.

(b) No severance payments will be made under this Agreement unless Executive’s termination of employment constitutes a Separation from Service. For purposes of Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A- 2(b)(2)(iii)), Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement (whether severance payments or otherwise) shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment.

(c) To the extent that any severance payments are deferred compensation under Section 409A, and are not otherwise exempt from the application of Section 409A, then, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A, if the period during which Executive may consider and sign the Separation Agreement spans two calendar years, the severance payments will not begin until the second calendar year. If the Company determines that the severance benefits provided under this Agreement constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and if Executive is a “specified employee” of the Company, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the severance will be delayed as follows: on the earlier to occur of (x) the date that is six months and one day after Executive’s Separation from Service, and (y) the date of Executive’s death, the Company will: (i) pay to Executive a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the severance benefits that Executive would otherwise have received if the commencement of the payment of the severance benefits had not been delayed pursuant to this Section 6.6(c); and (ii) commence paying the balance of the severance benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedule set forth in Sections 6.2 and 6.3. No interest shall be due on any amounts deferred pursuant to this Section 6.6(c).

(d) To the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A, amounts reimbursable to Executive under this Agreement shall be paid to Executive on or before the last day of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred and the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement (and in-kind benefits provided to Executive) during any one year may not effect amounts reimbursable or provided in any subsequent year. The Company makes no representation that compensation paid pursuant to the terms of this Agreement will be exempt from or comply with Section 409A and makes no undertaking to preclude Section 409A from applying to any such payment.

6.7 Excise Tax Adjustment.

(a) If any payment or benefit Executive will or may receive from the Company or otherwise (a “280G Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this Section, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the


Excise Tax”), then any such 280G Payment provided pursuant to this Agreement (a “Payment”) shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax, or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount (i.e., the amount determined by clause (x) or by clause (y)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state, and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in a Payment is required pursuant to the preceding sentence and the Reduced Amount is determined pursuant to clause (x) of the preceding sentence, the reduction shall occur in the manner (the “Reduction Method”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for Executive. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the “Pro Rata Reduction Method”)

(b) Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 6.7 to the contrary, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A as follows: (A) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest economic benefit for Executive as determined on an after-tax basis; (B) as a second priority, Payments that are contingent on future events (e.g., being terminated without Cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (C) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A.

(c) Unless Executive and the Company agree on an alternative accounting firm or law firm, the accounting firm engaged by the Company for general tax compliance purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control transaction shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity, or group effecting the Change in Control transaction, the Company shall appoint a nationally-recognized accounting or law firm to make the determinations required by this Section 6.7. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting or law firm required to be made hereunder. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the accounting or law firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder to provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to Executive and the Company within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which Executive’s right to a 280G Payment becomes reasonably likely to occur (if requested at that time by Executive or the Company) or such other time as requested by Executive or the Company.

(d) If Executive receives a Payment for which the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (x) of Section 6.7(a) and the Internal Revenue Service determines thereafter that some portion of the Payment is subject to the Excise Tax, Executive agrees to promptly return to the Company a sufficient amount of the Payment (after reduction pursuant to clause (x) of Section 6.7(a)) so that no portion of the remaining Payment is subject to the Excise Tax. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (y) of Section 6.7(a), Executive shall have no obligation to return any portion of the Payment pursuant to the preceding sentence.

6.8    Termination Due to Discontinuance of Business. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event the Company’s business is discontinued because rendered impracticable by substantial financial losses, lack of funding, legal decisions, administrative rulings, declaration of war, dissolution, national or local economic depression or crisis or any reasons beyond the control of the Company, then this Agreement shall terminate as of the day the Company determines to cease operation with the same force and effect as if such day of the month were originally set as the termination date hereof. In the event this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 6.8, Executive will not receive any severance benefits or any other compensation or benefit, except that, pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll policies, the Company shall provide to Executive the Accrued Obligations.


7. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

7.1 Notices. Any notices required hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by electronic mail or confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally-recognized overnight courier, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at Executive’s address as listed on the Company payroll or (if notice is given prior to Executive’s termination of employment) to Executive’s Company-issued email address, or at such other address as the Company or Executive may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other.

7.2 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed, and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provisions had never been contained herein.

7.3 Waiver. If either party should waive any breach of any provisions of this Agreement, Executive or the Company shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

7.4 Complete Agreement. This Agreement (including Exhibits A, B and C), and any other separate agreement relating to equity awards constitute the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to the subject matter hereof and supersede any prior oral discussions or written communications and agreements. This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation other than those expressly contained herein, and it cannot be modified or amended except in writing signed by Executive and an authorized officer of the Company.

7.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by electronic transmission and in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

7.6 Headings. The headings of the sections hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof nor to affect the meaning thereof.

7.7 Successors and Assigns. The Company shall assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder in whole, but not in part, to any company or other entity with or into which the Company may hereafter merge or consolidate or to which the Company may transfer all or substantially all of its assets, if in any such case said company or other entity shall by operation of law or expressly in writing assume all obligations of the Company hereunder as fully as if it had been originally made a party hereto, but may not otherwise assign this Agreement or its rights and obligations hereunder. Executive may not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder, other than to Executive’s estate upon Executive’s death.

7.8 Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity, and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Texas.

7.9 Resolution of Disputes. The parties recognize that litigation in federal or state courts or before federal or state administrative agencies of disputes arising out of Executive’s employment with the Company or out of this Agreement, or Executive’s termination of employment or termination of this Agreement, may not be in the best interests of either Executive or the Company, and may result in unnecessary costs, delays, complexities, and


uncertainty. The parties agree that any dispute between the parties arising out of or relating to the negotiation, execution, performance or termination of this Agreement or Executive’s employment, including, but not limited to, any claim arising out of this Agreement, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, Section 1981 of the Civil Rights Act of 1966, as amended, the Family Medical Leave Act, the Executive Retirement Income Security Act, and any similar federal, state or local law, statute, regulation, or any common law doctrine, whether that dispute arises during or after employment, shall be settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association; provided however, that this dispute resolution provision shall not apply to any separate agreements between the parties that provide for dispute resolution through other means. The location for the arbitration shall be the Dallas, Texas area. Any award made by such panel shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties for all purposes, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. To the extent applicable law prohibits mandatory arbitration of discrimination, harassment, and/or retaliation claims, in the event Executive intends to bring multiple claims, including a discrimination, harassment, and/or retaliation claim, the discrimination, harassment, and/or retaliation claim may be publicly filed with a court, while any other claims will remain subject to mandatory arbitration. The arbitrators’ fees and expenses and all administrative fees and expenses associated with the filing of the arbitration shall be borne by the Company; provided however, that at Executive’s option, Executive may voluntarily pay up to one-half the costs and fees. The parties agree that this arbitration provision shall be interpreted in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act. Any disputes over arbitrability will be determined by the arbitrator, and not any court. The parties acknowledge and agree that their obligations to arbitrate under this Section survive the termination of this Agreement and continue after the termination of the employment relationship between Executive and the Company. The parties each further agree that the arbitration provisions of this Agreement shall provide each party with its exclusive remedy, and each party expressly waives any right it might have to seek redress in any other forum, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement. By election arbitration as the means for final settlement of all claims, the parties hereby waive their respective rights to, and agree not to, sue each other in any action in a federal, state or local court with respect to such claims, but may seek to enforce in court an arbitration award rendered pursuant to this Agreement, or to institute in court an action for injunctive relief in aid of arbitration, provided that any such action must be brought in a state or federal court located in Dallas County, Texas. The parties specifically agree to waive their respective rights to a trial by jury, and further agree that no demand, request or motion will be made for trial by jury. Executive expressly waives any right or entitlement to bring any action on a class, collective or multi-party basis.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Employment Agreement to be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

BioTE Medical, LLC
By:  

T.S. Weber

Name:  

T.S. Weber

Title:  

CEO

EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Cary Paulette

Cary Paulette
EX-10.9

Exhibit 10.9

Certain identified information marked with [***] has been excluded from the exhibit because it is both not

material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

 

  CUSIP NUMBERS
  General:    09077PAA1
  Revolver:    09077PAB9
  Term Loan A:    09077PAC7

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of May 26, 2022

among

BIOTE MEDICAL, LLC,

as the Borrower

BIOTE HOLDINGS, LLC

as Holdings

HOLDINGS AND THE SUBSIDIARIES OF HOLDINGS IDENTIFIED HEREIN,

as the Guarantors

THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

and

TRUIST BANK,

as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Co-Syndication Agents

TRUIST SECURITIES, INC.,

BOFA SECURITIES, INC.

and

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION

     1  

Section 1.1

  Definitions      1  

Section 1.2

  Classifications of Loans and Borrowings      49  

Section 1.3

  Accounting Terms and Determination      50  

Section 1.4

  Terms Generally      50  

Section 1.5

  Letter of Credit Amounts      51  

Section 1.6

  Times of Day      51  

Section 1.7

  Divisions      51  

Section 1.8

  Rates      51  

Section 1.9

  Limited Condition Transactions      52  

ARTICLE II AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE COMMITMENTS

     52  

Section 2.1

  General Description of Facilities      52  

Section 2.2

  Revolving Loans      53  

Section 2.3

  Procedure for Revolving Borrowings      53  

Section 2.4

  Swingline Commitment      53  

Section 2.5

  Term Loan A Commitment      54  

Section 2.6

  Funding of Borrowings      55  

Section 2.7

  Interest Elections      55  

Section 2.8

  Optional Reduction and Termination of Commitments      56  

Section 2.9

  Repayment of Loans      57  

Section 2.10

  Evidence of Indebtedness      58  

Section 2.11

  Optional Prepayments      58  

Section 2.12

  Mandatory Prepayments      59  

Section 2.13

  Interest on Loans      60  

Section 2.14

  Fees      61  

Section 2.15

  Computation of Interest and Fees      62  

Section 2.16

  Inability to Determine SOFR      62  

Section 2.17

  Illegality      64  

Section 2.18

  Increased Costs      65  

Section 2.19

  Funding Indemnity      66  

Section 2.20

  Taxes      66  

Section 2.21

  Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs      70  

Section 2.22

  Letters of Credit      71  

Section 2.23

  Increase of Commitments; Additional Lenders      76  

Section 2.24

  Mitigation of Obligations      79  

Section 2.25

  Replacement of Lenders      79  

Section 2.26

  Defaulting Lenders      80  

Section 2.27

  Refinancing Amendments      83  

Section 2.28

  Loan Modification Offers      84  

ARTICLE III CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

     85  

Section 3.1

  Conditions To Effectiveness      85  

Section 3.2

  Each Credit Event after the Closing Date      89  

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     90  

Section 4.1

  Existence; Power      90  

 

i


Section 4.2

  Organizational Power; Authorization; Enforceability      90  

Section 4.3

  Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts      90  

Section 4.4

  Financial Statements      90  

Section 4.5

  Litigation and Environmental Matters      91  

Section 4.6

  Compliance with Laws and Agreements      91  

Section 4.7

  No Default      92  

Section 4.8

  Investment Company Act, Etc      93  

Section 4.9

  Taxes      93  

Section 4.10

  Margin Regulations      93  

Section 4.11

  ERISA      93  

Section 4.12

  Ownership of Property; Intellectual Property; Insurance      94  

Section 4.13

  Disclosure      94  

Section 4.14

  Labor Relations      95  

Section 4.15

  Subsidiaries      95  

Section 4.16

  Solvency      95  

Section 4.17

  Business Locations; Taxpayer Identification Number; Deposit Accounts      95  

Section 4.18

  Material Agreements      96  

Section 4.19

  Sanctions and Anti-Corruption Laws      96  

Section 4.20

  Subordination of Subordinated Debt      96  

Section 4.21

  Affected Financial Institutions      96  

Section 4.22

  Perfection of Security Interests in the Collateral      96  

ARTICLE V AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     97  

Section 5.1

  Financial Statements and Other Information      97  

Section 5.2

  Notices of Material Events      99  

Section 5.3

  Existence; Conduct of Business      100  

Section 5.4

  Compliance with Laws, Etc      100  

Section 5.5

  Payment of Obligations      100  

Section 5.6

  Books and Records      100  

Section 5.7

  Visitation, Inspection, Etc      101  

Section 5.8

  Maintenance of Properties; Insurance      101  

Section 5.9

  Use of Proceeds      101  

Section 5.10

  Additional Subsidiaries      102  

Section 5.11

  Further Assurances.      102  

Section 5.12

  Compliance Programs; Data Privacy and Security Policies      103  

ARTICLE VI FINANCIAL COVENANTS

     104  

Section 6.1

  Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio      104  

Section 6.2

  Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio      104  

ARTICLE VII NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     104  

Section 7.1

  Indebtedness and Preferred Equity      104  

Section 7.2

  Negative Pledge      107  

Section 7.3

  Fundamental Changes; Conduct of Business      110  

Section 7.4

  Investments, Loans, Etc      110  

Section 7.5

  Restricted Payments      112  

Section 7.6

  Sale of Assets      113  

Section 7.7

  Transactions with Affiliates      114  

Section 7.8

  Restrictive Agreements      114  

Section 7.9

  Sale and Leaseback Transactions      115  

 

ii


Section 7.10

  Hedging Transactions      115  

Section 7.11

  Legal Name, State of Formation and Form of Entity      115  

Section 7.12

  Amendment to Organization Documents and Material Documents      115  

Section 7.13

  Restricted Debt Payments      115  

Section 7.14

  Accounting Changes; Change in Fiscal Year      116  

Section 7.15

  Government Regulation      116  

Section 7.16

  [reserved]      116  

Section 7.17

  Use of Proceeds      116  

Section 7.18

  Designation as Senior Debt      116  

Section 7.19

  Activities of Holdings      116  

ARTICLE VIII EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     117  

Section 8.1

  Events of Default      117  

Section 8.2

  Application of Funds      120  

Section 8.3

  Certain Cure Rights      121  

ARTICLE IX THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     122  

Section 9.1

  Appointment of Administrative Agent      122  

Section 9.2

  Nature of Duties of Administrative Agent      123  

Section 9.3

  Lack of Reliance on the Administrative Agent      124  

Section 9.4

  Certain Rights of the Administrative Agent      124  

Section 9.5

  Reliance by Administrative Agent      124  

Section 9.6

  The Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity      124  

Section 9.7

  Successor Administrative Agent      125  

Section 9.8

  Withholding Tax      125  

Section 9.9

  Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim      126  

Section 9.10

  Authorization to Execute Other Loan Documents      126  

Section 9.11

  Collateral and Guaranty Matters      127  

Section 9.12

  No Other Duties, etc.      127  

Section 9.13

  Right to Realize on Collateral and Enforce Guarantee      127  

Section 9.14

  Hedging Obligations and Bank Product Obligations      127  

Section 9.15

  Erroneous Payments      128  

ARTICLE X THE GUARANTY

     130  

Section 10.1

  The Guaranty      130  

Section 10.2

  Obligations Unconditional      131  

Section 10.3

  Reinstatement      131  

Section 10.4

  Certain Additional Waivers      132  

Section 10.5

  Remedies      132  

Section 10.6

  Rights of Contribution      132  

Section 10.7

  Guarantee of Payment; Continuing Guarantee      132  

Section 10.8

  Keepwell      132  

ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS

     133  

Section 11.1

  Notices      133  

Section 11.2

  Waiver; Amendments      136  

Section 11.3

  Expenses; Indemnification      138  

Section 11.4

  Successors and Assigns      140  

Section 11.5

  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process      145  

Section 11.6

  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      145  

Section 11.7

  Right of Setoff      146  

 

iii


Section 11.8

  Counterparts; Integration      146  

Section 11.9

  Survival      146  

Section 11.10

  Severability      147  

Section 11.11

  Confidentiality      147  

Section 11.12

  Interest Rate Limitation      147  

Section 11.13

  Waiver of Effect of Corporate Seal      148  

Section 11.14

  PATRIOT Act      148  

Section 11.15

  No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility      148  

Section 11.16

  Electronic Signatures      149  

Section 11.17

  Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions      149  

Section 11.18

  Certain ERISA Matters      149  

Section 11.19

  Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs      150  

 

iv


Schedules       

Schedule I

  -         Commitment Amounts

Schedule 4.15

  -         Subsidiaries

Schedule 4.17-1

  -         Locations of Real Property

Schedule 4.17-2

  -         Locations of Chief Executive Office, Taxpayer Identification Number, Etc.

Schedule 4.17-3

  -         Changes in Legal Name, State of Formation and Structure

Schedule 4.17-4

  -         Deposit and Securities Accounts

Schedule 4.18

  -         Material Agreements

Schedule 7.1

  -         Outstanding Indebtedness

Schedule 7.2

  -         Existing Liens

Schedule 7.4

  -         Existing Investments

Schedule 7.7

  -         Transactions with Affiliates
Exhibits       

Exhibit 2.3

  -         Form of Notice of Revolving Borrowing

Exhibit 2.4

  -         Form of Notice of Swingline Borrowing

Exhibit 2.7

  -         Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation

Exhibit 2.10

  -         Form of Note

Exhibits 2.20 (1-4)

  -         Forms of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates

Exhibit 5.1

  -         Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit 5.10

  -         Form of Guarantor Joinder Agreement

Exhibit 11.4

  -        Form of Assignment and Acceptance

 

 

v


CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of May 26, 2022, by and among BIOTE MEDICAL, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (the “Borrower”), BIOTE HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), the other Guarantors (defined herein), the Lenders (defined herein), and TRUIST BANK, in its capacities as Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide, in its favor, a $50,000,000 revolving credit facility and a term loan (advanced on the Closing Date) in an aggregate principal amount equal to $125,000,000;

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender to the extent of their respective Commitments as defined herein, are willing severally to establish the requested revolving credit facility, letter of credit subfacility and the swingline subfacility in favor of the Borrower, and the Lenders agree to make the term loan to the Borrower;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the Borrower, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION

Section 1.1 Definitions. In addition to the other terms defined herein, the following terms used herein shall have the meanings herein specified (to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

Acquired Business” shall mean the entity or assets acquired by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an Acquisition on or after the date hereof.

Acquiror” shall mean Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III, a Delaware corporation.

Acquisition” shall mean (a) any Investment by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Subsidiary of the Borrower or shall be merged with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) any acquisition by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of the assets of any Person (other than a Subsidiary) that constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or a division or business unit of such Person.

Additional Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.23.

Additional Refinancing Amount” shall mean any premium (including tender premium), original issue discount, accrued interest (pay-in-kind or otherwise), and customary fees and expenses incurred in connection with the exchange, extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing of Indebtedness.

Additional Rights” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.23.


Adjusted Term SOFR” shall mean, for purposes of any calculation, the rate per annum equal to (a) Term SOFR for such calculation plus (b) the Term SOFR Adjustment; provided, that if Adjusted Term SOFR as so determined shall ever be less than the Floor, then Adjusted Term SOFR shall be deemed to be the Floor.

Administrative Agent” shall mean Truist Bank in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

Administrative Questionnaire” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, an administrative questionnaire in the form provided by the Administrative Agent and submitted to the Administrative Agent duly completed by such Lender.

Affected Financial Institution” means (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.

Affiliate” shall mean, as to any Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “Control” shall mean the power, directly or indirectly, either to (i) vote 15% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of a Person or (ii) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by control or otherwise. The terms “Controlling”, “Controlled by”, and “under common Control with” have the meanings correlative thereto.

Aggregate Revolving Commitments” shall mean the Revolving Commitments of all the Lenders at any time outstanding. On the Closing Date, the aggregate amount of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments is $50,000,000.

Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Anti-Corruption Laws” shall mean all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to Holdings, the Borrower or their respective Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

Applicable Lending Office” shall mean, for each Lender and for each Type of Loan, the “Lending Office” of such Lender (or an Affiliate of such Lender) designated for such Type of Loan in the Administrative Questionnaire submitted by such Lender or such other office of such Lender (or an Affiliate of such Lender) as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower as the office by which its Loans of such Type are to be made and maintained.

Applicable Margin” shall mean, as of any date, a percentage per annum determined by reference to the applicable Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio in effect on such date as set forth in the table below; provided, that a change in the Applicable Margin resulting from a change in the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be effective on the second Business Day after which the Borrower delivers each of the financial statements required by Sections 5.1(a) and 5.1(b) and the Compliance Certificate required by Section 5.1(c); provided, further, that if at any time the Borrower shall have failed to deliver such financial statements and such Compliance Certificate when so required, the Applicable Margin shall be at Level 2 as set forth in the table below until the second Business Day after which such financial statements and Compliance Certificate are delivered, at which time the Applicable Margin shall be determined as provided above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Applicable Margin from the Closing Date until the second Business Day after which the financial statements and Compliance Certificate for the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2022 are required to

 

2


be delivered shall be at Level 1 as set forth in the table below. In the event that any financial statement or Compliance Certificate delivered hereunder is shown to be inaccurate (regardless of whether this Agreement or the Commitments are in effect when such inaccuracy is discovered), and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Margin based upon the pricing grid set forth in the table below (the “Accurate Applicable Margin”) for any period that such financial statement or Compliance Certificate covered, then (i) the Borrower shall immediately deliver to the Administrative Agent a correct financial statement or Compliance Certificate, as the case may be, for such period, (ii) the Applicable Margin shall be adjusted such that after giving effect to the corrected financial statements or Compliance Certificate, as the case may be, the Applicable Margin shall be reset to the Accurate Applicable Margin based upon the pricing grid set forth in the table below for such period and (iii) the Borrower shall promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days) pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, the accrued additional interest owing as a result of such Accurate Applicable Margin for such period (it being understood that no Event of Default pursuant to Sections 8.01(a) or 8.01(b) shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of any such inaccuracy if such payment is so made). The provisions of this definition shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to Section 2.13(d) or Article VIII.

 

Level    Consolidated Total Net Leverage
Ratio
     SOFR Loans
and Letter of
Credit Fee
   

Base Rate

Loans

   

Commitment

Fee

 

1

     <  2.25 to 1.00        2.50     1.50     0.35

2

     ≥  2.25 to 1.00        2.75     1.75     0.40

The “Applicable Margin” for any Incremental Term Loan shall be the percentage per annum provided in the definitive documentation for such Incremental Term Loan.

Approved Fund” shall mean any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (i) a Lender, (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender or (iii) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Arrangers” shall mean Truist Securities, Inc., BofA Securities, Inc., and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners.

Asset Sale” shall mean the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition of any property by Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, including any sale and leaseback transaction and any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith, but excluding (a) the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) the sale or disposition for fair market value of surplus, obsolete or worn out property or other property not necessary for operations of Holdings, the Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries disposed of in the ordinary course of business; (c) the disposition of property (including the cancellation of Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.4(d)) to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries; provided, that if the transferor of such property is a Loan Party then the transferee thereof must be a Loan Party; (d) the disposition of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof; (e) licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted to others in the ordinary course of business or not interfering in any material respect with the business of Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries; (f) the sale or disposition of Cash Equivalents for fair market value in the ordinary course of business and (g) the disposition of shares of Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of Holdings in order to qualify members of the governing body of such Subsidiary of Holdings if required by applicable Law.

 

3


Assignment and Acceptance” shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 11.4(b)) and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit 11.4 attached hereto or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Audited Financial Statements” shall mean the audited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2021, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, including the notes thereto.

Availability Period shall mean the period from the Closing Date to but excluding the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

Available Tenor” means, as of any date of determination and with respect to the then-current Benchmark, as applicable, (x) if such Benchmark is a term rate, any tenor for such Benchmark (or component thereof) that is or may be used for determining the length of an interest period pursuant to this Agreement or (y) otherwise, any payment period for interest calculated with reference to such Benchmark (or component thereof) that is or may be used for determining any frequency of making payments of interest calculated with reference to such Benchmark, in each case, as of such date and not including, for the avoidance of doubt, any tenor for such Benchmark that is then-removed from the definition of “Interest Period” pursuant to Section 2.16(e).

Bail-In Action” shall mean the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” shall mean, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Bank Product Obligations” shall mean, collectively, all obligations and other liabilities of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of Holdings to any Bank Product Provider arising with respect to any Bank Products.

Bank Product Provider” shall mean any Person that (a) (i) at the time it provides any Bank Products to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of Holdings, is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or (ii) has provided any Bank Products to any Loan Party or Subsidiary of Holdings that exist on the Closing Date, and such Person is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender on the Closing Date and (b) except when the Bank Product Provider is Truist Bank and its Affiliates, has provided prior written notice to the Administrative Agent which has been acknowledged by the Borrower of the existence of such Bank Product. In no event shall any Bank Product Provider acting in such capacity be deemed a Lender for purposes hereof to the extent of and as to Bank Products except that each reference to the term “Lender” in Article IX and Section 11.4 shall be deemed to include such Bank Product Provider and in no event shall the approval of any such person in its capacity as Bank Product Provider be required in connection with the release or termination of any security interest or Lien of the Administrative Agent.

Bank Products” shall mean any of the following services provided to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of Holdings by any Bank Product Provider: (a) any treasury or other cash management services, including deposit accounts, automated clearing house (ACH) origination and other funds transfer, depository (including cash vault and check deposit), zero balance accounts and sweeps, return items processing, controlled disbursement accounts, positive pay, lockboxes and lockbox accounts, account reconciliation and information reporting, payables outsourcing, payroll processing, trade finance services, investment accounts and securities accounts, and (b) card services, including credit card (including purchasing card and commercial card), prepaid cards, including payroll, stored value and gift cards, merchant services processing, and debit card services.

 

4


Base Rate” shall mean for any day a rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the rate which the Administrative Agent announces from time to time as its prime lending rate, as in effect from time to time (the “Prime Rate”), (b) the Federal Funds Rate, as in effect from time to time, plus one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum and (c) Adjusted Term SOFR for a one-month tenor in effect on such day plus one percent (1.00%) (any changes in such rates to be effective as of the date of any change in such rate). The Administrative Agent’s prime lending rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually charged to any customer. The Administrative Agent may make commercial loans or other loans at rates of interest at, above, or below the Administrative Agent’s prime lending rate. Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Rate, or Adjusted Term SOFR will be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Rate, or Adjusted Term SOFR, respectively. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, if the Base Rate is less than the Floor, such rate shall be deemed to be the Floor for purposes of this Agreement.

Base Rate Term SOFR Determination Day” shall have the meaning set forth the definition of “Term SOFR”.

BCA” shall mean that certain Business Combination Agreement dated as of December 13, 2021 by and among, inter alia, the Acquiror, Holdings, the Borrower, BioTE Management, LLC, Dr. Gary Donovitz, Teresa S. Weber and the other parties thereto as in effect on the date hereof.

Benchmark” shall mean, initially, the Term SOFR Reference Rate; provided that if a Benchmark Transition Event has occurred with respect to the Term SOFR Reference Rate or the then-current Benchmark, then “Benchmark” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement to the extent that such Benchmark Replacement has replaced such prior benchmark rate pursuant to Section 2.16(b).

Benchmark Replacement” shall mean with respect to any Benchmark Transition Event, the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by the Administrative Agent for the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date:

(a) Daily Simple SOFR; or

(b) the sum of: (i) the alternate benchmark rate that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower giving due consideration to (A) any selection or recommendation of a replacement benchmark rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (B) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a benchmark rate as a replacement to the then-current Benchmark for Dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities and (ii) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

If the Benchmark Replacement as determined pursuant to clause (a) or (b) above would be less than the Floor, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

5


Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” shall mean, with respect to any replacement of the then-current Benchmark with an Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement, the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower giving due consideration to (a) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body or (b) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for Dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities.

Benchmark Replacement Date” shall mean the earliest to occur of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:

(a) in the case of clause (a) or (b) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event”, the later of (i) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (ii) the date on which the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or

(b) in the case of clause (c) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event”, the first date on which such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) has been determined and announced by or on behalf of the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) or the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) to be non-representative or non-compliant with or non-aligned with the International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO) Principles for Financial Benchmarks; provided that such non-representativeness, non-compliance or non-alignment will be determined by reference to the most recent statement or publication referenced in such clause (c) and even if any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) continues to be provided on such date.

For the avoidance of doubt, the “Benchmark Replacement Date” will be deemed to have occurred in the case of clause (a) or (b) above with respect to any Benchmark upon the occurrence of the applicable event or events set forth therein with respect to all then-current Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).

Benchmark Transition Event” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:

(a) a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof), permanently or indefinitely; provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof);

(b) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof), the Federal Reserve Board, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component) or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), which states that the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component) has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) permanently or indefinitely; provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or

 

6


(c) a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) or the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) announcing that all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) are not, or as of a specified future date will not be, representative or in compliance with or aligned with the International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO) Principles for Financial Benchmarks.

For the avoidance of doubt, a “Benchmark Transition Event” will be deemed to have occurred with respect to any Benchmark if a public statement or publication of information set forth above has occurred with respect to each then-current Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).

Benchmark Unavailability Period” shall mean, the period (if any) (a) beginning at the time that a Benchmark Replacement Date has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with Section 2.16 and (b) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with Section 2.16.

Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership as required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

Benefit Plan” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in and subject to Section 4975 of the Code or (c) any person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

BHC Act Affiliate” of a party shall mean an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.

Borrower” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

Borrowing shall mean a borrowing consisting of (a) Loans of the same Class and Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and in the case of SOFR Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (b) a Swingline Loan.

Business Day” shall mean shall any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Charlotte, North Carolina or New York, New York are authorized or required by Law to close.

Capital Expenditures” shall mean for any period, without duplication, (a) the additions to property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures of Holdings and its Subsidiaries that are (or would be) set forth on a consolidated statement of cash flows of Holdings for such period and (b) Capital Lease Obligations incurred by Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such period.

 

7


Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person shall mean all obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) of real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Stock” shall mean all shares, options, warrants, general or limited partnership interests, membership interests or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or equivalent entity whether voting or nonvoting, including common stock, preferred stock or any other “equity security” (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); provided that Capital Stock shall exclude debt securities and other Indebtedness convertible into or exchangeable for any of the foregoing at any time prior to such conversion or exchange.

Cash Collateralize” shall mean, in respect of any obligations, to provide and pledge (as a first priority perfected security interest) cash collateral for such obligations in Dollars, to the Administrative Agent pursuant to documentation in form and substance, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (and “Cash Collateralization” and “Cash Collateral” have a corresponding meaning).

Cash Equivalents” shall mean:

(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(b) commercial paper having the highest rating, at the time of acquisition thereof, of S&P or Moody’s and in either case maturing within six months from the date of acquisition thereof;

(c) certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits maturing within 180 days of the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the Laws of the United States or any state thereof which has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000;

(d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) above; and

(e) mutual funds investing solely in any one or more of the Cash Equivalents described in clauses (a) through (d) above.

CFC” shall mean a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events: (a) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis to any Person or “group” (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the SEC thereunder in effect on the date hereof) other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or “group”

 

8


(within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the SEC thereunder as in effect on the date hereof) other than the Acquiror or any of its Affiliates or the Parent or any of its Affiliates of 35% or more of the outstanding shares of the voting stock of Holdings, (c) during any period of 12 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of the Borrower cease to be composed of individuals who that are Continuing Directors or (d) Holdings shall cease to directly own 100% of the outstanding shares of stock of the Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Closing Date Acquisition Documents shall not constitute a Change in Control.

Change in Law” shall mean the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (i) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (ii) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty, or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority, or (iii) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Class”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans or Term Loans and when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving Commitment, a Swingline Commitment or a Term Loan Commitment.

Closing Date” shall mean the date hereof.

Closing Date Acquisition” shall mean the purchase by the Acquiror, directly or indirectly, of certain Capital Stock of Holdings pursuant to the terms of the BCA.

Closing Date Acquisition Documents” shall mean, collectively, the BCA and each other document, instrument, certificate and agreement executed and delivered in connection therewith.

CMS” shall mean the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, the federal agency responsible for administering Medicare, Medicaid, SCHIP (State Children’s Health Insurance Program) and other federal health-related programs.

Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Collateral” shall mean a collective reference to all real and personal property with respect to which Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of itself and the Secured Parties, are purported to be granted pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Documents.

Collateral Documents” shall mean a collective reference to the Security Agreement, any Mortgage and any other security documents executed and delivered by any Loan Party pursuant to Section 5.11.

Commitment” shall mean a Revolving Commitment, a Swingline Commitment or a Term Loan Commitment or any combination thereof (as the context shall permit or require).

 

9


Commitment Fee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(b).

Commodity Exchange Act” shall mean the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.) and any successor statute.

Company Material Adverse Effect” shall mean “Material Adverse Effect” as defined in the BCA.

Compliance Certificate” shall mean a certificate from the principal executive officer or the principal financial officer of the Borrower in the form of, and containing the certifications set forth in, the certificate attached hereto as Exhibit 5.1.

Conforming Changes” shall mean, with respect to either the use or administration of Term SOFR or the use, administration, adoption or implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definition of “Base Rate”. the definition of “Business Day”, the definition of “U.S. Government Securities Business Day”, the definition of “Interest Period” or any similar or analogous definition (or the addition of a concept of “interest period”), timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest, timing of borrowing requests or prepayment, conversion or continuation notices, the applicability and length of lookback periods, the applicability of Section 2.19 and other technical, administrative or operational matters) that the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Borrower, decides may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of any such rate or to permit the use and administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent determines that no market practice for the administration of any such rate exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent decides is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents).

Connection Income Taxes” shall mean Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Consolidated EBITDA” shall mean, for Holdings and its Subsidiaries for any period, determined on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (b) to the extent deducted in, or otherwise reducing, such determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period (other than clauses (b)(ix) and (b)(xii) below), without duplication, (i) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, (ii) the provision for income, franchise, excise and similar taxes for such period, (iii) depreciation and amortization for such period, (iv) all non-cash losses or expenses (excluding any non-cash loss or expense (A) that is an accrual of a reserve for a cash expenditure or payment to be made, or anticipated to be made, in a future period (including any items which represent the reversal of any reserve for a cash expenditure or payment to be made, or anticipated to be made, that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period), (B) that represents a cash payment in a prior period or (C) relating to a write-down, write off or reserve with respects to accounts receivable and inventory), (v) all fees and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses payable or otherwise incurred in connection with this Agreement, the Transactions, any other Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.1 and any amendments, restatements, supplements, extensions, modifications, consents or waivers thereto or refinancings thereof, (vi) all out-of-pocket fees and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with a (A) Permitted Acquisition or (B) any other Acquisition or Investment not in the ordinary course of business (including fees, costs and expenses that are reimbursable out of an escrow or similar arrangement in connection with each of the same), (vii) documented fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Asset Sale, issuance of Capital Stock or stock equivalents or Restricted Payment not in the ordinary course of business, (viii) any extraordinary losses or non-recurring reasonable and documented losses and

 

10


out-of-pocket costs and expenses including severance costs, lease termination costs, relocation costs, restructuring charges, retention or completion bonuses, signing costs and other expenses not otherwise added back to Consolidated EBITDA; provided, that the aggregate amount of amounts added back in reliance on this clause (b)(viii), clause (b)(ix) and clause (b)(x) shall not exceed twenty percent (20.0%) of Consolidated EBITDA in any four (4) consecutive Fiscal Quarter period, calculated before giving effect to any add-back or adjustment pursuant to this clause (b)(viii), clause (b)(ix) and clause (b)(x), (ix) the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and other operating cost improvements, cost saving restructurings, cost synergies and similar cost savings initiatives related to acquisitions, dispositions, restructurings, investments and cost savings initiatives projected by the Borrower in good faith to result from actions that have been taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken prior to the last day of such measurement period and benefits realized (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) within eighteen (18) months after the consummation of any such transaction, in each case calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period, net of the amount of actual benefits realized from such actions; provided that the aggregate amount of amounts added back in reliance on this clause (b)(ix), clause (b)(viii) and clause (b)(x) shall not exceed twenty percent (20.0%) of Consolidated EBITDA in any four (4) consecutive Fiscal Quarter period, calculated before giving effect to any add-back or adjustment pursuant to this clause (b)(ix), clause (b)(viii) and clause (b)(x), (x) any items that would be permitted to be included in pro forma adjustments contained in financial statements prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X; provided that the aggregate amount of amounts added back in reliance on this clause (b)(x), clause (b)(viii) and clause (b)(ix) shall not exceed twenty percent (20.0%) of Consolidated EBITDA in any four (4) consecutive Fiscal Quarter period, calculated before giving effect to any add-back or adjustment pursuant to this clause (b)(x), clause (b)(viii) and clause (b)(ix), (xi) other accruals, fees, payments and expenses (including rationalization, legal, tax, structuring and other costs and expenses), or any amortization thereof, related to the Transactions (including all Transaction Costs), (xii) to the extent actually received in such period and not already included in Consolidated Net Income, proceeds of business interruption insurance in an amount representing the earnings for the applicable period that such proceeds are intended to replace, (xiii) Earnout Obligations (A) in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted by Section 7.4 and (B) to the extent paid, incurred or accrued (without duplication of any such payment, incurrence or accrual) during such period to the extent such Earnout Obligations are deducted from the calculation of Consolidated Net Income, (xiv) any charges, expenses or losses from (or incurred in connection with) disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations or product lines and (xv) fees, indemnifications and reimbursement of expenses of directors, managers or members of Holdings or Holdings’ direct or indirect parent entity minus (c) to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, without duplication, (i) non-cash income or gains (excluding any non-cash income or gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated Net Income or Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period and was not previously added back to Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period), (ii) any gains realized in connection with the undertaking or implementation of restructurings and other events and/or actions described in clause (b)(ix), (iii) any cash payment made in such period in respect of any non-cash charge in a prior period that represented an accrual or reserve for such cash payment and was added to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to the preceding clauses (b)(iv) or (b)(viii) in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for such prior period, (iv) any income or gains resulting from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations or product lines, and (v) any extraordinary gains or non-recurring gains, in each case, to the extent that such gains are realized in cash during such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consolidated EBITDA for each of the Fiscal Quarters ended June 30, 2021, September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2021 and March 31, 2022 shall be $10,952,000, $10,395,000, $9,221,000 and $11,776,000, respectively, in each case subject to Section 1.3(c) for any Asset Sale or Acquisition consummated after the Closing Date.

 

11


Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” shall mean, as of any date, the ratio of (a) (i) Consolidated EBITDA less (ii) Capital Expenditures (excluding that portion of Capital Expenditures financed under capital leases or long term, non-revolving Indebtedness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries) less (iii) Permitted Tax Distributions less (iv) without duplication of clause (a)(iii), all franchise taxes, excise taxes and taxes on or measured by income, profits or capital to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges, in each case measured on a consolidated basis as of the last day of the period of four (4) Fiscal Quarters most recently ended.

Consolidated Fixed Charges” shall mean, for Holdings and its Subsidiaries for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (a) the cash portion of Consolidated Interest Expense (less the cash portion of any interest earned during such period) plus (b) regularly scheduled principal payments made with respect to Consolidated Total Debt during such period (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) mandatory prepayments made pursuant to Section 2.12, (ii) payments on revolving loans (including, without limitation, Revolving Loans) to the extent not resulting in a commitment reduction and (iii) payments of intercompany Indebtedness between Holdings and its Subsidiaries) and/or Capital Lease Obligations paid in cash by Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such period, in each case measured on a consolidated basis for the period of four (4) Fiscal Quarters most recently ended. For purposes of this definition, “scheduled payments of principal” shall: (x) be determined without giving effect to any reduction of such scheduled payments resulting from the application of any voluntary prepayments or mandatory prepayments made during the applicable period; (y) be deemed to include payments with respect to the attributable principal amount in respect of capital leases, securitization transactions, sale and leaseback transactions and synthetic leases; and (z) not include any voluntary prepayments or mandatory prepayments required pursuant to Sections 2.11 or 2.12. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (I) for the four (4) Fiscal Quarter period ending September 30, 2022, the amounts set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above shall be deemed to be equal to the product of such amounts for the one (1) Fiscal Quarter period ending September 30, 2022 multiplied by four (4); (II) for the four (4) Fiscal Quarter period ending December 31, 2022, the amounts set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above shall be deemed to be equal to the product of such amounts for the two (2) Fiscal Quarter period ending December 31, 2022 multiplied by two (2); and (III) for the four (4) Fiscal Quarter period ending March 31, 2023, the amounts set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above shall be deemed to be equal to the product of such amounts for the three (3) Fiscal Quarter period ending March 31, 2023 multiplied by four thirds (4/3).

Consolidated Interest Expense” shall mean, for Holdings and its Subsidiaries for any period determined on a consolidated basis, the sum of (a) total interest expense, including, without limitation, (i) the interest component of any payments in respect of Capital Lease Obligations capitalized or expensed during such period (whether or not actually paid during such period) and (ii) debt discount or premium and other financing fees and expenses and other similar items plus (b) the net amount payable (or minus the net amount receivable) with respect to Hedging Transactions during such period (whether or not actually paid or received during such period).

Consolidated Net Income” shall mean, for Holdings and its Subsidiaries for any period determined on a consolidated basis, the net income (or loss) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such period but excluding therefrom (to the extent otherwise included therein) (a) any unusual and infrequent gains or losses, (b) any gains attributable to write-ups of assets or the sale of assets (other than the sale of inventory in ordinary course of business), (c) any equity interest of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings in the unremitted earnings of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of Holdings, and (d) any income (or loss) of a Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of Holdings or is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings or the date that such Person’s assets are acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings.

 

12


Consolidated Total Debt” shall mean, as of any date, all Indebtedness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries measured on a consolidated basis as of such date, but excluding (a) Indebtedness of the type described in clauses (d), (h), (i) and (j) (but in the case of clause (j) only to the extent supporting Indebtedness of the types referred to clauses (d), (h) and (i) of the definition thereof) of the definition thereof and (b) any undrawn amounts and drawn amounts reimbursed within one (1) Business Day of the drawing thereof under clause (f) of the definition thereof.

Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio” shall mean, as of any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date, less Unrestricted Cash of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that is available as of such date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $40,000,000 to (b) Consolidated EBITDA, measured as of the last day of the period of four (4) Fiscal Quarters most recently ended.

Continuing Director” shall mean, with respect to any period, any individuals (A) who were members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of Holdings on the first day of such period, (B) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (A) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body, or (C) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (A) and (B) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body.

Contractual Obligation” of any Person shall mean any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or undertaking under which such Person is obligated or by which it or any of the property in which it has an interest is bound.

Covered Entity” shall mean any of the following:

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §252.82(b);

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §47.3(b); or

(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §382.2(b).

Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness” shall mean Indebtedness issued, incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace or refinance, in whole or part, existing Term Loans or Revolving Commitments (“Refinanced Debt”); provided that such exchanging, extending, renewing, replacing or refinancing Indebtedness (“Refinancing Debt”) (a) is in an original aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate principal amount of the Refinanced Debt plus any Additional Refinancing Amount related thereto, (b) does not mature earlier than the stated maturity date of the Refinanced Debt; provided that to the extent such Refinancing Debt is secured on a junior basis or is unsecured, the final maturity date of such Refinancing Debt shall be at least ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date, (c) except in the case of Revolving Commitments, has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity not shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Refinanced Debt, (d) shall not be guaranteed by any entity that is not a Loan Party, (e) in the case of any secured Indebtedness, (i) such Indebtedness is not secured by any assets not securing the Obligations and (ii) is subject to the relevant Intercreditor Agreement(s), (f) except in the case of the refinancing of the Obligations as a whole (and the termination of all Commitments), as of the date of incurrence of such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness and after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default exists and is continuing or

 

13


would result therefrom, (g) shall not have mandatory redemption features (other than customary asset sale, insurance and condemnation proceeds events and change of control offers, and subject to customary exceptions for bridge financings; provided that in each case, such Refinancing Debt shall not participate in any such prepayment on a greater than pro rata basis with the Term Loans) that could result in redemptions of such Refinancing Debt prior to the Latest Maturity Date of the applicable Refinanced Debt, (h) if secured on a junior basis or unsecured, has no amortization and (i) shall have terms and conditions (taken as a whole) that (excluding pricing, fees, interest rate margins, interest rate floors, discounts, premiums and optional prepayment or redemption terms) are substantially identical to, or (taken as a whole) are no more materially favorable (when taken as a whole) to the lenders providing such Indebtedness than the comparable provisions applicable to the Refinanced Debt (when taken as a whole) (except for covenants or other provisions of such Refinanced Debt applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such refinancing) (it being understood that (A) the Borrower shall have the right to unilaterally provide the existing Lenders with additional rights and benefits (such rights and benefits, “Additional Rights”) and the “not materially more favorable” requirement of this clause (i) and compliance therewith shall be determined after giving effect to such Additional Rights and (B) to the extent that any financial maintenance covenant is added for the benefit of any such Indebtedness, no consent shall be required by the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders if such financial maintenance covenant is either (1) also added for the benefit of any corresponding Loans remaining outstanding after the issuance or incurrence of such Indebtedness or (2) only applicable after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such refinancing).

Credit Event” shall mean the advancing of any Loan, or the issuance of, or extension of the expiration date or increase in the amount of, any Letter of Credit.

Daily Simple SOFR” shall mean, for any day, SOFR, with the conventions for this rate (which will include a lookback) being established by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the conventions for this rate selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for determining “Daily Simple SOFR” for syndicated business loans; provided, that if the Administrative Agent decides that any such convention is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent may establish another convention in its reasonable discretion.

Debtor Relief Laws” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code of the United States of America, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

Default” shall mean any condition or event that, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Default Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(d).

Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

Defaulting Lender” shall mean, subject to Section 2.26(c), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two (2) Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Swingline Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its

 

14


participation in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans) within two (2) Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity or (iii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.26(b)) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower, each Issuing Bank, each Swingline Lender and each Lender.

Disqualified Capital Stock” shall mean any Capital Stock in a Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than in connection with a transaction that would constitute an Event of Default under Section 8.1(m) hereof), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (whether described as a “put option” or otherwise), in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date (excluding any provisions requiring redemption upon a “change of control” or asset sale; provided that any such “change of control” or asset sale shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the terminations of the Commitments), (b) is convertible into or exchangeable for (i) debt securities or (ii) any Capital Stock referred to in clause (a) above, or (c) is entitled to receive a mandatory dividend or distribution (other than for taxes attributable to the operations of the business) on or prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date; in each case, in respect of the foregoing clauses (a) through (c) in the case of Capital Stock or other equity interests in Holdings or the Borrower, except to the extent that the terms of such Capital Stock expressly provide that such mandatory redemption, dividend or any other similar right, is exercisable or payable only to the extent that (x) the Obligations shall have been repaid in full or the Borrower is expressly permitted to consummate such redemption, dividend or other similar right pursuant to Section 7.5 hereof, and (y) the exercise of such mandatory redemption or other similar right or payment of such dividend is not prohibited by the terms any loan documents to which Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries are from time to time a party.

 

15


Disqualified Institution” shall mean (a) (i) certain banks, financial institutions or other institutional lenders or entities that, in each case, have been specified to the Administrative Agent or the Arrangers by the Borrower in writing prior to the date of execution hereof, or (ii) competitors of Holdings, the Borrower or their respective Subsidiaries that have been identified to the Administrative Agent or the Arrangers by the Borrower in writing prior to the Closing Date (any such entity, a “Competitor”) or (b) any Person that is clearly identifiable, solely on the basis of such Person’s name, as an Affiliate of any Person referred to in clauses (a)(i) or (a)(ii) above; provided, however, that (I) Disqualified Institutions shall include any Person that is added as a Competitor, pursuant to a written supplement to the list of Competitors that are Disqualified Institutions, that is delivered by the Borrower after the Closing Date to the Administrative Agent), (II) to the extent Persons are identified as Disqualified Institutions in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, the inclusion of such persons as Disqualified Institutions shall not retroactively apply to prior assignments or participations), (III) a list of Disqualified Institutions identified above shall be made available to all Lenders upon request to the Administrative Agent, and (IV) “Disqualified Institutions” shall exclude any Person that the Borrower has designated as no longer being a “Disqualified Institution” by written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent from time to time.

Dollar(s)” and the sign “$” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary of Holdings that is organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States.

Earnout Obligations” shall mean, with respect to any Acquisition other than the Closing Date Acquisition, all obligations of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to make (i) earn out or other contingency payments which are payable based on the achievement of specified financial results over time or similar contingent payment or arrangement (other than consulting agreements for which associated costs are included in Consolidated Net Income) and (ii) other indemnity obligations pursuant to the documentation relating to such Acquisition (and including fixed deferred payments related to such Acquisitions). For purposes of determining the aggregate consideration paid for an Acquisition and for determining the amount of any Earnout Obligations to be included in the definition of Consolidated Total Debt, subject to the limitations set forth therein, the amount of Earnout Obligations shall be deemed to be the aggregate liability in respect thereof, as determined in accordance with GAAP and shall consist only of those Earnout Obligations set forth in clause (i) of this definition.

EEA Financial Institution” shall mean (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clause (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country” shall mean any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” shall mean any public administrative authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Eligible Assignee” shall mean any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee as set forth in Section 11.4 (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 11.4(b)(iii)).

Environmental Indemnity” shall mean each environmental indemnity made by each Loan Party with real property required to be pledged as Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

16


Environmental Laws” shall mean all applicable laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by or with any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters concerning exposure to Hazardous Materials.

Environmental Liability” shall mean any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental investigation and remediation, costs of administrative oversight, fines, natural resource damages, penalties or indemnities), of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) any actual or alleged violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) any actual or alleged exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Contribution” shall mean the sum of (1) the amount of cash received by Holdings from the Acquiror on the Closing Date, plus (2) the Retained Company Equity Value (as defined in the BCA).

ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and any successor statute.

ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any person that for purposes of Title I or Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code would be deemed at any relevant time to be a “single employer” or otherwise aggregated with Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

ERISA Event shall mean (i) any “reportable event” as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA with respect to a Plan (other than an event as to which the PBGC has waived under subsection .22, .23, .25, .27 or .28 of PBGC Regulation Section 4043 the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified of such event); (ii) any failure to make a required contribution to any Plan that would result in the imposition of a lien or other encumbrance or the provision of security under Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 or 4068 of ERISA, or the arising of such a lien or encumbrance, there being or arising any “unpaid minimum required contribution” (as defined or otherwise set forth in Section 4971 of the Code or Part 3 of Subtitle B of Title 1 of ERISA), whether or not waived, or any filing of any request for or receipt of a minimum funding waiver under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan, or that such filing may be made, or any determination that any Plan is, or is expected to be, in at-risk status under Title IV of ERISA; (iii) any incurrence by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan (other than for premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) any institution of proceedings, or the occurrence of an event or condition which would reasonably be expected to constitute grounds for the institution of proceedings by the PBGC, under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan; (v) any incurrence by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan, or the receipt by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of any notice that a Multiemployer Plan is in endangered or critical status under Section 305 of ERISA; (vi) any receipt by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of any notice, or any receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (vii) engaging in a non-exempt prohibited transaction within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA; or (viii) any filing of a notice of intent to terminate any Plan if such termination would require

 

17


material additional contributions in order to be considered a standard termination within the meaning of Section 4041(b) of ERISA, any filing under Section 4041(c) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate any Plan, or the termination of any Plan under Section 4041(c) of ERISA.

Erroneous Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.15(a).

Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.15(d).

Erroneous Payment Impacted Class” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.15(d).

Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.15(d).

Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.15(d).

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” shall mean the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor Person), as in effect from time to time.

Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Article VIII.

Excluded Accounts” shall mean (a) deposit and/or securities accounts the balance of which consists exclusively of (i) withheld income taxes, federal, state or local employment taxes and sales taxes in such amounts as are required in the reasonable judgment of the Borrower to be paid to the IRS or state or local government agencies within the following two (2) months with respect to employees of any of the Loan Parties or (ii) amounts required to be paid over to an employee benefit plan pursuant to DOL Reg. Sec. 2510.3-102 on behalf of or for the benefit of employees of one or more Loan Parties, (b) employee benefit accounts (including 401(k) accounts and pension fund accounts), in each case, so long as such account is used solely for such purpose, (c) escrow defeasance and redemption accounts so long as any such account is used solely for such purposes, (d) fiduciary and trust accounts so long as any such account is used solely for such purposes,, (e) deposit accounts solely holding cash collateral or other deposits that constitute Liens permitted by Section 7.2, (f) zero balance accounts, (g) any deposit and/or securities account maintained in a jurisdiction outside of the United States or owned by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower, (h) accounts the balance of which consists exclusively of amounts to be paid to employees in the ordinary course of business and (i) other deposit accounts not held with Truist, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates or subject to a control agreement in accordance with Section 5.11(d) with an aggregate average monthly balance of (for all such accounts taken together) less than $100,000.

Excluded Property” shall mean, with respect to any Loan Party, (a) any leased real property (including requirements to deliver landlord lien waivers, estoppels and collateral access letters), (b) any owned real property that does not constitute Material Real Property as determined on the Closing Date for existing real property and on the date of acquisition thereof for after-acquired real property (or the date of substantial completion of any material improvement thereon or new construction thereof, as applicable), (c) any governmental licenses or state or local franchises, charters and authorizations if, and to the extent that and for so long as a security interest in such licenses, franchises, charters or authorizations are prohibited or restricted thereby after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC of other applicable Law, (d) any asset if, to the extent that and for so long as the grant of a Lien thereon to secure the Obligations is prohibited by any applicable Law (including financial assistance, fraudulent conveyance preference, thin capitalization or similar laws, rules or regulations but other than to the extent that any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective pursuant to any applicable Law) or would require consent or approval of any Governmental Authority except to the extent such consent has been obtained (it being understood and agreed that no such consent shall be required to be obtained), (e) assets to the extent a security interest in such

 

18


assets would result in material adverse tax consequences to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries as reasonably determined by the Borrower in consultation with (but without the consent of) the Administrative Agent, (f) any intent-to-use trademark application prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” with respect thereto, to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark application under applicable Law, (g) any lease, license or other agreement or contract or any property subject thereto (including pursuant to a purchase money security interest, Capital Lease Obligation or similar arrangement permitted under this Agreement) to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license or agreement or contract or purchase money, capital lease or similar arrangement or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than any Loan Party) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC or other applicable Law; provided that (x) such exclusion shall not be construed so as to limit, impair or otherwise affect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in or to monies due or to become due under such any contract, lease, license, agreement, (y) such lease, license, agreement or contract does not extend to any asset (other than the asset subject to such lease, license, agreement or contract) and (z) such lease, license, agreement or contract is not entered into, or right of consent or approval created, with the primary intent of circumventing any obligation to secure the Obligations hereunder, (h) voting Capital Stock of Subsidiaries not required to be pledged under Section 5.11(a), (i) motor vehicles, aircraft, aircraft engines, and other assets subject to certificates of title where perfection may not be obtained solely by the filing of a UCC financing statement, (j) Excluded Accounts, (k) to the extent prohibited by, or creating an enforceable right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than Holdings, the Borrower or any of Holdings’ Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries), under the terms of any applicable Organization Documents, joint venture agreement or shareholders’ agreement in effect (A) on the Closing Date or (B) on the date on which such Capital Stock is acquired (other than any such agreement entered into in contemplation of this Agreement in order that such Capital Stock would constitute Excluded Property hereunder), Capital Stock in any Person other than the Borrower and Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of Holdings and (l) those other assets as to which the Administrative Agent and the Borrower reasonably agree in writing that the cost of obtaining such a security interest or perfection thereof is excessive in relation to the benefit to the Lenders of the security to be afforded thereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Excluded Property shall not include the proceeds, products, substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Property (except to the extent that such proceeds, products, substitutions or replacements shall themselves constitute Excluded Property) and (ii) in the event that any limitation, restriction, impairment, termination right, exclusion or any other adverse consequence, under clauses (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (j) and (k) above ceases to exist (or any required consent shall have been obtained), then such excluded Property shall immediately and automatically be deemed at all times thereafter to constitute Collateral without further action hereunder.

Excluded Subsidiary” shall mean any of the following: (a) any Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Holdings, (b) each Foreign Subsidiary, (c) each Immaterial Subsidiary, (d) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by (i) applicable Law or (ii) any Contractual Obligation existing on the Closing Date or on the date any such Subsidiary is acquired (so long as in respect of any such contractual prohibition, such prohibition is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition or the entry into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents), in each case, from guaranteeing the Obligations or which would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to provide a Guarantee (unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received), or for which the provision of a Guarantee could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse tax consequence (including as a result of the operation of Section 956 of the Code or any similar law or regulation in any applicable jurisdiction) to Holdings or one of its Subsidiaries (as reasonably determined by Borrower in good faith), (e) any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of a direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiary of Holdings that is a CFC, (g) any FSHCO, (h) any Subsidiary that is a special purpose entity designated by the Borrower from time to time as a not-for-profit Subsidiary, (i) any broker dealer Subsidiary, (j) captive insurance companies and (k) any other Subsidiary as to

 

19


which the Administrative Agent and the Borrower reasonably agree in writing that the cost of providing a Guarantee with respect to the Obligations is excessive in relation to the value afforded thereby; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, (x) any Subsidiary that is a Guarantor shall not be an Excluded Subsidiary and shall remain a Guarantor if at any time after it becomes a Guarantor it ceases to be Wholly-Owned and (y) any Subsidiary owning rights in respect of any registered or applied for intellectual property material to the operations or business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall not constitute an Excluded Subsidiary.

Excluded Swap Obligation” shall mean, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guaranty of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the Guaranty of such Guarantor, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest, becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, in determining whether any Guarantor is an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act, the keepwell agreement set forth in Section 10.8 shall be taken into account. If a Swap Obligation arises under a Master Agreement governing more than one Hedging Transaction, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to Hedging Transactions for which such Guaranty or security interest is or becomes excluded in accordance with the first sentence of this definition.

Excluded Taxes shall mean any of the following Taxes imposed on with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the Laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its Applicable Lending Office in the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a Law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 2.25) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.20, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.20(g) and (d) any withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

Existing Credit Agreement” shall mean that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2019, by and among the Borrower, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time parties thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative agent, as amended or modified from time to time.

FATCA” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement, treaty or convention among Governmental Authorities and implementing such Sections of the Code.

 

20


FDA” shall mean the United States Food and Drug Administration, or any successor Governmental Authority.

FDA Law and Regulations” shall mean the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. § § 301 et seq., as amended and all applicable regulations promulgated by the FDA.

Federal Funds Rate” shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with member banks of the Federal Reserve System, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the next succeeding Business Day or, if such rate is not so published for any Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent. For purposes of this Agreement the Federal Funds Rate shall not be less than zero percent (0%).

Fee Letter” shall mean that certain fee letter, dated as of December 13, 2021, executed by Truist Securities, Inc. and Truist Bank and accepted by Borrower.

First Lien Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean an Intercreditor Agreement entered into among the Administrative Agent and one or more Senior Representatives for holders of Indebtedness secured by Liens on the Collateral that rank equal in priority to the Liens securing the Obligations (and acknowledged by the Loan Parties), with such modifications thereto as the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may reasonably agree.

Fiscal Quarter” shall mean any fiscal quarter of Holdings.

Fiscal Year” shall mean any fiscal year of Holdings.

Floor” shall mean a rate of interest equal to 0.00%.

Foreign Lender shall mean (a) if the Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if the Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes.

Foreign Prepayment Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(d).

Foreign Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

FSHCO” shall mean any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Borrower) that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock (including, for this purpose, any debt or other instrument treated as equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) in one or more direct Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs.

GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis and subject to the terms of Section 1.3.

Governmental Authority” shall mean the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

 

21


Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) shall mean any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly and including any obligation, direct or indirect, of the guarantor (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (iv) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued in support of such Indebtedness or obligation; provided, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which Guarantee is made or, if not so stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor Joinder Agreement” shall mean a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 5.10 executed and delivered by a Subsidiary of Holdings in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.10 or any other documents as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate for such purpose.

Guarantors” shall mean, collectively, (a) Holdings, (b) each Subsidiary of Holdings identified as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages hereto, (c) each Person that joins as a Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.10 or otherwise, (d) with respect to (i) any Hedging Obligations between any Loan Party (other than the Borrower) or Subsidiary and any Lender-Related Hedge Provider that are permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.10 and any Bank Products Obligations owing by any Loan Party (other than the Borrower) or Subsidiary, the Borrower and (ii) the payment and performance by each Specified Loan Party of its obligations under its Guaranty with respect to all Swap Obligations, the Borrower, and (e) the successors and permitted assigns of the foregoing. For the avoidance of doubt, no Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to be a Guarantor.

Guaranty” shall mean the Guaranty made by the Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to Article X.

Hazardous Materials” shall mean all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Healthcare Laws” means any and all Laws, as may be enacted or amended from time to time, relating to the regulation of healthcare or insurance, entities that provide items or services directly or indirectly to, for, or on behalf of healthcare providers and suppliers or the payment or reimbursement for items or services rendered, provided, dispensed or furnished by healthcare providers or suppliers, including, but not limited to, the Stark Law (42 U.S.C. Section 1395nn), 42 U.S.C. Section 1320a-7b and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, the False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. §§ 3729-3733), the Social Security Act, Medicare Regulations, Medicaid Regulations, HIPAA, Privacy Laws and state equivalents thereof.

 

22


Hedge Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Hedging Obligations, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Hedging Obligations, (a) for any date on or after the date such Hedging Obligations have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Hedging Obligations, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Hedging Obligations (which may include any Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Hedging Obligations” of any Person shall mean any and all obligations of such Person, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired under (a) any and all Hedging Transactions, (b) any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any Hedging Transactions and (c) any and all renewals, extensions and modifications of any Hedging Transactions and any and all substitutions for any Hedging Transactions.

Hedging Transaction” of any Person shall mean (a) any transaction (including an agreement with respect to any such transaction) now existing or hereafter entered into by such Person that is a rate swap transaction, swap option, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap or option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option, spot transaction, credit protection transaction, credit swap, credit default swap, credit default option, total return swap, credit spread transaction, repurchase transaction, reverse repurchase transaction, buy/sell-back transaction, securities lending transaction, or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of these transactions) or any combination thereof, whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

HIPAA” shall mean the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and any successor statute thereto, and any and all rules or regulations promulgated from time to time thereunder.

Holdings” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

Hostile Acquisition” shall mean the Acquisition of the Capital Stock of a Person through a tender offer or similar solicitation of the owners of such Capital Stock which has not been approved (prior to such Acquisition) by resolutions of the Board of Directors of such Person (or by similar action if such Person is not a corporation) or if such approval has been withdrawn.

Immaterial Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Material Subsidiary.

Incremental Cap” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the greater of (i) $40,000,000 and (ii) 100% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended period of four Fiscal Quarters for which the Borrower has delivered financial statements pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) minus (b) the aggregate amount of all Incremental Facilities at such time that were incurred in reliance on the foregoing clause (a).

 

23


Incremental Commitment” shall mean any Incremental Revolving Commitment or Incremental Term Loan Commitment, as applicable.

Incremental Facility” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.23.

Incremental Loan” shall mean any Incremental Revolving Loan or Incremental Term Loan, as applicable.

Incremental Revolving Commitment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.23(d).

Incremental Revolving Facility” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.23.

Incremental Revolving Loan” shall mean any Revolving Loan made pursuant to an Incremental Revolving Facility in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.23.

Incremental Term Facility” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.23.

Incremental Term Loan” shall mean any term loan made pursuant to an Incremental Term Facility in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.23.

Incremental Term Loan Commitment” shall mean, with respect to Persons identified as an “Incremental Term Loan Lender” in the applicable supplement or joinder in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, together with their respective successors and assigns, the commitment of such Person to make the Incremental Term Loan hereunder pursuant to such supplement or joinder; provided that, at any time after the funding of the Incremental Term Loan, determination of “Required Lenders” shall include the outstanding principal amount of the Incremental Term Loan.

Indebtedness” of any Person shall mean, without duplication (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables and deferred compensation obligations, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business), including, without limitation, any Earnout Obligations solely to the extent the payment of any such Earnout Obligation is more than five (5) days past due (unless subject to a good faith dispute), (d) all obligations of such Person under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement(s) relating to property acquired by such Person, (e) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of letters of credit, acceptances or similar extensions of credit, (g) [reserved], (h) Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities, (i) the Hedge Termination Value of all Hedging Obligations, (j) all Guarantees of such Person of the type of Indebtedness described in clauses (a) through (i) above, (k) all Indebtedness of a third party secured by any Lien on property owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness has been assumed by such Person and (l) all Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person. For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company or the foreign equivalent thereof) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Hedge Transaction on any date shall be deemed to be the Hedge Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (k) above that is expressly made nonrecourse or limited-recourse (limited solely to the assets securing such Indebtedness) to such Person shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (x) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (y) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith.

 

24


Indemnified Taxes” shall mean (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

Intercreditor Agreements” shall mean, collectively, (a) any First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (b) any Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

Interest Period” shall mean with respect to any SOFR Borrowing, a period of one, three or six months (in each case, subject to the availability thereof); provided, that:

(a) the initial Interest Period for such Borrowing shall commence on the date of such Borrowing (including the date of any conversion from a Borrowing of another Type), and each Interest Period occurring thereafter in respect of such Borrowing shall commence on the day on which the next preceding Interest Period expires;

(b) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period would end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(c) any Interest Period which begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such calendar month;

(d) each principal installment of the Term Loans shall have an Interest Period ending on each installment payment date and the remaining principal balance (if any) of the Term Loans shall have an Interest Period determined as set forth above;

(e) no Interest Period may extend beyond the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, unless on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Term Loans is equal to or greater than the aggregate principal amount of SOFR Loans with Interest Periods expiring after such date, and no Interest Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date; and

(f) no tenor that has been removed from this definition pursuant to Section 2.16(e) shall be available for specification in such Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation.

Interim Financial Statements” shall mean the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 2022, including balance sheets and statements of income or operations and cash flows.

Investments” shall mean, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) purchase or other acquisition of any Capital Stock of another Person, (b) a loan, advance, other evidence of indebtedness or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other indebtedness or equity participation or interest in, another Person, or (c) an Acquisition. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

 

25


IP Rights” shall mean all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises, licenses and other intellectual property rights that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses that Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries owns, or possesses the legal right to use.

IRS” shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Service.

ISDA Definitions” shall mean the 2006 ISDA Definitions published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or any successor thereto, as amended or supplemented from time to time, or any successor definitional booklet for interest rate derivatives published from time to time by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or such successor thereto.

Issuer Documents” shall mean with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the Issuing Bank and the Borrower (or any Subsidiary of Holdings) or in favor of the Issuing Bank and relating to such Letter of Credit.

Issuing Bank” shall mean Truist Bank in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit.

Latest Maturity Date” shall mean, at any time of determination, the latest Revolving Commitment Termination Date or Maturity Date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity date of any Incremental Facility at such time, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.

Laws” or “Law” shall mean, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

LCA Test Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.9.

LC Commitment” shall mean that portion of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments that may be used by the Borrower for the issuance of Letters of Credit in an aggregate face amount not to exceed $5,000,000.

LC Disbursement” shall mean a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

LC Documents” shall mean all applications, agreements and instruments relating to the Letters of Credit but excluding the Letters of Credit.

LC Exposure” shall mean, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time, plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender shall be its Pro Rata Share of the total LC Exposure at such time. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall

 

26


be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that , by its terms or any document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

Lender-Related Hedge Provider” shall mean any Person that, (a) (i) at the time it enters into a Hedging Transaction with any Loan Party or Subsidiary of Holdings, is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or (ii) has entered into a Hedging Transaction with any Loan Party or Subsidiary of Holdings that exists on the Closing Date, and such Person is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender on the Closing Date and (b) except when the Lender-Related Hedge Provider is Truist Bank and its Affiliates, has provided prior written notice to the Administrative Agent which has been acknowledged by the Borrower of the existence of such Hedging Transaction. In no event shall any Lender-Related Hedge Provider acting in such capacity be deemed a Lender for purposes hereof to the extent of and as to Hedging Obligations except that each reference to the term “Lender” in Article IX and Section 11.4 shall be deemed to include such Lender-Related Hedge Provider. In no event shall the approval of any such Person in its capacity as Lender-Related Hedge Provider be required in connection with the release or termination of any security interest or Lien of the Administrative Agent.

Lender Presentation” shall mean the Lender Presentation dated March 2022 relating to the Borrower and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Lenders” shall mean each of the Persons identified as a “Lender” on the signature pages hereto and each Additional Lender that joins this Agreement pursuant to Section 2.23 and their successors and assigns and shall include, where appropriate, the Swingline Lender.

Letter of Credit” shall mean any stand-by letter of credit issued pursuant to Section 2.22 by the Issuing Bank for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings pursuant to the LC Commitment.

Letter of Credit Application” shall mean an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by Issuing Bank.

Letter of Credit Fee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(c).

Lien” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien (statutory or otherwise), charge, encumbrance, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, or other arrangement having the practical effect of any of the foregoing or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

Limited Condition Transaction” shall mean any Acquisition or other Investment by one or more of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of or in any assets, business or Person permitted by this Agreement whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third-party financing.

Liquidity” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the aggregate amount of unrestricted and unencumbered (other than by Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent) cash and Cash Equivalents (measured at fair market value) of the Borrower maintained in the United States plus the aggregate amount actually available be drawn by the Borrower under the Aggregate Revolving Commitments.

 

27


Loan Documents” shall mean, collectively, (a) this Agreement, the Collateral Documents, the LC Documents, the Fee Letter, all Notices of Borrowing, all Notices of Conversion/Continuation, all Compliance Certificates, all Issuer Documents, any promissory notes issued hereunder and (b)any and all other instruments, agreements, documents and writings executed in connection with any of the foregoing which the Borrower and the Administrative Agent designate in a writing signed or acknowledged by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower as a “Loan Document”.

Loan Modification Agreement” shall mean a Loan Modification Agreement, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and one or more Accepting Lenders, effecting one or more Permitted Amendments and such other amendments hereto and to the other Loan Documents as are contemplated by Section 2.28.

Loan Modification Offer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.28(a).

Loan Parties” shall mean, collectively, the Borrower and each Guarantor.

Loans” shall mean all Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and Term Loans in the aggregate or any of them, as the context shall require, and shall include, where appropriate, any loan made pursuant to Section 2.23.

Master Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Hedging Transaction.”

Material Adverse Effect” shall mean, with respect to any event, act, condition or occurrence of whatever nature (including any adverse determination in any litigation, arbitration, or governmental investigation or proceeding), whether singularly or in conjunction with any other event or events, act or acts, condition or conditions, occurrence or occurrences whether or not related, resulting in a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect on, (a) the business, results of operations, financial condition or assets of the Loan Parties taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Loan Parties to perform any of their respective obligations under the Loan Documents, (c) the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, Swingline Lender, and the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents or (d) the legality, validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents.

Material Agreements” shall mean (i) all agreements, indentures or notes governing the terms of any Material Indebtedness and (ii) all other agreements, documents, contracts, indentures and instruments pursuant to which (A) any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries are obligated to make payments in any twelve month period in excess of the Threshold Amount, (B) any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries expects to receive revenue in any twelve month period in excess of the Threshold Amount and (C) a default, breach or termination thereof could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Material Indebtedness” shall mean any Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit) and Hedging Obligations of Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, individually or in an aggregate committed or outstanding principal amount exceeding the Threshold Amount. For purposes of determining the amount of attributed Indebtedness from Hedging Obligations, the “principal amount” of any Hedging Obligations at any time shall be the Net Mark-to-Market Exposure of such Hedging Obligations.

Material Real Property” shall mean any real property located in the United States that is owned in fee by a Loan Party and which has a fair market value (estimated in good faith by the Borrower) or purchase price equal to or in excess of $5,000,000 as of the time such property is acquired or the date of substantial completion of any material improvement thereof or new construction thereof (or, if such property is owned by a Person on the date it becomes a Loan Party pursuant to Section 5.10, as of such date).

 

28


Material Subsidiary” shall mean (a) each Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Holdings that, as of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter most recently ended for which the Borrower has delivered financial statements pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) or 5.1(b), had revenues or total assets for such quarter in excess of two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the consolidated revenues or total assets, as applicable, of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Quarter or that is designated by the Borrower as a Material Subsidiary and (b) any group comprising Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that each would not have been a Material Subsidiary under clause (a) but that, taken together, as of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter most recently ended for which financial statements are available, had revenues or total assets for such quarter in excess of five percent (5.0%) of the consolidated revenues or total assets, as applicable, of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Quarter.

Maturity Date” shall mean (a) with respect to the Term Loan A, the earlier of (i) May 26, 2027 or (ii) the date on which the principal amount of all outstanding Term Loans has been declared or automatically has become due and payable pursuant to Section 8.1 (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and (b) with respect to any Incremental Term Loan, the earlier of (i) the maturity date identified in the definitive documentation therefor or (ii) the date on which the principal amount of all outstanding Term Loans has been declared or automatically has become due and payable pursuant to Section 8.1 (whether by acceleration or otherwise).

Medicaid” shall mean that means-tested entitlement program under Title XIX of the Social Security Act, which provides federal grants to states for medical assistance based on specific eligibility criteria, as set forth at Section 1396, et seq. of Title 42 of the United States Code, as the same may be amended, and any successor law in respect thereof.

Medicaid Regulations” shall mean, collectively, (a) all federal statutes (whether set forth in Title XIX of the Social Security Act or elsewhere) affecting the medical assistance program established by Title XIX of the Social Security Act and any statutes succeeding thereto; (b) all applicable provisions of all federal rules, regulations, manuals and orders of all Governmental Authorities, reimbursement and other guidelines of all Governmental Authorities having the force of law promulgated pursuant to or in connection with the statutes described in clause (a) above; (c) all state statutes and plans for medical assistance enacted in connection with the statutes and provisions described in clauses (a) and (b) above; and (d) all applicable provisions of all rules, regulations, manuals and orders of all Governmental Authorities promulgated pursuant to or in connection with the statutes described in clause (c) above and all state administrative, reimbursement and other guidelines of all Governmental Authorities having the force of law promulgated pursuant to or in connection with the statutes described in clause (b) above, in each case as may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Medicare” shall mean that government-sponsored entitlement program under Title XVIII of the Social Security Act, which provides for a health insurance system for eligible elderly and disabled individuals, as set forth at Section 1395, et seq. of Title 42 of the United States Code, as the same may be amended, and any successor law in respect thereof.

Medicare Regulations” shall mean collectively, all federal statutes (whether set forth in Title XVIII of the Social Security Act or elsewhere) affecting the health insurance program for the aged and disabled established by Title XVIII of the Social Security Act and any statutes succeeding thereto, together with all applicable provisions of all rules, regulations, manuals and orders and administrative, reimbursement and other guidelines having the force of law of all Governmental Authorities (including CMS, the United States Department of Health and Human Services or any Person succeeding to the functions of any of the foregoing) promulgated pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing having the force of law, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

29


Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Mortgaged Property” shall mean any real property that is owned by a Loan Party and is subject to a Mortgage.

Mortgages” shall mean the mortgages, deeds of trust or deeds to secure debt that purport to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in the fee interests of any Loan Party in any real property.

Multiemployer Plan” shall mean any “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, which is contributed to by (or to which there is or may be an obligation to contribute of) Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or an ERISA Affiliate, and each such plan for the five-year period immediately following the latest date on which Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or an ERISA Affiliate contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to such plan.

Net Cash Proceeds” shall mean the aggregate cash or Cash Equivalents proceeds received by Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, Recovery Event or any issuance of Indebtedness or equity securities net of (a) direct costs incurred in connection therewith (including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions), (b) taxes paid or payable as a result thereof and (c) in the case of any Asset Sale or any Recovery Event, (i) the amount necessary to retire any Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted by Section 7.2 (ranking senior to any Lien of the Administrative Agent) on the related property and (ii) the amount of any reserves established by the Borrower or any Loan Party in accordance with GAAP to fund any purchase price adjustment indemnification and similar contingent liabilities in connection therewith held pursuant to the applicable purchase agreement or insurance policy; provided, that, to the extent that any such amount ceases to be so reserved (other than any reduction in such reserve to make a payment in respect of such liability or indemnification obligations), the amount thereof shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event at such time.

Net Mark-to-Market Exposure” of any Person shall mean, as of any date of determination with respect to any Hedging Obligation, the excess (if any) of all unrealized losses over all unrealized profits of such Person arising from such Hedging Obligation. “Unrealized losses” shall mean the fair market value of the cost to such Person of replacing the Hedging Transaction giving rise to such Hedging Obligation as of the date of determination (assuming the Hedging Transaction were to be terminated as of that date), and “unrealized profits” means the fair market value of the gain to such Person of replacing such Hedging Transaction as of the date of determination (assuming such Hedging Transaction were to be terminated as of that date).

Non-Defaulting Lender” shall mean, at any time, a Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender.

Non-U.S. Plan” shall mean any plan, fund (including, without limitation, any superannuation fund) or other similar program established, contributed to (regardless of whether through direct contributions or through employee withholding) or maintained outside the United States by Holdings or one or more of its Subsidiaries primarily for the benefit of employees of Holdings or such Subsidiaries residing outside the United States, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement, or payments to be made upon termination of employment, and which plan is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

 

30


Note” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b).

Notice of Conversion/Continuation shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(b).

Notice of Revolving Borrowing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

Notice of Swingline Borrowing shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

Notices of Borrowing” shall mean, collectively, the Notices of Revolving Borrowing and the Notices of Swingline Borrowing.

Obligations” shall mean, collectively, (a) all amounts owing by the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, any Lender (including the Swingline Lender) or the Arrangers pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Commitment, Loan or Letter of Credit including, without limitation, all principal, interest (including any interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), all reimbursement obligations, obligations pursuant to the Administrative Agent’s Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights, fees, expenses, indemnification and reimbursement payments, costs and expenses (including all fees and expenses of counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and any Lender (including the Swingline Lender) incurred pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, now existing or hereafter arising hereunder or thereunder, (b) all Hedging Obligations owed by any Loan Party or Subsidiary of Holdings to any Lender-Related Hedge Provider permitted by Section 7.10, and (c) all Bank Product Obligations, together with all renewals, extensions, modifications or refinancings of any of the foregoing; provided, that “Obligations” of a Guarantor shall exclude any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor.

OFAC” shall mean the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities” of any Person shall mean (i) any repurchase obligation or liability of such Person with respect to accounts or notes receivable sold by such Person, (ii) any liability of such Person under any sale and leaseback transactions that do not create a liability on the balance sheet of such Person, (iii) any Synthetic Lease Obligation or (iv) any obligation arising with respect to any other transaction which is the functional equivalent of or takes the place of borrowing but which does not constitute a liability on the balance sheet of such Person.

OIG” shall mean the Office of the Inspector General of the United States Department of Health and Human Services and any successor thereof.

Organization Documents” shall mean, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

OSHA” shall mean the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 and any successor statute.

 

31


Other Connection Taxes” shall mean, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Loans” shall mean one (1) or more Classes of Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Revolving Commitments” shall mean one (1) or more Classes of revolving credit commitments hereunder or extended Revolving Commitments that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Revolving Loans” shall mean the Revolving Loans made pursuant to any Other Revolving Commitment or a Loan Modification Agreement.

Other Taxes” shall mean all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.25).

Other Term Commitments” shall mean one (1) or more Classes of term loan commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Term Loans” shall mean one (1) or more Classes of Term Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Parent” shall mean biote Corp., a Delaware corporation.

Parent Company” shall mean, with respect to a Lender, the bank holding company (as defined in Regulation Y), if any, of such Lender, and/or any Person owning, beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, a majority of the shares of such Lender.

Participant” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(d).

Participant Register” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(e).

PATRIOT Act” shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Pub. L. 107-56, as amended and in effect from time to time.

Payment Office” shall mean the office of the Administrative Agent located at 303 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30308, or such other location as to which the Administrative Agent shall have given written notice to the Borrower and the other Lenders.

PBGC shall mean the U.S. Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA, and any successor entity performing similar functions.

 

32


Periodic Term SOFR Determination Day” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Term SOFR”.

Permitted Acquisition” shall mean any Acquisition that either has been approved in writing by the Required Lenders or with respect to which all of the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

(a) the Acquired Business is in the same or similar line of business as Holdings and its Subsidiaries and has its primary operations within the United States of America;

(b) the Acquisition shall not be a Hostile Acquisition;

(c) (i) no Default or Event of Default shall exist and be continuing immediately before or immediately after giving effect to such Acquisition, (ii) the representations and warranties made by each of the Loan Parties in each Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than those representations and warranties that are expressly qualified by a Material Adverse Effect or other materiality, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) as if made on the date of such Acquisition (after giving effect thereto) except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than those representations and warranties that are expressly qualified by a Material Adverse Effect or other materiality, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this clause (ii), the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.4 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) and 5.1(b), respectively, (iii) after giving effect to such Acquisition on a Pro Forma Basis, (A) the Borrower shall be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Article VI for the period of four (4) Fiscal Quarters most recently ended prior to the date of determination for which financial statements were delivered under Section 5.1(a) or (b) and (B) the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than the ratio that is 0.25:1.0 (a “quarter turn”) less than the maximum Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio then permitted under Section 6.1 and (iv) at least five (5) Business Days prior to the consummation of such Acquisition, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Pro Forma Compliance Certificate;

(d) immediately after giving effect to such Acquisition and any Credit Event in connection therewith, the Borrower shall have Liquidity of at least $15,000,000;

(e) upon request, the Borrower shall have promptly furnished to the Administrative Agent such available financial and other information as to such Acquisition or the Acquired Business as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; provided that, if the Acquired Business has earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization for the period of twelve months most recently ended greater than $10,000,000 on an as-acquired basis, the Administrative Agent shall have received not less than five (5) days prior to the anticipated closing date of any such Acquisition (or such earlier date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion), (i) a description of the material terms of such Acquisition and (ii) either, at the Borrower’s option, (A) audited financial statements of the Acquired Business for its most recent fiscal year ended at least ninety (90) days prior to any date of determination, which audited financial statements shall have been audited by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and financial statements for any fiscal quarters ended within the fiscal year to date and at least forty five (45) days prior to the date of determination prepared by management of the Acquired Business (which shall be certified by the chief financial officer or treasurer (or manager or member holding performing similar

 

33


roles) of the Acquired Business as fairly presenting in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Acquired Business and its subsidiaries as of such dates and the consolidated results of operations for such periods in conformity with GAAP consistently applied, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements), or (B) a quality of earnings report or other due diligence report on the Acquired Business from a third party reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, which report shall be in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(f) if a new Subsidiary is formed or acquired as a result of or in connection with such Acquisition, the Borrower shall have caused such Subsidiary to join as a Guarantor within thirty (30) calendar days of the Acquisition to the extent required by Sections 5.10 and 5.11 in connection therewith;

(g) the Acquired Business shall have earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, measured for the period consisting of the most recently ended twelve months for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) or 5.1(b), of greater than $0.00 on an as-acquired basis; and

(h) the portion of Consolidated EBITDA generated by the Acquired Business outside the United States and all other foreign operations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries does not exceed 20% of Consolidated EBITDA.

Permitted Amendment” shall mean an amendment to this Agreement and, if applicable, the other Loan Documents, effected in connection with a Loan Modification Offer pursuant to Section 2.28, providing for an extension of a maturity date applicable to the Loans and/or Commitments of the Accepting Lenders and, in connection therewith, (a) a change in the Applicable Margin with respect to the Loans and/or Commitments of the Accepting Lenders, and/or (b) a change in the fees payable to, or the inclusion of new fees to be payable to, the Accepting Lenders, and/or (c) any call protection with respect to the Loans and/or commitments of the Accepting Lenders, and/or (d) any changes to any prepayment provisions with respect to the Loans of such Accepting Lenders that are less favorable to such Accepting Lenders than to the Non-Accepting Lenders with respect to such applicable Loans and/or (e) additional covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such Loan Modification Offer (it being understood that to the extent that any financial maintenance covenant is added for the benefit of any such Loans and/or Commitments, no consent shall be required by the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders if such financial maintenance covenant is either (i) also added for the benefit of any corresponding Loans remaining outstanding after the issuance or incurrence of such Loans and/or Commitments or (ii) only applicable after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such Loan Modification Offer).

Permitted Encumbrances” shall mean:

(a) Liens imposed by Law for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings conducted in good faith and with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP to the extent required thereby;

(b) statutory Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and other Liens imposed by Law in the ordinary course of business for amounts not yet due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings conducted in good faith and with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP to the extent required thereby;

 

34


(c) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security Laws or regulations;

(d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(e) judgment and attachment liens not giving rise to a Default or an Event of Default or Liens created by or existing from any litigation or legal proceeding that are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings conducted in good faith and with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP to the extent required thereby;

(f) customary rights of set-off, revocation, refund or chargeback under deposit agreements or under the Uniform Commercial Code or common law of banks or other financial institutions where Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries maintains deposits (other than deposits intended as cash collateral) in the ordinary course of business; and

(g) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by Law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(h) provided, that the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness.

Permitted Junior Refinancing Debt” shall mean any secured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Loan Party in the form of one or more series of junior lien secured notes or junior lien secured loans; provided that (a) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a junior basis with the Obligations and is not secured by any property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings other than the Collateral, (b) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Loans (including portions of Classes of Loans or Other Loans), (c) such Indebtedness has no scheduled amortization that is prior to ninety-one (91) days after the earlier of the Latest Maturity Date of the Refinanced Debt at the time of such refinancing, (d) such Indebtedness does not have a final maturity date that is prior to ninety-one (91) days after the earlier of the Latest Maturity Date of the Refinanced Debt at the time of such refinancing, (e) such Indebtedness does not have mandatory redemption features (other than customary asset sale, insurance and condemnation proceeds events, change of control offers, and subject to customary exceptions for bridge financings; provided that in each case, such Permitted Junior Refinancing Debt shall not participate in any such prepayment on a greater than pro rata basis with the Term Loans) that could result in redemptions of such Indebtedness prior to the earlier of the maturity of the Refinanced Debt and the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such refinancing, and (f) such Indebtedness is subject to an Intercreditor Agreement.

Permitted Refinancing” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to the Additional Refinancing Amount related thereto and by an amount equal to any existing revolving commitments unutilized thereunder to the extent that the portion of any existing and unutilized revolving commitment being refinanced was permitted to be drawn under Section 7.1 and Section 7.2 of this Agreement

 

35


immediately prior to such refinancing (other than by reference to a Permitted Refinancing), (b) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.1(a)(iv), Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (c) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (d) immediately after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (e) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is Permitted Senior Refinancing Debt or Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, such Indebtedness complies with the Required Additional Debt Terms, and (f) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is permitted pursuant to Section 7.1(a)(ii), (i) the covenants and events of default of Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, taken as a whole, are not materially more favorable to the investors providing such Indebtedness than the covenants and events of default of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended (except for covenants or other provisions applicable to periods after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred) (it being understood that, to the extent that any financial maintenance covenant is added for the benefit of any such Permitted Refinancing, the terms shall not be considered materially more favorable if such financial maintenance covenant is either (A) also added for the benefit of any corresponding Loans remaining outstanding after the issuance or incurrence of such Permitted Refinancing or (B) only applicable after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such refinancing); provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such resulting Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement, shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies Holdings within such five (5) Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees) and (ii) the primary obligor in respect of, and/or the Persons (if any) that Guarantee, the Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension are the primary obligor in respect of, and/or Persons (if any) that Guaranteed the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that a Permitted Refinancing may constitute a portion of an issuance of Indebtedness in excess of the amount of such Permitted Refinancing; provided that such excess amount is otherwise permitted to be incurred under Section 7.1. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that a Permitted Refinancing includes successive Permitted Refinancings of the same Indebtedness.

Permitted Senior Refinancing Debt” shall mean any secured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any other Loan Party in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes or loans; provided that (a) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on an equal priority basis (but without regard to control of remedies) with the Obligations and is not secured by any property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings other than the Collateral, (b) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Loans (including portions of Classes of Loans or Other Loans), (c) such Indebtedness does not have mandatory redemption features (other than customary asset sale, insurance and condemnation proceeds events and change of control offers, and subject to customary exceptions for bridge financings; provided that in each case, such Permitted Senior Refinancing Debt shall not participate in any such prepayment on a greater than pro rata basis with the Term Loans) that could result in

 

36


redemptions of such Indebtedness prior to the earlier of the maturity of the Refinanced Debt and the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such refinancing and (d) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to a First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and, if applicable, the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness” shall mean Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings which (a) has no scheduled amortization, (b) has no optional or mandatory repayment, repurchase, redemption or similar provisions that may be effected at any time when the Obligations or any extension, refinancing, replacement or repurchase thereof, in whole or in part, is outstanding, (c) has no guarantees or other credit support from any Person other than a Loan Party, (d) has no financial maintenance covenants, (e) has no covenants, events of default or similar provisions that are more restrictive in any material respect than those contained in the Loan Documents and (f) is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent; provided that if such Indebtedness is secured (i) the Liens securing such Indebtedness shall be junior to the Liens securing the Obligations, (ii) the security agreements governing such Indebtedness shall provide for junior Liens on terms reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent and (iii) the providers of such Indebtedness (or an agent for such providers) shall have entered into an intercreditor agreement reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent.

Permitted Tax Distributions” shall mean tax distributions as required by Section 5.2 of Holdings’ operating agreement as in effect on the Closing Date.

Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt” shall mean unsecured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any other Loan Party in the form of one or more series of senior unsecured notes or loans; provided that (a) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Loans (including portions of Classes of Loans or Other Loans), (b) such Indebtedness has no scheduled amortization, (c) such Indebtedness does not have mandatory redemption features (other than customary asset sale, insurance and condemnation proceeds events and change of control offers) that could result in redemptions of such Indebtedness prior to the maturity of the Refinanced Debt, (d) such Indebtedness does not have a final maturity date that is prior to ninety-one (91) days after the earlier of the Latest Maturity Date of the Refinanced Debt at the time of such refinancing, (e) such Indebtedness is not secured by any Lien on any property or assets of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries and (f) such Indebtedness is subject to an Intercreditor Agreement.

Person” shall mean any individual, partnership, firm, corporation, association, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other entity, or any Governmental Authority.

Personal Information” means all information defined or described by Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries as “personal data”, “personal information”, “personally identifiable information”, “protected health information,” “PHI,” “PII,” or any similar term in any of the privacy policies or other public-facing statement of Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, any information that is subject to any Privacy Laws or regarding or capable of being associated with an individual consumer or device, including information that identifies, or could reasonably be used to identify (alone or in combination with other information) or is otherwise identifiable with a device or natural person, including name, physical address, telephone number, email address, financial account number, government-issued identifier (including Social Security number and driver’s license number), medical, health or insurance information, gender, date of birth, educational or employment information, any religious or political view or affiliation, marital or other status, photograph, face geometry or biometric information, and any other data used or intended to be used to identify, contact or precisely locate an individual. Personal Information may relate to any individual, including any user of any Internet or device application who views or interacts with any website or platforms, or a current, prospective or former customer, employee or vendor of any Person. Personal Information includes information in any form, including paper, electronic and other forms.

 

37


Plan” shall mean any “employee pension benefit plan” as defined in Section 3 of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan) maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has or may have an obligation to contribute, and each such plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA for the five-year period immediately following the latest date on which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate maintained, contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to (or is deemed under Section 4069 of ERISA to have maintained or contributed to or to have had an obligation to contribute to, or otherwise to have liability with respect to) such plan.

Platform” shall mean Debt Domain, Intralinks, Syndtrak or a substantially similar electronic transmission system.

Prepayment Event” shall mean:

(a) any Asset Sale (other than an Asset Sale permitted under Section 7.6 (other than Section 7.6(c)) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries resulting in Net Cash Proceeds in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate for all such Asset Sales in any calendar year; or

(b) any Recovery Event resulting in aggregate Net Cash Proceeds in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate for all such Recovery Events in any calendar year; or

(c) the incurrence by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.1 (except for Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, Permitted Senior Refinancing Debt, Permitted Junior Refinancing Debt and Other Loans) or permitted by the Required Lenders pursuant to Section 11.2.

Privacy Laws” means all applicable international, federal and state laws, statutes, directives, rules, regulations, and legally binding guidance, related to the use, disclosure, privacy and security of Personal Information, including HIPAA.

Product” shall mean any current or future service or product researched, designed, developed, manufactured, licensed, marketed, advertised, sold, offered for sale, performed, distributed, tested, provided, or commercialized by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, including any such product in development or that may be developed in the future.

Pro Forma Basis” shall mean, for purposes of calculating compliance with respect to any Asset Sale, Recovery Event, Permitted Acquisition, Restricted Payment, increase in the Aggregate Revolving Commitments or incurrence of an Incremental Term Loan pursuant to Section 2.23 or incurrence of Indebtedness, or any other transaction subject to calculation on a “Pro Forma Basis” as indicated herein, that such transaction shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the period of four Fiscal Quarters most recently ended for which the Borrower has delivered financial statements pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) or 5.1(b). For purposes of any such calculation in respect of any Permitted Acquisition, (a) income statement and cash flow statement items attributable to the Person or property subject to such Permitted Acquisition shall be included in Consolidated EBITDA to the extent such items are included in such income statement and cash flow statement items of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in accordance with the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” set forth in Section 1.1; (b) any Indebtedness incurred or assumed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings (including the Person or property acquired) in connection with such transaction and any Indebtedness of the Person or property acquired which is not

 

38


retired in connection with such transaction (i) shall be deemed to have been incurred as of the first day of the applicable period and (ii) if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate which is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination; and (c) Capital Expenditures attributable to the Person or property acquired shall be included beginning as of the first day of the applicable period.

Pro Forma Compliance Certificate” shall mean a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower containing (a) reasonably detailed calculations of the financial covenants set forth in Article VI recomputed as of the end of the period of the four Fiscal Quarters most recently ended for which the Borrower has delivered financial statements pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) after giving effect to the applicable transaction on a Pro Forma Basis and (b) if delivered in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, certifications that clauses (a) through (h) of the definition of “Permitted Acquisition” have been satisfied (or will be satisfied in the time permitted under this Agreement).

Pro Rata Share” shall mean (i) with respect to any Class of Commitment or Loan of any Lender at any time, a percentage, the numerator of which shall be such Lender’s Commitment of such Class (or if such Commitment has been terminated or expired or the Loans have been declared to be due and payable, such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure or Term Loan, as applicable), and the denominator of which shall be the sum of all Commitments of such Class of all Lenders (or if such Commitments have been terminated or expired or the Loans have been declared to be due and payable, all Revolving Credit Exposure or Term Loans, as applicable, of all Lenders) and (ii) with respect to all Classes of Commitments and Loans of any Lender at any time, the numerator of which shall be the sum of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment (or if such Revolving Commitment has been terminated or expired or the Loans have been declared to be due and payable, such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure) and Term Loan and the denominator of which shall be the sum of all Lenders’ Revolving Commitments (or if such Revolving Commitments have been terminated or expired or the Loans have been declared to be due and payable, all Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders funded under such Commitments) and Term Loans.

PTE” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

QFC” shall have the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).

Qualified ECP Guarantor” shall mean, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant Guaranty or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other Loan Party as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another Person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Real Property Security Documents” shall mean, with respect to any fee interest of a Loan Party any Material Real Property:

(a) a fully executed and notarized Mortgage encumbering the fee interest of such Loan Party in such real property;

 

39


(b) if requested by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, maps or plats of an as built survey of the sites of such real property certified to the Administrative Agent and the title insurance company issuing the policies referred to in clause (c) of this definition in a manner satisfactory to each of the Administrative Agent and such title insurance company, dated a date reasonably satisfactory to each of the Administrative Agent and such title insurance company by an independent professional licensed land surveyor, which maps or plats and the surveys on which they are based shall be sufficient to delete any standard printed survey exception contained in the applicable title policy and be made in accordance with the Minimum Standard Detail Requirements for Land Title Surveys jointly established and adopted by the American Land Title Association and the National Society of Professional Surveyors, Inc. in 2016 with items 2, 3, 4, 6(b), 7(a), 7(b)(1), 7(c), 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 14, 16,17, 18 and 19 on Table A thereof completed;

(c) ALTA mortgagee title insurance policies issued by a title insurance company reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent with respect to such real property, assuring the Administrative Agent that the Mortgage covering such real property creates a valid and enforceable first priority mortgage lien on such real property, free and clear of all defects and encumbrances except Permitted Encumbrances, which title insurance policies shall otherwise be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall include such endorsements as are requested by the Administrative Agent;

(d) evidence as to (i) whether such real property is in an area designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as having special flood or mud slide hazards (a “Flood Hazard Property”) and (ii) if such real property is a Flood Hazard Property, (A) whether the community in which such real property is located is participating in the National Flood Insurance Program, (B) the applicable Loan Party’s written acknowledgment of receipt of written notification from the Administrative Agent (1) as to the fact that such real property is a Flood Hazard Property and (2) as to whether the community in which each such Flood Hazard Property is located is participating in the National Flood Insurance Program and (C) copies of flood insurance policies under the National Flood Insurance Program (or private insurance endorsed to cause such private insurance to be fully compliant with the federal law as regards private placement insurance applicable to the National Flood Insurance Program, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower) or certificates of insurance of Holdings and its Subsidiaries evidencing such flood insurance coverage in such amounts and with such deductibles as the Administrative Agent may request and naming the Administrative Agent and its successors and/or assigns as sole loss payee on behalf of the Lenders;

(e) if requested by the Administrative Agent, a duly executed Environmental Indemnity with respect thereto;

(f) if requested by the Administrative Agent, (i) environmental questionnaires or (ii) Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Reports, consistent with American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard E 1527-05, and applicable state requirements, on all of the owned real property, dated no more than six (6) months prior to the Closing Date (or date of the applicable Mortgage if provided post-closing), prepared by environmental engineers satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and such environmental review and audit reports, including Phase II reports, with respect to the real property of any Loan Party as the Administrative Agent shall have requested, in each case together with letters executed by the environmental firms preparing such environmental reports, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, authorizing the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to rely on such reports, and the Administrative Agent shall be satisfied with the contents of all such environmental questionnaires or reports

 

40


(g) if requested by the Administrative Agent, evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that such real property, and the uses of such real property, are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable zoning Laws (the evidence submitted as to which should include the zoning designation made for such real property, the permitted uses of such real property under such zoning designation and, if available, zoning requirements as to parking, lot size, ingress, egress and building setbacks); and

(h) an opinion of legal counsel to the Loan Party granting the Mortgage on such real property, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Recipient” shall mean (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender and (c) any Issuing Bank as applicable.

Recovery Event” shall mean any loss of, damage to or destruction of, or any condemnation or other taking for public use of, any property of Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries.

Refinanced Debt” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness.”

Refinancing” shall mean the repayment in full and termination of commitments to extend credit under all existing third party Indebtedness for borrowed money of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (including the Existing Credit Agreement, but excluding certain Indebtedness permitted to survive the Closing Date Acquisition pursuant to the terms of the BCA) and the termination or release of all security interests and guarantees with respect to the foregoing (or arrangements for such repayment, termination and release shall have been made).

Refinancing Amendment” shall mean an amendment to this Agreement executed by each of (a) the Borrower, (b) the Administrative Agent and (c) each Additional Lender and Lender that agrees to provide any portion of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness being incurred pursuant thereto, in accordance with Section 2.27.

Refinancing Debt” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness.”

Regulation D” shall mean Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and any successor regulations.

Regulation T” shall mean Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and any successor regulations.

Regulation U” shall mean Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and any successor regulations.

Regulation X” shall mean Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and any successor regulations.

Regulation Y” shall mean Regulation Y of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and any successor regulations.

 

41


Related Parties” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective managers, administrators, trustees, partners, directors, managers, members, officers, employees, agents, advisors, legal counsel, consultants or other representatives of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

Release” shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into the environment (including ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or within any building, structure, facility or fixture.

Relevant Governmental Body” shall mean the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or any successor thereto.

Required Additional Debt Terms” shall mean, with respect to any Indebtedness, (a) to the extent secured, such Indebtedness shall rank equal in or junior to right of payment with the Term Loans, (b) such Indebtedness is not secured by any property or assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries other than the Collateral, (c) to the extent such Indebtedness is secured by a Lien on the Collateral that ranks pari passu with the Term Loan A and ranks equal to the right of payment with the Term Loans, (i) such Indebtedness shall not mature earlier than the Latest Maturity Date of the Term Loan A, (ii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Indebtedness shall not be less than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term Loan A, and (iii) such Indebtedness shall share ratably in any mandatory prepayments of the Term Loan A (or otherwise provide for more favorable mandatory prepayment treatment for the Term Loan A) and shall have ratable voting rights as the Term Loan A, (d) such Indebtedness shall not be Guaranteed by any Subsidiary of Holdings other than a Guarantor and (e) to the extent such Indebtedness is secured on a junior basis or unsecured, such Indebtedness shall not have amortization.

Required Lenders” shall mean, at any time, two or more unaffiliated Lenders (unless there is only one (1) Lender, in which case such Lender) holding more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding Revolving Commitments and the Term Loans at such time or if the Lenders have no Commitments outstanding, then two or more unaffiliated Lenders (unless there is only one (1) Lender, in which case such Lender) holding more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure and the Term Loans of the Lenders at such time; provided that to the extent that any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender and all of its Revolving Commitments, Revolving Credit Exposure and Term Loans shall be excluded for purposes of determining Required Lenders.

Required Revolving Lenders” shall mean, at any time, two or more unaffiliated Lenders (unless there is only one (1) Lender, in which case such Lender) holding more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding Revolving Commitments at such time or, if the Lenders have no Revolving Commitments outstanding, then two or more unaffiliated Lenders (unless there is only one (1) Lender, in which case such Lender) holding more than 50% of the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure; provided that to the extent that any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender and all of its Revolving Commitments and Revolving Credit Exposure shall be excluded for purposes of determining Required Revolving Lenders.

Resolution Authority” shall mean an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.

 

42


Responsible Officer” shall mean (x) with respect to certifying compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Article VI, the chief financial officer or treasurer of the Borrower and (y) with respect to all other provisions, any of the president, chief executive officer, chief operating officer, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer, company secretary or other similar officer of a Loan Party, or any manager, sole member, managing member or general partner thereof or such other representative of such Loan Party as may be designated in writing by any one of the foregoing with the consent of the Administrative Agent.

Restricted” shall mean, when referring to cash or Cash Equivalents of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, that such cash or Cash Equivalents (a) appears (or would be required to appear) as “restricted” on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings or of any such Subsidiary (unless such appearance is related to the Loan Documents or Liens created thereunder) as determined in accordance with GAAP or (b) are subject to any Lien in favor of any Person other than Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (but excluding amounts serving as cash collateral for Letters of Credit) other than liens and rights of setoff in favor of depository banks.

Restricted Debt” shall mean, collectively, any Indebtedness under clauses (a), (b), (c), (e) and (f) of the definition thereof that (a) constitutes Material Indebtedness and is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, “Restricted Debt” shall exclude intercompany Indebtedness.

Restricted Payment” shall mean any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Capital Stock of any Person, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Capital Stock or on account of any return of capital to such Person’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Person thereof), or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such dividend or other distribution or payment.

Revolving Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding the amount set forth with respect to such Lender on Schedule I, as such schedule may be amended pursuant to Section 2.23, or in the case of a Person becoming a Lender after the Closing Date, the amount of the assigned “Revolving Commitment” as provided in the Assignment and Acceptance executed by such Person as an assignee, or the joinder executed by such Person, in each case as such commitment may subsequently be increased or decreased pursuant to terms hereof.

Revolving Commitment Termination Date” shall mean the earliest of (i) May 26, 2027, (ii) the date on which the Revolving Commitments are terminated pursuant to Section 2.8 and (iii) the date on which all amounts outstanding under this Agreement have been declared or have automatically become due and payable (whether by acceleration or otherwise).

Revolving Credit Exposure” shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans, LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure.

Revolving Loan” shall mean a loan made by a Lender (other than the Swingline Lender) to the Borrower under its Revolving Commitment, which may either be a Base Rate Loan or a SOFR Loan.

S&P” shall mean Standard and Poor’s Financial Services, LLC, a subsidiary of S&P Global Inc., and any successor thereto.

 

43


Sanctioned Country” shall mean, at any time, a country, region or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject or target of any Sanctions including, without limitation, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria.

Sanctioned Person” shall mean, at any time, (a) any Person that is the subject or target of any Sanctions, (b) any Person located, organized, operating or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person owned or controlled by any such Person.

Sanctions” shall mean economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State, (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom or (c) any other relevant sanctions authority.

SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean an intercreditor agreement among the Administrative Agent and one or more Senior Representatives for holders of Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness on customary or then market-prevailing terms for comparable facilities and reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Secured Parties” shall mean the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Bank, the Lender-Related Hedge Providers and the Bank Product Providers.

Security Agreement” shall mean the security and pledge agreement dated as of the Closing Date executed in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, by each of the Loan Parties.

Senior Representative” shall mean, with respect to any series of Permitted Senior Refinancing Debt, Permitted Junior Refinancing Debt or other Indebtedness, the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.

SOFR” shall mean a rate per annum equal to the secured overnight financing rate as administered by the SOFR Administrator.

SOFR Administrator” shall mean the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or a successor administrator of the secured overnight financing rate).

SOFR Loan” shall mean a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on Adjusted Term SOFR, other than pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of “Base Rate”.

Solvent” shall mean, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including subordinated and contingent liabilities, of such Person; (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts and liabilities, including subordinated and contingent liabilities as they become absolute and matured; (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature; (d) such Person is not engaged in a business or transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital; (e) such Person

 

44


is able to pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the ordinary course of business and (f) such Person does not intend, in any transaction, to hinder, delay or defraud either present or future creditors or any other person to which such Person is or will become, through such transaction, indebted. The amount of contingent liabilities (such as litigation, guaranties and pension plan liabilities) at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at the time, represents the amount that could reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Specified Event of Default” shall mean an Event of Default arising under Sections 8.1(a), 8.1(b), 8.1(g), 8.1(h) or 8.1(i) hereof.

Specified Loan Party” shall mean each Loan Party that is, at the time on which the relevant Guarantee or grant of the relevant security interest under the Loan Documents by such Loan Party becomes effective with respect to a Swap Obligation, a corporation, partnership, proprietorship, organization, trust or other entity that would not be an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act at such time but for the effect of Section 10.8.

Specified Representations” shall mean (a) in connection with the Transactions effected on the Closing Date, the representations with respect to Holdings and its Subsidiaries in the BCA which are material to the interests of the Lenders, but only to the extent that the Acquiror (or its Affiliates) has the right (without regard to notice or lapse of time or both) to terminate its (or their) obligations under the BCA or to decline to consummate the Closing Date Acquisition in accordance with the BCA as a result of a breach of such representations in the BCA, (b) in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, the representations and warranties made by or on behalf of the target of such Limited Condition Transaction, its subsidiaries or their respective businesses in the applicable acquisition agreement which are material to the interest of the Lenders, but only to the extent that the applicable Loan Party or Subsidiary has the right to terminate its obligations under such acquisition agreement or to decline to consummate such Limited Condition Transaction as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties, and (c) in all cases, the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Section 4.1 (with respect to the Borrower and the Guarantors), Section 4.2 (with respect to the entering into, borrowing under, guaranteeing under, and performance of the Loan Documents and the granting of Liens in the Collateral), Section 4.3(b) (with respect to the entering into, borrowing under, guaranteeing under, and performance of the Loan Documents and the granting of Liens in the Collateral), Section 4.8, Section 4.10, Section 4.13(b), Section 4.16, Section 4.18, Section 4.20 and Section 4.22.

Subordinated Debt Documents” shall mean all indentures, agreements, notes, guaranties, subordination agreements and other material agreements governing or evidencing any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness and all other material documents relating thereto.

Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power, or in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “Subsidiary” hereunder shall mean a Subsidiary of Holdings.

 

45


Swap Obligations” shall mean with respect to any Guarantor any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Swingline Commitment” shall mean the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $5,000,000.

Swingline Exposure” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the principal amount of the Swingline Loans in which such Lender is legally obligated either to make a Base Rate Loan or to purchase a participation in accordance with Section 2.4, which shall equal such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all outstanding Swingline Loans.

Swingline Lender” shall mean Truist Bank in its capacity as provider of Swingline Loans, or any successor swingline lender hereunder.

Swingline Loan” shall mean a loan made to the Borrower by the Swingline Lender under the Swingline Commitment.

Synthetic Lease” shall mean a lease transaction under which the parties intend that (i) the lease will be treated as an “operating lease” by the lessee pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification Sections 840-10 and 840-20 and (ii) the lessee will be entitled to various tax and other benefits ordinarily available to owners (as opposed to lessees) of like property.

Synthetic Lease Obligations” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the sum of (i) all remaining rental obligations of such Person as lessee under Synthetic Leases which are attributable to principal and, without duplication, (ii) all rental and purchase price payment obligations of such Person under such Synthetic Leases assuming such Person exercises the option to purchase the lease property at the end of the lease term.

Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax, or penalties applicable thereto.

Term Loan A” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.

Term Loan A Commitment shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make its portion of the Term Loan A hereunder in one advance on the Closing Date, in a principal amount not exceeding the amount set forth with respect to such Lender on Schedule I. The aggregate principal amount of all Lenders’ Term Loan A Commitments as of the Closing Date is $125,000,000.

Term Loan Commitments” shall mean the Term Loan A Commitments and the Incremental Term Loan Commitments.

Term Loans” shall mean the Term Loan A and each Incremental Term Loan, if any.

Term SOFR” shall mean,

(a) for any calculation with respect to a SOFR Loan, the Term SOFR Reference Rate for a tenor comparable to the applicable Interest Period on the day (such day, the “Periodic Term SOFR Determination Day”) that is two (2) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to the first

 

46


day of such Interest Period, as such rate is published by the Term SOFR Administrator; provided, that if as of 5:00 p.m. on any Periodic Term SOFR Determination Day the Term SOFR Reference Rate for the applicable tenor has not been published by the Term SOFR Administrator and a Benchmark Replacement Date with respect to the Term SOFR Reference Rate has not occurred, then Term SOFR will be the Term SOFR Reference Rate for such tenor as published by the Term SOFR Administrator on the first preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day for which such Term SOFR Reference Rate for such tenor was published by the Term SOFR Administrator so long as such first preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day is not more than three (3) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to such Periodic Term SOFR Determination Day, and

(b) for any calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any day, the Term SOFR Reference Rate for a tenor of one month on the day (such day, the “Base Rate Term SOFR Determination Day”) that is two (2) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to such day, as such rate is published by the Term SOFR Administrator; provided that if as of 5:00 p.m. on any Base Rate Term SOFR Determination Day the Term SOFR Reference Rate for the applicable tenor has not been published by the Term SOFR Administrator and a Benchmark Replacement Date with respect to the Term SOFR Reference Rate has not occurred, then Term SOFR will be the Term SOFR Reference Rate for such tenor as published by the Term SOFR Administrator on the first preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day for which such Term SOFR Reference Rate for such tenor was published by the Term SOFR Administrator so long as such first preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day is not more than three (3) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to such Base Rate Term SOFR Determination Day;

provided, that if Term SOFR determined as provided above (including pursuant to the proviso under clause (a) or (b) above) shall ever be less than the Floor, then Term SOFR shall be deemed to be the Floor.

Term SOFR Adjustment” means, for any calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan or a SOFR Loan, a percentage per annum as set forth below for the applicable Type of such Loan and (if applicable) Interest Period therefor:

Base Rate Loans:

 

0.10%

SOFR Loans:

 

Interest Period

   Percentage  

One month

     0.10

Three months

     0.15

Six months

     0.25

Term SOFR Administrator” shall mean the CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited (CBA) (or a successor administrator of the Term SOFR Reference Rate selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion).

 

47


Term SOFR Reference Rate” shall mean the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent as the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR.

Term SOFR Reference Rate” shall mean the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR.

Threshold Amount” shall mean $6,000,000.

Trading with the Enemy Act” shall mean the Trading with the Enemy Act of the United States of America (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq.).

Transaction Costs” shall mean any fees, costs or expenses incurred or paid by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

Transactions” shall mean (a) the Closing Date Acquisition, (b) the Refinancing, (c) the Equity Contribution, (d) the funding of the Loans on the Closing Date and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (e) the consummation of any other transactions in connection with the foregoing (including in connection with the Closing Date Acquisition Documents) and (f) the payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with any of the foregoing (including the Transaction Costs).

Truist” shall mean Truist Bank and its successors.

Type”, when used in reference to a Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted Term SOFR or the Base Rate.

UK Financial Institution” shall mean any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.

UK Resolution Authority” shall mean the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.

Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement” shall mean the Benchmark Replacement excluding the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

Unfinanced Cash Capital Expenditures” shall mean, for any period, the amount of Capital Expenditures made by Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such period in cash, but excluding any such Capital Expenditures financed with Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.1(a)(iii) or that constitute reinvestment of proceeds as permitted under Section 2.12(b).

Unfunded Pension Liability” of any Plan shall mean the amount, if any, by which the value of the accumulated plan benefits under the Plan, determined on a plan termination basis in accordance with actuarial assumptions at such time consistent with those prescribed by the PBGC for purposes of Section 4044 of ERISA, exceeds the fair market value of all Plan assets allocable to such liabilities under Title IV of ERISA (excluding any accrued but unpaid contributions).

 

48


United States” or “U.S.” shall mean the United States of America.

Unrestricted Cash” shall mean, at any time, cash and Cash Equivalents maintained in deposit accounts that are not Restricted at such time.

U.S. Government Securities Business Day” shall mean any day except for (i) a Saturday, (ii) a Sunday or (iii) a day on which the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association recommends that the fixed income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for purposes of trading in United States government securities.

U.S. Person” shall mean any Person that is a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(g).

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” shall mean, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person at any date, a subsidiary of such Person of which securities or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Capital Stock (other than (a) directors’, managers’ or members’ qualifying shares and (b) nominal shares issued to foreign nationals or other Persons to the extent required by applicable Law) are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by such Person or one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries of such Person.

Withdrawal Liability” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Withholding Agent” shall mean any Loan Party and the Administrative Agent, as applicable.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” shall mean (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.

Section 1.2 Classifications of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Loan” or “Term Loan”) or by Type (e.g., a “SOFR Loan” or “Base Rate Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., “Revolving SOFR Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., “Revolving Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g., “SOFR Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g., “Revolving SOFR Borrowing”).

 

49


Section 1.3 Accounting Terms and Determination.

(a) Unless otherwise defined or specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared, in accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time, applied on a basis consistent with the most recent audited consolidated financial statement of Holdings delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) (or, if no such financial statements have been delivered, on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements of Holdings last delivered to the Administrative Agent in connection with the establishment of the credit facilities under this Agreement); provided that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower wishes to amend any covenant in Article VI to eliminate the effect of any change in GAAP on the operation of such covenant (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders wish to amend Article VI for such purpose), then the Borrower’s compliance with such covenant shall be determined on the basis of GAAP in effect immediately before the relevant change in GAAP became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such covenant is amended in a manner satisfactory to the Borrower and the Required Lenders.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, (i) all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification Section 825-10 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party at “fair value”, as defined therein and (ii) for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including negative covenants, financial covenants and component definitions, GAAP will be deemed to treat operating leases and Capitalized Lease Obligations, in each case, in a manner consistent with the treatment under GAAP as in effect prior to the issuance by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on February 25, 2016 of Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 (Topic 842).

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that all calculations of the financial covenants in Article VI (including for purposes of determining the Applicable Margin and any transaction that by the terms of this Agreement requires that any financial covenant contained in Article VI be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) shall be made on a Pro Forma Basis with respect to any Asset Sale, Recovery Event or Acquisition transaction, in each case, in excess of $3,000,000, occurring during such period.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, any calculation of “extraordinary gains” and/or “extraordinary losses” shall, in each case for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, be determined by reference to GAAP as in effect immediately prior to giving effect to FASB’s Accounting Standards Update No. 2015–01.

Section 1.4 Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the word “to” means “to but excluding”. Unless the context requires otherwise (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as it was originally executed or as it may from

 

50


time to time be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns, (iii) the words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import shall be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision hereof, (iv) all references to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement, (v) all references to a specific time shall be construed to refer to the time in the city and state of the Administrative Agent’s principal office, unless otherwise indicated and (vi) any definition of or reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, or interpreting any such law and any reference to or definition of any law or regulation, unless otherwise specified, shall refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time..

Section 1.5 Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided, however, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

Section 1.6 Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

Section 1.7 Divisions. For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its equity interests at such time.

Section 1.8 Rates. The Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept responsibility for, and shall not have any liability with respect to (a) the continuation of, administration of, submission of, calculation of or any other matter related to the Base Rate, the Term SOFR Reference Rate, Adjusted Term SOFR or Term SOFR, or any component definition thereof or rates referred to in the definition thereof, or any alternative, successor or replacement rate thereto (including any Benchmark Replacement), including whether the composition or characteristics of any such alternative, successor or replacement rate (including any Benchmark Replacement) will be similar to, or produce the same value or economic equivalence of, or have the same volume or liquidity as, the Base Rate, the Term SOFR Reference Rate, Adjusted Term SOFR, Term SOFR or any other Benchmark prior to its discontinuance or unavailability, or (b) the effect, implementation or composition of any Conforming Changes. The Administrative Agent and its affiliates or other related entities may engage in transactions that affect the calculation of the Base Rate, the Term SOFR Reference Rate, Term SOFR, Adjusted Term SOFR, any alternative, successor or replacement rate (including any Benchmark Replacement) or any relevant adjustments thereto, in each case, in a manner adverse to the Borrower. The Administrative Agent may select information sources or services in its reasonable discretion to ascertain the Base Rate, the Term SOFR Reference Rate, Term SOFR, Adjusted Term SOFR or any other Benchmark, in each case pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and shall have no liability to the Borrower, any Lender or any other person or entity for damages of any kind, including direct or indirect, special, punitive, incidental or consequential damages, costs, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise and whether at law or in equity), for any error or calculation of any such rate (or component thereof) provided by any such information source or service.

 

51


Section 1.9 Limited Condition Transactions. For purposes of determining compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with any Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio or any other basket based on Consolidated EBITDA or total assets, or whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in each case in connection with the consummation of a Limited Condition Transaction, the date of determination shall, at the option of the Borrower, be the time the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into (the “LCA Test Date”) after giving effect to such Limited Condition Transaction on a Pro Forma Basis and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) as if they occurred at the beginning of the most recent period of four (4) Fiscal Quarters then ended prior to the LCA Test Date for which consolidated financial statements of Holdings are available, and, for the avoidance of doubt, if any of such ratios or amounts are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in such ratio or amount including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower or the person subject to such acquisition, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant Limited Condition Transaction, such ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the relevant Limited Condition Transaction is permitted to be consummated; provided that if the Borrower elects to have such determinations occur at the time of entry into such definitive agreement, the Limited Condition Transaction and the Incremental Term Loan to be incurred (and any associated Lien) and the use of proceeds thereof (and the consummation of the applicable Acquisition) shall be deemed incurred and/or applied at the time of such election (until such time as the Incremental Term Loan is actually incurred or the applicable acquisition agreement is terminated without actually consummating the applicable Acquisition) and outstanding thereafter for purposes of determining compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with any applicable Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio or any other financial covenant or ratio basket or calculation of total assets, as the case may be (it being understood and agreed that with respect to any such ratio test or basket (even if unrelated to determining whether such Acquisition is a Permitted Acquisition), the Borrower shall demonstrate compliance with the applicable test both after giving effect to the applicable Limited Condition Transaction and assuming that such transaction had not occurred). Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that (a) in the event the consummation of any such Limited Condition Transaction shall not have occurred on or prior to the date that is ninety (90) days following the signing of the definitive agreement therefore, such transaction shall no longer constitute a Limited Condition Transaction for any purpose hereunder, (b) in all cases no Specified Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of the consummation of such Acquisition, and (c) in no event will any Incremental Revolving Commitment be subject to the Limited Condition Transaction provisions of this Section 1.9 and Section 2.23.

ARTICLE II

AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE COMMITMENTS

Section 2.1 General Description of Facilities. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, (i) the Lenders hereby establish in favor of the Borrower a revolving credit facility pursuant to which each Lender severally agrees (to the extent of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment) to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower in Dollars in accordance with Section 2.2, (ii) the Issuing Bank may issue Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars in accordance with Section 2.22, (iii) the Swingline Lender may make Swingline Loans to the Borrower in Dollars in accordance with Section 2.4, (iv) each Lender agrees to purchase a participation interest in the Letters of Credit and the Swingline Loans pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof; provided, that in no event shall the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and outstanding LC Exposure exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect from time to time; and (v) each Lender severally agrees to advance its portion of the Term Loan A to the Borrower in Dollars on the Closing Date in a principal amount not exceeding such Lender’s Term Loan A Commitment.

 

52


Section 2.2 Revolving Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Loans, ratably in proportion to its Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Commitments, to the Borrower in Dollars, from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time that will not result in (a) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment or (b) the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures of all Lenders exceeding the Aggregate Revolving Commitments. During the Availability Period, the Borrower shall be entitled to borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; provided, that the Borrower may not borrow or reborrow should there exist a Default or Event of Default.

Section 2.3 Procedure for Revolving Borrowings. The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Revolving Borrowing substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.3 (a “Notice of Revolving Borrowing”) (x) prior to 11:00 a.m. one (1) Business Day prior to the requested date of each Base Rate Borrowing and (y) prior to 11:00 a.m. three (3) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to the requested date of each SOFR Borrowing. Each Notice of Revolving Borrowing shall be irrevocable and shall specify: (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Borrowing, (ii) the date of such Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the Type of such Revolving Loan comprising such Borrowing and (iv) in the case of a SOFR Borrowing, the duration of the initial Interest Period applicable thereto (subject to the provisions of the definition of Interest Period). Each Revolving Borrowing shall consist of Base Rate Loans or SOFR Loans or a combination thereof, as the Borrower may request. The aggregate principal amount of each SOFR Borrowing shall not be less than $5,000,000 or a larger multiple of $1,000,000, and the aggregate principal amount of each Base Rate Borrowing shall not be less than $1,000,000 or a larger multiple of $100,000; provided, that Base Rate Loans made pursuant to Section 2.4 or Section 2.22(d) may be made in lesser amounts as provided therein. At no time shall the total number of SOFR Borrowings outstanding at any time exceed six. Promptly following the receipt of a Notice of Revolving Borrowing in accordance herewith, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loan to be made as part of the requested Revolving Borrowing.

Section 2.4 Swingline Commitment.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender may, in its sole discretion, make Swingline Loans to the Borrower in Dollars, from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the lesser of (i) the Swingline Commitment then in effect and (ii) the difference between the Aggregate Revolving Commitments and the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures of all Lenders; provided, that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. The Borrower shall be entitled to borrow, repay and reborrow Swingline Loans in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b) The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Swingline Borrowing substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.4 attached hereto (“Notice of Swingline Borrowing”) prior to 10:00 a.m. on the requested date of each Swingline Borrowing. Each Notice of Swingline Borrowing shall be irrevocable and shall specify: (i) the principal amount of such Swingline Borrowing, (ii) the date of such Swingline Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day) and (iii) the account of the Borrower to which the proceeds of such Swingline Borrowing should be credited. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of each Notice of Swingline Borrowing. The aggregate principal amount of each Swingline Loan shall not be less than $100,000 or a larger multiple of $50,000,

 

53


or such other minimum amounts agreed to by the Swingline Lender and the Borrower. The Swingline Lender will make the proceeds of each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower in Dollars in immediately available funds at the account specified by the Borrower in the applicable Notice of Swingline Borrowing not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested date of such Swingline Borrowing.

(c) The Swingline Lender, at any time and from time to time in its sole discretion, may, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Swingline Lender to act on its behalf), give a Notice of Revolving Borrowing to the Administrative Agent requesting the Lenders (including the Swingline Lender) to make Base Rate Loans in an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of any Swingline Loan. Each Lender will make the proceeds of its Base Rate Loan included in such Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender in accordance with Section 2.6, and such proceeds will be used solely for the repayment of such Swingline Loan.

(d) If for any reason a Base Rate Borrowing may not be (as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent), or is not, made in accordance with the foregoing provisions, then each Lender (other than the Swingline Lender) shall purchase an undivided participating interest in such Swingline Loan in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share thereof on the date that such Base Rate Borrowing should have occurred. On the date of such required purchase, each Lender shall promptly transfer, in immediately available funds, the amount of its participating interest to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender.

(e) Each Lender’s obligation to make a Base Rate Loan pursuant to Section 2.4(c) or to purchase the participating interests pursuant to Section 2.4(d) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including without limitation (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Lender or any other Person may have or claim against the Swingline Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the existence of a Default or an Event of Default or the termination of any Lender’s Revolving Commitment, (iii) the existence (or alleged existence) of any event or condition which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent or any Lender or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. If such amount is not in fact made available to the Swingline Lender by any Lender, the Swingline Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender, together with accrued interest thereon for each day from the date of demand thereof (i) at the Federal Funds Rate until the second Business Day after such demand and (ii) at the Base Rate at all times thereafter. Until such time as such Lender makes its required payment, the Swingline Lender shall be deemed to continue to have outstanding Swingline Loans in the amount of the unpaid participation for all purposes of the Loan Documents. In addition, such Lender shall be deemed to have assigned any and all payments made of principal and interest on its Loans and any other amounts due to it hereunder, to the Swingline Lender to fund the amount of such Lender’s participation interest in such Swingline Loans that such Lender failed to fund pursuant to this Section 2.4, until such amount has been purchased in full.

Section 2.5 Term Loan A Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make its portion of a single term loan (the “Term Loan A”) to the Borrower in Dollars in one advance on the Closing Date in a principal amount equal to the Term Loan A Commitment of such Lender. The Term Loan A may be, from time to time, Base Rate Loans or SOFR Loans or a combination thereof; provided, that on the Closing Date the Term Loan A shall be Base Rate Loans unless the Administrative Agent shall have received a funding indemnity letter in form and

 

54


substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Borrower and the satisfaction of all conditions precedent pursuant to Section 3.1 shall be deemed to constitute the Borrower’s request to borrow the Term Loan A on the Closing Date. Amounts repaid on the Term Loan A may not be reborrowed.

Section 2.6 Funding of Borrowings.

(a) Each Lender will make available each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer in immediately available funds by 11:00 a.m. to the Administrative Agent at the Payment Office; provided, that the Swingline Loans will be made as set forth in Section 2.4. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts that it receives, in like funds by the close of business on such proposed date, to an account maintained by the Borrower with the Administrative Agent or at the Borrower’s option, by effecting a wire transfer of such amounts to an account designated by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to 5:00 p.m. one (1) Business Day prior to the date of a Borrowing in which such Lender is to participate that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date, and the Administrative Agent, in reliance on such assumption, may make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender on the date of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount on demand from such Lender together with interest (x) at the Federal Funds Rate until the second Business Day after such demand and (y) at the Base Rate at all times thereafter. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, and the Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent together with interest at the rate specified for such Borrowing. Nothing in this Section 2.6(b) shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fund its Pro Rata Share of any Borrowing hereunder or to prejudice any rights which the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

(c) All Revolving Borrowings shall be made by the Lenders on the basis of their respective Pro Rata Shares. No Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in its obligations hereunder, and each Lender shall be obligated to make its Loans provided to be made by it hereunder, regardless of the failure of any other Lender to make its Loans hereunder.

Section 2.7 Interest Elections.

(a) Each Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Notice of Borrowing. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing into a different Type or to continue such Borrowing, all as provided in this Section 2.7. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing.

 

55


(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section 2.7, the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Borrowing that is to be converted or continued, as the case may be, substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.7 attached hereto (a “Notice of Conversion/Continuation”) (x) prior to 10:00 a.m. one (1) Business Day prior to the requested date of a conversion into a Base Rate Borrowing and (y) prior to 11:00 a.m. three (3) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to a continuation of or conversion into a SOFR Borrowing. Each such Notice of Conversion/Continuation shall be irrevocable and shall specify (i) the Borrowing to which such Notice of Conversion/Continuation applies and if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof that are to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing); (ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Notice of Conversion/Continuation, which shall be a Business Day; (iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be a Base Rate Borrowing or a SOFR Borrowing; and (iv) if the resulting Borrowing is to be a SOFR Borrowing, the Interest Period applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of “Interest Period”. If any such Notice of Conversion/Continuation requests a SOFR Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one (1) month. The principal amount of any resulting Borrowing shall satisfy the minimum borrowing amount for SOFR Borrowings and Base Rate Borrowings set forth in Section 2.3.

(c) If, on the expiration of any Interest Period in respect of any SOFR Borrowing, the Borrower shall have failed to deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Borrowing to a Base Rate Borrowing. No Borrowing may be converted into, or continued as, a SOFR Borrowing if a Default or an Event of Default exists, unless the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders shall have otherwise consented in writing. No conversion of any SOFR Loans shall be permitted except on the last day of the Interest Period in respect thereof.

(d) Upon receipt of any Notice of Conversion/Continuation, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

Section 2.8 Optional Reduction and Termination of Commitments.

(a) Unless previously terminated, all Revolving Commitments, Swingline Commitments and LC Commitments shall terminate on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date. The Term Loan A Commitments shall terminate on the Closing Date upon the making of the Term Loan A pursuant to Section 2.5.

(b) Upon at least three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent (which notice shall be irrevocable; provided, that, such notice may state that such request is conditioned upon the occurrence of other transactions, in which case such request may be revoked by the Borrower by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date if such condition is not satisfied), the Borrower may reduce the Aggregate Revolving Commitments in part or terminate the Aggregate Revolving Commitments in whole; provided, that (i) any partial reduction shall apply to reduce proportionately and permanently the Revolving Commitment of each Lender, (ii) any partial reduction pursuant to this Section 2.8 shall be in an amount of at least $5,000,000 and any larger multiple of $1,000,000, and (iii) no such reduction shall be permitted which would reduce the Aggregate Revolving Commitments to an amount less than the aggregate outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders. Any such reduction in the Aggregate Revolving

 

56


Commitments below the principal amount of the Swingline Commitment and the LC Commitment shall result in a dollar-for-dollar reduction in the Swingline Commitment and the LC Commitment.

(c) With the written approval of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower may terminate (on a non-ratable basis) the unused amount of the Revolving Commitment of a Defaulting Lender, and in such event the provisions of Section 2.26 will apply to all amounts thereafter paid by the Borrower for the account of any such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnity or other amounts); provided that such termination will not be deemed to be a waiver or release of any claim that the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any other Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender.

Section 2.9 Repayment of Loans.

(a) The outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans shall be due and payable (together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon) on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

(b) The Borrower unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of the Term Loan A of such Lender in installments payable on the dates set forth below, with each such installment being in the aggregate principal amount (as such installment may be adjusted as a result of prepayments made pursuant to Sections 2.11 and 2.12) for all Lenders set forth opposite such date below (and on such other date(s) and in such other amounts as may be required from time to time pursuant to this Agreement):

 

Installment Date

   Aggregate Principal
Amount of Term Loan A
 

September 30, 2022

   $ 1,562,500  

December 31, 2022

   $ 1,562,500  

March 31, 2023

   $ 1,562,500  

June 30, 2023

   $ 1,562,500  

September 30, 2023

   $ 1,562,500  

December 31, 2023

   $ 1,562,500  

March 31, 2024

   $ 1,562,500  

June 30, 2024

   $ 1,562,500  

September 30, 2024

   $ 1,562,500  

December 31, 2024

   $ 1,562,500  

March 31, 2025

   $ 1,562,500  

June 30, 2025

   $ 1,562,500  

September 30, 2025

   $ 1,562,500  

December 31, 2025

   $ 1,562,500  

March 31, 2026

   $ 1,562,500  

June 30, 2026

   $ 1,562,500  

September 30, 2026

   $ 1,562,500  

December 31, 2026

   $ 1,562,500  

March 31, 2027

   $ 1,562,500  

 

57


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, to the extent not previously paid, the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Term Loan A shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date.

(c) Each Incremental Term Loan shall be repayable as provided in the documentation establishing such Incremental Term Loan. Amounts repaid on any Incremental Term Loan may not be reborrowed.

Section 2.10 Evidence of Indebtedness.

(a) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice appropriate records evidencing the Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable thereon and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall maintain appropriate records in which shall be recorded (i) the Revolving Commitment and Term Loan Commitment of each Lender, (ii) the amount of each Loan made hereunder by each Lender, the Class and Type thereof and, in the case of each SOFR Loan, the Interest Period applicable thereto, (iii) the date of any continuation of any Loan pursuant to Section 2.7, (iv) the date of each conversion of all or a portion of any Loan to another Type pursuant to Section 2.7, (v) the date and amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder in respect of the Loans and (vi) both the date and amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower in respect of the Loans and each Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. The entries made in such records shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided, that the failure or delay of any Lender or the Administrative Agent in maintaining or making entries into any such record or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans (both principal and unpaid accrued interest) of such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) This Agreement evidences the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans and is being executed as a “noteless” credit agreement. However, at the request of any Lender (including the Swingline Lender) at any time, the Borrower agrees that it will prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender in the form of Exhibit 2.10 (a “Note”). Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment permitted hereunder) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

Section 2.11 Optional Prepayments. The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, by giving written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent no later than (i) in the case of any prepayment of any SOFR Borrowing, 11:00 a.m. not less than three (3) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment, (ii) in the case of any prepayment of any Base Rate Borrowing, 11:00 a.m. not less than one (1) Business Day prior to the date of such prepayment, and (iii) in the case of any prepayment of any Swingline Borrowing, 11:00 a.m. on the date of such prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable (provided, that, such notice may state that such request is conditioned upon the occurrence of other transactions, in which case such request may be revoked by the Borrower by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified date of such prepayment if such condition is not satisfied) and shall specify the proposed date of such prepayment and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid. Upon receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender of the contents thereof and of such

 

58


Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any such prepayment. If such notice is given, the aggregate amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date designated in such notice, together with accrued interest to such date on the amount so prepaid in accordance with Section 2.13(d); provided, that if a SOFR Borrowing is prepaid on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall also pay all amounts required pursuant to Section 2.19. Each partial prepayment of any Loan shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Revolving Borrowing of the same Type pursuant to Section 2.3 or in the case of a Swingline Loan pursuant to Section 2.4. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and in the case of a prepayment of the Term Loan A or any Incremental Term Loan, ratably to the Term Loan A and all outstanding Incremental Term Loans, and to the principal installments thereof as directed by the Borrower (and absent such direction, in direct order of maturity).

Section 2.12 Mandatory Prepayments.

(a) If at any time the Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders exceeds the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, as reduced pursuant to Section 2.8 or otherwise, the Borrower shall immediately repay Swingline Loans and Revolving Loans in an amount equal to such excess, together with all accrued and unpaid interest on such excess amount and any amounts due under Section 2.19. Each prepayment shall be applied first to the Swingline Loans to the full extent thereof, second to the Base Rate Loans to the full extent thereof, and finally to SOFR Loans to the full extent thereof. If after giving effect to prepayment of all Swingline Loans and Revolving Loans, the Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders exceeds the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize its reimbursement obligations with respect to all Letters of Credit in an amount equal to such excess plus any accrued and unpaid fees thereon.

(b) In the event and on each occasion that any Net Cash Proceeds are received by or on behalf of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of Net Cash Proceeds in respect of any Prepayment Event, the Borrower shall, within five (5) Business Days after such Net Cash Proceeds are received (or, in the case of a Prepayment Event described in clause (c) of the definition of “Prepayment Event”, on the date of such Prepayment Event) prepay the Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.12(c) in an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds; provided, however, that in the case of any event described in clause (a) or (b) of the definition of “Prepayment Event” and so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and at the election of Holdings (as notified by Holdings to the Administrative Agent), such Net Cash Proceeds shall not be required to be applied to the Term Loans to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are reinvested or committed to be reinvested in assets (excluding current assets as classified in accordance with GAAP) used or useful in the business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries within twelve (12) months after the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds and, if committed to be reinvested prior to the expiration of such twelve (12) month period, actually reinvested in assets (excluding current assets as classified in accordance with GAAP) within six (6) months after the expiration of such twelve (12) month period; provided that if such Net Cash Proceeds shall not have been so reinvested, such prepayment shall be due promptly (and in any event within one (1) Business Day) upon the expiration of the applicable period.

(c) Any prepayments made by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.12(b) shall be applied to the principal balance of the Term Loan A and to the extent required by the terms of any then-existing Incremental Term Facility, such Incremental Term Facility, on a pro rata basis (except to the extent any such Incremental Term Facility requires prepayments that are less than pro rata) until the same shall have been paid in full, pro rata to the Lenders based on their Pro Rata Shares thereof, and to the remaining principal installments thereof (including the bullet payment on the Maturity Date) in inverse order of maturity.

 

59


(d) Notwithstanding any other provisions of Section 2.12(b), (i) to the extent that any of or all the Net Cash Proceeds of any Prepayment Event set forth in clause (a) of the definition thereof by a Foreign Subsidiary giving rise to a prepayment pursuant to Section 2.12(b) (a “Foreign Prepayment Event”) are prohibited or delayed by any Law (including applicable local law) from being repatriated to Holdings, the portion of such Net Cash Proceeds so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Term Loans at the times provided in Section 2.12(b) and such amounts may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary so long, but only so long, as the applicable Law will not permit repatriation to Holdings (Holdings hereby agreeing to cause the applicable Foreign Subsidiary to promptly take all actions reasonably required by the applicable Law to permit such repatriation), and once such repatriation of any of such affected Net Cash Proceeds is permitted under the applicable Law, such repatriation will be promptly effected and such repatriated Net Cash Proceeds will be promptly (and in any event not later than three (3) Business Days after such repatriation) applied (net of additional taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) to the repayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.12(b) and (ii) to the extent that and for so long as Holdings has determined in good faith that repatriation of any of or all the Net Cash Proceeds of any Foreign Prepayment Event would have an adverse tax consequence (taking into account any foreign tax credit or benefit actually realized in connection with such repatriation) with respect to such Net Cash Proceeds, the Net Cash Proceeds so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Term Loans at the times provided in Section 2.12(b) and such amounts may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary; provided that when Holdings determines in good faith that repatriation of any of or all the Net Cash Proceeds of any Foreign Prepayment Event would no longer have an adverse tax consequence (taking into account any foreign tax credit or benefit actually realized in connection with such repatriation) with respect to such Net Cash Proceeds, such Net Cash Proceeds shall be promptly (and in any event not later than three (3) Business Days after such repatriation) applied (net of additional taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) to the repayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.12(b).

Section 2.13 Interest on Loans.

(a) The Borrower shall pay interest on (i) each Base Rate Loan at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time and (ii) each SOFR Loan at Adjusted Term SOFR for the applicable Interest Period in effect for such Loan plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time.

(b) The Borrower shall pay interest on each Swingline Loan at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time.

(c) The Borrower shall pay interest on each Incremental Term Loan as provided in the definitive documentation establishing such Incremental Term Loan.

(d) Notwithstanding Sections 2.13(a), 2.13(b) and 2.13(c), if a Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower shall pay interest (“Default Interest”) with respect to all overdue amounts of principal and interest under (x) SOFR Loans at the rate per annum equal to two percent (2.00%) above the otherwise applicable interest rate for such SFOR Loans for the then-current Interest Period until the last day of such Interest Period, and (y) with respect to all Base Rate Loans (including those arising from the end of any Interest Period of any SOFR Loan and all other Obligations hereunder (other than Loans), at the rate per annum equal to two percent (2.00%) above the otherwise applicable interest rate for Base Rate Loans.

 

60


(e) Interest on the principal amount of all Loans shall accrue from and including the date such Loans are made to but excluding the date of any repayment thereof. Interest on all outstanding Base Rate Loans and Swingline Loans shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date or the Maturity Date, as the case may be. Interest on all outstanding SOFR Loans shall be payable on the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto, and, in the case of any SOFR Loans having an Interest Period in excess of three months, on each day which occurs every three months after the initial date of such Interest Period, and on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date or the Maturity Date, as the case may be. Interest on any Loan which is converted into a Loan of another Type or which is repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such conversion or on the date of any such repayment or prepayment (on the amount repaid or prepaid) thereof. All Default Interest shall be payable on demand.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall determine each interest rate applicable to the Loans hereunder and shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of such rate in writing (or by telephone, promptly confirmed in writing). Any such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(g) In connection with the use or administration of Term SOFR, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the effectiveness of any Conforming Changes in connection with the use or administration of Term SOFR.

Section 2.14 Fees.

(a) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for its own account fees in the amounts and at the times previously agreed upon in writing by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a commitment fee (the “Commitment Fee”), which shall accrue at the Applicable Margin on the average daily amount of the unused Revolving Commitment of such Lender during the Availability Period. For purposes of computing the Commitment Fee with respect to the Revolving Commitments, the Revolving Commitment of each Lender shall be deemed used to the extent of the outstanding Revolving Loans and LC Exposure, but not Swingline Exposure, of such Lender.

(c) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender, a letter of credit fee with respect to its participation in each Letter of Credit (the “Letter of Credit Fee”), which shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin then in effect on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure attributable to such Letter of Credit during the period from and including the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to but excluding the date on which such Letter of Credit expires or is drawn in full (such Letter of Credit Fee shall continue to accrue on any LC Exposure that remains outstanding after the Revolving Commitment Termination Date) and (ii) to the Issuing Bank for its own account a

 

61


fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate 0.125% per annum on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the Availability Period (or until the date that such Letter of Credit is irrevocably cancelled, whichever is later), as well as the Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Default Interest has been imposed pursuant to Section 2.13(c), the rate per annum used to calculate the letter of credit fee pursuant to clause (i) above shall automatically be increased by two percent (2.00%).

(d) The Borrower shall pay on the Closing Date to the Administrative Agent and its affiliates all fees in the Fee Letter that are due and payable on the Closing Date. The Borrower shall pay on the Closing Date to the Lenders all upfront fees previously agreed in writing.

(e) Accrued fees under Sections 2.14(b) and 2.14(c) above shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date and on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date (and if later, the date the Loans and LC Exposure shall be repaid in their entirety); provided, further, that any such fees accruing after the Revolving Commitment Termination Date shall be payable on demand.

Section 2.15 Computation of Interest and Fees.

Interest hereunder based on the Administrative Agent’s prime lending rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year) and paid for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). All other interest and all fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and paid for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be made in good faith and, except for manifest error, shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes.

Section 2.16 Inability to Determine SOFR.

(a) Subject to Sections 2.16(b) through 2.16(f), if, prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for any SOFR Borrowing,

(i) the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that “Adjusted Term SOFR” cannot be determined pursuant to the definition thereof, or

(ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Required Lenders that Adjusted Term SOFR for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making, funding or maintaining their SOFR Loans for such Interest Period,

then the Administrative Agent shall give written notice thereof (or telephonic notice, promptly confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and to the Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. Upon notice thereof by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, any obligation of the Lenders to make SOFR Loans, and any right of the Borrower to continue SOFR Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to SOFR Loans, shall be suspended (to the extent of the affected SOFR Loans or affected Interest Periods) until the Administrative Agent revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, (i) the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of SOFR Loans (to the extent of the affected

 

62


SOFR Loans or affected Interest Periods) or, failing that, the Borrower will be deemed to have converted any such request into a request for a Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein and (ii) any outstanding affected SOFR Loans will be deemed to have been converted into Base Rate Loans at the end of the applicable Interest Period. Upon any such conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so converted, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 2.19. Subject to Sections 2.16(b) through 2.16(f), if the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that “Adjusted Term SOFR” cannot be determined pursuant to the definition thereof on any given day, the interest rate on Base Rate Loans shall be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to clause (iii) of the definition of “Base Rate” until the Administrative Agent revokes such determination.

(b) Benchmark Replacement.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, if a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior any setting of the then-current Benchmark, then (x) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (a) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of such Benchmark setting and subsequent Benchmark settings without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (y) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (b) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of any Benchmark setting at or after 5:00 p.m. on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such Benchmark Replacement is provided to the Lenders without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such Benchmark Replacement from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders.

(ii) No swap agreement shall be deemed to be a “Loan Document” for purposes of this Section 2.16.

(c) Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. In connection with the use, administration, adoption or implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(d) Notices; Standards for Decisions and Determinations. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of (i) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement and (ii) the effectiveness of any Conforming Changes in connection with the use, administration, adoption or implementation of a Benchmark Replacement. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower of the removal or reinstatement of any tenor of a Benchmark pursuant to Section 2.16(e). Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Administrative Agent or, if applicable, any Lender (or group of Lenders) pursuant to this Section 2.16, including any determination with

 

63


respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action or any selection, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this Section 2.16.

(e) Unavailability of Tenor of Benchmark. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, at any time (including in connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement), (i) if the then-current Benchmark is a term rate (including the Term SOFR Reference Rate) and either (A) any tenor for such Benchmark is not displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion or (B) the administrator of such Benchmark or the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark has provided a public statement or publication of information announcing that any tenor for such Benchmark is not or will be not be representative or in compliance with or aligned with the International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO) Principles for Financial Benchmarks, then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” (or any similar or analogous definition) for any Benchmark settings at or after such time to remove such unavailable or non-representative tenor and (ii) if a tenor that was removed pursuant to clause (i) above either (A) is subsequently displayed on a screen or information service for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement) or (B) is not, or is no longer, subject to an announcement that it is not or will not be representative or in compliance with or aligned with the International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO) Principles for Financial Benchmarks for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement), then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” (or any similar or analogous definition) for all Benchmark settings at or after such time to reinstate such previously removed tenor.

(f) Benchmark Unavailability Period. Upon the Borrower’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a SOFR Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of SOFR Loans to be made, converted or continued during any Benchmark Unavailability Period and, failing that, the Borrower will be deemed to have converted any such request into a request for a Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans. During a Benchmark Unavailability Period or at any time that a tenor for the then-current Benchmark is not an Available Tenor, the component of the Base Rate based upon the then-current Benchmark or such tenor for such Benchmark, as applicable, will not be used in any determination of the Base Rate.

Section 2.17 Illegality. If any Change in Law shall make it unlawful or impossible for any Lender to perform any of its obligations hereunder, to make, maintain or fund any SOFR Loan or to or to determine or charge interest rates based upon SOFR, the Term SOFR Reference Rate, Adjusted Term SOFR or Term SOFR and such Lender shall so notify the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall promptly give notice thereof to the Borrower and the other Lenders, whereupon until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, the obligation of such Lender to make SOFR Revolving Loans, or to continue or convert outstanding Loans as or into SOFR Loans, shall be suspended. In the case of the making of a SOFR Borrowing, such Lender’s Revolving Loan shall be made as a Base Rate Loan as part of the same Revolving Borrowing for the same Interest Period and, if the affected SOFR Loan is then outstanding, such Loan shall be converted to a Base Rate Loan either (i) on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable to such SOFR Loan if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Loan to such date or (ii) immediately if such Lender shall determine that it may not lawfully continue to maintain such SOFR

 

64


Loan to such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the affected Lender shall, prior to giving such notice to the Administrative Agent, use reasonable efforts to designate a different Applicable Lending Office if such designation would avoid the need for giving such notice and if such designation would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender in the good faith exercise of its discretion. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 2.19.

Section 2.18 Increased Costs.

(a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including pursuant to regulations issued from time to time by the Federal Reserve Board for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, special, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities” in Regulation D)), special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender or the Issuing Bank;

(ii) subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of “Excluded Taxes” and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

(iii) impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining a SOFR Loan or to increase the cost to such Lender or the Issuing Bank of participating in or issuing any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount received or receivable by such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount), then, from time to time, such Lender or the Issuing Bank may provide the Borrower (with a copy thereof to the Administrative Agent) with written notice and demand with respect to such increased costs or reduced amounts, and within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such notice and demand, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank for any such increased costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If any Lender or the Issuing Bank shall have determined that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity ratios or requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s capital (or on the capital of the Parent Company of such Lender or the Issuing Bank) as a consequence of its obligations hereunder or under or in respect of any Letter of Credit to a level below that which such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such Parent Company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s policies or the policies of such Parent Company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then, from time to time, such Lender or the Issuing Bank may provide the Borrower (with a copy thereof to the Administrative Agent) with written notice and demand with respect to such reduced amounts, and within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such notice and demand the Borrower shall pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such Parent Company for any such reduction suffered.

 

65


(c) A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Parent Company of such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, specified in Sections 2.18(a) or 2.18(b) shall be delivered to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) and shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay any such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such amount or amounts within five (5) Business Days after receipt thereof.

(c) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.18 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation.

Section 2.19 Funding Indemnity. In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of a SOFR Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion or continuation of a SOFR Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, or (c) the failure by the Borrower to borrow, prepay, convert or continue any SOFR Loan on the date specified in any applicable notice (regardless of whether such notice is withdrawn or revoked), then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender, within five (5) Business Days after written demand from such Lender, for any loss, cost or expense attributable to such event. In the case of a SOFR Loan, such loss, cost or expense shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (A) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the principal amount of such SOFR Loan if such event had not occurred at Adjusted Term SOFR applicable to such SOFR Loan for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such SOFR Loan) over (B) the amount of interest that would accrue on the principal amount of such SOFR Loan for the same period if Adjusted Term SOFR were set on the date such SOFR Loan was prepaid or converted or the date on which the Borrower failed to borrow, convert or continue such SOFR Loan. A certificate as to any additional amount payable under this Section 2.19 submitted to the Borrower by any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

Section 2.20 Taxes.

(a) Defined Terms. For purposes of this Section 2.20, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank and the term “applicable Law” includes FATCA.

(b) Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable Law. If any applicable Law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.20) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

 

66


(c) Payment of Other Taxes by the Loan Parties. In addition, the Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

(d) Indemnification by the Loan Parties. The Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within ten (10) Business Days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.20) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(e) Indemnification by the Lenders. Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within ten (10) Business Days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 11.4(e) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this Section 2.20(e).

(f) Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.20, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(g) Status of Lenders.

(i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such

 

67


documentation set forth in Sections 2.20(g)(ii)(A), 2.20(g)(ii)(B) and 2.20(g) (ii)(D)) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is a U.S. Person,

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), an executed copy of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, an executed copy of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(2) an executed copy of IRS Form W-8ECI (or any successor thereto),

(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.20-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) an executed copy of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or any successor thereto); or

(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, an executed copy of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto), accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.20-2 or Exhibit 2.20-3, IRS Form W-9, or other certification

 

68


documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.20-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), an executed copy of any other form prescribed by applicable Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by Law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(h) Treatment of Certain Refunds. If any Recipient determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.20 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.20), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.20 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this Section 2.20(h) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.20(h), in no event will the indemnified

 

69


party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 2.20(h) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This Section 2.20(h) shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

(i) Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.20 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

Section 2.21 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs.

(a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Sections 2.18, 2.19 or 2.20, or otherwise) prior to 12:00 noon on the date when due, in immediately available funds, free and clear of any defenses, rights of set-off, counterclaim, or withholding or deduction of taxes. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at the Payment Office, except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.18, 2.19 and 2.20 and 11.3 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be made payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in Dollars.

(b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied as follows: first, to all fees and reimbursable expenses of the Administrative Agent then due and payable pursuant to any of the Loan Documents; second, to all reimbursable expenses of the Lenders and all fees and reimbursable expenses of the Issuing Bank then due and payable pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, pro rata to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank based on their respective pro rata shares of such fees and expenses; third, to all interest and fees then due and payable hereunder, pro rata to the Lenders based on their respective pro rata shares of such interest and fees; and fourth, to all principal of the Loans and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due and payable hereunder, pro rata to the parties entitled thereto based on their respective pro rata shares of such principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements.

(c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans that would result in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Credit Exposure, Term Loans and accrued interest and fees thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender with respect to its Revolving Credit Exposure or Term Loans, then the Lender receiving such greater

 

70


proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Credit Exposure and Term Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Credit Exposure and Term Loans; provided, that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this Section 2.21(c) shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender) or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Revolving Credit Exposure or Term Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section 2.21(c) shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount or amounts due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

Section 2.22 Letters of Credit.

(a) During the Availability Period, the Issuing Bank, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders pursuant to Sections 2.22(d) and 2.22(e), may, in its sole discretion, issue, at the request of the Borrower, Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings (as specified by the Borrower in the request for such Letter of Credit) on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; provided, that (i) each Letter of Credit shall expire on the earlier of (A) the date one year after the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit (or in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (B) the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date (which in no event shall extend beyond the date referred to in clause (B) above, except to the extent cash collateralized or backstopped pursuant to arrangements reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Bank); (ii) each Letter of Credit shall be in a stated amount of at least $100,000; (iii) the Borrower may not request any Letter of Credit, if, after giving effect to such issuance (A) the aggregate LC Exposure would exceed the LC Commitment or (B) the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders would exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitments; and (iv) the Borrower shall not request, and the Issuing Bank shall have no obligation to issue, any Letter of Credit the proceeds of which would be made available to any Person (A) to fund any activity or business of or with any Sanctioned Person or in any

 

71


Sanctioned Countries, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of any Sanctions or (B) in any manner that would result in a violation of any Sanctions by any party to this Agreement. Each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Issuing Bank without recourse a participation in each Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit on the date of issuance with respect to all other Letters of Credit. Each issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to utilize the Revolving Commitment of each Lender by an amount equal to the amount of such participation.

(b) To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or any amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall give the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent irrevocable written notice at least three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of such issuance specifying the date (which shall be a Business Day) such Letter of Credit is to be issued (or amended, extended or renewed, as the case may be), the expiration date of such Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof, whether such Letter of Credit shall be issued on the account of a Borrower or a Subsidiary of Holdings, and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. In addition to the satisfaction of the conditions in Article III, the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or any amendment which increases the amount of such Letter of Credit) will be subject to the further conditions that such Letter of Credit shall be in such form and contain such terms as the Issuing Bank shall approve and that the Borrower and/or the applicable Subsidiary of Holdings shall have executed and delivered any Issuer Documents as the Issuing Bank shall require; provided, that in the event of any conflict between such applications, agreements or instruments and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

(c) At least two (2) Business Days prior to the issuance of any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received such notice and if not, the Issuing Bank will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the Issuing Bank has received notice from the Administrative Agent on or before the Business Day immediately preceding the date the Issuing Bank is to issue the requested Letter of Credit directing the Issuing Bank not to issue the Letter of Credit because such issuance is not then permitted hereunder because of the limitations set forth in Section 2.22(a) or that one or more conditions specified in Article III are not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Bank shall, on the requested date, issue such Letter of Credit in accordance with the Issuing Bank’s usual and customary business practices.

(d) The Issuing Bank shall examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit promptly following its receipt thereof. The Issuing Bank shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make a LC Disbursement thereunder; provided, that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to such LC Disbursement. The Borrower shall be irrevocably and unconditionally obligated to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursements paid by the Issuing Bank in respect of such drawing, without presentment, demand or other formalities of any kind. Unless the Borrower shall have notified the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent prior to 11:00 a.m. on the Business Day immediately prior to the date on which such drawing is honored that the Borrower intends to reimburse the Issuing Bank for the amount of such drawing in funds other than from the proceeds of Revolving Loans, the Borrower shall be deemed to have timely given a Notice of Revolving Borrowing to the Administrative Agent requesting the Lenders to make a Base Rate Borrowing on the date on which such drawing is honored in an exact amount due to the Issuing Bank; provided, that for purposes solely of such

 

72


Borrowing, the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.2 hereof shall not be applicable. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of such Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.3, and each Lender shall make the proceeds of its Base Rate Loan included in such Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank in accordance with Section 2.6. The proceeds of such Borrowing shall be applied directly by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for such LC Disbursement.

(e) If for any reason a Base Rate Borrowing may not be (as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent), or is not, made in accordance with the foregoing provisions, then each Lender (other than the Issuing Bank) shall be obligated to fund the participation that such Lender purchased pursuant to Section 2.22(a) in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of such LC Disbursement on and as of the date which such Base Rate Borrowing should have occurred. Each Lender’s obligation to fund its participation shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including without limitation (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Lender or any other Person may have against the Issuing Bank or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the existence of a Default or an Event of Default or the termination of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (iv) any breach of this Agreement by the Borrower or any other Lender, (v) any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or (vi) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. On the date that such participation is required to be funded, each Lender shall promptly transfer, in immediately available funds, the amount of its participation to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank. Whenever, at any time after the Issuing Bank has received from any such Lender the funds for its participation in a LC Disbursement, the Issuing Bank (or the Administrative Agent on its behalf) receives any payment on account thereof, the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share of such payment; provided, that if such payment is required to be returned for any reason to the Borrower or to a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or similar official in any bankruptcy proceeding, such Lender will return to the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank any portion thereof previously distributed by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank to it.

(f) To the extent that any Lender shall fail to pay any amount required to be paid pursuant to Sections 2.22(d) or 2.22(e) on the due date therefor, such Lender shall pay interest to the Issuing Bank (through the Administrative Agent) on such amount from such due date to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate; provided, that if such Lender shall fail to make such payment to the Issuing Bank within three (3) Business Days of such due date, then, retroactively to the due date, such Lender shall be obligated to pay interest on such amount at the Base Rate.

(g) If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders demanding that its reimbursement obligations with respect to the Letters of Credit be Cash Collateralized pursuant to this Section 2.22(g), the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to 105% of the aggregate LC Exposure of all Lenders as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid fees thereon; provided, that such obligation to Cash Collateralize the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower with respect to the Letters of Credit shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in Sections 8.1(g), 8.1(h) or 8.1(i). Such

 

73


deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as Cash Collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. The Borrower agrees to execute any documents and/or certificates to effectuate the intent of this Section 2.22(g). Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest and profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it had not been reimbursed and to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, with the consent of the Required Lenders, be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. If the Borrower is required to Cash Collateralize its reimbursement obligations with respect to the Letters of Credit as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such cash collateral so posted (to the extent not so applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three (3) Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

(h) Upon the request of any Lender, but no more frequently than quarterly, the Issuing Bank shall deliver (through the Administrative Agent) to each Lender and the Borrower a report describing the aggregate Letters of Credit then outstanding. Upon the request of any Lender from time to time, the Issuing Bank shall deliver to such Lender any other information reasonably requested by such Lender with respect to each Letter of Credit then outstanding.

(i) The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements hereunder shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of any of the following circumstances:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement;

(ii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings or Affiliate of the Borrower may have at any time against a beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons or entities for whom any such beneficiary or transferee may be acting), any Lender (including the Issuing Bank) or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement or the Letter of Credit or any document related hereto or thereto or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

(iv) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document to the Issuing Bank that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit;

(v) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.22, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder; or

 

74


(vi) the existence of a Default or an Event of Default.

Neither the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, any Lender nor any Related Party of any of the foregoing shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to above), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any actual direct damages (as opposed to special, indirect (including claims for lost profits or other consequential damages), or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable Law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise due care when determining whether drafts or other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree, that in the absence of gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised due care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(j) Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Issuing Bank and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued and subject to applicable Laws, (i) each standby Letter of Credit shall be governed by the “International Standby Practices 1998” (ISP98) (or such later revision as may be published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice on any date any Letter of Credit may be issued), (ii) each documentary Letter of Credit shall be governed by the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (2007 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 600 (or such later revision as may be published by the International Chamber of Commerce on any date any Letter of Credit may be issued) and (iii) the Borrower shall specify the foregoing in each Letter of Credit Application submitted for the issuance of a Letter of Credit.

(k) In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

(l) Any Issuing Bank may resign as an “Issuing Bank” hereunder upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower; provided that on or prior to the expiration of such 30-day period with respect to such resignation, the relevant Issuing Bank shall have identified a successor Issuing Bank reasonably acceptable to the Borrower willing to accept its appointment as successor Issuing Bank, and the effectiveness of such resignation shall be conditioned upon such successor assuming the rights and duties of the resigning Issuing Bank. In the event of any such resignation as Issuing Bank, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor Issuing Bank hereunder; provided that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of the resigning Issuing

 

75


Bank except as expressly provided above. The Borrower may terminate the appointment of any Issuing Bank as an “Issuing Bank” hereunder by providing a written notice thereof to such Issuing Bank, with a copy to the Administrative Agent. Any such termination shall become effective upon the earlier of (i) such Issuing Bank acknowledging receipt of such notice and (ii) the third Business Day following the date of the delivery thereof; provided that no such termination shall become effective until and unless the LC Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank (or its Affiliates) shall have been reduced to zero. At the time any such resignation or termination shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the resigning or terminated Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.14(c). Notwithstanding the effectiveness of any such resignation or termination, the resigning or terminated Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation or termination, but shall not be required to issue any additional Letters of Credit.

(m) Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary of Holdings, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank hereunder for all LC Disbursements and to otherwise perform all obligations hereunder in respect of such Letter of Credit as if it has been issued for the account of the Borrower. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Subsidiaries of Holdings inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries of Holdings.

Section 2.23 Increase of Commitments; Additional Lenders.

The Borrower shall have the right from time to time, upon at least five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, to increase the Aggregate Revolving Commitments (each such increase, an “Incremental Revolving Facility”) or establish one or more additional term loans (each such term loan, an “Incremental Term Facility”, and together with each Incremental Revolving Facility, an “Incremental Facility”) by an amount not to exceed the Incremental Cap; provided that:

(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date on which such Incremental Facility is to become effective; provided that in connection with a requested borrowing of any Incremental Term Loan for the express purposes of funding, in whole or in part, the purchase price of a Permitted Acquisition that is a Limited Condition Transaction, the condition of this Section 2.23(a) shall be (x) no Default or Event of Default exists or would exist at the time a binding purchase agreement for such transaction is entered into by the applicable Loan Party and (y) the absence of a Specified Event of Default at the time of and after giving effect to the consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction;

(b) both before and after giving effect to the consummation of the applicable Incremental Facility and the transactions related thereto, each of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects to the same extent as though made on and as of that date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date (provided that if a representation and warranty is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect”, the materiality qualifier set forth above shall be disregarded with respect to such representation and warranty for purposes of this condition); provided that in connection with a

 

76


requested borrowing of any Incremental Term Loan for the sole express purpose of financing in whole or in part the purchase price for a Limited Condition Transaction, (i) such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (provided that if a representation and warranty is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect”, the materiality qualifier set forth above shall be disregarded with respect to such representation and warranty for purposes of this condition) on and as of the date of effectiveness of the definitive purchase agreement for such Limited Condition Transaction and (ii) the representations and warranties required to be correct and accurate at the time of the closing of such Limited Condition Transaction and funding of any applicable Incremental Term Loan will be limited to the Specified Representations and such other representations and warranties in the applicable acquisition agreement made by or with respect to the Person or assets subject to such Permitted Acquisition that are material to the interests of the Lenders shall be true and correct in all material respects, but only to the extent that the Borrower or applicable Subsidiary has the right to terminate its obligations under such acquisition agreement or not consummate such Permitted Acquisition as a result of a breach of such representations in such acquisition agreement;

(c) such Incremental Facility shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (or such lesser amounts as the Administrative Agent may agree in its discretion);

(d) such Incremental Revolving Facility or Incremental Term Facility shall be effective only upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of (i) additional Revolving Commitments (each such commitment, an “Incremental Revolving Commitment”) in a corresponding amount of such requested Incremental Revolving Facility or Incremental Term Loan Commitments, in each case, in a corresponding amount of such requested Incremental Term Facility from either existing Lenders and/or one or more other institutions that qualify as assignees under Section 11.4 and which are approved by the Administrative Agent (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (each such institution, an “Additional Lender”) (and with respect to any Additional Lender providing an Incremental Revolving Commitment, with the approval of each of the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender) and (ii) documentation from each existing Lender or Additional Lender providing an Incremental Revolving Commitment or Incremental Term Loan Commitment evidencing its agreement to provide an Incremental Revolving Commitment and/or Incremental Term Loan Commitment and its acceptance of the obligations under this Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

(e) the Administrative Agent shall have received customary closing certificates and legal opinions and all other documents (including resolutions of the manager or board of directors of the Loan Parties) it may reasonably request relating to the corporate or other necessary authority for such Incremental Facility and the validity of such Incremental Facility, and any other matters relevant thereto, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(f) the Administrative Agent shall have received a Pro Forma Compliance Certificate demonstrating compliance with the financial covenants in Article VI hereof after giving effect to such Incremental Facility (without “netting” the cash proceeds of the applicable Incremental Facility against Consolidated Total Debt and assuming, for purposes of such demonstration, that all Incremental Revolving Commitments are fully drawn) on a Pro Forma Basis in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided that in connection with a requested borrowing of under any Incremental Term Loan Commitment for the express purposes of funding, in whole or in part, the purchase price of a Permitted Acquisition that is a Limited Condition Transaction, the date of determination for compliance with financial covenants in Article VI on a Pro Forma Basis shall be the date on which a binding purchase agreement is entered into by the Borrower or applicable Subsidiary;

 

77


(g) if any Revolving Loans are outstanding at the time of the incurrence of any Incremental Revolving Facility, the Borrower shall, if applicable, prepay one or more existing Revolving Loans (such prepayment to be subject to Section 2.19) in an amount necessary such that after giving effect to such Incremental Revolving Facility, each Lender will hold its Pro Rata Share of outstanding Revolving Loans;

(h) any Incremental Revolving Facility shall have terms identical to those for the Revolving Loans under this Agreement, except for upfront fees payable to the Lenders providing commitments for such Incremental Revolving Facility and, for purposes of clarity, no Incremental Revolving Facility shall be subject to any limited conditionality in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction;

(i) with respect to any Incremental Term Facility, the interest rate, interest rate margins, fees, discount, amortization, protection with respect to the final maturity date and Weighted Average Life to Maturity and the final maturity date for such Incremental Term Facility applicable to any Incremental Term Facility shall be as set forth in the definitive documentation therefore; provided that (i) any such Incremental Term Facility shall have a final maturity date that is coterminous with or later than the Revolving Commitment Termination Date and the Maturity Date of the Term Loan A, (ii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Incremental Term Facility shall not be less than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term Loan A or any other then existing Incremental Term Loan, (iii) such Incremental Term Facility shall share ratably in any mandatory prepayments of any then-existing Term Loan (or otherwise provide for more favorable mandatory prepayment treatment for the other Term Loans) and shall have ratable voting rights as the Term Loan A (or otherwise provide for more favorable voting rights for the other Term Loans) and (iv) the all-in yield (including interest rate margins, any interest rate floors, original issue discount and upfront fees (based on the lesser of a four-year average life to maturity or the remaining life to maturity) (the “All-In Yield”), but excluding arrangement, structuring and underwriting fees paid or payable to the any arranger of such Incremental Term Loan or its Affiliates) applicable to such Incremental Term Loan shall not be more than 0.50% higher than the corresponding All-In Yield (determined on the same basis) applicable to the existing Aggregate Revolving Commitments, Term Loan A or any then outstanding Incremental Term Loan (it being understood that (x) interest on the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, the Term Loan A and any existing Incremental Term Loan may be increased to the extent necessary to satisfy this requirement, (y) if Term SOFR in respect of such Incremental Facility includes a floor that is greater than both the floor applicable to the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, the Term Loan A or any existing Incremental Facility and 3-month Term SOFR then in effect, such excess amount (over the greater of the existing floor and such 3-month Term SOFR) shall be equated to interest rate for purposes of determining the applicable interest rate under such Incremental Facility and (z) differences in the Term SOFR or Base Rate floor if required to be adjusted pursuant to the foregoing shall be added to the Term SOFR or Base Rate floor to the extent required (and not to the Applicable Margin);

(j) no Lender (or any successor thereto) shall have any obligation to increase its Revolving Commitment or its other obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or to provide any portion of any Incremental Term Facility, and any decision by a Lender to increase its Revolving Commitment or provide any portion of any Incremental Term Facility shall be made in its sole discretion independently from any other Lender;

 

78


(k) no Arranger nor any Lender shall have any responsibility for arranging any such Incremental Facility without their prior written consent and subject to such conditions, including fee arrangements, as they may provide in connection therewith;

(l) except as otherwise required or permitted by clause (a) through (k) above, all other terms of any Incremental Facility, if not consistent with the terms of the Term Loan A or the Revolving Loans under this Agreement, as the case may be, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(m) for purposes of clarity, extensions of credit under any Incremental Facility shall constitute Loans hereunder and rank pari passu with all other Loans hereunder and shall be secured on a pari passu basis with the other Obligations; and

(n) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 11.2, the Administrative Agent, the Loan Parties and the existing Lenders and/or Additional Lenders providing any such Incremental Revolving Commitments or any such Incremental Term Loan Commitments, without the further consent of any other Person, are expressly permitted to enter into an Incremental Facility Amendment to amend the Loan Documents to the extent necessary to give effect to Incremental Facility, and to implement any technical, administrative and/or mechanical changes that are necessary or advisable to be implemented in connection therewith (including, without limitation, to ensure continuing pro rata allocations of Loans and Commitments and to implement ratable participations in Letters of Credit).

Section 2.24 Mitigation of Obligations. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.18, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.20, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the sole judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable under Section 2.18 or Section 2.20, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with such designation or assignment.

Section 2.25 Replacement of Lenders. If (a) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.18, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.20, (b) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, or (c) in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent with respect to any of the provisions hereof as contemplated by Section 11.2(b), the consent of Required Lenders shall have been obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders (each a “Non-Consenting Lender”) whose consent is required shall not have been obtained, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 11.4(b)), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section 2.18 or 2.20, as applicable) and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender) (a “Replacement Lender”); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of all Loans owed to it, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder from the assignee (in the case of such outstanding principal and accrued interest) and from the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts), (iii) in the case of a claim for compensation under Section 2.18 or payments

 

79


required to be made pursuant to Section 2.20, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments, and (iv) in the case of a Non-Consenting Lender, each Replacement Lender shall consent, at the time of such assignment, to each matter in respect of which such terminated Lender was a Non-Consenting Lender. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

Section 2.26 Defaulting Lenders.

(a) Cash Collateral.

(i) At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, within one (1) Business Day following the written request of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the Issuing Bank’s LC Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender (determined after giving effect to Section 2.26(b)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender) in an amount not less than 105% of the Issuing Bank’s LC Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender.

(ii) The Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender, hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Bank, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such Cash Collateral as security for the Defaulting Lenders’ obligation to fund participations in respect of Letters of Credit, to be applied pursuant to Section 2.26(a)(iii). If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the minimum amount required pursuant to Section 2.26(a)(i), the Borrower will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (after giving effect to any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under this Section 2.26(a) or 2.26(b) in respect of Letters of Credit shall be applied to the satisfaction of the Defaulting Lender’s obligation to fund participations in respect of Letters of Credit or LC Disbursements (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein.

(iv) Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce any Issuing Bank’s LC Exposure shall no longer be required to be held as Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.26(a) following (A) the elimination of the applicable LC Exposure (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender), or (ii) the determination by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided that, subject to Sections 2.26(b) through 2.26(d) the Person providing Cash Collateral and each Issuing Bank may agree that Cash Collateral shall be held to support future anticipated LC Exposure or other obligations and provided, further, that to the extent that such Cash Collateral was provided by the Borrower, such Cash Collateral shall remain subject to the security interest granted pursuant to the Loan Documents.

 

80


(b) Defaulting Lender Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of Required Lenders and in Section 11.2.

(ii) Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VIII or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 11.7 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender hereunder; third, to Cash Collateralize the Issuing Bank’s LC Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.26(a); fourth, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the Issuing Banks’ future LC Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.26(a); sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or LC Disbursements in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 3.2 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and LC Disbursements owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or LC Disbursements owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments under the applicable facilities without giving effect to Section 2.26(b)(iv). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.26(b)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

 

81


(iii) (A) No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any Commitment Fee pursuant to Section 2.14(b) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).

(A) Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive letter of credit fees pursuant to Section 2.14(c) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to the extent allocable to that portion of its LC Exposure for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.26(a).

(B) With respect to any letter of credit fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A) or (B) above, the Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.26(b)(iv), (y) pay to each Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender, as applicable, the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to the Issuing Bank’s LC Exposure or Swingline Lender’s Swingline Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

(iii) All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares of the Revolving Commitments (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment) but only to the extent that (x) the conditions set forth in Section 3.2 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless the Borrower shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, the Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), and (y) such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment. Subject to Section 10.18, no reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

(iv) If the reallocation described in Section 2.26(b)(iv) cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, (x) first, prepay Swingline Loans in an amount equal to the Swingline Lender’s Swingline Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender and (y) second, Cash Collateralize the Issuing Banks’ LC Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.26(a).

(c) Defaulting Lender Cure. If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to

 

82


the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held pro rata by the Lenders in accordance with the applicable Commitments (without giving effect to Section 2.26(b)(iv), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

(d) New Swingline Loans/Letters of Credit. So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, (i) the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loans unless it is satisfied that it will have no Swingline Exposure after giving effect to such Swingline Loan and (ii) no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no LC Exposure after giving effect thereto.

Section 2.27 Refinancing Amendments.

(a) At any time after the Closing Date, the Borrower may obtain, from any Lender or any Additional Lender, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of (i) all or any portion of the Term Loans then outstanding under this Agreement (which for purposes of this clause (i) will be deemed to include any then outstanding Other Term Loans) or (ii) all or any portion of the Revolving Loans (or unused Revolving Commitments) under this Agreement (which for purposes of this clause (ii) will be deemed to include any then outstanding Other Revolving Loans and Other Revolving Commitments), which may be in the form of (x) Other Term Loans or Other Term Commitments or (y) Other Revolving Loans or Other Revolving Commitments, as the case may be, in each case pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment; provided that such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (i) will have such pricing and optional prepayment terms as may be agreed by the Borrower and the Lenders thereof, (ii) (x) with respect to any Other Revolving Loans or Other Revolving Commitments, will have a maturity date that is not prior to the maturity date of the Revolving Loans (or unused Revolving Commitments) being refinanced and (y) with respect to any Other Term Loans or Other Term Commitments, will have a maturity date that is not prior to the earlier of the maturity date of the Term Loans being refinanced and the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such refinancing, (iii) the proceeds of such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall be applied, substantially concurrently with the incurrence thereof, to the prepayment of outstanding Term Loans or reduction of Revolving Commitments being so refinanced, as the case may be and (iv) no Event of Default shall exist or result therefrom; provided that the requirements in this clause (iv) shall not apply to Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of all the Obligations. Each Class of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred under this Section 2.27 shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (x) not less than $5,000,000 in the case of Other Term Loans or Other Revolving Loans and (y) an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (in each case unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise agree). Any Refinancing Amendment may provide for the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower, or the provision to the Borrower of Swingline Loans, pursuant to any Other Revolving Commitments established thereby, in each case on terms substantially equivalent to the terms applicable to Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans under the Revolving Commitments. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Refinancing Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the

 

83


extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto (including any amendments necessary to treat the Loans and Commitments subject thereto as Other Term Loans, Other Revolving Loans, Other Revolving Commitments and/or Other Term Commitments). Any Refinancing Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.27. In addition, if so provided in the relevant Refinancing Amendment and with the consent of the Issuing Bank, participations in Letters of Credit expiring on or after the Revolving Commitment Termination Date shall be reallocated from Lenders holding Revolving Commitments to Lenders holding extended revolving commitments in accordance with the terms of such Refinancing Amendment; provided, however, that such participation interests shall, upon receipt thereof by the relevant Lenders holding Revolving Commitments, be deemed to be participation interests in respect of such Revolving Commitments and the terms of such participation interests (including, without limitation, the commission applicable thereto) shall be adjusted accordingly.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this Section 2.27 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.21 or Section 11.2 to the contrary.

Section 2.28 Loan Modification Offers.

(a) At any time after the Closing Date, the Borrower may on one or more occasions, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, make one or more offers (each, a “Loan Modification Offer”) to all the Lenders of one or more Classes (each Class subject to such a Loan Modification Offer, an “Affected Class”) to effect one or more Permitted Amendments relating to such Affected Class pursuant to procedures reasonably specified by the Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower (including mechanics to permit cashless rollovers and exchanges by Lenders). Such notice shall set forth (i) the terms and conditions of the requested Permitted Amendment and (ii) the date on which such Permitted Amendment is requested to become effective. Permitted Amendments shall become effective only with respect to the Loans and Commitments of the Lenders of the Affected Class that accept the applicable Loan Modification Offer (such Lenders, the “Accepting Lenders”) and, in the case of any Accepting Lender, only with respect to such Lender’s Loans and Commitments of such Affected Class as to which such Lender’s acceptance has been made.

(b) A Permitted Amendment shall be effected pursuant to a Loan Modification Agreement executed and delivered by Holdings, the Borrower, each applicable Accepting Lender and the Administrative Agent; provided that no Permitted Amendment shall become effective unless Holdings and the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent such legal opinions, board resolutions, secretary’s certificates, officer’s certificates and other documents as shall be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection therewith. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender in writing as to the effectiveness of each Loan Modification Agreement. Each Loan Modification Agreement may, without the consent of any Lender other than the applicable Accepting Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to give effect to the provisions of this Section 2.28, including any amendments necessary to treat the applicable Loans and/or Commitments of the Accepting Lenders as a new or same “Class” of loans and/or commitments hereunder.

 

84


(b) If, in connection with any proposed Loan Modification Offer, any Lender declines to consent to such Loan Modification Offer on the terms and by the deadline set forth in such Loan Modification Offer (each such Lender, a “Non-Accepting Lender”) then the Borrower may, on notice to the Administrative Agent and the Non-Accepting Lender, (i) replace such Non-Accepting Lender in whole or in part by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 11.4) all or any part of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of the Loans and Commitments of the Affected Class to one or more Eligible Assignees (which Eligible Assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender; provided, further, that (a) the applicable assignee shall have agreed to provide Loans and/or Commitments on the terms set forth in the applicable Permitted Amendment, (b) such Non-Accepting Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of the Loans of the Affected Class assigned by it pursuant to this Section 2.28(c), accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder from the Eligible Assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) and (c) unless waived, the Borrower or such Eligible Assignee shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in Section 11.4(b).

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this Section 2.28 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.21 or Section 11.2 to the contrary.

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

Section 3.1 Conditions To Effectiveness. This Agreement and the obligations of the Lenders (including the Swingline Lender) to make Loans and the obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit hereunder shall be effective upon satisfaction of the following conditions precedent in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(a) Loan Documents. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of a counterpart of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents signed by or on behalf of each party hereto or thereto or written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of such signed signature page) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such party is a party.

(b) Organization Documents; Resolutions and Certificates. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of:

(i) a certificate of the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party, attaching and certifying copies of such Loan Party’s Organization Documents and resolutions of its board of directors (or equivalent governing body), authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and certifying the name, title and true signature of each officer of such Loan Party executing the Loan Documents to which it is a party; and

(i) certified copies of the articles or certificate of incorporation, certificate of organization or limited partnership, or other registered organizational documents of each Loan Party, together with certificates of good standing or existence, as may be available from the Secretary of State of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party.

 

85


(c) Opinions of Counsel. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of favorable written opinions of counsel to the Loan Parties addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each of the Lenders, and covering such matters relating to the Loan Parties, the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated therein in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(d) Officer’s Closing Certificate. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, certifying that after giving effect to the funding of the Term Loan A and any Revolving Loans on the Closing Date, the conditions specified in Sections 3.1(h), (i), (j), (k) and (l) are satisfied as of the Closing Date.

(e) Sources and Uses. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of a duly executed funds disbursement agreement, together with a report setting forth the sources and uses of the proceeds hereof.

(f) Solvency. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower, confirming that the Loan Parties, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent before and after giving effect to the funding of the Term Loan A and any Revolving Loans on the Closing Date and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated herein.

(g) Personal Property Collateral. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of the following:

(i) searches of Uniform Commercial Code filings in the jurisdiction of formation of each Loan Party;

(ii) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements for each appropriate jurisdiction as is necessary, in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable discretion, to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral;

(iii) all certificates evidencing any certificated Capital Stock pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement or any other pledge agreement, together with duly executed in blank, undated stock powers attached thereto (unless, with respect to the pledged Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary, such stock powers are deemed unnecessary by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion under the Law of the jurisdiction of organization of such Person);

(iv) searches of ownership of, and Liens on, United States registered intellectual property owned by each Loan Party in the appropriate governmental offices;

(v) duly executed notices of grant of security interest in the form required by any security agreement as are necessary, in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable discretion, to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the United States registered intellectual property owned by the Loan Parties (if and to the extent perfection may be achieved in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office by such filings); and

 

86


(vi) certificates of insurance issued on behalf of insurers of the Loan Parties, describing in reasonable detail the types and amounts of insurance (property and liability) maintained by the Loan Parties, and endorsements naming the Administrative Agent as additional insured on liability policies and lender’s loss payee on property and casualty policies;

provided, however, that, each of the requirements set forth in Section 3.1(g) (other than a Lien that may be perfected by the filing of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement or by possession of certificates representing capital stock or other certificated instrument of the Acquired Business, together with transfer powers therefor (provided that such certificated capital stock and other certificated instrument of the Acquired Business will be required to be delivered on the Closing Date only to the extent the same are received from the Acquired Business after the Borrower’s use of commercially reasonable efforts to do so) or, with respect to intellectual property registered (or applications for registration) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the “USPTO”) or the United States Copyright Office (the “USCO”), intellectual property filings with the USPTO or the USCO, as applicable (provided that the Borrower’s sole obligation shall be to execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, necessary intellectual property security agreements to the Administrative Agent in proper form for filing with the USPTO and the USCO and to irrevocably authorize, and to cause the applicable Guarantor to irrevocably authorize, the Administrative Agent to file such intellectual property security agreements with the USPTO and USCO)) shall not constitute conditions precedent to any Borrowing on the Closing Date after the Borrower’s use of commercially reasonable efforts to provide such items on or prior to the Closing Date without undue burden or expense if the Borrower agrees to deliver, or cause to be delivered, such search results, documents and instruments, or take or cause to be taken such other actions as may be required to perfect such security interests within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion).

(h) Closing Date Acquisition. All conditions precedent to the Closing Date Acquisition, other than the funding of the Loans, shall have been satisfied, and the Closing Date Acquisition shall be consummated (or shall be consummated concurrently with the initial funding of the Loans on the Closing Date) in accordance in all material respects with the terms of the BCA, except for waivers of conditions that are not materially adverse to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and Truist Securities (not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned); provided that it being understood that (i) any modifications to any of the provisions relating to the Administrative Agent’s, Truist Securities’ or any Lender’s liability, jurisdiction or status as a third party beneficiary under the BCA, (ii) any changes to the definition of Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the BCA), or (iii) any action taken by the Acquiror at the request of the Borrower that would constitute an exception to Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the BCA), in each case, shall be deemed to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders and will require the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and Truist Securities; provided, further, that any increase or decrease in the amount or value of the Closing Company Units (as defined in the BCA) held by the Selling Member (as defined and pursuant to the BCA) shall not be deemed to be materially adverse to the interests of the Administrative Agent or Lenders. The Administrative Agent and Truist Securities shall have received certified copies of the BCA and all other material Closing Date Acquisition Documents, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Truist Securities.

 

87


(i) Equity Contribution. The Equity Contribution shall have been made (or substantially concurrently with the closing of this Agreement shall be made) in an amount equal to or greater than 40% of the sum of (A) the Company Equity Value (as defined in the BCA) plus (y) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan A funded on the Closing Date.

(j) Specified Representations. The Specified Representations shall be accurate in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date; provided that any Specified Representations set forth in clause (a) of the definition thereof that are qualified by or subject to “material adverse effect”, the definition thereof shall be “Material Adverse Effect” as defined in the BCA as in effect on December 13, 2021.

(k) Company Material Adverse Effect. No Company Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred since the date of the BCA.

(l) Cash on Balance Sheet. After giving effect to the Transactions on the Closing Date, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have unrestricted and unencumbered (other than restrictions and/or encumbrances in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties) domestic cash and Cash Equivalents of at least $50,000,000.

(m) Notice of Revolving Borrowing. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of a Notice of Revolving Borrowing with respect to any Revolving Loans to be advanced on the Closing Date.

(n) Refinancing of Existing Indebtedness. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of copies of duly executed payoff letters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, together with: (i) evidence of payment in full of any Indebtedness that is not expressly permitted under this Agreement to remain outstanding after the Closing Date; (ii) UCC–3s, cancellations, releases, and/or other appropriate termination statements, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, releasing all Liens that are not expressly permitted under the Agreement to remain in effect after the Closing Date, including, without limitation, all Liens granted under, or in connection with, any such Indebtedness referred to in the foregoing clause (n)(i); and (iii) any other cancellations, releases, terminations, and/or other documents, filings or recordations reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to evidence the payoff of any such Indebtedness referred to in clause (n)(i) above.

(o) PATRIOT Act; Anti-Money Laundering Laws. At least three (3) days prior to the date of this Agreement, receipt by the Administrative Agent of all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender under or in respect of applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering laws including the PATRIOT Act and, if Borrower qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, a Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to Borrower, in each case to the extent requested of the Borrower at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

(p) Financial Statements. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of the (i) audited consolidated balance sheets and related audited statements of income and stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the Fiscal Years ended December 31, 2019, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2021 (it being acknowledged that the financial statements previously delivered to the Administrative Agent have satisfied this requirement) and (ii) unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related unaudited statements of income and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for March 31, 2022 and for each subsequent interim quarterly period after March 31, 2022 that has ended at least forty-five

 

88


(45) calendar days prior to the Closing Date, in the cases of clauses (i) and (ii) which have been prepared, in all material respects in accordance with GAAP and without the requirement to include footnote disclosure and other presentation items and, in the case of clause (ii), subject to normal year-end adjustments.

(q) Fees and Expenses. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of all fees due and payable thereto or to any Lender on or prior to the Closing Date and, to the extent invoiced at least two (2) Business Days in advance, all other amounts due and payable pursuant to any Fee Letter on or prior to the Closing Date.

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of this Section 3.1, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 3.1, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

Section 3.2 Each Credit Event after the Closing Date. Subject to the terms of Section 1.9 with respect to any Limited Condition Transaction, the obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing and of the Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, in each case, after the Closing Date, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default or Event of Default shall exist;

(b) at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, all representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than those representations and warranties that are expressly qualified by a Material Adverse Effect or other materiality, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects), except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than those representations and warranties that are expressly qualified by a Material Adverse Effect or other materiality, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date;

(c) the Borrower shall have delivered the required Notice of Borrowing; and

(d) if any Lender with a Revolving Commitment is a Defaulting Lender at the time of any request by the Borrower of a Borrowing of a Swingline Loan or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit, as applicable, set forth in this Section 3.2, the Issuing Bank will not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit and the Swingline Lender will not be required to make any Swingline Loans, unless they are satisfied that 100% of the related LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure is fully covered or eliminated pursuant to Section 2.26.

Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of any Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in Sections 3.2(a) and 3.2(b).

 

89


ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender as follows:

Section 4.1 Existence; Power. Each of the Loan Parties and each of their Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted, and (c) is duly qualified to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where a failure to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.2 Organizational Power; Authorization; Enforceability. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party are within such Loan Party’s organizational powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary organizational, and if required, shareholder, partner or member, action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party, and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is party, when executed and delivered by such Loan Party, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party party thereto, in accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

Section 4.3 Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of this Agreement, and by each Loan Party of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party (a) do not and will not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, notice to, or any action by, any Governmental Authority, except (i) those as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) filings necessary to perfect and maintain the perfection of the Liens created by the Collateral Documents, (b) do not and will not violate the Organization Documents of any Loan Party or any Law applicable to any Loan Party or any of their Subsidiaries or any judgment, order, decree or ruling of any Governmental Authority, (c) do not and will not violate, conflict with, result in a breach or constitute (with due notice or lapse or time or both) a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding on any Loan Party or any of their Subsidiaries or any of its assets or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any Loan Party or any of their Subsidiaries, (d) do not and will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset or properties of any Loan Party or any of their Subsidiaries, except Liens (if any) created under the Loan Documents and (e) do not and will not require any approval of stockholders, members or partners or any approval or consent of any Person under any contractual obligation of any Loan Party or any of their Subsidiaries, except for such approvals or consents which will be obtained on or before the Closing Date and disclosed in writing to the Lenders.

Section 4.4 Financial Statements.

(a) The Borrower has furnished to each Lender (i) the Audited Financial Statements and (ii) the Interim Financial Statements. Such financial statements fairly present the consolidated financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of such dates and the consolidated results of operations for such periods in conformity with GAAP consistently applied, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the Interim Financial Statements. The financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) and 5.1(b) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and present fairly (on the basis disclosed in the footnotes to such financial statements) the consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and for the periods covered thereby. Since

 

90


the date of the Audited Financial Statements, there have been no changes with respect to Holdings, the Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries which have had or could reasonably be expected to have, singly or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related unaudited statements of income and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for March 31, 2022 (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied during the periods referred to therein, except as otherwise expressly indicated therein, including the notes thereto and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and for such period, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments and to any other adjustments described therein.

Section 4.5 Litigation and Environmental Matters.

(a) No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrators or Governmental Authorities is pending against or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened in writing against or affecting Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries (i) that would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) which in any manner draws into question the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(b) Except with respect to any matters that, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither Holdings, the Borrower nor any of their respective Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.

Section 4.6 Compliance with Laws and Agreements.

(a) Except where non-compliance, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, Holdings, the Borrower and each of their respective Subsidiaries is in compliance with (i) all Laws and all judgments, decrees and orders of any Governmental Authority and (ii) all indentures, agreements or other instruments binding upon it or its properties.

(b) Except for any notices or other correspondence that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, Holdings and its Subsidiaries have not received from the FDA, a Warning Letter, Form FDA-483, “Untitled Letter,” other correspondence or notice setting forth allegedly objectionable observations or alleged violations of laws and regulations enforced by the FDA, or any comparable correspondence from any federal, state or local authority with regard to any Product or the manufacture, processing, packaging or holding thereof, or any comparable correspondence from any foreign counterpart of the FDA, or any comparable correspondence from any foreign counterpart of any federal, state or local authority with regard to any Product or the manufacture, processing, packing, or holding thereof.

(c) Holdings and its Subsidiaries have not entered into any consent decree or order pursuant to any FDA Law and Regulations and neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any judgment, decree or judicial or administrative order pursuant to any FDA Law and Regulations, except for any decrees, judgments, or orders that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

91


(d) Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor to the Borrower’s knowledge, any officer, employee, or agent of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, has (i) made any untrue statement of material fact or fraudulent statement to the FDA or any other Governmental Authority; (ii) failed to disclose a material fact required to be disclosed to the FDA or any other Governmental Authority; or (iii) committed an act, made a statement, or failed to make a statement that would reasonably be expected to provide the basis for the FDA or any other Governmental Authority to invoke its policy respecting “Fraud, Untrue Statements of Material Facts, Bribery, and Illegal Gratuities,” as set forth in 56 Fed. Reg. 46191 (September 10, 1991). To the knowledge of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, no officer, employee or agent of Holdings and its Subsidiaries has been convicted of any crime or engaged in any conduct for which debarment is mandated or permitted by 21 U.S.C. § 335a.

(e) Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries has introduced into commercial distribution any Products that were upon their shipment by Holdings or its Subsidiaries adulterated or misbranded in violation of 21 U.S.C. § 331 except for failures to be in compliance with the foregoing that individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) All Products manufactured, marketed, or distributed by Holdings and its Subsidiaries have been cleared or approved by the FDA or are exempt from such FDA clearance or approval in accordance with FDA Law and Regulations or a written FDA policy of enforcement discretion, including, without limitation, any Products manufactured by or for any third party.

(g) Holdings and its Subsidiaries are and have been in compliance with the FDA’s good manufacturing practices (including, but not limited to, 21 C.F.R. Parts 210, 211, and 820) to the extent applicable to the operations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and except for any non-compliance that individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries and to the knowledge of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, any of their customers has, since the date three (3) years prior to the Closing Date, undertaken a recall or field correction or removal of any Product, except for any recalls, field corrections, or removals that individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(h) Holdings and its Subsidiaries are and have been in compliance in all material respects with all Privacy Laws applicable to the conduct of its and its Subsidiaries’ business and the types of Personal Information that Holdings and its Subsidiaries collect from individuals and the uses and disclosures of such Personal Information by Holdings and its Subsidiaries. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries has received written notice of any claim that Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective contractors or employees, has breached any Laws applicable to the collection, use or disclosure of Personal Information.

Section 4.7 No Default.

(a) No Loan Party nor any Subsidiary is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) No Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

92


Section 4.8 Investment Company Act, Etc. No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is (a) an “investment company” or is “controlled” by an “investment company”, as such terms are defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or (b) otherwise subject to any other regulatory scheme limiting its ability to incur debt or requiring any approval or consent from or registration or filing with, any Governmental Authority in connection therewith.

Section 4.9 Taxes. The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries have filed or caused to be filed all federal, state and other material tax returns required to be filed by them, and have paid all federal, state and other material taxes, assessments, fees or other charges imposed on them or any of their property by any Governmental Authority, except (a) where the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.10 Margin Regulations. None of the proceeds of any of the Loans or Letters of Credit will be used, directly or indirectly, for “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin stock” with the respective meanings of each of such terms under Regulation U or for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulation T, U or X. No Loan Party nor any of their Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying “margin stock”. Following the application of the proceeds of each Loan or Letter of Credit, not more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the value of the assets (either of the Borrower only or of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) subject to the provisions of Section 7.2 or Section 7.6 or subject to any restriction contained in any agreement or instrument between the Borrower and any Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender relating to Material Indebtedness will be “margin stock”.

Section 4.11 ERISA. Each Plan is in substantial compliance in form and operation with its terms and with ERISA and the Code (including, without limitation, the Code provisions compliance with which is necessary for any intended favorable tax treatment) and all other applicable laws and regulations. Each Plan (and each related trust, if any) which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS to the effect that it meets the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code covering all applicable tax law changes, or is comprised of a master or prototype plan that has received a favorable opinion letter from the IRS, and nothing has occurred since the date of such determination that would adversely affect such determination (or, in the case of a Plan with no determination, nothing has occurred that would adversely affect the issuance of a favorable determination letter or otherwise adversely affect such qualification). No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur. There exists no Unfunded Pension Liability with respect to any Plan. None of Holdings, the Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has, within any of the five calendar years immediately preceding the date this assurance is given or deemed given, made or accrued an obligation to make, contributions to any Multiemployer Plan. There are no actions, suits or claims pending against or involving a Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) or, to the knowledge of the Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate, threatened, which would reasonably be expected to be asserted successfully against any Plan and, if so asserted successfully, would reasonably be expected either singly or in the aggregate to result in liability to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries. None of Holdings, the Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate have ceased operations at a facility so as to become subject to the provisions of Section 4068(a) of ERISA, withdrawn as a substantial employer so as to become subject to the provisions of Section 4063 of ERISA or ceased making contributions to any Plan subject to Section 4064(a) of ERISA to which it made contributions.

 

93


Each Non-U.S. Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in liability to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries. All contributions required to be made with respect to a Non-U.S. Plan have been timely made. Neither Holdings, the Borrower nor any of their respective Subsidiaries has incurred any obligation in connection with the termination of, or withdrawal from, any Non-U.S. Plan. The present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Non-U.S. Plan, determined as of the end of Holdings’ most recently ended fiscal year on the basis of reasonable actuarial assumptions, did not exceed the current value of the assets of such Non-U.S. Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities.

Section 4.12 Ownership of Property; Intellectual Property; Insurance.

(a) Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all of its real and personal property material to the operation of its business, including all such properties reflected in the Audited Financial Statements or the most recent audited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or purported to have been acquired by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary after said date (except as sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business), in each case free and clear of Liens not permitted by this Agreement. Except if the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, all leases that individually or in the aggregate are material to the business or operations of Holdings, the Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries are valid and subsisting and are in full force.

(b) Each of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed, or otherwise has the right, to use, all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights and other intellectual property material to its business, and the use thereof by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, to the knowledge of the Borrower, does not infringe in any material respect on the rights of any other Person.

(c) The properties of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies which are not Affiliates of the Borrower, in such amounts with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where such Loan Party or any applicable Subsidiary operates.

Section 4.13 Disclosure.

(a) Each Loan Party has disclosed to the Lenders all agreements, instruments, and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to any of them, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Lender Presentation nor any of the reports (including without limitation all reports that any Loan Party is required to file with the SEC), financial statements, certificates or other information furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation or syndication of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or delivered hereunder or thereunder (as modified or supplemented by any other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, taken as a whole, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, that, with respect to estimates, forecasts, projections and other forward-looking information, Holdings and the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time; it being understood and agreed that (i) any financial or business projections furnished by Holdings or the Borrower are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, which may be beyond the control of the Borrower, (ii) no assurance is given by Holdings or the Borrower that the results of such projections will be realized and (iii) the actual results may differ from the results of such projections and such differences may be material.

 

94


(b) As of the Closing Date, the information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certification is true and correct in all respects.

Section 4.14 Labor Relations. There are (a) no strikes, lockouts or other material labor disputes or grievances against Holdings or any Subsidiary, or, to the knowledge of a Responsible Officer of Holdings or any Subsidiary, threatened in writing against or affecting Holdings or any Subsidiary, (b) no significant unfair labor practice, charges or grievances are pending against Holdings or any Subsidiary, or to the knowledge of a Responsible Officer of Holdings or any Subsidiary, threatened against any of them before any Governmental Authority and (c) all material payments due from Holdings or any Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of Holdings or any such Subsidiary, except (with respect to any matter specified in clauses (a) or (b) above, wither individually of in the aggregate) where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.15 Subsidiaries. Schedule 4.15 sets forth (a) the name of, the ownership interest of each Loan Party in, the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of, and the type of, each Subsidiary and identifies each Subsidiary that is a Loan Party, in each case as of the Closing Date and (b) the authorized Capital Stock of the Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries of Holdings as of the Closing Date. All issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower and each Subsidiary of Holdings is duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable, as applicable, and free and clear of all Liens other than those in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties. All such securities were issued in compliance with all applicable state and federal Laws concerning the issuance of securities. As of the Closing Date, all of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries of Holdings is owned by the Persons and in the amounts set forth on Schedule 4.15. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.15, there are no pre-emptive or other outstanding rights, options, warrants, conversion rights, commitments or other similar agreements or understandings for the purchase or acquisition of any Capital Stock of the Borrower or any the Subsidiaries of Holdings, and there are no membership interest or other Capital Stock of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries of Holdings outstanding which upon conversion or exchange would require the issuance by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings of any additional membership interests or other Capital Stock of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings or other securities convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for a purchase, a membership interest or other Capital Stock of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings.

Section 4.16 Solvency. After giving effect to the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of the Loans under this Agreement, the Loan Parties are Solvent on a consolidated basis.

Section 4.17 Business Locations; Taxpayer Identification Number; Deposit Accounts. Set forth on Schedule 4.17-1 is a list of all real property located in the United States that is owned or leased by any Loan Party as of the Closing Date (identifying whether such real property is owned or leased and which Loan Party owns or leases such real property). Set forth on Schedule 4.17-2 is the chief executive office, U.S. federal taxpayer identification number and organizational identification number of each Loan Party as of the Closing Date. The exact legal name and state of organization of each Loan Party as of the Closing Date is as set forth on the signature pages hereto. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.17-3, no Loan Party has during the five years preceding the Closing Date (i) changed its legal name, (ii) changed its state of formation, or (iii) been party to a merger, consolidation or other change in structure. Set forth on Schedule 4.17-4 is a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date of all Deposit Accounts (as defined in the UCC) and Securities Accounts (as defined in the UCC) of each Loan Party at any bank or other financial institution, in each case, identifying the type of account and whether such Deposit Account (as defined in the UCC) or Securities Account (as defined in the UCC) is an Excluded Account.

 

95


Section 4.18 Material Agreements. As of the Closing Date, all Material Agreements of Holdings, the Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries are set forth on Schedule 4.18, and each such Material Agreement is in full force and effect. The Borrower does not have any knowledge of any pending amendments or threatened termination of any of the Material Agreements. As of the Closing Date, the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent a true, complete and correct copy of each Material Agreement (including all schedules, exhibits, amendments, supplements, modifications, assignments and all other documents delivered pursuant thereto or in connection therewith).

Section 4.19 Sanctions and Anti-Corruption Laws.

(a) None of Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors, managers, members, officers, employees, agents or affiliates is a Sanctioned Person.

(b) Holdings, the Borrower, their respective Subsidiaries and their respective directors, managers, members, officers and employees and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, the agents of Holdings, the Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries, are in compliance with applicable Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions. Holdings, the Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve continued compliance with applicable Sanctions and Anti-Corruption Laws.

(c) No proceeds of any Credit Event have been used, directly or indirectly, by Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of its or their respective directors, managers, members, officers, employees and agents in violation of Section 7.17.

Section 4.20 Subordination of Subordinated Debt. This Agreement, and all amendments, modifications, extensions, renewals, refinancings and refundings hereof, constitute the “Senior Credit Agreement” within the meaning of any applicable Subordinated Debt Document; this Agreement, together with each of the other Loan Documents and all amendments, modifications, extensions, renewals, refinancings and refundings hereof and thereof, constitute “Senior Loan Documents” under any documentation with respect to Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness; and the Revolving Loans, the Term Loans and all other Obligations of the Loan Parties to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under this Agreement and all other Loan Documents, and all amendments, modifications, extensions, renewals, refinancings or refundings of any of the foregoing, constitute “Senior Indebtedness” of the Loan Parties, and the holders thereof from time to time shall be entitled to all of the rights of a holder of “Senior Indebtedness” pursuant to any documentation with respect to Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness.

Section 4.21 Affected Financial Institutions. No Loan Party is an Affected Financial Institution.

Section 4.22 Perfection of Security Interests in the Collateral. The Collateral Documents create valid security interests in, and Liens on, the property described in and subject to the lien-granting provisions of the Collateral Documents, which security interests and Liens are currently perfected security interests and Liens, prior to all other Liens other than Liens permitted under this Agreement, to the extent required by such Collateral Documents.

 

96


ARTICLE V

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Loan Party covenants and agrees that so long as any Lender has a Commitment hereunder, any Obligation remains unpaid or outstanding (other than contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been made by the Person entitled thereto), or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, such Loan Party shall and shall cause each Subsidiary to:

Section 5.1 Financial Statements and Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(a) within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Holdings (commencing with the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2022), a copy of the annual audited report for such Fiscal Year for Holdings and its Subsidiaries, containing a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows (together with all footnotes thereto) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and reported on by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (it being agreed that Deloitte is acceptable to the Administrative Agent) (without a “going concern” or like qualification, exception or explanation and without any qualification or exception as to scope of such audit, except to the extent any qualification results solely from a current maturity of the Loans occurring within one (1) year from the time such opinion is delivered) to the effect that such financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and the results of operations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and that the examination by such accountants in connection with such consolidated financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards accompanied by a copy of management’s discussion and analysis with respect to such annual financial statements;

(b) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters Holdings (commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2022), an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income or operations, and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Quarter and the then elapsed portion of such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding Fiscal Quarter and the corresponding portion of Holdings’ previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such consolidated statements to be certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower as presenting fairly the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes accompanied by a copy of management’s discussion and analysis with respect to such quarterly financial statements;

(c) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 5.1(a) and 5.1(b), a Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying as to whether there exists a Default or Event of Default on the date of such certificate, and if a Default or an Event of Default then exists, specifying the details thereof and the action which the Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth in reasonable detail calculations demonstrating compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Article VI,

 

97


(iii) stating whether any change in GAAP or the application thereof has occurred since the date of the Audited Financial Statements, and if any change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such Compliance Certificate and (iv) specifying any change in the identity of the Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Year or Fiscal Quarter from the Subsidiaries identified to the Lenders on the Closing Date or as of the most recent Fiscal Year or Fiscal Quarter, as the case may be;

(d) within 60 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Holdings (beginning with the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2022), a budget for the Fiscal Year then in progress, containing an income statement, balance sheet and statement of cash flow of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a quarterly basis for such Fiscal Year;

(e) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed with the SEC, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed by Holdings or the Borrower to their respective shareholders generally, as the case may be; and

(f) promptly following any request therefor, (i) such other information regarding the results of operations, business affairs and financial condition of Holdings or any Subsidiary as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request and (ii) information and documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender for purposes of compliance with applicable “know your customer” requirements under the PATRIOT Act or other applicable anti-money laundering laws.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a), (b) or (e) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and, if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (x) on which such materials are publicly available as posted on the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”); or (y) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether made available by the Administrative Agent). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the financial reporting obligations in this Section 5.1 may be satisfied by delivery of consolidated financial statements of Parent or any other direct or indirect parent of Holdings together with a reconciliation that shows differences between such parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis compared to Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (it being understood that any such reconciliation shall not be required to be audited).

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Arrangers will make available to the Lenders and each Issuing Bank materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on the Platform and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “Public Lender”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Borrower hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to Public Lenders and that (w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC”, the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, any Affiliate thereof, the Arrangers, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United

 

98


States Federal and state securities laws (provided that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute confidential information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 11.11); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information”; and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information”.

Section 5.2 Notices of Material Events. Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt written notice of the following:

(a) promptly and, in any event, within one (1) Business Day after a Responsible Officer obtains knowledge of the occurrence thereof, the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) promptly and, in any event, within five (5) Business Days after a Responsible Officer obtains knowledge of the occurrence thereof, the filing or commencement of, or any material development in, any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) promptly and, in any event, within ten (10) Business Days after a Responsible Officer obtains knowledge of the occurrence thereof, the occurrence of any event or any other development by which Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries (i) fails to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) becomes subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) receives notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability, or (iv) becomes aware of any basis for any Environmental Liability and in each of the preceding clauses, which individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) promptly and, in any event, within five (5) Business Days after (A) a Responsible Officer of Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries becomes aware that any ERISA Event has occurred, a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Borrower describing such ERISA Event and the action, if any, proposed to be taken with respect to such ERISA Event and a copy of any notice filed with the PBGC or the IRS pertaining to such ERISA Event and any notices received by Holdings, the Borrower, such Subsidiary of Holdings or such ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or any other governmental agency with respect thereto, and (B) becoming aware (1) that there has been an increase in Unfunded Pension Liabilities (not taking into account Plans with negative Unfunded Pension Liabilities) since the date the representations hereunder are given or deemed given, or from any prior notice, as applicable, (2) of the existence of any Withdrawal Liability, (3) of the adoption of, or the commencement of contributions to, any Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code by Holdings, the Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate, or (4) of the adoption of any amendment to a Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code which results in a material increase in contribution obligations of Holdings, the Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate, a detailed written description thereof from the chief financial officer of the Borrower;

(e) promptly and, in any event, within five (5) Business Days after a Responsible Officer obtains knowledge of the occurrence thereof, the occurrence of any default or event of default, or the receipt by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of any written notice of an alleged default or event of default, with respect to any Material Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

99


(f) promptly and, in any event, within five (5) Business Days after a Responsible Officer obtains knowledge of the occurrence thereof, any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect;

(g) promptly and, in any event, within fifteen (15) Business Days after a Responsible Officer obtains knowledge of the occurrence thereof, any change in the information provided in the Beneficial Ownership Certification that would result in a change to the list of beneficial owners identified in parts (c) or (d) of such certification; and

(h) promptly and, in any event, within twenty (20) calendar days of the occurrence thereof (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion), notice of any change (i) in any Loan Party’s legal name, (ii) in any Loan Party’s chief executive office, its principal place of business, any office in which it maintains books or records or any office or facility at which Collateral owned by it is located (including the establishment of any such new office or facility), (iii) in any Loan Party’s identity or legal structure, (iv) in any Loan Party’s U.S. federal taxpayer identification number or organizational number or (v) in any Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization.

Each notice delivered under this Section 5.2 shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

Section 5.3 Existence; Conduct of Business.

(a) Do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and, to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, its respective rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names material to the conduct of its business; provided, that nothing in this Section 5.3 shall prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 7.3; and

(b) Engage in the business of the type conducted by Holdings and its Subsidiaries on the date hereof and businesses reasonably related thereto.

Section 5.4 Compliance with Laws, Etc. Comply with all Laws applicable to its business and properties, including without limitation, all Environmental Laws, ERISA, FDA Law and Regulations, Healthcare Laws, and OSHA, except where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.5 Payment of Obligations. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy all of their obligations and liabilities (including, without limitation, all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges, levies and all other claims that could result in a statutory Lien for taxes) as the same become due and payable, except where (a) the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and (b) adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP except to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.6 Books and Records. Keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities to the extent necessary to prepare the consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP.

 

100


Section 5.7 Visitation, Inspection, Etc. Permit any representative of the Administrative Agent (which may be accompanied by representatives of any of the Lenders), to visit and inspect its properties, to examine its books and records and to make copies and take extracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with any of its officers and with its independent certified public accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request after reasonable prior notice to the Borrower; provided, that the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than one time during any Fiscal Year at the expense of the Borrower unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case the Administrative Agent may do the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours.

Section 5.8 Maintenance of Properties; Insurance.

(a) Keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted;

(b) Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of Holdings, insurance with respect to its properties and business, and the properties and business of its Subsidiaries, against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations;

(c) At all times shall name Administrative Agent as additional insured on all liability policies and loss payee on all property or casualty polices of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries (which policies shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to (i) obligate the insurer to provide at least thirty (30) calendar days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent of any cancellation or alteration of any such policy (or ten (10) calendar days prior written notice, solely in the case of cancellation as a result of non-payment of applicable insurance premiums) and (ii) include a customary lender’s loss payable endorsement and to name the Administrative Agent as additional insured or loss payee, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent); and

(d) Cause all Mortgaged Property that constitutes Flood Hazard Property to be covered by flood insurance provided under the National Flood Insurance Program (or with private insurance endorsed to cause such private insurance to be fully compliant with the federal law as regards private placement insurance applicable to the National Flood Insurance Program, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower), in such amounts and with such deductibles as the Administrative Agent may request.

Section 5.9 Use of Proceeds.

(a) Use the proceeds of all the Revolving Loans, from and after the Closing Date, to finance Permitted Acquisitions, to finance working capital needs and for other general corporate purposes of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, for any Permitted Acquisition and Transaction Costs), in each case, not in violation of applicable Law or the terms of the Loan Documents.

(b) Use the proceeds of the Term Loan A (i) on the Closing Date, to (A) fund the Refinancing, (B) fund cash to the balance sheet of the Borrower, and (C) pay the Transactions Costs, and (ii) thereafter, to finance Permitted Acquisitions, to finance working capital needs and for other general corporate purposes of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, in each case, not in violation of applicable Law or the terms of the Loan Documents.

 

101


(c) Use the proceeds of each Incremental Facility to finance working capital needs and other general corporate purposes of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, for Permitted Acquisitions, Investments permitted pursuant to Section 7.4, Restricted Payments permitted pursuant to Section 7.5 and other purposes, in each case, not in violation of applicable Law or the terms of the Loan Documents.

(d) Use all Letters of Credit for general corporate purposes, in each case, not in violation of applicable Law or the terms of the Loan Documents.

(e) Use the Net Cash Proceeds of any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness to refinance such Indebtedness in the manner directed by the Borrower.

Section 5.10 Additional Subsidiaries. If at any time the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings forms or acquires any Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) after the Closing Date (or any such Subsidiary of Holdings ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary), promptly following such formation or acquisition, notify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders thereof and, within thirty (30) calendar days after any such Subsidiary is acquired or formed or ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary, if such Subsidiary is a Domestic Subsidiary, cause such Subsidiary to become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a Guarantor Joinder Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, accompanied by (a) all other Loan Documents related thereto, (b) certified copies of Organization Documents, appropriate authorizing resolutions of the board of directors of such Subsidiaries, and opinions of counsel comparable to those delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(c), and (c) such other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

Section 5.11 Further Assurances.

(a) Capital Stock. Within thirty (30) calendar days after acquiring any Capital Stock, and at all times from the Closing Date with respect to any Capital Stock owned as of the Closing Date, cause (i) 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower and each Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings that is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary and (ii) 65% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock entitled to vote (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.956-2(c)(2)) and 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock not entitled to vote (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.956-2(c)(2)) in each Foreign Subsidiary directly owned by any Loan Party, in each case, to be subject at all times to a first priority, perfected Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to secure the Obligations pursuant to the Collateral Documents (subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.2), and, in connection with the foregoing, deliver to the Administrative Agent such other documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request including, any filings and deliveries to perfect such Liens, Organization Documents, resolutions and opinions of counsel all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(b) Personal Property. Cause all personal property (other than Excluded Property) owned by each Loan Party to be subject at all times to first priority, perfected Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to secure the Obligations as required by the Collateral Documents (subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.2) and, in connection with the foregoing, deliver to the Administrative Agent such other documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request including filings and deliveries necessary to perfect such Liens, Organization Documents, resolutions and favorable opinions of counsel to such Person, all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

102


(c) Control Agreements. Cause each deposit account, disbursement account, investment account, cash management account, lockbox account or other account (other than Excluded Accounts) to be subject to a “with activation” or “springing” account control agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (it being understood and agreed that the Borrower shall have up to 90 days after the Closing Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) to cause any such accounts existing as of the Closing Date to become subject to such an account control agreement); provided that no such account control agreement shall be required with respect to any account that has a balance (or which holds assets with a fair market value) less than $250,000, in any individual instance, or $500,000, when taken together with the account balances (or aggregate amount of the fair market value of assets) of all other accounts (other than Excluded Accounts) that are not subject to an account control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

(d) Real Property. Within ninety (90) days (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) after (i) the Closing Date, with respect to Material Real Property owned as of the Closing Date, and (ii) the date new Material Real Property is acquired by a Loan Party, cause such real property (other than Excluded Property) owned by the applicable Loan Party to be subject at all times to a valid and, subject to any filing and/or recording referred to herein, enforceable Lien on, and security interest in, real property that is prior and superior in right to any other Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to secure the Obligations as required by the Collateral Documents (subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.2) and, in connection with the foregoing, deliver to the Administrative Agent such documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request including filings and deliveries necessary to perfect such Liens, Organization Documents, resolutions, Real Property Security Documents and favorable opinions of counsel to such Person, all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent

(e) Insurance Endorsements. Deliver to the Administrative Agent endorsements as required by Section 5.8(c) within ninety (90) days (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) of the Closing Date.

(f) Foreign Jurisdictions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.11 or the terms of any Loan Document, no actions in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or required by the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction shall be required to be taken to create any security interests in assets located or titled outside of the U.S. or to perfect or make enforceable any security interests in any such assets (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any non U.S. jurisdiction).

Section 5.12 Compliance Programs; Data Privacy and Security Policies. Holdings shall maintain for itself, is Subsidiaries and their respective employees policies and procedures reasonably designed to provide effective internal controls that promote adherence to, prevent, and detect material violations of FDA Law and Regulations, Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions. Each of Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall maintain in effect data privacy and security policies that comply in all material respects with Laws applicable to (i) the conduct of its and its Subsidiaries’ business, (ii) the types of Personal Information that Holdings and its Subsidiaries collect from individuals and (iii) the uses and disclosures of such Personal Information by Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

 

103


ARTICLE VI

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

Each Loan Party covenants and agrees that so long as any Lender has a Commitment hereunder, any Obligation remains unpaid or outstanding (other than contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been made by the Person entitled thereto), or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, no Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

Section 6.1 Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio as of the end of each Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2022, to be greater than (a) with respect to the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2022 through and including the Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 2023, 4.25 to 1.00, (b) with respect to the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2023 through and including the Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 2024, 4.00 to 1.00, and (c) with respect to the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2024 and for each Fiscal Quarter ending thereafter, 3.75 to 1.00.

Section 6.2 Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the end of each Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2022, to be less than 1.25 to 1.00.

ARTICLE VII

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each Loan Party covenants and agrees that so long as any Lender has a Commitment hereunder, any Obligation remains unpaid or outstanding (other than contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been made by the Person entitled thereto), or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, no Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

Section 7.1 Indebtedness and Preferred Equity.

(a) Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(i) Indebtedness created pursuant to the Loan Documents;

(ii) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.1 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(iii) Indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations; provided, that such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within one hundred eighty (180) days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvements; provided, further, that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness at any time outstanding shall not exceed the greater of (i) $6,000,000 and (ii) fifteen percent (15.0%) of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended four (4) Fiscal Quarter period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) or 5.1(b);

(iv) Indebtedness of Holdings owing to any Subsidiary and of any Subsidiary owing to Holdings or any other Subsidiary; provided, that any such Indebtedness that is owed by (A) a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be subject to Section 7.4 and (B) a Loan Party to a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be subordinated to the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

104


(v) Guarantees by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of Indebtedness of any other Loan Party or any other Subsidiary; provided, that (A) no Guarantee by any Subsidiary of any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness shall be permitted unless such Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guarantee of the Obligations pursuant to the Guaranty and (B) Guarantees by any Loan Party of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be subject to Section 7.4;

(vi) Hedging Obligations permitted by Section 7.10;

(vii) Indebtedness of any Person acquired or assumed in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.4 or any assets acquired in connection therewith; provided that (A) such Indebtedness is not created in anticipation of such Permitted Acquisition or such Investment, (B) such Indebtedness is secured only by assets acquired in such Permitted Acquisition or such Investment and the only obligors in respect of such Indebtedness shall be those Persons who were obligors in respect thereof prior to such Permitted Acquisition or such Investment and (C) the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred under this Section 7.1(a)(vii) at any time outstanding does not exceed the greater of (i) $10,000,000 and (ii) twenty-five percent (25.0%) of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended four (4) Fiscal Quarter period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) or 5.1(b);

(viii) Indebtedness owed to any Person (including obligations in respect of letters of credit for the benefit of such Person) providing workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty, liability insurance, self-insurance, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person or to finance insurance premiums, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(ix) Indebtedness in respect of or guarantee of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds, performance and completion guarantees, workers’ compensation claims and banker’s acceptances, warehouse receipts or similar instruments and similar obligations (other than in respect of other Indebtedness for borrowed money) in each case provided in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(x) cash management obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protection and similar arrangements, in each case, in connection with cash management and deposit accounts maintained in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(xii) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations arising from agreements providing for indemnification, purchase price adjustments or similar obligations (other than Earnout Obligations), in each case incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets permitted under this Agreement;

 

105


(xiii) unsecured Indebtedness consisting of Earnout Obligations owed to the seller of any business or assets acquired in a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted under Section 7.4;

(xiv) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, Guarantees in the ordinary course of business of the obligations (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money) of suppliers, customers, franchisees and licensees of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries;

(xv) obligations in respect of letters of support, guarantees or similar obligations issued, made or incurred for the benefit of any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries to the extent required in connection with any statutory filing or the delivery of audit opinions performed in jurisdictions other than the United States;

(xvi) other unsecured Indebtedness (including Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness) in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed an amount such that, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof on a Pro Forma Basis, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio is not greater than 3.50 to 1.00 (without “netting” the cash proceeds of such unsecured Indebtedness against Consolidated Total Debt); provided that, at the time of incurrence thereof, no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred or be continuing or shall result therefrom;

(xvii) other Indebtedness and any Permitted Refinancing thereof in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (i) $10,000,000 and (ii) twenty-five percent (25.0%) of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended four (4) Fiscal Quarter period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) or 5.1(b);

(xviii) any obligations (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money) arising out of, or attributable to, the exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential) with respect to the Transactions or any Investment permitted hereunder;

(xix) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of any Loan Party or any of their Subsidiaries under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with the Transactions and Permitted Acquisitions or any other Investment permitted hereunder;

(xx) Indebtedness in respect of corporate credit card (A) owing to the Administrative Agent, any Lender and their respective Affiliates and (B) owing to other Persons in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $1,000,000 at any time outstanding; and

(xxi) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in Section 7.1(a)(i) through Section 7.1(a)(xx).

(b) Issue any preferred stock or other preferred equity interests to any Person other than Holdings, the Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.

 

106


For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.1, in the event that an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof, but excluding any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.1(a)(i)) at any time meets the criteria of more than one of the categories described above in Section 7.1(a), the Borrower, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify (or later divide, classify or reclassify) such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of the above clauses. Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest, premium, fees or expenses, in the form of additional Indebtedness, or preferred stock (in each case so long as such additional Indebtedness or preferred stock is in the same form and on the same terms as the Indebtedness to which such payment relates) shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 7.1.

Section 7.2 Negative Pledge. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any of its assets or property now owned or hereafter acquired or, except:

(a) Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to the Loan Documents;

(b) Permitted Encumbrances;

(c) Liens existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.2;

(d) purchase money Liens upon or in any fixed or capital assets to secure the purchase price or the cost of construction or improvement of such fixed or capital assets or to secure Indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition, construction or improvement of such fixed or capital assets (including Liens securing any Capital Lease Obligations); provided, that (i) such Lien secures Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.1(a)(iii), (ii) such Lien attaches to such asset concurrently or within 180 days after the acquisition, improvement or completion of the construction thereof; (iii) such Lien does not extend to any other asset; and (iv) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets;

(e) Liens granted by a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in favor of any Loan Party, Liens granted by a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in favor of a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and Liens granted by a Loan Party in favor of any other Loan Party;

(f) any Lien on any property or asset of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with or otherwise acquired by a Loan Party; provided that (i) such Lien was not created in contemplation of such merger, consolidation or acquisition as the case may be, (ii) such Lien does not extend to any property or assets other than those of the Person merged with or into or consolidated with or otherwise acquired by a Loan Party, (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations that it secures on the date of such merger, consolidated or acquisition and (iv) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien is incurred pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of Section 7.1(a)(vii);

(g) Liens (i) of a collecting bank arising in the ordinary course of business under Section 4-208 of the UCC in effect in the relevant jurisdiction covering only the items being collected upon, (ii) in favor of a banking or other financial institution arising as a matter of law or contract encumbering deposits or other funds maintained with a financial institution (including netting arrangements or the right of set off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry and (iii) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business, not for speculative purposes and not in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness for borrowed money;

 

107


(h) Liens representing (i) any interest or title of a licensor, lessor or sublicensor or sublessor under any lease or license permitted by this Agreement, (ii) any Lien or restriction that the interest or title of such lessor, licensor, sublessor or sublicensor may be subject to, or (iii) the interest of a licensee, lessee, sublicensee or sublessee arising by virtue of being granted a license or lease permitted by this Agreement, in each case not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(i) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods;

(j) the filing of UCC financing statements solely as a precautionary measure or required notice in connection with operating leases or consignment of goods;

(k) Liens not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.2 to the extent that the aggregate outstanding amount (or in the case of Indebtedness, the principal amount) of the obligations secured thereby at any time outstanding does not exceed the greater of (i) $8,000,000 and (ii) twenty percent (20.0%) of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended four (4) Fiscal Quarter period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) or 5.1(b);

(l) Liens (i) attaching solely to cash advances and cash earnest money deposits in connection with Investments permitted under Section 7.4 or (ii) consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property in a disposition permitted hereunder;

(m) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof granted in the ordinary course of business to secure the financing of insurance premiums with respect thereto;

(n) Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from contractual or warranty requirements in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Liens (i) in favor of customs and revenue authorities to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods or (ii) on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods in the ordinary course of business;

(p) Liens of bailees in the ordinary course of business;

(q) utility and similar deposits in the ordinary course of business;

(r) Liens disclosed as exceptions to coverage in title policies and endorsements with respect to any real property, in each case approved by the Administrative Agent;

(s) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks or other financial institutions not given in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness for borrowed money, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower

 

108


or any Loan Party to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or the other Loan Parties or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(t) non-exclusive licenses (or exclusive licenses with respect to discrete geographic areas outside the United States where the Loan Parties do not operate) and sublicenses granted by Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries and leases and subleases by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary to third parties in the ordinary course of business not interfering with the business of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries;

(u) Liens on the Collateral securing Refinancing Debt, subject to any applicable Intercreditor Agreement;

(v) Liens arising by operation of Law in the United States under Article 2 of the UCC in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods;

(w) Liens and privileges arising mandatorily by Law not otherwise described in this Section 7.2;

(x) in the case of any Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, any put and call arrangements or restrictions on disposition related to its Capital Stock entitled to vote (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.956-2(c)(2)) set forth in its Organization Documents or any related joint venture or similar agreement;

(y) ground leases entered into in the ordinary course of business in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries are located;

(z) (i) zoning, building, entitlement and other land use regulations by Governmental Authorities with which the normal operation of the business complies, and (ii) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property that does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and

(aa) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.2 (x) a Lien need not be incurred solely by reference to one category of Liens described above but may be incurred under any combination of such categories (including in part under one such category and in part under any other such category) and (y) in the event that a Lien (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of such categories of Liens described above, the Borrower, in its sole discretion, may classify or may subsequently reclassify at any time such Lien (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant.

 

109


Section 7.3 Fundamental Changes; Conduct of Business.

(a) Other than in connection with the Transactions, merge into or consolidate into any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or liquidate or dissolve; provided, that (1) if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (i) the Borrower or any Subsidiary may merge with a Person pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition if the Borrower (or such Subsidiary if the Borrower is not a party to such merger) is the surviving Person, (ii) any Subsidiary may merge into another Subsidiary; provided, that if any party to such merger is a Guarantor, the Guarantor shall be the surviving Person or the surviving Person shall become a Guarantor concurrently with the consummation of such merger and (iii) any Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders; provided that any such merger involving a Person that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger shall not be permitted unless also permitted by Section 7.4, (2) (i) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, (ii) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve, so long as its remaining assets, if any, are transferred to another Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Guarantor, then (i) the transferee must be a Guarantor or the Borrower or (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in or Indebtedness of a Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 7.4 and Section 7.1, respectively and (iii) any Subsidiary may change its legal form (subject to compliance with Section 5.2(h)) if, with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii), the Borrower reasonably determines in good faith that such action is in the best interest of Holdings, the Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders (it being understood that in the case of any change in legal form, a Subsidiary that is a Guarantor will remain a Guarantor unless such Guarantor is otherwise permitted to cease being a Guarantor hereunder), and (3) any Subsidiary may dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is the Borrower or a Guarantor, then (i) the transferee must be a Guarantor or the Borrower or (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in or Indebtedness of a Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 7.4 and Section 7.1, respectively.

(b) Engage in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and businesses reasonably related thereto.

Section 7.4 Investments, Loans, Etc. Make any Investment, except

(a) Investments existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.4 (including Investments in Subsidiaries);

(b) Cash Equivalents;

(c) Guarantees by a Loan Party or any Subsidiary constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.1;

(d) Investments made by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary in or to any other Loan Party or in or to any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party (subject to the limitations applicable to Capital Stock in a Foreign Subsidiary set forth in Section 5.11(a)); provided, that the aggregate amount of Investments by Loan Parties in or to, and Guarantees by Loan Parties of Indebtedness of, any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall not exceed at any time outstanding the greater of (i) $6,000,000 and (ii) fifteen percent (15.0%) of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended four (4) Fiscal Quarter period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) or 5.1(b);

 

110


(e) loans or advances to employees, officers or directors, managers or members of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business for travel, relocation and related expenses; provided, that the aggregate amount of all such loans and advances does not exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(f) Hedging Transactions permitted by Section 7.10;

(g) Permitted Acquisitions;

(h) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;

(i) Investments of any Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary or consolidates, amalgamates or merges with Holdings or any Subsidiary (including in connection with an Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder); provided that such Investment was not made in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary or such consolidation, amalgamation or merger;

(j) Investments resulting from pledges or deposits described in clauses (c) or (d) of the definition of the term “Permitted Encumbrance”;

(k) receivables or other trade payables owing to Holdings or any Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms, provided that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as Holdings or such Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

(l) Investments in deposit accounts and securities accounts solely for Cash Equivalents opened in the ordinary course of business;

(m) Investments consisting of cash earnest money deposits in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder;

(n) Investments consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Guarantee obligations of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary in respect of letters of support, guarantees or similar obligations issued, made or incurred for the benefit of any Subsidiary to the extent required in connection with any statutory filing or the delivery of audit opinions performed in jurisdictions other than within the United States;

(p) Guarantees by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of leases of real property (other than Capital Lease Obligations), contracts, or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(q) to the extent constituting Investments, Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.1(a)(xvi);

 

111


(r) other Investments in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed an amount such that, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof on a Pro Forma Basis, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio is not greater than 2.00 to 1.00;

(s) the Closing Date Acquisition; and

(t) other Investments which in the aggregate in any Fiscal Year do not exceed the greater of (i) $8,000,000 and (ii) twenty percent (20.0%) of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended four (4) Fiscal Quarter period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) or 5.1(b).

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.4, (x) an Investment need not be made solely by reference to one category of Investments described in Sections 7.4(a) through (t) above but may be made under any combination of such categories (including in part under one such category and in part under any other such category), (y) in the event that an Investment (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of such categories of Investments described in clauses (a) through (t) above, the Borrower, in its sole discretion, may classify or may subsequently reclassify at any time such Investment (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and (z) any Investment that is written down, written off or forgiven by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall continue to count against any cap set forth in the clause or clauses of this Section 7.4 pursuant to which such Investment is permitted. Any Investment that exceeds the limits of any particular clause set forth above may be allocated amongst more than one of such clauses to permit the incurrence or holding of such Investment to the extent such excess is permitted as an Investment under such other clauses.

Section 7.5 Restricted Payments. Declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

(a) dividends or other distributions payable solely in shares of any class of its common stock;

(b) Restricted Payments made to Persons that own Capital Stock in a Subsidiary, on a pro rata basis according to such Person’s respective holdings of such Capital Stock;

(c) redemptions or repurchases of Capital Stock in the Parent from (i) employees and former employees and (ii) other holders of Capital Stock in the Parent; provided that (x) the aggregate amount of all such redemptions or repurchases or Restricted Payments to any parent entity to finance the same by the Parent made pursuant to this Section 7.5(c) in any Fiscal Year shall not exceed $2,000,000 and (y) after giving effect to any such redemption or repurchase on a Pro Forma Basis, no Event of Default shall exist;

(d) [reserved];

(e) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount in any Fiscal Year not to exceed the greater of (i) $4,000,000 and (ii) ten percent (10.0%) of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended four (4) Fiscal Quarter period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) or 5.1(b);

(f) without duplication of any Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 7.5(g), Permitted Tax Distributions;

 

112


(g) without duplication of any Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 7.5(f), distributions and other Restricted Payments required to be made pursuant to the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement (as defined in the BCA), and/or the Phantom Equity Amendment and Release Agreement (as defined in the BCA);

(h) payments of withholding or similar Taxes payable by any future, present or former employee, director or officer (or any spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees of any of the foregoing) in connection with any repurchases of Capital Stock in Holdings or the exercise of stock options in respect of Capital Stock in Holdings;

(i) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, Restricted Payments in order to pay the reasonable fees and reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses to directors, managers, members and officers in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any Fiscal Year,

(j) Restricted Payments in order to pay compensation (including bonuses and equity or other consideration) and employee benefit arrangements paid to, indemnities provided for the benefit of, and employment and severance arrangements entered into with, directors, officers, managers, members or employees in the ordinary course of business; and

(k) other Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.5, so long as (i) after giving effect to such Restricted Payment on a Pro Forma Basis, no Event of Default shall exist immediately before or immediately after giving effect to any such Restricted Payment, (ii) the Borrower is in compliance with the financial covenants in Article VI hereof on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect thereto (including any assumption of Indebtedness in connection therewith) and (iii) the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 2.00 to 1.00 on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such Restricted Payment (including any assumption of Indebtedness in connection therewith).

Section 7.6 Sale of Assets. Make any Asset Sale, except for:

(a) dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

(b) Liens permitted by Section 7.2 and issuances of Capital Stock permitted by Sections 7.8, in each case, other than by reference to this Section 7.6(b);

(c) dispositions of property to Persons other than Subsidiaries (including (x) the sale or issuance of Capital Stock in a Subsidiary and (y) any sale and leaseback) not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.6 in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 in any Fiscal Year, subject to the following: (i) such disposition is made for fair market value and (ii) with respect to any disposition pursuant to this Section 7.6(c) for a purchase price in excess of $2,500,000 for any transaction or series of related transactions, not less than seventy-five percent (75.0%) of such consideration shall be in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents;

(d) dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

 

113


(e) dispositions of any assets (including Capital Stock) (i) acquired in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, which assets are not used or useful to the core or principal business of Holdings, the Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries and (ii) made to obtain the approval of any applicable antitrust authority in connection with a Permitted Acquisition;

(f) dispositions of assets as contemplated by the BCA (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified as of the date hereof); and

(g) transfers of condemned property as a result of the exercise of “eminent domain” or other similar powers to the respective Governmental Authority or agency that has condemned the same (whether by deed in lieu of condemnation or otherwise), and transfers of property arising from foreclosure or similar action or that have been subject to a casualty to the respective insurer of such real property as part of an insurance settlement.

Section 7.7 Transactions with Affiliates. Sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates with a fair market value in excess of the greater of (i) $2,000,000 and (ii) five percent (5.0%) of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended four (4) Fiscal Quarter period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) for any transaction or series of related transactions, except (a) transactions between or among Holdings and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries (or an entity that will become a Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), (b) any agreement in effect on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.7 or as thereafter amended in a manner which, taken as a whole, is not materially less favorable to Holdings or such Subsidiary than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date, (c) any employment, consulting, compensation, benefit or indemnity agreements, arrangements or plans in respect of any officer, director, employee or consultant of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business, (d) any transaction permitted under Section 7.4, (e) transactions between Holdings and any of its Subsidiaries on the one hand and any Person that is not Holdings or a Subsidiary on the other hand; provided, in each case, that such transaction (i) is on terms that are no less favorable to Holdings or the relevant Subsidiary than those that would reasonably be expected to have been obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction by Holdings or such Subsidiary with an unrelated Person and (ii) is not otherwise in violation of this Agreement and (e) Restricted Payments that are permitted under Section 7.5.

Section 7.8 Restrictive Agreements. Enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur or permit any Lien upon any of its assets or properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or (b) the ability of Holdings or any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to its Capital Stock, to make or repay loans or advances to Holdings or any other Subsidiary, to Guarantee Indebtedness of Holdings or any other Subsidiary or to transfer any of its property or assets to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by Law or by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by Subordinated Debt Documents or any other agreement evidencing Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness; provided that no such restrictions shall prevent the Borrower or any such Subsidiary of Holdings from creating, incurring or permitting Liens securing, or to Guarantee, the Obligations, (iii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale; provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (iv) clause (a) shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligations permitted by this Agreement so long as such restrictions and

 

114


conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (v) clause (a) shall not apply to customary provision in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof, (vi) the foregoing shall not apply to any restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; (vii) the foregoing shall not apply to any restrictions regarding licensing or sublicensing by Holdings and its Subsidiaries of IP Rights in the ordinary course of business; (viii) the foregoing shall not apply to any restrictions that arise in connection with cash escrow or other deposits permitted under Section 7.2 and Section 7.4; (ix) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and (x) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions on any Foreign Subsidiary by the terms of any Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party permitted to be incurred under this Agreement if such limitations only apply to the assets or property of such Foreign Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party.

Section 7.9 Sale and Leaseback Transactions. Enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property sold or transferred.

Section 7.10 Hedging Transactions. Enter into any Hedging Transaction, other than Hedging Transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business to hedge or mitigate risks to which Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries is exposed in the conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities.

Section 7.11 Legal Name, State of Formation and Form of Entity. No Loan Party shall, without providing ten (10) days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent (or such lesser period as the Administrative Agent may agree), change its name, state of formation or form of organization.

Section 7.12 Amendment to Organization Documents and Material Documents. Amend, modify or waive any of its rights in a manner materially adverse to the Lenders or any Loan Party under (a) its Organization Documents or (b) any Material Agreements, except as expressly permitted in Section 7.13(b) or in any manner that would not have an adverse effect on the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 7.13 Restricted Debt Payments.

(a) Pay, prepay, redeem, purchase, defease, or otherwise satisfy, in any manner, any Restricted Debt (“Restricted Debt Payments”), except for: (i) Restricted Debt Payments with respect to Restricted Debt of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to any Loan Party or any other Subsidiary; (ii) Restricted Debt Payments with respect to Restricted Debt of any Loan Party to any other Loan Party; (iii) Restricted Debt Payments consisting of regularly scheduled payments of principal required to be made under the applicable Restricted Debt (other than Restricted Debt consisting of Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness); (iv) Restricted Debt Payments that constitute refinancings of Indebtedness to the extent permitted by Section 7.1; and (v) other Restricted Debt Payments so long as (A) no Event of Default shall exist immediately before or immediately after giving effect to any such Restricted Debt Payment, (B) the Borrower is in compliance with the financial covenants in Article VI hereof on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect thereto and (C) the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 2.00 to 1.00 on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect thereto;

(b) amend, modify or change, in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders, any term or condition of any Restricted Debt, except to the extent expressly permitted pursuant to specified exceptions to restrictions set forth in the applicable intercreditor and/or subordination agreement.

 

115


Section 7.14 Accounting Changes; Change in Fiscal Year. Make any significant change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP, or change the Fiscal Year of Holdings or of any of its Subsidiaries, except to change the fiscal year of a Subsidiary to conform its fiscal year to that of Holdings.

Section 7.15 Government Regulation. (a) Be or become subject at any time to any law, regulation or list of any Governmental Authority of the United States (including, without limitation, the OFAC list) that prohibits or limits the Lenders or the Administrative Agent from making any advance or extension of credit to the Borrower or from otherwise conducting business with the Loan Parties, or (b) fail to provide documentary and other evidence of the identity of the Loan Parties as may be requested by the Lenders or the Administrative Agent at any time to enable the Lenders or the Administrative Agent to verify the identity of the Loan Parties or to comply with any applicable Law or regulation, including, without limitation, Section 326 of the PATRIOT Act at 31 U.S.C. Section 5318.

Section 7.16 [reserved].

Section 7.17 Use of Proceeds.

(a) Use any part of the proceeds of any Loan, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that would violate any rule or regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U or X.

(b) Request any Borrowing or Letter of Credit, or use or allow its respective directors, managers, members, officers, employees and agents to use, the proceeds of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit (i) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (ii) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country or (iii) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party.

Section 7.18 Designation as Senior Debt. Designate any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents or Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries as “Senior Debt” or “Designated Senior Debt” (or in each case any similar term) under, and as defined in, the documentation governing any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness.

Section 7.19 Activities of Holdings. Permit Holdings to incur any Indebtedness, grant any Liens upon any of its properties or assets, or engage in any operations, business or activity other than (a) holding and maintaining its interest in and/or the acquisition of Capital Stock of, and making Investments in, the Borrower, (b) maintaining its corporate existence, including (i) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative activities for itself and/or as a member of the consolidated group of companies including Parent or any other parent entity, Holdings and its Subsidiaries, (ii) filing tax returns and reports and paying taxes and other customary obligations related thereto in the ordinary course (and contesting any taxes in good faith, if applicable), (iii) holding director, member and/or manager meetings, preparing organizational records and other organizational activities required to maintain its separate organizational structure (including the maintenance of its legal existence, including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance) and (iv) complying with applicable law, and activities incidental to the foregoing; (d) executing, delivering and performing its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, any Acquisition agreement to which it is a party and any

 

116


other Indebtedness and Guarantees permitted hereunder (including Guarantees of any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness and any actions in connection with the issuance of convertible notes to the extent permitted or contemplated by Section 7.1) and actions incidental thereto, including the granting of Liens permitted hereby; (e) making any Restricted Payment permitted by this Agreement and holding cash and Investments and other assets received in connection with Restricted Payments received from, or Investments made by, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings to the extent permitted hereby; (f) purchasing Capital Stock in the Borrower or Subsidiaries of Holdings; (g) owning cash and Cash Equivalents; (h) executing, delivering and the performance of rights and obligations under any employment agreements and any documents related thereto; (i) issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the maintenance, administration or funding of, employment agreements, employee stock options and employee stock ownership plans; (j) activities related to the Transactions; (k) providing indemnification for its current and former officers, directors, managers, members, employees, advisors, consultants or independent contracts; and (k) any activities incidental to the foregoing.

ARTICLE VIII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Section 8.1 Events of Default. If any of the following events (each an “Event of Default”) shall occur:

(a) any Loan Party shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or of any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment or otherwise; or

(b) any Loan Party shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount payable under Section 8.1(a)) payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days; or

(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including the Schedules attached thereto) and any amendments or modifications hereof or waivers hereunder, or in any certificate, report, financial statement or other document submitted to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders by Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any representative of any Loan Party pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall prove to be incorrect in any material respect (other than a representation or warranty that is expressly qualified by a Material Adverse Effect or materiality, in which case such representation or warranty shall prove to be incorrect in all respects) when made or deemed made or submitted; or

(d) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant or agreement contained in Section 5.1, 5.2, 5.3(a), 5.7, 5.9, 5.10 or Articles VI or VII; or

(e) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those referred to in Sections 8.1(a), (b) and (d)) or any other Loan Document, and such failure shall remain unremedied for thirty (30) days after the earlier of (i) any Responsible Officer becomes aware of such failure, or (ii) notice thereof shall have been given to any Loan Party by the Administrative Agent or any Lender; or

 

117


(f) (i) Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary (whether as primary obligor or as guarantor or other surety) shall fail to pay any principal of, or premium or interest on, any Material Indebtedness that is outstanding, when and as the same shall become due and payable (whether at scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the expiration of any applicable grace period specified in the agreement or instrument evidencing or governing such Material Indebtedness; or (ii) any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under any agreement or instrument relating to such Material Indebtedness and shall continue after the expiration of any applicable grace period specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Material Indebtedness; or (iii) any such Material Indebtedness shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid or redeemed (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or redemption), purchased or defeased, or any offer to prepay, redeem, purchase or defease such Material Indebtedness shall be required to be made, in each case prior to the stated maturity thereof; provided, that clause (iii) of this paragraph (f) shall not apply to (x) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the sale, transfer or other disposition (including as a result of a casualty or condemnation event) of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness (to the extent such sale, transfer or other disposition is not prohibited under this Agreement), (y) any redemption, repurchase, conversion, exchange or settlement with respect to any convertible note pursuant to its terms (or the occurrence of any event that permits the foregoing) unless such redemption, repurchase, conversion, exchange or settlement results from a default thereunder or an event of the type that constitutes an Event of Default or (z) any early payment requirement or unwinding or termination with respect to hedging agreement as to which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is an affected party (other than a termination event or similar event arising from any default by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries); provided, further, that so long as the Administrative Agent has not exercised any remedies under this Agreement, any Event of Default under this Section 8.1(f) shall be immediately cured and no longer continuing (without any action on the part of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or otherwise) as and when any such failure (x) is remedied by Holdings, the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary such that there is no longer a payment default or other condition with respect to such Material Indebtedness that would constitute an “event of default” (or similar term or concept) under the documents governing such Material Indebtedness or otherwise give such holder(s) the right to accelerate or demand payment under the documents governing such Material Indebtedness or (y) is waived (including in the form of amendment) by the requisite holders of the applicable item of Material Indebtedness in accordance with the documentation governing such Material Indebtedness; or

(g) Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall (i) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar Law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in Section 8.1(h), (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official for Holdings, the Borrower or any such Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

118


(h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or its debts, or any substantial part of its assets, under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar Law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official for Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall remain undismissed for a period of sixty (60) days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered; or

(i) Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall become unable to pay, shall admit in writing its inability to pay, or shall fail to pay, its debts as they become due; or

(j) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, when taken together with other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability to Holdings, the Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount; or

(k) any final, non-appealable judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by insurance as to which the applicable insurance company has been notified of the claim and has confirmed coverage), individually or in the aggregate, shall be rendered against Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order or (ii) there shall be a period of sixty (60) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or

(l) [reserved]; or

(m) a Change in Control shall occur or exist; or

(m) any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect or ceases to give the Administrative Agent any material part of the Liens purported to be created thereby; or Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document; or

(n) Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any Loan Document; or

(o) any Obligations fail to constitute “Senior Indebtedness” for purposes of the applicable Subordinated Debt Document, or all or any part of the Permitted Subordinated Debt is accelerated, is declared to be due and payable is required to be prepaid or redeemed, in each case prior to the stated maturity thereof;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to Holdings or the Borrower described in Sections 8.1(g), 8.1(h) or 8.1(i)) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and upon the written request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, whereupon the Commitment of each Lender shall terminate immediately, (ii) declare the principal of and any accrued interest on the Loans, and all other Obligations owing hereunder,

 

119


to be, whereupon the same shall become, due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower, (iii) exercise all remedies contained in any other Loan Document, and (iv) exercise any other remedies available at Law or in equity; and that, if an Event of Default specified in Sections 8.1(g), (h) or (i) shall occur with respect to Holdings or the Borrower, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon, and all fees, and all other Obligations shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, upon written notice by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent of its intent to make a Specified Equity Contribution pursuant to Section 8.3, neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall exercise any remedy under the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, the institution of any Default Interest) or applicable Law on the basis of an Event of Default caused solely by the failure of the Loan Parties to comply with Section 6.1 or 6.2 (or any related Default or Event of Default arising from a failure to give timely notice of such failure to comply with Section 6.1 or 6.2), until the expiration of the applicable Cure Period (the period of time from the giving of such written notice until the expiration of the applicable Cure Period, the “Standstill Period”), and then, only in the event that (x) the Event of Default is not precluded from being cured pursuant to Section 8.3 and (y) the Borrower or any Guarantor has not subsequently confirmed in writing that it does not intend to cause a Specified Equity Contribution to be made; provided, further, that it is agreed and understood that the Lenders shall not be required to make Loans, or to issue, amend or extend Letters of Credit, during such Standstill Period.

Section 8.2 Application of Funds.

After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.1 (or immediately after an Event of Default specified in either Sections 8.1(g), 8.1(h) or 8.1(i)), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

(a) first, to the reimbursable expenses of the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with such sale or other realization upon the Collateral, until the same shall have been paid in full;

(b) second, to the fees, all amounts owed pursuant to Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights, and other reimbursable expenses of the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank then due and payable pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, until the same shall have been paid in full;

(c) third, to all reimbursable expenses, if any, of the Lenders then due and payable pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, until the same shall have been paid in full;

(d) fourth, to the fees due and payable under Sections 2.14(b) and 2.14(c) of this Agreement and interest then due and payable under the terms of this Agreement, until the same shall have been paid in full;

(e) fifth, to (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans (allocated among the Lenders holding Term Loans in respect of their Pro Rata Shares), the Revolving Loans and the LC Exposure, (ii) payment of breakage, termination or other amounts owing in respect of any Hedging Obligations between the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings and any Lender-Related Hedge Provider, to the extent such Hedging Obligations are permitted hereunder, (iii) payments of amounts due in respect of any Bank Product Obligations between the Borrower or any of Subsidiary of Holdings and any Bank Product Provider, allocated pro rata among any Lender, any Lender-Related Hedge Provider and any Bank Product Provider, based on their respective Pro Rata Shares of the aggregate amount of such Revolving Loans, LC Exposure, Hedging Obligations and Bank Product Obligations;

 

120


(f) sixth, to additional cash collateral for the aggregate amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit until the aggregate amount of all cash collateral held by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement is equal to 105% of the LC Exposure after giving effect to the foregoing clause fifth; and

(a) to the extent any proceeds remain, to the Borrower or other parties lawfully entitled thereto.

All amounts allocated pursuant to the foregoing clauses third through sixth to the Lenders as a result of amounts owed to the Lenders under the Loan Documents shall be allocated among, and distributed to, the Lenders pro rata based on their respective Pro Rata Shares; provided, that all amounts allocated to that portion of the LC Exposure comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit pursuant to clause fifth and sixth shall be distributed to the Administrative Agent, rather than to the Lenders, and held by the Administrative Agent in an account in the name of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with Revolving Commitments as cash collateral for the LC Exposure, such account to be administered in accordance with Section 2.22(g). All cash collateral for LC Exposure shall be applied to satisfy drawings under the Letters of Credit as they occur; if any amount remains on deposit on cash collateral after all letters of credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to any Guarantor shall not be paid with amounts received from such Guarantor or its assets, but appropriate adjustments shall be made with respect to payments from other Loan Parties to preserve the allocation to Obligations otherwise set forth above in this Section 8.2.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Hedging Obligations and Bank Product Obligations may be excluded from the application described above without any liability to the Administrative Agent, if the Administrative Agent has not received written notice, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Lender-Related Hedge Provider or Bank Product Provider. Each Lender-Related Hedge Provider and Bank Product Provider not a party to this Agreement that has given the notice contemplated by the preceding sentence shall, by such notice, be deemed to have acknowledged and accepted the appointment of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of Article IX for itself and its Affiliates as if a “Lender” party hereto

Section 8.3 Certain Cure Rights. For purposes of determining compliance with Sections 6.1 and 6.2, the proceeds of any cash equity contribution (which equity shall be common Capital Stock or other Capital Stock on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) made to Holdings (which are subsequently contributed to the Borrower) occurring after the applicable Fiscal Quarter, and on or prior to the date that is ten (10) Business Days following the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) or 5.1(b), as applicable (each such period a “Cure Period”), will, at the irrevocable election of the Borrower, be included in the calculation of, and increase, Consolidated EBITDA on a dollar-for-dollar basis solely for the purpose of determining compliance with Sections 6.1 and/or 6.2, as applicable, at the end of the relevant Fiscal Quarter and for any subsequent period including such Fiscal Quarter (a “Specified Equity Contribution”) and not for any other purpose; provided, that:

 

121


(a) with respect to any period consisting of four (4) consecutive Fiscal Quarters, there shall be at least two (2) Fiscal Quarters in which no Specified Equity Contribution is made;

(b) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution will be no greater than the amount required to cause the Borrower to be in compliance with Sections 6.1 and/or 6.2, as applicable;

(c) all Specified Equity Contributions will be disregarded for purposes of the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for all purposes other than for the express purposes set forth in this Section 8.3, including, without limitation, calculation of the Applicable Margin, any financial ratio-based conditions (other than actual compliance with Article VI) or the availability or amount of any covenant baskets or carveouts;

(d) there shall be no more than five (5) Specified Equity Contributions made in the aggregate after the Closing Date;

(e) any Specified Equity Contribution shall be included as Consolidated EBITDA only as provided above with respect to any period of four (4) consecutive Fiscal Quarters including the applicable Fiscal Quarter; and

(f) there shall be no pro forma or other reduction in Indebtedness, through either the netting of cash or prepayment of the Term Loans, with the proceeds of any such Specified Equity Contribution for determining compliance with Sections 6.1 and 6.2, for any of the periods in which such Specified Equity Contribution is included in Consolidated EBITDA (including, without limitation, the three (3) subsequent Fiscal Quarters following the Fiscal Quarter with respect to which the applicable Specified Equity Contribution was made).

ARTICLE IX

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Section 9.1 Appointment of Administrative Agent.

(a) Each Lender irrevocably appoints Truist Bank as the Administrative Agent and authorizes it to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with all such actions and powers that are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent may perform any of its duties hereunder or under the other Loan Documents by or through any one or more sub-agents or attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent or attorney-in-fact may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions set forth in this Article IX shall apply to any such sub-agent, attorney-in-fact or Related Party and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as the Administrative Agent.

(b) The Issuing Bank shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith until such time and except for so long as the Administrative Agent may agree at the request of the Required Lenders to act for the Issuing Bank with respect thereto; provided that the Issuing Bank shall have all the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in this Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Issuing Bank in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the application and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to the Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in this Article IX included the Issuing Bank with respect to such acts or omissions and (ii) as additionally provided in this Agreement with respect to the Issuing Bank.

 

122


(c) It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Document (or any similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

Section 9.2 Nature of Duties of Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except those discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 11.2); provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it, its sub-agents or its attorneys-in-fact with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 11.2) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable judgment. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents or attorneys-in-fact except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and non-appealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until written notice thereof (which notice shall include an express reference to such event being a “Default” or “Event of Default” hereunder) is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or any Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements, or other terms and conditions set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article III or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for the Borrower) concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.

 

123


Section 9.3 Lack of Reliance on the Administrative Agent. Each of the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each of the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking any action under or based on this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties. Each Lender represents and warrants that (i) the Loan Documents set forth the terms of a commercial lending facility and (ii) it is engaged in making, acquiring or holding commercial loans in the ordinary course and is entering into this Agreement as a Lender for the purpose of making, acquiring or holding commercial loans and providing other facilities set forth herein as may be applicable to such Lender, and not for the purpose of purchasing, acquiring or holding any other type of financial instrument, and each Lender agrees not to assert a claim in contravention of the foregoing. Each Lender represents and warrants that it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to make, acquire and/or hold commercial loans and to provide other facilities set forth herein, as may be applicable to such Lender, and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to make, acquire and/or hold such commercial loans or to provide such other facilities, is experienced in making, acquiring or holding such commercial loans or providing such other facilities.

Section 9.4 Certain Rights of the Administrative Agent. If the Administrative Agent shall request instructions from the Required Lenders with respect to any action or actions (including the failure to act) in connection with this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such act or taking such act unless and until it shall have received instructions from such Lenders, and the Administrative Agent shall not incur liability to any Person by reason of so refraining. Without limiting the foregoing, no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against the Administrative Agent as a result of the Administrative Agent acting or refraining from acting hereunder in accordance with the instructions of the Required Lenders where required by the terms of this Agreement.

Section 9.5 Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent may also rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for the Borrower), independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts.

Section 9.6 The Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity. The bank serving as the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and any other Loan Document in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise or refrain from exercising the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent; and the terms “Lenders”, “Required Lenders”, “Required Revolving Lenders”, or any similar terms shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity. The bank acting as the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Holdings as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

 

124


Section 9.7 Successor Administrative Agent.

(a) The Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Administrative Agent, subject to approval by the Borrower provided that no Default or Event of Default shall exist at such time. If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed, and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or a bank which maintains an office in the United States. Any resignation by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 9.7 shall also constitute its resignation as an Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder: (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender; (ii) the retiring Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the successor Issuing Bank shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangement satisfactory to the retiring Issuing Bank to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring Issuing Bank with respect to such Letters of Credit.

(b) Upon the acceptance of its appointment as the Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. If, within 45 days after written notice is given of the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation under this Section 9.7, no successor Administrative Agent shall have been appointed and shall have accepted such appointment, then on such 45th day (i) the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall become effective, (ii) the retiring Administrative Agent shall thereupon be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents and (iii) the Required Lenders shall thereafter perform all duties of the retiring Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided above. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article IX shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent and its representatives and agents in respect of any actions taken or not taken by any of them while it was serving as the Administrative Agent.

(c) In addition to the foregoing, if a Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender, and if any Default has arisen from a failure of the Borrower to comply with Section 2.26(b), then the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender may, upon prior written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, resign as Issuing Bank or as Swingline Lender, as the case may be, effective at the close of business Charlotte, North Carolina time on a date specified in such notice (which date may not be less than five (5) Business Days after the date of such notice).

Section 9.8 Withholding Tax. To the extent required by any applicable Law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any interest payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If the IRS or any authority of the United States or any other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender (because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstances that

 

125


rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective, or for any other reason), such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so) fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as tax or otherwise, including penalties and interest, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses, allocated staff costs and any out of pocket expenses.

Section 9.9 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim.

(a) In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or any Revolving Credit Exposure shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans or Revolving Credit Exposure and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent under Section 11.3) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(ii) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

(b) Any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the Issuing Bank to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Section 11.3.

(c) Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the Issuing Bank any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

Section 9.10 Authorization to Execute Other Loan Documents. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to execute on behalf of all Lenders all Loan Documents (including, without limitation, the Collateral Documents and any subordination agreements) other than this Agreement.

 

126


Section 9.11 Collateral and Guaranty Matters. The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion:

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon the termination of all Revolving Commitments, the Cash Collateralization of all reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of Credit in an amount equal to 105% of the aggregate LC Exposure of all Lenders, and the payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations and such Cash Collateralized reimbursement obligations), (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing in accordance with Section 11.2; and

(b) to release any Loan Party from its obligations under the applicable Collateral Documents if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder.

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Loan Party from its obligations under the applicable Collateral Documents pursuant to this Section 9.11. In each case as specified in this Section 9.11, the Administrative Agent is authorized, at the Borrower’s expense, to execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the Liens granted under the applicable Collateral Documents, or to release such Loan Party from its obligations under the applicable Collateral Documents, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.11.

Section 9.12 No Other Duties, etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the bookrunners, arrangers, documentation agents or syndication agents listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or Issuing Bank hereunder.

Section 9.13 Right to Realize on Collateral and Enforce Guarantee. Anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender hereby agree that (i) no Lender shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce the Collateral Documents, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder and under the Collateral Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent, and (ii) in the event of a foreclosure by the Administrative Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition and the Administrative Agent, as agent for and representative of the Lenders (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing), shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Administrative Agent at such sale or other disposition.

Section 9.14 Hedging Obligations and Bank Product Obligations. No Bank Product Provider or Lender-Related Hedge Provider that obtains the benefits of Section 8.2, the Collateral Documents or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any other Loan Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly

 

127


provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IX to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Bank Product Obligations and Hedging Obligations unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Bank Product Provider or Lender-Related Hedge Provider, as the case may be

Section 9.15 Erroneous Payments.

(a) If the Administrative Agent notifies a Lender, the Issuing Bank or a Secured Party, or any Person who has received funds on behalf of a Lender, the Issuing Bank or a Secured Party such Lender or Issuing Bank (any such Lender, Issuing Bank, Secured Party or other recipient, a “Payment Recipient”) that the Administrative Agent has determined in its sole discretion (whether or not after receipt of any notice under Section 9.15(b)) that any funds received by such Payment Recipient from the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates were erroneously transmitted to, or otherwise erroneously or mistakenly received by, such Payment Recipient (whether or not known to such Lender, Issuing Bank, Secured Party or other Payment Recipient on its behalf) (any such funds, whether received as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees, distribution or otherwise, individually and collectively, an “Erroneous Payment”) and demands the return of such Erroneous Payment (or a portion thereof), such Erroneous Payment shall at all times remain the property of the Administrative Agent and shall be segregated by the Payment Recipient and held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, and such Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party shall (or, with respect to any Payment Recipient who received such funds on its behalf, shall cause such Payment Recipient to) promptly, but in no event later than two (2) Business Days thereafter, return to the Administrative Agent the amount of any such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) as to which such a demand was made, in same day funds (in the currency so received), together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) was received by such Payment Recipient to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in same day funds at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation from time to time in effect. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Payment Recipient under this Section 9.15(a) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(b) Without limiting Section 9.15(a), each Lender, the Issuing Bank or Secured Party, or any Person who has received funds on behalf of a Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party such Lender or Issuing Bank, hereby further agrees that if it receives a payment, prepayment or repayment (whether received as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees, distribution or otherwise) from the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) (x) that is in a different amount than, or on a different date from, that specified in a notice of payment, prepayment or repayment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) with respect to such payment, prepayment or repayment, (y) that was not preceded or accompanied by a notice of payment, prepayment or repayment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates), or (z) that such Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party, or other such recipient, otherwise becomes aware was transmitted, or received, in error or by mistake (in whole or in part) in each case:

(i) (A) in the case of immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y), an error shall be presumed to have been made (absent written confirmation from the Administrative Agent to the contrary) or (B) an error has been made (in the case of immediately preceding clause (z)), in each case, with respect to such payment, prepayment or repayment; and

 

128


(i) such Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party shall (and shall cause any other recipient that receives funds on its respective behalf to) promptly (and, in all events, within one Business Day of its knowledge of such error) notify the Administrative Agent of its receipt of such payment, prepayment or repayment, the details thereof (in reasonable detail) and that it is so notifying the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 9.15(b).

(c) Each Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off, net and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party under any Loan Document, or otherwise payable or distributable by the Administrative Agent to such Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party from any source, against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under immediately preceding paragraph (a) or under the indemnification provisions of this Agreement.

(d) In the event that an Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) is not recovered by the Administrative Agent for any reason, after demand therefor by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 9.15(a), from any Lender or Issuing Bank that has received such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) (and/or from any Payment Recipient who received such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) on its respective behalf) (such unrecovered amount, an “Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency”), upon the Administrative Agent’s notice to such Lender or Issuing Bank at any time, (i) such Lender or Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have assigned its Loans (but not its Commitments) of the relevant Class with respect to which such Erroneous Payment was made (the “Erroneous Payment Impacted Class”) in an amount equal to the Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency (or such lesser amount as the Administrative Agent may specify) (such assignment of the Loans (but not Commitments) of the Erroneous Payment Impacted Class, the “Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment”) at par plus any accrued and unpaid interest (with the assignment fee to be waived by the Administrative Agent in such instance), and is hereby (together with the Borrower) deemed to execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance (or, to the extent applicable, an agreement incorporating an Assignment and Acceptance by reference pursuant to a Platform as to which the Administrative Agent and such parties are participants) with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, and such Lender or Issuing Bank shall deliver any promissory notes evidencing such Loans to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, (ii) the Administrative Agent as the assignee Lender shall be deemed to acquire the Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, (iii) upon such deemed acquisition, the Administrative Agent as the assignee Lender shall become a Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, hereunder with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment and the assigning Lender or assigning Issuing Bank shall cease to be a Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, hereunder with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, its obligations under the indemnification provisions of this Agreement and its applicable Commitments which shall survive as to such assigning Lender or assigning Issuing Bank, and (iv) the Administrative Agent may reflect in the Register its ownership interest in the Loans subject to the Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment. The Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, sell any Loans acquired pursuant to an Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment and upon receipt of the proceeds of such sale, the Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency owing by the applicable Lender or Issuing Bank shall be reduced by the net proceeds of the sale of such Loan (or portion thereof), and the Administrative Agent shall retain all other rights, remedies and claims against such Lender or Issuing Bank (and/or against any recipient that receives funds on its respective behalf). For the avoidance of doubt, no Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment will reduce the Commitments of any Lender or Issuing Bank

 

129


and such Commitments shall remain available in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In addition, each party hereto agrees that, except to the extent that the Administrative Agent has sold a Loan (or portion thereof) acquired pursuant to an Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent may be equitably subrogated, the Administrative Agent shall be contractually subrogated to all the rights and interests of the applicable Lender, Issuing Bank or Secured Party under the Loan Documents with respect to each Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency (the “Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights”).

(e) The parties hereto agree that an Erroneous Payment shall not pay, prepay, repay, discharge or otherwise satisfy any Obligations owed by the Borrower or any other Loan Party, except, in each case, to the extent such Erroneous Payment is, and solely with respect to the amount of such Erroneous Payment that is, comprised of funds received by the Administrative Agent from the Borrower or any other Loan Party for the purpose of making such Erroneous Payment.

(f) To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Payment Recipient shall assert any right or claim to an Erroneous Payment, and hereby waives, and is deemed to waive, any claim, counterclaim, defense or right of set-off or recoupment with respect to any demand, claim or counterclaim by the Administrative Agent for the return of any Erroneous Payment received, including without limitation waiver of any defense based on “discharge for value” or any similar doctrine.

(g) Each party’s obligations, agreements and waivers under this Section 9.15 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any transfer of rights or obligations by, or the replacement of, a Lender or Issuing Bank, the termination of the Commitments and/or the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all Obligations (or any portion thereof) under any Loan Document.

ARTICLE X

THE GUARANTY

Section 10.1 The Guaranty. Each of the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally guarantees to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and/or each Affiliate of a Lender that enters into Bank Products or a Hedging Transaction with the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and each other holder of the Obligations as hereinafter provided, as primary obligor and not as surety, the prompt payment of the Obligations in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise) strictly in accordance with the terms thereof. The Guarantors hereby further agree that if any of the Obligations is not paid in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise), the Guarantors will, jointly and severally, promptly pay the same, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein or in any other of the Loan Documents or the other documents relating to the Obligations, the obligations of each Guarantor under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not exceed an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render such obligations subject to avoidance under applicable Debtor Relief Laws.

 

130


Section 10.2 Obligations Unconditional. The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 10.1 are joint and several, absolute and unconditional, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or other documents relating to the Obligations, or any substitution, release, impairment or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Obligations, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 10.2 that the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances. Each Guarantor agrees that such Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation, indemnity, reimbursement or contribution against the Borrower or any other Guarantor for amounts paid under this Article X until such time as the Obligations have been paid in full and the Commitments have expired or terminated. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of any Guarantor hereunder, which shall remain absolute and unconditional as described above:

(a) at any time or from time to time, without notice to any Guarantor, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(b) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of any of the Loan Documents or any other document relating to the Obligations shall be done or omitted;

(c) the maturity of any of the Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Obligations shall be modified, supplemented or amended in any respect, or any right under any of the Loan Documents or any other document relating to the Obligations shall be waived or any other guarantee of any of the Obligations or any security therefor shall be released, impaired or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with;

(d) any Lien granted to, or in favor of, the Administrative Agent or any other holder of the Obligations as security for any of the Obligations shall fail to attach or be perfected; or

(e) any of the Obligations shall be determined to be void or voidable (including for the benefit of any creditor of any Guarantor) or shall be subordinated to the claims of any Person (including any creditor of any Guarantor).

With respect to its obligations hereunder, each Guarantor hereby expressly waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever and any requirement that the Administrative Agent or any other holder of the Obligations exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against any Person under any of the Loan Documents or any other document relating to the Obligations or against any other Person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Obligations.

Section 10.3 Reinstatement. The obligations of each Guarantor under this Article X shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of any Person in respect of the Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Obligations, whether as a result of any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, and each Guarantor agrees that it will indemnify the Administrative Agent and each other holder of the Obligations on demand for all reasonable costs and expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) incurred by the Administrative Agent or such holder of the Obligations in connection with such rescission or restoration, including any such costs and expenses incurred in defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference, fraudulent transfer or similar payment under any Debtor Relief Law.

 

131


Section 10.4 Certain Additional Waivers. Each Guarantor agrees that such Guarantor shall have no right of recourse to security for the Obligations, except through the exercise of rights of subrogation pursuant to Section 10.2 and through the exercise of rights of contribution pursuant to Section 10.6.

Section 10.5 Remedies. The Guarantors agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, on the other hand, the Obligations may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as specified in Section 8.1 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances specified in Section 8.1) for purposes of Section 10.1 notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or preventing the Obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against any other Person and that, in the event of such declaration (or the Obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), the Obligations (whether or not due and payable by any other Person) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 10.1. The Guarantors acknowledge and agree that their obligations hereunder are secured in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Documents and that the Secured Parties may exercise their remedies thereunder in accordance with the terms thereof.

Section 10.6 Rights of Contribution. The Guarantors agree among themselves that, in connection with payments made hereunder, each Guarantor shall have contribution rights against the other Guarantors as permitted under applicable Law. Such contribution rights shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the obligations of such Guarantors under the Loan Documents and no Guarantor shall exercise such rights of contribution until the Obligations have been paid in full and the Commitments have terminated.

Section 10.7 Guarantee of Payment; Continuing Guarantee. The guarantee in this Article X is a guaranty of payment and not of collection, is a continuing guarantee, and shall apply to the Obligations whenever arising.

Section 10.8 Keepwell. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each Specified Loan Party to honor all of such Specified Loan Party’s obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in respect of Swap Obligations provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 10.8 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 10.8 or otherwise under this Agreement voidable under applicable Law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount. The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section 10.8 shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid and performed in full. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 10.8 constitute, and this Section 10.8 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each Specified Loan Party for all purposes of Section la(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

132


ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 Notices.

(a) Written Notices.

(i) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications to any party herein to be effective shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

 

To any Loan Party:    BioTE Medical, LLC
   1875 W. Walnut Hill Lane, #100
   Irving, TX 75038
   Attention: Marybeth Conlon
   Telephone Number: (972) 486-9346
To the Administrative Agent:    Truist Bank
   3333 Peachtree Road, N.E., [TBD] Floor
   Atlanta, Georgia 30326
   Attention: Ben Cumming
   E-mail: [***]
With copies to (for Information purposes only):    Truist Bank
   3333 Peachtree Road, N.E., 10th Floor
   Atlanta, Georgia 30326
   Attn: Kathleen Stinnett
   E-mail: [***]
   Truist Bank
  

Agency Services

303 Peachtree Street, N.E. / 25th Floor

   Atlanta, Georgia 30308
   Attention: Agency Services Manager
   Telecopy Number: (404) 221-2001
To the Issuing Bank:    Truist Bank
   245 Peachtree Center Avenue, 17th Floor
   Atlanta, Georgia 30303
   Attention: Standby Letter of Credit Dept.
   Telephone: (800) 951-7847

 

133


To the Swingline Lender:    Truist Bank
  

Agency Services

303 Peachtree Street, N.E./25th Floor

   Atlanta, Georgia 30308
   Attention: Agency Services Manager
   Facsimile: (404) 221-2001
To any other Lender:    To the address or facsimile number, set forth in the Administrative Questionnaire or the Assignment and Acceptance executed by such Lender.

Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

(ii) Any agreement of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender herein to receive certain notices by telephone or facsimile is solely for the convenience and at the request of the Borrower. The Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender shall be entitled to rely on the authority of any Person purporting to be a Person authorized by the Borrower to give such notice and the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall not have any liability to the Borrower or other Person on account of any action taken or not taken by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in reliance upon such telephonic or facsimile notice. The obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans and all other Obligations hereunder shall not be affected in any way or to any extent by any failure of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender to receive written confirmation of any telephonic or facsimile notice or the receipt by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender of a confirmation which is at variance with the terms understood by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and such Lender to be contained in any such telephonic or facsimile notice.

(b) Electronic Communications.

(i) Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the Issuing Bank if such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving, or is unwilling to receive, notices by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

(ii) Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (A) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement) and (B) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (A) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, in the case of clauses (A) and (B) above, if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.

 

134


(iii) The Borrower agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make Communications (as defined below) available to the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders by posting the Communications on Debt Domain, Intralinks, Syndtrak, ClearPar or a substantially similar electronic system.

(iv) THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” NEITHER THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT NOR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS IN THE COMMUNICATIONS (AS DEFINED BELOW) AND FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties have any liability to any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any other Person or entity for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind, including, without limitation, direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses, whether or not based on strict liability (whether in tort, contract or otherwise), arising out of any Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or such Related Party; provided that in no event shall the Administrative Agent or any Related Party have any liability to any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of any Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Communications. “Communications” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section 11.1, including through the Platform.

(c) Telephonic Notices. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier or electronic mail as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to Holdings, any Borrower, the Administrative Agent or an Issuing Bank or, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person set forth in Section 11.1(a) or to such other address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties hereto, as provided in Section 11.1(d); and

 

135


(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire.

(d) All such notices and other communications sent to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, four (4) Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail, to the extent provided in Section 11.1(b) and effective as provided in such Section 11.1(b); provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent and an Issuing Bank pursuant to Article II shall not be effective until actually received by such Person. In no event shall a voice mail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.

(e) Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or other electronic communication. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on all Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

Section 11.2 Waiver; Amendments.

(a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document, and no course of dealing between any Loan Party and the Administrative Agent or any Lender, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power hereunder or thereunder. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by Law. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by Section 11.2(b), and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or the issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default or Event of Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default or Event of Default at the time.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, including, without limitation, as provided in Section 2.16 with respect to the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement or Conforming Changes (as set forth therein), no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or of the other Loan Documents (other than the Fee Letter), nor consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Loan Parties and the Required Lenders, or the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders, and then such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided that, in addition to the consent of the Required Lenders, no amendment, waiver or consent shall:

 

136


(i) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender;

(ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees or other amounts payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;

(iii) postpone the date fixed for any payment of any principal (excluding any mandatory prepayment) of, or interest on, any Loan or LC Disbursement or interest thereon or any fees hereunder or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date for the termination or reduction of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;

(iv) (A) change Section 2.21(b) or 2.21(c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, (B) change Section 2.8 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of Commitment reductions required thereby, (C) change Section 8.2 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments or the order of application required thereby or (D) change any other provision of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents that addresses the matters described in clause (A), (B) or (C) or permit any action which would directly or indirectly have the effect of amending any of the provisions described in this clause (b)(iv), in each case without the written consent of each Lender;

(iv) change any of the provisions of this Section 11.2(b) or the definition of “Required Lenders” or “Required Revolving Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders which are required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the consent of each Lender;

(v) release the Borrower without the consent of each Lender, or, release all or substantially all of the Guarantors or limit the liability of all or substantially all of the Guarantors under any Guaranty, without the written consent of each Lender;

(vi) release all or substantially all of the Collateral (if any) securing any of the Obligations, without the written consent of each Lender;

(vii) subordinate the payment priority of the Obligations or subordinate the Liens granted to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in the Collateral, without the written consent of each Lender;

(viii) prior to the Revolving Commitments Termination Date, unless also signed by Required Revolving Lenders, no such amendment or waiver shall, (i) waive any Default or Event of Default for purposes of Section 3.2, (ii) amend, change, waive, discharge or terminate Sections 3.2 or 8.1 in a manner adverse to such Lenders or (iii) amend, change, waive, discharge or terminate Article VI (or any defined term used therein) or this Section 11.2(a)(ix);

 

137


provided further, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights, duties or obligations of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank without the prior written consent of such Person. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended, and amounts payable to such Lender hereunder may not be permanently reduced without the consent of such Lender (other than reductions in fees and interest in which such reduction does not disproportionately affect such Lender); (ii) this Agreement may be amended and restated without the consent of any Lender (but with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) if, upon giving effect to such amendment and restatement, such Lender shall no longer be a party to this Agreement (as so amended and restated), the Commitments of such Lender shall have terminated (but such Lender shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.18, 2.19, 2.20 and 11.3), such Lender shall have no other commitment or other obligation hereunder and shall have been paid in full all principal, interest and other amounts owing to it or accrued for its account under this Agreement; (iii) each Lender is entitled to vote as such Lender sees fit on any bankruptcy reorganization plan that affects the Loans, and each Lender acknowledges that the provisions of Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States supersedes the unanimous consent provisions set forth herein; (iv) the Required Lenders shall determine whether or not to allow a Loan Party to use cash collateral in the context of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding and such determination shall be binding on all of the Lenders and (v) if, following the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall have jointly identified an inconsistency, obvious error or omission of a technical or immaterial nature, in each case, in any provision of the Loan Documents, then the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties shall be permitted to amend such provision and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Documents if the same is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders within five (5) Business Days following receipt of notice thereof.

Section 11.3    Expenses; Indemnification.

(a)    The Loan Parties shall, on a joint and several basis, pay (i) all reasonable and documented, out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of one (1) counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, taken as a whole, and, to the extent reasonably necessary, one (1) local counsel in each jurisdiction for the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, taken as a whole, and, to the extent reasonably necessary, one (1) regulatory counsel in any specialty for the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, taken as a whole, (and solely in the event of any actual or potential conflict of interest, one (1) additional counsel for the affected parties subject to such conflict who have informed the Administrative Agent of such conflict and thereafter retains such additional counsel with the Administrative Agent’s prior consent (not to be unreasonably withheld)), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of the Loan Documents and any amendments, modifications or waivers thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be consummated), including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of one (1) counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Arrangers and, to the extent reasonably necessary, special and one (1) local counsel in each jurisdiction for the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates (and in the event of any actual or potential conflict of interest, one (1) additional counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Arrangers or Affiliate subject to such conflict), (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses

 

138


(including, without limitation, the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of one (1) counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders and, to the extent reasonably necessary, special and one (1) local counsel in each jurisdiction for the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders (and in the event of any actual or potential conflict of interest, one (1) additional counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Issuing Bank, the Lender and Affiliate subject to such conflict)) incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section 11.3, or in connection with the Loans made or any Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

(b)    The Loan Parties shall, on a joint and several basis, indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), the Arrangers, each Lender and the Issuing Bank, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, penalties, liabilities and expenses (including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of one (1) counsel for all Indemnitees, taken as a whole, and, to the extent reasonably necessary, one (1) local counsel in each jurisdiction for the Indemnitees, and, to the extent reasonably necessary, one (1) regulatory counsel in any specialty for all Indemnitees, taken as a whole, (and solely in the event of any actual or potential conflict of interest, one (1) additional counsel for the affected Indemnitees subject to such conflict who have informed the Administrative Agent of such conflict and thereafter retains such additional counsel with the Administrative Agent’s prior consent (not to be unreasonably withheld))) incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or any actual or alleged Environmental Liability related in any way to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF THE INDEMNITEE; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee (including any Related Indemnitee (as defined below)) or (y) any dispute between and among Indemnitees that does not involve an act or omission by Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries except that the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall be indemnified in their capacities as such to the extent that none of the exceptions set forth in clause (x) applies to such Person at such time. This Section 11.3(b)

 

139


shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim. The Borrower shall not be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages (other than in respect of any such damages required to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 11.3). For the purposes of this Section, “Related Indemnitee” shall mean, with respect to an Indemnitee (1) any Controlling Person or Controlled Affiliate of such Indemnitee, (2) the respective directors, officers, or employees of such Indemnitee or any of its Controlling Persons or Controlled Affiliates and (3) the respective agents of such Indemnitee or any of its Controlling Persons or Controlled Affiliates, in the case of this clause (3), acting at the instructions of such Indemnitee, Controlling Person or such Controlled Affiliate; provided that each reference to Controlled Affiliate or Controlling Person in this sentence pertains to a Controlled Affiliate or Controlling Person involved in the performance of the Indemnitee’s obligations under this Agreement.

(c)    [reserved].

(d)    To the extent that the Loan Parties fail to pay any amount required to be paid to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under Sections 11.3(a) or 11.3(b) hereof, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (determined as of the time that the unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided, that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified payment, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such.

(e)    To the extent permitted by applicable Law, no party hereto shall assert, and each party hereto hereby waives, any claim against each other party hereto and their respective Affiliates, directors, members, managers, employees, attorneys or agents, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to actual or direct damages) (whether or not the claim therefor is based on a contract, tort or duty imposed by any applicable legal requirement) arising out of, in connection with or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated therein, any Loan or any Letter of Credit or the use of proceeds thereof; provided that nothing in this Section 11.3(e) shall relieve any Loan Party of any obligation it may have to indemnify any Indemnitee against special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages asserted against such Indemnitee by a third party with respect to which the applicable Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification as set forth in this Section 11.3.

(f)    All amounts due under this Section 11.3 shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor.

Section 11.4    Successors and Assigns.

(a)    The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.4(b), (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.4(d) or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 11.4(f) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall

 

140


be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 11.4(d) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b)    Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments, Loans, and other Revolving Credit Exposure at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i)    Minimum Amounts.

(A)    in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments, Loans and other Revolving Credit Exposure at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

(B)    in any case not described in Section 11.4(b)(i)(A), the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans and Revolving Credit Exposure outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans and Revolving Credit Exposure of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Acceptance, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than $1,000,000 with respect to Term Loans and $1,000,000 with respect to Revolving Loans and in minimum increments of $1,000,000, unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(ii)    Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans, other Revolving Credit Exposure or the Commitments assigned, except that this Section 11.4(b)(ii) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Commitments on a non-pro rata basis.

(iii)    Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by Section 11.4(b)(i)(B) and, in addition:

(A)    the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed (it being understood and agreed that the Borrower’s refusal to consent to an assignment to a Disqualified Institution shall not be deemed unreasonable)) shall be required unless (x) a Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (y) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;

 

141


(B)    the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for (x) assignments to a Person that is not a Lender with a Commitment or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund and (y) assignments by Defaulting Lenders; and

(C)    the consent of the Issuing Bank (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment that increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding), and the consent of the Swingline Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment in respect of the Revolving Commitments.

(iv)    Assignment and Acceptance. The parties to each assignment shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (A) a duly executed Assignment and Acceptance, (B) a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, (C) an Administrative Questionnaire unless the assignee is already a Lender and (D) the documents required under Section 2.20(e).

(v)    No Assignment to Certain Persons. No such assignment shall be made to (A) the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries, (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B) or (C) any Disqualified Institution.

(vi)    No Assignment to Natural Persons. No such assignment shall be made to a natural Person.

(vii)    Certain Additional Payments. In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and each other Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 11.4(c), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case

 

142


of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.18, 2.19, 2.20 and 11.3 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment; provided that, except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 11.4(d). If the consent of the Borrower to an assignment of Term Loans is required hereunder (including a consent to an assignment which does not meet the minimum assignment thresholds specified above), the Borrower shall be deemed to have given its consent unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after the date notice thereof has actually been delivered by the assigning Lender (through the Administrative Agent) to the Borrower.

(c)    The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in Charlotte, North Carolina a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans and Revolving Credit Exposure owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. Information contained in the Register with respect to any Lender shall be available for inspection by such Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice; information contained in the Register shall also be available for inspection by the Borrower at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. In establishing and maintaining the Register, the Administrative Agent shall serve as Borrower’s non-fiduciary agent and solely with respect to the actions described in Section 11.4, and the Borrower hereby agrees that, to the extent Truist Bank serves in such capacity, Truist Bank and its officers directors, employees, agents, sub-agents, and affiliates shall constitute “Indemnitees”.

(d)    Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person, the Borrower, any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or a Disqualified Institution) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

(e)    Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or

 

143


waiver with respect to the following to the extent affecting such Participant: (i) increase the Commitment of such Lender; (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder; (iii) postpone the date fixed for any payment of any principal of, or interest on, any Loan or LC Disbursement or any fees hereunder or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date for the termination or reduction of any Commitment; (iv) change Section 2.21(b) or 2.21(c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby; (v) change any of the provisions of Section 11.2(b) or the definition of “Required Lenders” or “Required Revolving Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders which are required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder; (vi) release all or substantially all of the guarantors, or limit the liability of such guarantors, under any guaranty agreement guaranteeing any of the Obligations; or (vii) release all or substantially all collateral (if any) securing any of the Obligations. Subject to Section 11.4(e), the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.18, 2.19 and 2.20 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 11.4(b); provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.24 as though it were a Lender. To the extent permitted by Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.7 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.21 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register in the United States on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. The Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall have inspection rights to such Participant Register (upon reasonable prior notice to the applicable Lender) solely for purposes of demonstrating that such Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents are in “registered form” for purposes of the Code. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.18 and 2.20 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.20 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Sections 2.20(e) and 2.20(f) as though it were a Lender.

(f)    Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(g)    The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible or have any liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce, compliance with the provisions hereof relating to Disqualified Institutions. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not (i) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender or Participant or prospective Lender or Participant is a Disqualified Institution or (ii) have any liability with respect to or arising out of any assignment or participation of Loans or Commitments, or disclosure of confidential information, to any Disqualified Institution.

 

144


Section 11.5    Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

(a)    This Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any claims, controversy, dispute or cause of action (whether in contract or tort or otherwise) based upon, arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except, as to any other Loan Document, as expressly set forth therein) and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby shall be construed in accordance with and be governed by the Law (without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof) of the State of New York.

(b)    Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and of Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County, Borough of Manhattan and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such District Court or New York state court or, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, such appellate court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Loan Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c)    Each Loan Party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding described in Section 11.5(b) and brought in any court referred to in Section 11.5(b). Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d)    Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to the service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 11.1. Nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law.

Section 11.6    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 11.6.

 

145


Section 11.7    Right of Setoff. In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable Law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, each Lender and the Issuing Bank shall have the right, at any time or from time to time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply against all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) of the Borrower at any time held or other obligations at any time owing by such Lender and the Issuing Bank to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all Obligations held by such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, irrespective of whether such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall have made demand hereunder and although such Obligations may be unmatured; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.26(b) and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank agree promptly to notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower after any such set-off and any application made by such Lender and the Issuing Bank, as the case may be; provided, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank agrees to apply all amounts collected from any such set-off to the Obligations before applying such amounts to any other Indebtedness or other obligations owed by the Borrower and any Subsidiary of Holdings to such Lender or Issuing Bank.

Section 11.8    Counterparts; Integration. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement, the Fee Letter, the other Loan Documents, and any separate letter agreement(s) relating to any fees payable to the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto and thereto and their affiliates regarding the subject matters hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, regarding such subject matters. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement and any other Loan Document by facsimile transmission or by any other electronic imaging means (including .pdf), shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement or such other Loan Document.

Section 11.9    Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by any Loan Party herein, in the Loan Documents and in the certificates, reports, notices or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.18, 2.19, 2.20, and 11.3, Article IX and the las sentence of the definition of Applicable Margin shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof. All representations and warranties made herein, in the Loan Documents, in the certificates, reports, notices, and other documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the making of the Loans and the issuance of the Letters of Credit.

 

146


Section 11.10    Severability. Any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability without affecting the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof or thereof; and the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 11.11    Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to take normal and reasonable precautions to maintain the confidentiality of any information relating to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, to the extent designated in writing as confidential and provided to it by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, except that such information may be disclosed (i) to any Related Party of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any such Lender including without limitation accountants, legal counsel and other advisors, (ii) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iii) to the extent requested by any regulatory agency or authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (iv) to the extent that such information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 11.11, or which becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, any Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing on a non-confidential basis from a source other than Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Documents or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (vi) subject to execution by such Person of an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 11.11, to (A) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, or (B) any actual or prospective party (or its Related Parties) to any swap or derivative or similar transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder, (vii) to any rating agency, (viii) to the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar organization, or (ix) with the consent of the Borrower. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of any information as provided for in this Section 11.11 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such information as such Person would accord its own confidential information. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Section 11.11 and those of any other Contractual Obligation entered into with any Loan Party (whether or not a Loan Document), the terms of this Section 11.11 shall govern. The Arrangers may, at their own expense, place customary tombstone announcements and advertisements or otherwise publicize its engagement hereunder (which may include the reproduction of any Loan Party’s name and logo and other publicly available information) in financial and other newspapers and journals and marketing materials describing its services hereunder. Further, the Arrangers may provide to market data collectors, such as league table, or other service providers to the lending industry, information regarding the closing date, size, type, purpose of, and parties to, the credit facilities established hereunder.

Section 11.12    Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which may be treated as interest on such Loan under applicable Law (collectively, the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate of interest (the “Maximum Rate) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by a Lender

 

147


holding such Loan in accordance with applicable Law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 11.12 shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Rate to the date of repayment (to the extent permitted by applicable Law), shall have been received by such Lender.

Section 11.13    Waiver of Effect of Corporate Seal. Each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that neither it nor any other Loan Party is required to affix its corporate seal to this Agreement or any other Loan Document pursuant to any Law, agrees that this Agreement is delivered by Borrower under seal and waives any shortening of the statute of limitations that may result from not affixing the corporate seal to this Agreement or such other Loan Documents.

Section 11.14    PATRIOT Act. The Administrative Agent and each Lender hereby notifies the Loan Parties that, (a) pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of such Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the PATRIOT Act and (b) pursuant to the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, it is required to obtain a Beneficial Ownership Certification.

Section 11.15    No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), Borrower and each other Loan Party acknowledges and agrees and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding that that: (i) (A) the services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and/or the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between Borrower, each other Loan Party and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, (B) each of Borrower and the other Loan Parties have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they have deemed appropriate, and (C) Borrower and each other Loan Party is capable of evaluating and understanding, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) each of the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary, for Borrower, any other Loan Party, or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) none of the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and any Lender has any obligation to Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their Affiliates with respect to the transaction contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of Borrower, the other Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and each of the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders has no obligation to disclose any of such interests to Borrower, any other Loan Party of any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by Law, each of Borrower and the other Loan Parties hereby waive and release, any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and each Lender with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

 

148


Section 11.16    Electronic Signatures. The words “execution”, “execute”, “signed”, “signature” and words of like import in or related to this Agreement or any other document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary the Administrative Agent is under no obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Administrative Agent pursuant to procedures approved by it.

Section 11.17    Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Affected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a)    the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an Affected Financial Institution; and

(b)    the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable: (i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability; (ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or (iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority.

Section 11.18    Certain ERISA Matters.

(a)    Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

(i)    such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of Section 3(42) of ERISA or otherwise) of one or more Benefit Plans with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments or this Agreement;

(ii)    the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement;

 

149


(iii)    (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement; or

(iii)    such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

(b)    In addition, unless either (1) clause (i) in the immediately preceding Section 11.18(a) is true with respect to a Lender or (2) a Lender has provided another representation, warranty and covenant in accordance with Section 11.18(a)(iv), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that the Administrative Agent is not a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender involved in such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related hereto or thereto).

Section 11.19    Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs. To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for Hedging Obligations or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support” and each such QFC a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):

(a)    In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding

 

150


under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support

Section 11.20    ENTIRE AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES.

(remainder of page left intentionally blank)

 

151


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:    BIOTE MEDICAL, LLC,
   a Texas limited liability company
   By:  

/s/ Robbin Gibbins

   Name:   Robbin Gibbins
   Title:   Chief Financial Officer
GUARANTORS:    BIOTE HOLDINGS, LLC,
   a Delaware limited liability company
   By: BIOTE CORP., its Managing Member
   By:  

/s/ Robbin Gibbins

   Name:   Robbin Gibbins
   Title:   Chief Financial Officer
  

BIOTE IP, LLC,

a Nevada limited liability company

   By:  

/s/ Robbin Gibbins

   Name:   Robbin Gibbins
   Title:   Chief Financial Officer

BIOTE MEDICAL, LLC

CREDIT AGREEMENT


ADMINISTRATIVE   TRUIST BANK,
AGENT:   as Administrative Agent, as Issuing Bank, as Swingline Lender and as a Lender
  By:  

/s/ Ben Cumming

  Name:   Ben Cumming
  Title:   Managing Director

BIOTE MEDICAL, LLC

CREDIT AGREEMENT


LENDERS:    BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
   as a Lender
   By:  

/s/ Alexander L. Rody

   Name:   Alexander L. Rody
   Title:   Senior Vice President

BIOTE MEDICAL, LLC

CREDIT AGREEMENT


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Yinghua Zhang

Name:   Yinghua Zhang
Title:   Senior Vice President

BIOTE MEDICAL, LLC

CREDIT AGREEMENT


TEXAS CAPITAL BANK,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ William J. Rolley

Name:   William J. Rolley
Title:   Executive Vice President

BIOTE MEDICAL, LLC

CREDIT AGREEMENT


CADENCE BANK,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Gregory M. Ratliff

Name:   Gregory M. Ratliff
Title:   Senior Vice President

BIOTE MEDICAL, LLC

CREDIT AGREEMENT

EX-16.1

Exhibit 16.1

June 2, 2022

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, DC 20549

Commissioners:

We have read the statements made by biote Corp. (formerly Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III) under Item 4.01 of its Form 8-K dated May 26, 2022. We agree with the statements concerning our Firm in such Form 8-K; we are not in a position to agree or disagree with other statements of biote Corp. contained therein.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP

 

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

List of Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction

BioTE Holdings, LLC   Delaware
BioTE Medical, LLC   Texas
EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

BIOTE HOLDINGS, LLC

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Quarterly Period ended March 31, 2022 and 2021


BIOTE HOLDINGS, LLC

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Quarterly Period Ended March 31, 2022 and 2021

Table of Contents

 

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited):

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

     1  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income

     2  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity (Deficit)

     3  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     4  

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     5  

 


BioTE Holdings, LLC

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share amounts) (Unaudited)

 

     March 31,     December 31,  
     2022     2021  
     (Unaudited)        

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash

   $ 27,704     $ 26,766  

Accounts receivable, net

     6,544       5,231  

Inventory, net

     9,178       9,615  

Other current assets

     8,489       5,473  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     51,915       47,085  

Property and equipment, net

     2,395       2,335  

Capitalized software, net

     4,813       4,554  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     298       356  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 59,421     $ 54,330  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’ Equity (Deficit)

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 6,777     $ 4,349  

Accrued expenses

     3,164       6,011  

Note payable, current

     5,000       5,000  

Deferred revenue

     1,780       1,705  

Operating lease liabilities, current

     250       248  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     16,971       17,313  

Note payable, net of current portion

     30,768       31,963  

Deferred revenue, long-term

     872       802  

Operating lease liabilities, long-term

     64       127  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     48,675       50,205  

Commitments and contingencies (See Note 12)

    

Members’ Equity (Deficit)

    

Class A, Class AA, and Class AAA, no par value; unlimited units authorized; 16,721 Class A, 903,079 Class AA, and 60,000 Class AAA units issued and outstanding at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021

     —         —    

Class AAAA units, no par value; unlimited units authorized; 33,397 units issued; 3,000 units outstanding at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

     —         —    

Retained Earnings

     10,780       4,165  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (34     (40
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total members’ equity

     10,746       4,125  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity (deficit)

   $ 59,421     $ 54,330  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

- 1 -


BioTE Holdings, LLC

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts) (Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2022     2021  

Revenue

    

Product revenue

   $ 36,758     $ 31,193  

Service revenue

     385       350  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     37,143       31,543  

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization included in selling, general, and administrative, below)

    

Cost of products

     11,657       10,877  

Cost of services

     620       484  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

     12,277       11,361  

Commissions

     216       577  

Marketing

     1,241       749  

Selling, general, and administrative

     13,646       9,463  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     9,763       9,393  

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense

     (359     (492

Other income

     10       4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     (349     (488

Income before provision for income taxes

     9,414       8,905  

Income tax expense

     64       64  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 9,350     $ 8,841  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income:

    

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     6       (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     6       (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 9,356     $ 8,832  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per common unit

    

Class A, AA, and AAA, basic and diluted

   $ 9.54     $ 9.02  

Weighted average common units outstanding

    

Class A, AA, and AAA, basic and diluted

     979,800       979,800  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

- 2 -


BioTE Holdings, LLC

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF MEMBERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(in thousands, except share amounts) (Unaudited)

 

                                       Accumulated Other        
     Class A, AA, and AAA      Class AAAA      Retained Earnings /     Comprehensive     Total Members’  
     Units      Amount      Units      Amount      (Accumulated Deficit)     Income (Loss)     Equity (Deficit)  

Balance at December 31, 2020

     979,800      $ —          3,000      $ —        $ (17,052   $ (23   $ (17,075

Distributions

     —          —          —          —          (2,342     —         (2,342

Net income

     —          —          —          —          8,841       —         8,841  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     —          —          —          —          —         (9     (9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2021

     979,800      $ —          3,000      $ —        $ (10,553   $ (32   $ (10,585
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2021

     979,800      $ —          3,000      $ —        $ 4,165     $ (40   $ 4,125  

Distributions

     —          —          —          —          (2,735     —         (2,735

Net income

     —          —          —          —          9,350       —         9,350  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     —          —          —          —          —         6       6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2022

     979,800      $ —          3,000      $ —        $ 10,780     $ (34   $ 10,746  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

- 3 -


BioTE Holdings, LLC

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands) (Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2022     2021  

Operating Activities

    

Net income

   $ 9,350     $ 8,841  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activites:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     502       322  

Bad debt expense

     30       15  

Amortization of capitalized note payable issuance costs

     55       55  

Provision for obsolete inventory

     60       60  

Non-cash lease expense

     58       55  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (1,344     (1,261

Inventory

     377       (1,195

Other current assets

     (1,445     (253

Accounts payble

     2,089       275  

Deferred revenue

     145       39  

Accrued expenses

     (2,847     1,063  

Operating lease liabilities

     (61     (59
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     6,969       7,957  

Investing Activities

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (262     (142

Purchases of capitalized software

     (220     (344
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (482     (485

Financing Activities

    

Payments on note payable

     (1,250     (1,250

Distributions

     (2,735     (2,342

Capitalized Transaction Costs

     (1,577     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (5,562     (3,592

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     13       (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     939       3,871  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     26,766       17,208  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 27,705     $ 21,079  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 304     $ 425  

Cash paid for income taxes

     1       11  

Non-cash investing and financing activities

    

Capital expenditures in accounts payable and capital software

   $ 271     $ 120  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

- 4 -


BioTE Holdings, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

1.

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Description of Business—BioTE Holdings, LLC (the “Company”) is a limited liability company headquartered in Irving, Texas. The Company was founded by Gary S. Donovitz, M.D. and trains physicians and nurse practitioners in hormone optimization using bio-identical hormone replacement pellet therapy in men and women experiencing hormonal imbalance. The Company primarily operates in the United States, Canada, and Mexico.

Basis of Presentation—The condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“US GAAP”) for interim financial reporting and therefore do not include all information and disclosures normally included in the annual consolidated financial statements. The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of BioTE Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Business Combinations— On December 13, 2021, the Company entered into a business combination agreement with Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III (“Haymaker”), a publicly traded Special Purpose Acquisition Company (“SPAC”), pursuant to which Haymaker will acquire an interest in the Company through a series of transactions. As a result of the transaction, the combined company will be renamed biote Corp.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information—In the opinion of the Company, the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of its financial position and its results of operations, changes in members’ equity (deficit) and cash flows. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2022 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year.

The condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021, was derived from audited annual financial statements but does not contain all the footnote disclosures from the annual financial statements. The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related financial information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021.

 

2.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Segment Information—Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is the chief executive officer. The Company has one business activity and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations, operating results, and plans for levels or components below the consolidated unit level. Accordingly, the Company has one operating segment and, therefore, one reportable segment.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts—Accounts receivable are recorded net of allowances for doubtful accounts.

 

- 5 -


Other Current Assets—As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company’s total other current assets consist of the following:

 

     March 31,      December 31,  
     2022      2021  

Prepaid Expenses

   $ 1,610      $ 847  

Advances

     1,361        685  

Capitalized Transaction Costs

     5,518        3,941  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Other Current Assets

   $ 8,489      $ 5,473  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses include software and technology licensing agreements, insurance premiums and other advance payments for services to be received over the next 12 months. Advances are comprised of deposit payments to vendors for inventory purchase orders to be received in the next 12 months. The capitalized transaction costs relate to costs incurred that are directly related to the planned future issue of equity securities upon completion of the business combination as described in note 1.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets—Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and capitalized software, are reviewed for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. The amount of impairment loss, if any, is measured as the difference between the carrying value of the asset and its estimated fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values, and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary. No impairment charges have been recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021.

Leases—At the inception of an arrangement, the Company determines whether the arrangement is or contains a lease based on the unique facts and circumstances present in the arrangement including the use of an identified asset(s) and the Company’s control over the use of that identified asset. The Company elected, as allowed under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASU 2016-02, Leases (“ASC 842”), to not recognize leases with a lease term of one year or less on its balance sheet. Leases with a term greater than one year are recognized on the balance sheet as right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and current and non-current lease liabilities, as applicable. As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company does not have any financing leases.

Lease liabilities and their corresponding ROU assets are initially recorded based on the present value of lease payments over the expected remaining lease term. Certain adjustments to the ROU asset may be required for items such as incentives, prepaid lease payments, or initial direct costs. When an option to extend the lease exists, a determination is made whether that option is reasonably certain of exercise based on economic factors present at the measurement date and as circumstances may change. Lease cost for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term as an operating expense. Variable lease costs are expensed as incurred as an operating expense.

As the rates implicit in the Company’s leases have not historically been readily determinable, the Company utilizes the appropriate incremental borrowing rate, which is the rate the Company would incur to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment over the lease term. To estimate our incremental borrowing rate, a credit rating applicable to the Company is estimated using a synthetic credit rating analysis, since the Company does not currently have a rating agency-based credit rating.

In accordance with ASC 842, contracts containing a lease should be split into three categories: lease components, non-lease components, and activities or costs that do not transfer a distinct good or service (“non-components”). The fixed and in-substance fixed contract consideration (including any consideration related to non-components) must be allocated, based on the respective relative fair values, to the lease components and non-lease components.

Entities may elect not to separate lease and non-lease components. Accordingly, entities making this election would account for each lease component and related non-lease component together as a single lease component. The Company has elected to account for lease and non-lease components together as a single lease component for all underlying assets and allocate all of the contract consideration to the lease component only.

 

- 6 -


See Note 10 for further details.

Commissions—Commissions consist primarily of fees paid to a third-party sales force, internal sales force, and partner clinics which participate in the Company’s new clinic mentor program. Commissions paid to the Company’s internal and third-party sales forces relate to market support and development activities undertaken to drive channel sales through existing customers and are not considered incremental costs to obtain a customer contract.

Also included in commissions are expenses under the Company’s mentorship program which represent amounts paid to existing clinics which provide services to help new customers complete onboarding and other startup activities and are only incurred after contract initiation. These costs are expensed as incurred, consistent with other contract fulfillment costs.

Members’ Equity (Deficit)—The Company’s capital structure includes common voting units (Class A), common non-voting units (Class AA and AAA), and non-voting incentive units (Class AAAA), with no limit to the number of units that may be issued. Class A units have 100% of the voting rights, and there is no par value assigned to any of the classes of units.

As of March 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021 the following members’ equity units were issued and outstanding:

 

     March 31,      December 31,  
     2022      2021  

Units

   Issued      Outstanding      Issued      Outstanding  

Class A (Voting)

     16,721        16,721        16,721        16,721  

Class AA (Non-Voting)

     903,079        903,079        903,079        903,079  

Class AAA (Non-Voting)

     60,000        60,000        60,000        60,000  

Class AAAA (Non-Voting Incentive Units)

     33,397        3,000        33,397        3,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,013,197        982,800        1,013,197        982,800  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company made operating distributions to unit holders and taxing authorities on the unit holders’ behalf totaling $2,732 and $2,342 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 respectively.

Income Taxes—Management of the Company has not taken a tax position that, if challenged, would be expected to have a material effect on the condensed consolidated financial statements as of or for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021.

The Company did not incur any penalties or interest related to its state tax returns during the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021.

Under the new centralized partnership audit rules effective for tax years beginning after 2017, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) assesses and collects underpayments of tax from the Company instead of from each member. The Company may be able to pass the adjustments through to its members by making a push-out election or, if eligible, by electing out of the centralized partnership audit rules.

The collection of tax from the Company is only an administrative convenience for the IRS to collect any underpayment of income taxes including interest and penalties. Income taxes on Company income, regardless of who pays the tax or when the tax is paid, is attributed to the members. Any payment made by the Company as a result of an IRS examination will be treated as a distribution from the Company to the members in the condensed consolidated financial statements. Tax years 2019 through 2021 are still open for examination by the IRS. There were no payments made to the IRS as a result of examinations in 2021, 2020, and 2019.

 

- 7 -


Fair Value Measurements—The Company’s financial instruments consist of accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and short- and long-term debt. Accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses are stated at their carrying value, which approximates fair value due to the short time to the expected receipt or payment date. The carrying value of short- and long-term debt also approximates fair value since these instruments bear market rates of interest. None of these instruments are held for trading purposes.

Concentrations—Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, accounts receivable, credit agreements, and inventory purchases. The Company’s cash balances exceed those that are federally insured. To date, the Company has not recognized any losses caused by uninsured balances.

As of March 31, 2022, 100% of the Company’s outstanding debt and available line of credit was from one provider. A failure of the counterparty to perform could result in the loss of access to the available borrowing capacity under the line of credit.

Inventory purchases from three vendors totaled approximately 86% and 84% for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 respectively. Due to the nature of the markets and availability of alternative suppliers, the Company does not believe the loss of any one vendor would have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows for any significant period of time.

Significant customers are those which represent more than 10% of the Company’s total revenue or gross accounts receivable balance. The Company did not have any customers that accounted for 10% or more of total revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2022 or 2021. The Company did not have any customers that accounted for more than 10% of the outstanding gross accounts receivable as of March 31, 2022 or December 31, 2021.

Employee Retirement Plans—

Defined Contribution Retirement Plans

Effective January 1, 2021, the Company offers participation in the BioTE Medical 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”), a defined contribution plan providing retirement benefits to eligible employees. Eligible employees may contribute a portion of their annual compensation to the 401(k) plan, subject to the maximum annual amounts as set periodically by the IRS. The Company makes a Safe Harbor non-elective contribution to the 401(k) plan equal to 3% of each participant’s eligible employee compensation. Safe Harbor contributions vest immediately for each participant.

During the three months ended March 31, 2022 the Company made $138 in Safe Harbor contributions under the 401(k) Plan, which are presented within selling, general, and administrative expense in the condensed consolidated statements of income. No Safe Harbor contributions were made during the three months ended March, 31, 2021.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted—In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). The main objective of the update is to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by companies at each reporting date. For trade and other receivables, held to maturity debt securities, and other instruments, companies will be required to use a new forward-looking “expected losses” model that generally will result in the recognition of allowances for losses earlier than under current accounting guidance. Further, the FASB issued ASU 2019-04, ASU 2019-05 and ASU 2019-11 to provide additional guidance on the credit losses standard. The standard will be adopted using the modified retrospective approach. ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2022, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the potential impact of adopting ASU 2016-13 on its condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity (“ASU 2020-06”). ASU 2020-06 changes how entities account for convertible instruments and contracts in an entity’s own equity and simplifies the accounting for convertible instruments by removing certain separation models for convertible instruments. ASU 2020-06 also modifies the guidance on diluted earnings per share calculations. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

- 8 -


In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740)—Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles of ASC 740, Income Taxes. The amendments also improve consistent application of and simplify GAAP for other areas of ASC 740 by clarifying and amending existing guidance. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2022. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in interim or annual periods for which financial statements have not yet been made available for issuance. If the Company early adopts these amendments in an interim period, it should reflect any adjustments as of the beginning of the annual period that includes that interim period. In addition, an entity that elects to early adopt the standard is required to adopt all of the amendments in the same period (i.e., an entity cannot select which amendments to early adopt). The Company is currently assessing the impact that this standard will have on its condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. However, no material impact on the condensed consolidated financial statements is expected.

 

3.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenues recognized for each revenue stream are as follows:

 

Financial Statement Caption

  

Revenue Stream

   For the three months ended March 31,  

Product revenue:

        2022      2021  
   Pellet Procedures    $ 30,808      $ 25,410  
   Nutraceuticals      5,704        5,574  
   Disposable trocars      233        199  
   Shipping fees      13        10  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total product revenue

        36,758        31,193  

Service revenue:

        
   Training    $ 165      $ 110  
   Contract-term services      220        240  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total service revenue

        385        350  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

      $ 37,143      $ 31,543  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues recognized by geographic region are as follows:

 

Financial Statement Caption

  

Country

   For the three months ended March 31,  

Product revenue:

        2022      2021  
   United States      36,690        31,162  
   All Other      68        31  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total product revenue

        36,758        31,193  

Service revenue:

        
   United States      384        350  
   All Other      1        —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total service revenue

        385        350  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

        37,143        31,543  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

- 9 -


Significant changes in contract liability balances are as follows:

 

     2022      2021  
Description of change    Deferred Revenue     

Deferred Revenue,

Long-term

     Deferred
Revenue
    

Deferred Revenue,

Long-term

 

Revenue recognized that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period

     (705      —          (587      —    

Increases due to cash received, excluding amounts recognized as revenue during the period:

     567        283        410        217  

Transfers between current and non-current liabilities due to the expected revenue recognition period:

     193        (193      236        (236

Other changes to the balance:

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total increase(decrease) in contract liabilities:

   $ 55      $ 90      $ 59      $ (19
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consideration allocated to initial training due to deposits paid upfront is presented within deferred revenue on the condensed consolidated balance sheets and is expected to be recognized as revenue within one year, as the training is complete. Consideration allocated to contract-term services is presented within deferred revenue and deferred revenue, long-term for the amounts expected to be recognized within one year and longer than one year, respectively.

The Consideration allocated to the premiums within the management fee for pellet procedures is presented within deferred revenue current and deferred revenue, long-term for amounts expected to be recognized within one year and longer than one year, respectively.

Consideration allocated to performance obligations are as follows:

 

     March 31,
2022
     December 31,
2021
 

Unsatisfied training obligations - Current

   $ 93      $ 67  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unsatisfied contract-term services - Current

     907        849  

Unsatisfied contract-term services - Long-term

     599        543  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allocated to unsatisfied contract-term services

     1,507        1,392  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unsatisfied pellet procedures - Current

     780        789  

Unsatisfied pellet procedures - Long-term

     272        258  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allocated to unsatisfied pellet procedures

     1,052        1,047  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Deferred Revenue - Current

   $ 1,780      $ 1,705  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Deferred Revenue - Long-term

   $ 872      $ 802  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company does not have a history of material returns or refunds, and generally does not offer warranties or guarantees for any products or services. Expected returns and refunds are recorded as a reduction of revenue and are $0 and $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

- 10 -


4.

INVENTORY, NET

Inventory, net consists of the following:

 

     March 31,
2022
     December 31,
2021
 

Product Inventory - Pellets

   $ 6,318      $ 6,318  

Less: obsolete and expired pellet allowance

     (1,416      (1,356
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,902        4,962  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Product Inventory - Nutraceuticals

     4,472        4,849  

Less: obsolete and expired nutraceutical allowance

     (196      (196
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,276        4,653  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Inventory

   $ 9,178      $ 9,615  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

5.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment, net consists of the following:

 

     March 31,
2022
     December 31,
2021
 

Trocars

   $ 4,644      $ 4,448  

Leasehold improvements

     1,028        254  

Office equipment

     238        223  

Computer software

     140        135  

Furniture and fixtures

     161        119  

Computer Equipment

     97        97  

Construction in process

     2        705  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     6,310        5,981  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (3,915      (3,646
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,395      $ 2,335  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation expense related to property and equipment, net was $269 and $175 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively and was included in selling, general, and administrative expense in the condensed consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. The Company has not acquired any property and equipment under finance leases.

The Company’s property and equipment are all held within the United States.

 

- 11 -


6.

CAPITALIZED SOFTWARE, NET

Capitalized software, net consist of the following:

 

     March 31,
2022
     December 31,
2021
 

Website costs

   $ 3,747      $ 3,571  

Development in Process

     2,610        2,294  

Less: accumulated amortization

     (1,544      (1,311
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,813      $ 4,554  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total amortization expense for capitalized software was $233 and $147 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

The Company’s capitalized software is all held within the United States.

 

7.

ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

     March 31,
2022
     December 31,
2021
 

Accrued professional fees

   $ 133      $ 1,192  

Accrued employee related costs

     2,081        2,213  

Accrued merchant fees

     —          184  

Accrued interest

     26        27  

Legal accrual

     —          1,302  

Other

     924        1,093  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,164      $ 6,011  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

8.

LONG-TERM DEBT

In May 2019, the Company entered into a credit arrangement with a financial institution for $50,000, which bears an interest rate quoted as LIBOR + 300 Basis Points (BPS). At March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the interest rate charged to the Company was approximately 3.4% and 3.1%, respectively. Additionally, the average rate paid during the three months ending March 31, 2022 and year ended December 31, 2021 was 3.2% and 3.5%, respectively. The credit arrangement matures in May of 2024. The term note is secured by a general security agreement covering all of the Company’s assets and requires principal payments of $1,250 in quarterly installments on the last day of each calendar quarter, commencing on September 30, 2019, with repayment of the outstanding amount of the note due on maturity. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the outstanding principal on this note payable was $36,250 and $37,500, respectively.

The credit arrangement also included a line of credit arrangement, under which the Company could borrow up to $10,000. The line expires in May of 2024 and is secured by all assets of the Company. The Company has not drawn on the line of credit during the three months ended March 31, 2022 or during the year ended December 31, 2021.

The credit agreement includes covenants customary for credit facilities of these types that limit the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to, among other things, create or assume liens on assets, make certain types of investments, incur other indebtedness, merge, dissolve, or liquidate the Company, or declare dividends in excess of those needed to meet the income tax burdens of the members. The credit agreement also includes a financial covenant that requires the Company to maintain a ratio of indebtedness to trailing 12-month EBITDA of no greater than 3.00:1 through the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2020, and 2.50:1 thereafter, and a financial covenant that requires the Company to maintain a ratio of trailing 12-month EBIDTA, adjusted for capital expenditures, taxes, and distributions to principal and interest repayments of at least 1.25:1 in each fiscal quarter. Violation of any of these covenants is considered an event of default. If an event of default is continuing, the Company may be required to immediately repay all amount outstanding under the credit agreement, and the lender may terminate any unused lines of credit. The Company was in compliance with all required covenants associated with this term note as of March 31, 2022.

 

- 12 -


In connection with obtaining the credit arrangement in May of 2019 the Company incurred lender’s fees and related attorney’s fees of $1,108. The Company capitalized these costs and is amortizing them to interest expense over the maturity of the term loan. The debt issuance costs are presented in the condensed consolidated balance sheet net of the related note payable. Amortization expense related to debt issuance costs was $55 and $55 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Future maturities of long-term debt, excluding debt issuance costs, are as follows:

 

2022 (remaining nine months)

   $ 3,750  

2023

     5,000  

2024

     27,500  
  

 

 

 
   $ 36,250  
  

 

 

 

 

9.

UNIT-BASED COMPENSATION

Class AAAA Incentive Units

The Company has authorized the grant of Class AAAA incentive units, which entitle the holder to participate in the net transaction proceeds from a change in control or qualifying liquidity event. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, a total of 33,397 and 33,397 incentive units had been awarded, respectively, to current and former members of senior management, of which 3,000 units were fully vested at each date. The remaining awards fully vest upon the occurrence of a change in control or qualifying liquidity event, and each holder is entitled to receive a stated percentage of the net transaction proceeds in excess of certain thresholds in accordance with the terms of their respective award agreement. The Company has not recognized any compensation expense associated with the incentive units as a change in control or qualifying liquidity event is not deemed probable until it occurs.

Phantom Equity Rights

The Company has also authorized the grant of phantom equity rights, which entitle the holder to participate in the net transaction proceeds from a change in control or qualifying liquidity event. For existing employees, these awards vest quarterly over a period of one or two years after a change in control or qualifying liquidity event, and each holder is entitled to receive a stated percentage of the net transaction proceeds in excess of certain thresholds in accordance with the terms of their respective award agreement. Awards related to former employees vest at the time of a change in control or qualifying liquidity event, and each holder is entitled to receive a stated percentage of the net transaction proceeds in excess of certain thresholds or a maximum amount in accordance with the terms of their respective award agreement. The Company has not recognized any compensation expense associated with the phantom equity rights as a change in control or qualifying liquidity event is not deemed probable until it occurs.

The phantom equity rights are equity-classified awards. Upon occurrence of a qualifying change of control performance condition, the Company will (1) recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to compensation cost for the service that has already been provided (from the Grant Date to the Change of Control) and (2) record the unrecognized compensation cost over the remaining vesting period.

The grant date fair value of the phantom equity rights and Class AAAA incentive units are determined using a Monte-Carlo simulation. The significant assumptions used in valuation include the constant risk free rate, constant volatility factor and the Geometric Brownian Motion.

 

10.

LEASES

On July 1, 2014, BioTE entered into a contract to lease office space in the Las Colinas Business Center in Irving, TX. Subsequent to execution of the contract, the Company revised the lease to include additional space and extend the lease term through June 30, 2023. The Company was not a party to any lease arrangements prior to this lease.

 

- 13 -


The Company recognizes operating lease expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company utilizes the straight-line method of recognizing lease expense. The following table contains a summary of the lease costs recognized under ASC 842 and supplemental cash flow information for leases for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021:

 

Operating Lease

   The three
months
ended
March 31,
 
     2022      2021  

Fixed lease expense

   $ 61      $ 61  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total lease cost

     61        61  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other information:

     

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

   $ 64      $ 64  

The following table summarizes the balance sheet classification of the Company’s operating leases, amounts of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities, the weighted average remaining lease term, and the weighted average discount rate for the Company’s operating leases (lease term and discount rate amounts are not in thousands):

 

Lease

   March 31,     December 31  
     2022     2021  

Assets

    

Operating lease right-of-use assets

   $ 298     $ 356  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lease assets

   $ 298     $ 356  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Current

    

Operating lease liabilities

   $ 250     $ 248  

Noncurrent

    

Operating lease liabilities

     64       127  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lease liabilities

   $ 314     $ 375  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average remaining lease term — operating leases (years)

     1.25       1.50  

Weighted-average discount rate — operating leases

     3.75     3.75

 

- 14 -


The following table summarizes the payments by date for the Company’s operating lease, which is then reconciled to our total lease obligation:

 

Maturity of Lease Liabilities

   The three months ended March 31, 2022  
     Operating Lease  

2022 (remaining nine months)

   $ 193  

2023

     128  

2024

     —    

2025

     —    

Thereafter

     —    
  

 

 

 

Total lease payments

     321  
  

 

 

 

Less: interest

     (7

Present value of lease liabilities

   $ 314  
  

 

 

 

 

11.

EARNINGS PER COMMON UNIT

The computation of basic and diluted earnings per common unit (“EPU”) is based on net income divided by the basic weighted average number of common units and diluted weighted average number of common units, respectively. The following table sets forth the computation of net income (loss) per common unit:

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
 
     2022     2021  

Net income per unit

    

Numerator

    

Net Income

   $ 9,350     $ 8,841  

Income allocated to participating securities

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Numerator for basic net income per unit

     9,350       8,841  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of dilutive securities on allocated net income to common units

    

Class A, AA, and AAA

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Numerator for diluted net income per unit

     9,350       8,841  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator (Weighted average units outstanding)

    

Class A, AA, and AAA

     979,800       979,800  

Effect of dilutive securities on weighted average units outstanding

    

Class A, AA, and AAA

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator for diluted net income per weighted average common units

     979,800       979,800  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per common unit

    

Class A, Class AA, and Class AAA

    

Basic and diluted

   $ 9.54     $ 9.02  

Basic and diluted weighted average common units outstanding

     979,800       979,800  

Percentage allocated to common members

     100.0     100.0

The Company does not have any potentially dilutive common units outstanding during the period.

 

12.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Litigation Risk

From time to time, the Company may become involved in various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Management is of the opinion that the ultimate liability, if any, from these actions will not have a material effect on its financial condition or results of operations.

 

- 15 -


13.

RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company utilizes a professional services firm to perform accounting and tax services for the Company. The Company’s Class AAA units are entirely held by trusts whose beneficiaries are the children of a partner of the firm. Fees paid to the firm were $15 and $161 during the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Amounts due to the firm as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 were $5 and $0, respectively.

An employee and member of our Medical Advisory Board, is the beneficiary of a trust which holds approximately 51% of the Company’s Class AA units as well as being the child of the Company’s founder, chairman, and beneficial owner of the Company’s Class A units. Compensation paid to the employee was $47 and $43 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Amounts due to the employee were $0 and $0 as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

In addition to their employment by the Company, the above referenced employee owns a clinic which is a customer of the Company. Revenues recognized from sales to this customer were $222 and $166 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Amounts due from this customer were $81 and $57 as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

An employee of the Company is the spouse of the Company’s founder, chairman, and beneficial owner of the Company’s Class A units. Compensation paid to the employee was $56 and $62 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Amounts due to the employee were $0 and $0 as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

The Company purchases dietary supplements inventories from a vendor in which the Company’s founder holds a minority interest. Inventory purchases from this vendor were $291 and $213 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Amounts due to the vendor were $0 and $0 as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

The Company’s founder and chairman has personally guaranteed the Company’s performance under their lease agreement for their primary headquarters. Under this guaranty, the Company’s lessor may seek recovery of amounts owed from the founder in an event of default, regardless of whether they have sought recovery from the Company.

 

14.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events from March 31, 2022, the date of these condensed consolidated financial statements, through June 2, 2022 which represents the date the condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, for events requiring adjustment to or disclosure in these condensed consolidated financial statements. Except as noted below, are no material events that require adjustment to or disclosure in these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 

- 16 -


On May 26, 2022 (the “Closing Date”), the Company completed the transactions contemplated by the business combination agreement with Haymaker described in Note 1 (the “Business Combination”). The Business Combination will be accounted for as a common control transaction, in accordance with GAAP, as the Company’s founder is deemed to have continued control over the combined company for accounting purposes. Under this method of accounting, Haymaker’s acquisition of the Company will be accounted for at the Company’s historical carrying values, and the Company will be deemed the predecessor entity. This method of accounting is similar to a reverse recapitalization whereby the Business Combination will be treated as the equivalent of the Company issuing stock for the net asset of Haymaker, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Haymaker will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the Business Combination will be those of the Company.

In connection with the Business Combination, a number of ancillary transactions were consummated on the Closing Date, including the following:

 

   

The Company entered into a Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement (the “A&R OA”), which, among other things, (i) provided for a recapitalization of the Company’s ownership structure into a single class of Class A common units, (ii) designated Haymaker as the sole manager of the Company, (iii) provides members with the right to exchange their Class A common units in the Company for shares of Class A common stock in Haymaker, and (iv) otherwise amended and restated the rights and preferences of the Company’s units.

 

   

Haymaker acquired 9,161,771 Class A common units, representing a 13.5% interest in the Company.

 

   

The Company entered into a tax receivable agreement (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”), which provides for, among other things, payment by Haymaker to the Company’s members of 85% of the U.S. federal, state and local income tax savings realized by Haymaker as a result of the increases in tax basis and certain other tax benefits related to the transactions contemplated under the Business Combination agreement and the redemption of the Company’s units in exchange for Class A common stock of Haymaker.

 

   

The Company entered into a new credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) which provides for (i) a $50,000,000 senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Loans”) and (ii) a $125,000,000 senior secured term loan A credit facility, which was borrowed in full on the closing date (the “Term Loan” and, together with the Revolving Loans, collectively, the “Loans”). The Company used the proceeds of the Loans to refinance and replace its existing revolving credit facility described in Note 8 and for general corporate purposes.

 

   

On May 18, 2022, Biote Medical and Gary S. Donovitz, MD, the founder of BioTE Medical (the “Founder Advisor”), entered into a Founder Advisory Agreement, effective as of, and contingent upon, the Closing (the “Founder Advisory Agreement”). Pursuant to the Founder Advisory Agreement, the Founder Advisor will transition from an officer and manager of Biote Medical into the role of Founder Advisor and Senior Advisor (as defined in the Founder Advisory Agreement) as of the Closing. Pursuant to the Founder Advisory Agreement, Founder Advisor will provide strategic advisory services to Biote Medical for a period of four years, unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of the Founder Advisory Agreement, and will receive an annual fee equal to $300,000 per year, continued coverage under Biote Medical’s employee benefits and reimbursement for reasonable business expenses.

 

   

On May 18, 2022, Biote Medical entered into an Independent Contractor Agreement with Lani D. Consulting, a company affiliated with Lani Hammonds Donovitz, the wife of Gary S. Donovitz, MD, Biote’s founder and one of our five percent or greater shareholders (the “New Independent Contractor Agreement”). Immediately upon the Closing, the New Independent Contractor Agreement will replace the Independent Contractor Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2021, between Lani D. Consulting and Biote Medical. Pursuant to the New Independent Contractor Agreement, Lani D. Consulting will provide certain services to Biote Medical for a period of four years, unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of the New Independent Contractor Agreement, and will receive an annual fee equal to $250,000 per year and reimbursement for reasonable business expenses.

 

   

The Business Combination constituted a change in control or qualifying liquidity event with respect to the Company’s Class AAAA Incentive Units described in Note 9. As such, the Class AAAA Incentive Units vested and the Company recognized compensation expense of approximately $50.0 million on the Closing Date.

 

   

The Business Combination constituted a change in control or qualifying liquidity event with respect to the Company’s Phantom Equity Rights described in Note 9. As such, the Company will recognize the awards total grant-date fair value of approximately $40.3 million over the up to two-year period from the Closing Date until the awards vest.

 

- 17 -

EX-99.2

Exhibit 99.2

HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

 

     Page  
                  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)   
                    Condensed Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021      F-1  
                    Condensed Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2021      F-2  
                    Condensed Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2021      F-3  
                    Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2021      F-4  
                    Notes to Condensed Financial Statements      F-5  


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     March 31, 2022     December 31, 2021  
     (Unaudited)    

 

 

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash

   $ 67,898     $ 130,359  

Due from Sponsor

     —         300  

Prepaid expenses

     297,776       320,959  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     365,674       451,618  

Investments held in Trust Account

     317,582,318       317,581,791  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 317,947,992     $ 318,033,409  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 302,823     $ 281,304  

Accrued expenses

     2,664,120       1,830,000  

Accrued expenses - related party

     137,084       —    

Franchise tax payable

     50,000       160,874  

Convertible promissory note - related party (at fair value)

     72,800       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     3,226,827       2,272,178  

Warrant liabilities

     7,427,291       9,778,666  

Deferred underwriting fee payable

     11,112,500       11,112,500  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     21,766,618       23,163,344  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (see Note 6)

    

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value, subject to possible redemption; 31,750,000 at redemption value of $10.00 per share

     317,500,000       317,500,000  

Stockholders’ Deficit:

    

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding

     —         —    

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 31,750,000 shares subject to possible redemption)

     —         —    

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 7,937,500 shares issued and outstanding

     794       794  

Additional paid-in capital

     136,827       —    

Accumulated deficit

     (21,456,247     (22,630,729
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Deficit

     (21,318,626     (22,629,935
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit

   $ 317,947,992     $ 318,033,409  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

 

F-1


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(UNAUDITED)

 

     For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2022     2021  

Operating and formation costs

   $ 1,190,366     $ 58,560  

Franchise tax expense

     50,000       49,315  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (1,240,366     (107,875

Transaction costs allocated to warrant liabilities

     —         (962,447

Unrealized gain on investments held in Trust Account

     64,273       14,405  

Excess of private placement warrant fair value over purchase price

     —         (3,507,000

Change in fair value of convertible promissory note - related party

     (800     —    

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

     2,351,375       619,543  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,174,482     $ (3,943,374
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Class A common stock

     31,750,000       9,505,556  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share, Class A common stock

   $ 0.03     $ (0.23
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Class B common stock

     7,937,500       7,626,389  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share, Class B common stock

   $ 0.03     $ (0.23
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

 

F-2


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(UNAUDITED)

 

                                                                            
     Common Stock                      
     Class A      Class B      Additional Paid-in
Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity

(Deficit)
 
     Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount  

Balance, December 31, 2021

     —        $ —          7,937,500      $ 794      $ —        $ (22,630,729   $ (22,629,935

Proceeds received in excess of initial fair value of convertible promissory note - related party

     —          —          —          —          136,827        —         136,827  

Net income

     —          —          —          —          —          1,174,482       1,174,482  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2022

     —        $ —          7,937,500      $ 794      $ 136,827      $ (21,456,247   $ (21,318,626
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Common Stock                    
     Class A      Class B     Additional Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity

(Deficit)
 
     Shares      Amount      Shares     Amount  

Balance, December 31, 2020

     —        $ —          8,625,000     $ 863     $ 24,137     $ —       $ 25,000  

Forfeiture of Class B common stock

     —          —          (687,500     (69     69       —         —    

Remeasurement of Class A common stock

     —          —          —         —         (24,206     (33,743,639     (33,767,845

Net loss

     —          —          —         —         —         (3,943,374     (3,943,374
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2021

     —        $ —          7,937,500     $ 794     $ —       $ (37,687,013   $ (37,686,219
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

 

F-3


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(UNAUDITED)

 

     For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2022     2021  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,174,482     $ (3,943,374

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Transaction costs allocated to warrant liabilities

     —         962,447  

Unrealized gain on investments held in Trust Account

     (64,273     (14,405

Excess of private placement warrant fair value over purchase price

     —         3,507,000  

Change in fair value of convertible promissory note - related party

     800       —    

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

     (2,351,375     (619,543

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses

     23,183       (577,651

Due from Sponsor

     300       —    

Accounts payable

     21,518       559  

Accrued expenses

     834,120       8,657  

Accrued expenses - related party

     137,084       —    

Franchise tax payable

     (110,874     49,314  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (335,035     (626,996
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

    

Cash deposited into Trust Account

     —         (317,500,000

Proceeds from Trust Account to pay taxes

     63,747       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     63,747       (317,500,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

    

Proceeds from promissory note - related party

     208,827       —    

Proceeds from initial public offering, net of underwriting discount paid

     —         311,150,000  

Proceeds from Sponsor note

     —         41,500  

Repayment of Sponsor note

     —         (164,000

Proceeds from sale of private placement warrants

     —         8,350,000  

Payment of offering costs

     —         (329,614
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     208,827       319,047,886  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash

     (62,461     920,890  

Cash at beginning of period

     130,359       1,594  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash at end of period

   $ 67,898     $ 922,484  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

    

Deferred underwriting fee payable

   $ —       $ 11,112,500  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Initial classification of warrant liabilities

   $ —       $ 28,605,125  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Remeasurement of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption to redemption value

   $ —       $ 33,767,846  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reclassification of deferred offering costs to equity upon completion of the initial public offering

   $ —       $ 145,906  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Proceeds received in excess of initial fair value of convertible promissory note – related party

   $ 136,827     $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

 

F-4


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS AND LIQUIDITY

Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III (the “Company” or “Haymaker”) is a blank check company incorporated in Delaware on July 6, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of entering into a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (a “Business Combination”).

The Company is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of consummating a Business Combination. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As of March 31, 2022, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2021 relates to the Company’s formation, the initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”) as described below, and since the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the search for a prospective initial Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of interest income or gains on investments on the cash and investments held in a trust account from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering. In addition, the Company will recognize non-operating income or loss on the change in fair value of warrant liabilities and the convertible promissory note.

The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective on March 1, 2021. On March 4, 2021, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 30,000,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the shares of Class A common stock included in the Units sold, the “Public Shares”), at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $300,000,000, which is discussed in Note 3.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 5,333,333 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant in a private placement to Haymaker Sponsor III, LLC (the “Sponsor”) generating gross proceeds of $8,000,000, which is described in Note 4.

On March 3, 2021, the underwriters partially exercised the over-allotment option by purchasing 1,750,000 Units at an offering price of $10.00 per Unit (generating gross proceeds of $17,500,000), which was settled on March 5, 2021. In connection with the exercise of the over-allotment option, on March 5, 2021, the Company sold 233,333 Private Placement Warrants (the “Additional Private Placement Warrants”) to the Sponsor at a purchase price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, generating gross proceeds of $350,000, this amount was purchased on March 4, 2021, in anticipation of the closing of the over-allotment option. As a result, an additional $17,500,000 (which amount includes $612,500 of the underwriters’ deferred discount) was placed in the Trust Account. As a result of the partial exercise of the over-allotment option to purchase 1,750,000 Units, the Sponsor forfeited 687,500 Founder Shares on March 5, 2021 in order to maintain ownership of 20% of issued and outstanding shares of the Company. The Founder Shares forfeited by the Sponsor were cancelled by the Company.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering and partial exercise of the over-allotment, an amount of $317,500,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was placed in the Trust Account and is being invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with maturities of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds held in the Trust Account, as described below.

 

F-5


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

 

At March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, $67,898 and $130,359 of cash was held outside of the Trust Account and available for working capital purposes, respectively.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering, although substantially all of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering are intended to be generally applied toward consummating an Initial Business Combination. The Initial Business Combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the Initial Business Combination. Furthermore, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect an Initial Business Combination.

The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for an Initial Business Combination, will either (i) seek stockholder approval of the Initial Business Combination at a meeting called for such purpose in connection with which stockholders may seek to redeem their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the Initial Business Combination, for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest but less taxes payable, or (ii) provide stockholders with the opportunity to sell their Public Shares to the Company by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount in cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest but less taxes payable. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of the Initial Business Combination or will allow stockholders to sell their Public Shares in a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require the Company to seek stockholder approval, unless a vote is required by law or under NASDAQ rules. If the Company seeks stockholder approval, it will complete its Initial Business Combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the Initial Business Combination. However, in no event will the Company redeem its Public Shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 either immediately prior to or upon consummation of the Initial Business Combination. In such case, the Company would not proceed with the redemption of its Public Shares and the related Initial Business Combination, and instead may search for an alternate Initial Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, if the Company seeks stockholder approval of the Initial Business Combination and the Company does not conduct redemptions in connection with the Initial Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the Public Shares, without the prior consent of the Company.

The Sponsor has agreed to waive (i) redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and Public Shares held in connection with the completion of an initial Business Combination, (ii) redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and Public Shares held in connection with a stockholder vote to approve an amendment to an amended and restated certificate of incorporation to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with an initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of Public Shares if the Company has not consummated an initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or with respect to any other provisions relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity and (iii) rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Founder Shares held if the Company fails to complete an initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering or any extended period of time that the Company may have to consummate an initial Business Combination.

 

F-6


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

 

The Company will have until March 4, 2023 to complete a Business Combination (the “Combination Period”). If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of remaining stockholders and board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject, in each case, to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to all of the Company’s warrants, which will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period.

If the Company holds a stockholder vote or there is a tender offer for shares in connection with an Initial Business Combination, a public stockholder will have the right to redeem its shares for an amount in cash equal to its pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest but less taxes payable. As a result, all such shares of Class A common stock are recorded at redemption amount and classified as temporary equity since the completion of the Initial Public Offering, in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 480—Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.

Business Combination Agreement

On December 13, 2021, the Company entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) with the Sponsor, BioTe Holdings, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company (“Biote”), BioTe Management, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company, Dr. Gary Donovitz, in his individual capacity, and Teresa S. Weber, in her capacity as the members’ representative (in such capacity, the “Members’ Representative”). Upon the closing of the Business Combination (the “Closing”), the Company will change its name to “Biote Corp.” The aggregate consideration that will be paid to or retained by the members of Biote (the “Members”) immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination upon the Closing is approximately $555,000,000, subject to the purchase price adjustments set forth in the Business Combination Agreement. Following the Closing, the Combined Company will be organized in an “UP-C” structure in which substantially all of the assets and business of the Combined Company will be held by Biote and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (together, the “Biote Companies”), and the Company’s only direct assets will consist of Biote Units (as defined below).

Prior to the Closing, the Company may issue up to $100,000,000 in shares of Class A common stock in a private placement (an “Equity Financing”), so long as the price per share in such Equity Financing is not less than $10.00. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, in connection with the Closing of the Business Combination, all then-outstanding shares of Class B common stock will be converted into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis (the “Class B Common Stock Conversion”), subject to adjustment and Class B Common Stock shall not be convertible into Class A Common Stock at a rate of less than one-to-one.

 

F-7


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

 

Immediately prior to the Closing, Biote will (i) effectuate a recapitalization, pursuant to which all its Class A Units, Class AA Units, Class AAA Units and Class AAAA Units held by the Members will be converted or exchanged (whether by direct exchange, merger or otherwise) into a number of equity interests in Biote designated as “Class A Common Units” (“Biote Units”) in the amounts determined in accordance with Biote’s Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement (the “Biote A&R OA”), which will be entered into prior to the Closing, the result of which will be that the Members will hold a single class of Biote Units as of immediately prior to the Closing and (ii) convert into a Delaware limited liability company. In connection with the Business Combination, BioTE Medical, LLC (“Biote Medical”), a subsidiary of Biote, has entered into a debt commitment letter with Truist Bank and Truist Securities, Inc. to obtain (i) a $50,000,000 senior secured revolving credit facility in favor of Biote Medical and (ii) a $125,000,000 senior secured term loan A facility in favor of Biote Medical (together, the “Debt Facilities,” and any such financing, together with any alternative financing obtained by the Company, Biote or any Biote subsidiary, the “Debt Financing”). Each holder of phantom equity in any of Biote or its direct or indirect subsidiaries (each, a “Phantom Equity Holder”) has entered into a phantom equity acknowledgement (each, a “Phantom Equity Acknowledgement”) effective as of the Closing, which shall, among other things, confirm the number of shares of Class A common stock to be issued to such Phantom Equity Holder pursuant to the Biote Corp. 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) in satisfaction of his or her phantom equity rights and the vesting schedule for such shares.

Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions set forth therein, at the time of the Closing, (x) in exchange for the Closing Biote Units (as defined below), the Company will transfer cash in an amount equal to (i) the cash in the trust account and any cash held by the Company outside of the trust account, less (ii) the amounts required by the redemptions of Class A common stock by the public stockholders, plus (iii) the aggregate proceeds to be received by the Company pursuant to any Equity Financing, (y) the Biote Companies will receive the aggregate proceeds from the Debt Financing (the aggregate amounts described in (x) and (y), the “Closing Date Cash”) in accordance with and in the priority set forth in the Business Combination Agreement and as described further below, and (z) the Company will issue to Biote a number of shares of its Class V common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class V Voting Stock”) equal to the number of Retained Biote Units (as defined below), which will entitle the holder thereof to one vote per share but no right to dividends or distributions. Biote will immediately thereafter distribute the Class V Voting Stock to its Members pursuant to the Biote A&R OA. The “Cash Consideration” will be equal to the portion of the aggregate consideration paid or payable to the Gary S. Donovitz 2012 Irrevocable Trust (the “Selling Member”) that is paid in cash, which amount shall in no event exceed $199,000,000.

At the Closing and in consideration for the acquisition of Biote Units by the Company, the Company and the Biote Companies will, subject to the Business Combination Agreement and the Trust Agreement (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), disburse the Closing Date Cash for the following purposes and in the following order of priority: (a) first, payment of unpaid Transaction Expenses (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), (b) second, payment to Biote (for use by the Biote Companies) in the amount of $75,000,000, (c) third, payment of Cash Consideration to the Selling Member in the amount of $50,000,000, (d) fourth, payment to Biote (for use by the Biote Companies) in the amount of $75,000,000, (e) fifth, payment of Cash Consideration to the Selling Member in the amount of $75,000,000, (f) sixth, payment to Biote and the Selling Member such that Biote and the Selling Member receive 37.8% and 62.2%, respectively, of the remaining Closing Date Cash until Biote and the Selling Member have received aggregate payments pursuant to this clause (f) equal to $45,000,000 and $74,000,000, respectively, and (g) seventh, payment to Biote (for use by the Biote Companies).

 

F-8


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

 

At the Closing, Biote will issue to the Company a number of Biote Units (the “Closing Biote Units”) equal to the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding as of immediately prior to the Closing (after giving effect to any redemptions of Class A common stock, any Equity Financing, the Class B Common Stock Conversion and the forfeiture of up to 793,750 shares of Class B common stock held by the Sponsor in the event cash available to the Company at the Closing is less than $206,400,000). The Members will, immediately following the Closing, retain an aggregate number of Biote Units (such Biote Units retained by the Members, the “Retained Biote Units”) equal to the following (without duplication between clauses (y) and (z)): (w) (i) (A) Biote’s equity value (i.e., $555,000,000), minus (B) the aggregate amount of Company Transaction Expenses (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), minus (C) the Cash Consideration, if any, divided by (ii) $10.00, plus (x) the Member Earnout Units (as defined below), minus (y) a number of Biote Units equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock to be issued to the Phantom Equity Holders pursuant to the Phantom Equity Acknowledgements (or the existing underlying phantom equity documentation with respect to any Phantom Equity Holder who has not entered into a Phantom Equity Acknowledgement as of the Closing), minus (z) a number of Biote Units equal to the quotient of (i) the amount of cash payable to the Phantom Equity Holders pursuant to the Phantom Equity Acknowledgments (or the existing underlying phantom equity documentation with respect to any Phantom Equity Holder who has not entered into a Phantom Equity Acknowledgement as of the Closing), divided by (ii) $10.00.

In connection with the Closing, on the date of the Closing (the “Closing Date”) (a) the Members on a pro rata basis will subject (i) 10,000,000 Retained Biote Units held by them (the “Member Earnout Units”) and (ii) 10,000,000 shares of Class V Voting Stock distributed to them by Biote (the “Earnout Voting Shares”), (b) the Sponsor will subject 1,587,500 shares of Class A common stock held by it after giving effect to the Class B Common Stock Conversion (the “Sponsor Earnout Shares”), and (c) the Company will subject a number of Biote Units equal to the number of Sponsor Earnout Shares (the “Sponsor Earnout Units,” and, together with the Sponsor Earnout Shares, the Earnout Voting Shares and the Member Earnout Units, the “Earnout Securities”), to certain restrictions and potential forfeiture pending the achievement (if any) of certain earnout targets pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement or the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement). The Earnout Securities will have voting rights but no right to dividends or distributions (except for certain tax distributions from Biote in accordance with the Biote A&R OA) until such restrictions and potential forfeiture have lapsed. One third of each of the Member Earnout Units, Earnout Voting Shares, Sponsor Earnout Shares and Sponsor Earnout Units will vest upon the occurrence of each of the following events: (i) the first time, prior to the five-year anniversary of the Closing Date (the “Earnout Deadline”), the volume-weighted average share price of the Class A common stock (the “VWAP”) equals or exceeds $12.50 per share for 20 Trading Days (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) of any 30 consecutive Trading Day period following the Closing, (ii) the first time, prior to the Earnout Deadline, the VWAP equals or exceeds $15.00 per share for 20 Trading Days of any 30 consecutive Trading Day period following the Closing, and (iii) the first time, prior to the Earnout Deadline, the VWAP equals or exceeds $17.50 per share for 20 Trading Days of any 30 consecutive Trading Day period following the Closing. If a definitive agreement with respect to a Change of Control (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) is entered into on or prior to the Earnout Deadline, then effective as of immediately prior to closing of such Change of Control, unless previously vested pursuant to clauses (i) through (iii) of the preceding sentence, each of the Member Earnout Units, Earnout Voting Shares, Sponsor Earnout Shares and Sponsor Earnout Units will vest.

Assuming that none of the Company’s current stockholders exercise their right to redeem their shares of Class A common stock of the Company and Company Transaction Expenses (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) equal $9,887,000, as of immediately following the Closing and without giving effect to the outstanding warrants to purchase Class A common stock or issuance of any shares under the Incentive Plan or biote Corp. 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, but including the Earnout Securities, the Combined Company is expected to own, directly or indirectly, approximately 49.8% of the Biote Units and will control Biote as the sole manager of Biote in accordance with the terms of the Biote A&R OA and all remaining Biote Units will be owned by the Members. The Members are expected to hold a controlling interest in the Company after the Closing and will therefore have the ability to control Biote.

 

F-9


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

 

Beginning on the six month anniversary of the Closing, each Retained Biote Unit held by the Members may be redeemed, together with one share of Class V Voting Stock and subject to certain conditions, in exchange for either one share of Class A common stock or in certain circumstances, at the election of the Company in its capacity as the sole manager of Biote, the cash equivalent of the market value of one share of Class A common stock, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Biote A&R OA (such exchange rights, as further described in the Biote A&R OA, the “Exchange Rights”).

Consummation of the Business Combination is subject to customary mutual conditions and covenants of the respective parties, including the receipt of the requisite approval of the Company’s stockholders. The Business Combination Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the consummation of the Business Combination by mutual written consent of the Company and Biote and in certain other limited circumstances, including if the consummation of the Business Combination has not occurred on or before June 13, 2022. The Business Combination Agreement contains usual and customary representations and warranties for transactions of this nature by the parties thereto. The Business Combination Agreement has been approved by the Company’s board of directors, and the board has recommended that the Company’s stockholders adopt the Business Combination Agreement and approve the Business Combination.

On February 11, 2022, the Company filed a preliminary proxy statement with the SEC setting forth all of the above information and inviting the Company’s stockholders to attend the special meeting in lieu of the 2022 annual meeting of the stockholders to approve, among other things, the Business Combination Agreement and the Business Combination.

On May 5, 2022, the Company filed a definitive proxy statement with the SEC setting forth all of the above information and inviting the Company’s stockholders to attend the special meeting in lieu of the 2022 annual meeting of the stockholders on May 24, 2022, at 10:00 a.m., Eastern time, to approve, among other things, the Business Combination Agreement and the Business Combination.

Other Agreements - Business Combination

The Business Combination Agreement contemplates the execution of various additional agreements and instruments, on or before the Closing, including, among others, the following:

Tax Receivable Agreement

Simultaneously with the Closing, the Company, BioTE, the Members and the Members’ Representative will enter into a tax receivable agreement (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”), which will provide for, among other things, payment by the Company to the Members of 85% of the U.S. federal, state and local income tax savings realized by the Company as a result of the increases in tax basis and certain other tax benefits related to the transactions contemplated under the Business Combination Agreement and the exchange of Retained BioTE Units for Class A Common Stock or cash.

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company

In connection with the Closing, the Company will amend and restate (i) subject to receipt of Company Stockholder Approval, its current Certificate of Incorporation by adopting the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation”) and (ii) the current Bylaws of the Company by adopting the Amended and Restated Bylaws of Company (the “A&R Bylaws”), to establish a structure containing Class A Common Stock, which will carry such economic and voting rights as set forth in the Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation and A&R Bylaws, and Class V Voting Stock, which will carry only such voting rights as set forth in the Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation and A&R Bylaws.

 

F-10


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

 

Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Biote

At the Closing, the Combined Company, Biote and the Members will enter into the Biote A&R OA, which will, among other things, permit the issuance and ownership of Biote Units as contemplated to be issued and owned upon the consummation of the Business Combination, designate the Combined Company as the sole manager of Biote, provide for the Exchange Rights, set forth the rights and preferences of the Biote Units, and establish the ownership of the Biote Units by the persons or entities indicated in the Biote A&R OA.

Sponsor Letter

In connection with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, certain of the Company’s officers and directors, the Company, the Sponsor, Biote and the Members’ Representative entered into a letter agreement (the “Sponsor Letter”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Sponsor agreed to (i) vote, at any duly called meeting of stockholders of the Company, in favor of the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) subject to certain exceptions, not to effect any sale or distribution of any of its shares of Class B common stock or private placement warrants and (iii) waive any and all anti-dilution rights described in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation or otherwise with respect to the shares of Class B common stock held by the Sponsor that may be implicated by the Business Combination such that the Class B Common Stock Conversion will occur as discussed herein.

Investor Rights Agreement

At the Closing, the Company, the Members, the Sponsor, the Members’ Representative and certain other parties will enter into an Investor Rights Agreement (the “Investor Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, (i) the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2021, entered into in connection with the Company’s Initial Public Offering will be terminated, (ii) the lock-up period set forth in the Investor Rights Agreement will supersede the lock-up period set forth in the letter agreement, dated March 1, 2021, entered into in connection with the Company’s Initial Public Offering, (iii) the Company will provide certain registration rights for the shares of Class A common stock held by the Members, the Sponsor, and certain other parties, (iv) the Members will agree not to, subject to certain exceptions, transfer, sell, assign or otherwise dispose of the shares of Class A common stock, Class V Voting Stock and the Biote Units held by such Members for six months following the Closing, and the Member Earnout Units until the date such securities have been earned in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement and (v) the Sponsor will agree not to, subject to certain exceptions, transfer, sell, assign or otherwise dispose of its (a) shares of Class A common stock (other than the Sponsor Earnout Shares) for six months following the Closing, (b) Sponsor Earnout Shares until the date such securities have been earned in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement and (c) warrants issued to the Sponsor pursuant to that certain Private Placement Warrants Purchase Agreement, dated March 1, 2021, by and between the Company and the Sponsor, and the underlying shares of Class A common stock, for 30 days following the Closing Date.

The Trust Account

The proceeds held in the Trust Account are invested only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of one hundred eighty (180) days or less or in money market funds that meet certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that invest only in direct U.S. government obligations. Funds will remain in the Trust Account until the earlier of (i) the consummation of the Initial Business Combination or (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account proceeds as described below. The remaining proceeds outside the Trust Account may be used to pay for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses.

 

F-11


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

 

The Company’s certificate of incorporation provides that, other than the withdrawal of interest to pay taxes, if any, none of the funds held in the Trust Account will be released until the earlier of: (i) the completion of the Initial Business Combination; (ii) the redemption of any Public Shares sold in the Initial Public Offering that have been properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend the Company’s certificate of incorporation to modify the substance or timing of its obligation to redeem 100% of such shares of Class A common stock if it does not complete the Initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering; and (iii) the redemption of 100% of the shares of Class A common stock included in the Units being sold in the Initial Public Offering if the Company is unable to complete an Initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering (subject to the requirements of law). The proceeds held in the Trust Account could become subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of the Company’s public stockholders. During the three months ended March 31, 2022, the Company used interest income from the Trust Account in the amount of $63,747 to pay taxes.

Indemnity

In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed to be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (i) $10.00 per Public Share or (ii) such lesser amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriter of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business (except for the Company’s independent registered public accountant), execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Going Concern Consideration

As of March 31, 2022, the Company had $67,898 in cash held outside of the Trust Account and working capital deficit of $2,811,153 (excluding franchise tax payable). The Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of its acquisition plans. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of time within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. Management plans to address this uncertainty through the Business Combination as discussed above and potential Working Capital Loans, as discussed in Note 5. There is no assurance that the Company’s plans to consummate the Business Combination will be successful or successful within the Combination Period, which will end on March 4, 2023, at which time the Company will cease all operations except for the purpose of liquidating, or if the Sponsor will commit to the Working Capital Loans, by which, in February 2022, the Company entered into a promissory note with the Sponsor in the amount of $350,000 (see Note 5). The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Risks and Uncertainties

The United States and global markets are experiencing volatility and disruption following the escalation of geopolitical tensions and the recent invasion of Ukraine by Russia in February 2022. In response to such invasion, the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (“NATO”) deployed additional military forces to eastern Europe, and the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union and other countries have announced various sanctions and restrictive actions against Russia, Belarus and related individuals and entities, including the removal of certain financial institutions from the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT) payment system. Certain countries, including the United States, have also provided and may continue to provide military aid or other assistance to Ukraine during the ongoing military conflict, increasing geopolitical tensions with Russia. The invasion of Ukraine by Russia and the resulting measures that have been taken, and could be taken in the future, by NATO, the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union and other countries have created global security concerns that could have a lasting impact on regional and global economies. Although the length and impact of the ongoing military conflict in Ukraine is highly unpredictable, the conflict could lead to market disruptions, including significant volatility in commodity prices, credit and capital markets, as well as supply chain interruptions. Additionally, Russian military actions and the resulting sanctions could adversely affect the global economy and financial markets and lead to instability and lack of liquidity in capital markets. In addition, the recent invasion of Ukraine by Russia, and the impact of sanctions against Russia and the potential for retaliatory acts from Russia, could result in increased cyber-attacks against U.S. companies.

Management continues to evaluate the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and the ongoing conflict in Ukraine on the Company’s business objectives and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that these could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations, and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these condensed financial statements. The condensed financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

F-12


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

 

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements of the Company are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. Certain information or footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC for interim financial reporting. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes necessary for a comprehensive presentation of financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of a normal recurring nature, which are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, operating results and cash flows for the periods presented. The accompanying condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Form 10-K as filed with the SEC on April 7, 2022. The accompanying condensed balance sheet as of December 31, 2021 has been derived from the audited financial statements included in that Form 10-K. The interim results for the three months ended March 31, 2022 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2022 or for any future periods.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statement with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the condensed financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets, liabilities, and expenses at the date of the condensed financial statements.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

 

F-13


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of March 31, 2022 or December 31, 2021.

Investments Held in Trust Account

At March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the assets held in the Trust Account were invested in U.S. Treasury securities. All of the Company’s investments held in the Trust Account are classified as trading securities. Such trading securities are presented on the balance sheet at fair value at the end of each reporting period. Gains and losses resulting from the change in fair value of investments held in Trust Account are included in net gain (loss) on investments held in Trust Account in the accompanying condensed statements of operations. The estimated fair values of investments held in Trust Account are determined using available market information.

Class A Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

All of the 31,750,000 shares of Class A common stock sold as part of the Units in the Initial Public Offering contain a redemption feature which allows for the redemption of such Public Shares in connection with the Company’s liquidation, if there is a stockholder vote or tender offer in connection with the Business Combination and in connection with certain amendments to the Company’s second amended and restated certificate of incorporation. In accordance with SEC and its staff’s guidance on redeemable equity instruments, which has been codified in ASC 480-10-S99, redemption provisions not solely within the control of the Company require common stock subject to redemption to be classified outside of permanent equity. Therefore, all Class A common stock has been classified outside of permanent equity.

The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying value of redeemable common stock to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Increases or decreases in the carrying amount of redeemable common stock are affected by charges against additional paid-in capital (to the extent available) and accumulated deficit.

As of March 31, 2022 and December 31 2021, the Class A common stock reflected in the condensed balance sheets are reconciled in the following table:

 

Gross proceeds from the Initial Public Offering

   $ 317,500,000  

Less:

  

Proceeds allocated to Public Warrants

     (16,748,125

Issuance costs allocated to Class A common stock

     (17,019,720

Plus:

  

Accretion of carrying value to redemption value

     33,767,845  
  

 

 

 

Class A common stock subject to possible redemption

   $ 317,500,000  
  

 

 

 

Offering Costs associated with the Initial Public Offering

The Company complies with the requirements of ASC 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5A—Expenses of Offering. Offering costs consist principally of professional and registration fees incurred through the balance sheet date that are related to the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs directly attributable to the issuance of an equity contract to be classified in equity are recorded as a reduction in equity. Offering costs for temporary equity contracts that are classified as assets and liabilities are expensed immediately. The Company incurred offering costs amounting to $17,986,366 as a result of the Initial Public Offering (consisting of $6,350,000 of cash underwriting discounts, $11,112,500 in deferred underwriting fees and $523,866 of other offering costs). As such, during the three months ended March 31, 2021, the Company recorded $17,019,720 of offering costs as a reduction of temporary equity in connection with the shares of Class A common stock included in the Units, and the Company expensed $966,646 of offering costs allocated to the Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants that were classified as liabilities.

 

F-14


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

 

Warrant Liabilities

The Company accounts for warrants as either equity-classified or liability-classified instruments based on an assessment of the warrant’s specific terms and applicable authoritative guidance in ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480”) and ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”). The assessment considers whether the warrants are freestanding financial instruments pursuant to ASC 480, meet the definition of a liability pursuant to ASC 480, and whether the warrants meet all of the requirements for equity classification under ASC 815, including whether the warrants are indexed to the Company’s own common stock, among other conditions for equity classification. This assessment, which requires the use of professional judgment, is conducted at the time of warrant issuance and as of each subsequent quarterly period end date while the warrants are outstanding.

For issued or modified warrants that meet all of the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are required to be recorded as a component of additional paid-in capital at the time of issuance. For issued or modified warrants that do not meet all the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are required to be recorded at their initial fair value on the date of issuance, and each balance sheet date thereafter. Changes in the estimated fair value of the warrants are recognized as a non-cash gain or loss on the statements of operations. The initial fair value of the Public Warrants was estimated using a binomial lattice model and the fair value of the Private Warrants was estimated using a Black-Scholes Option Pricing model (see Note 9). The subsequent measurement of the Public Warrants as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 is classified as Level 1, as such, an observable market quote in an active market, which has been available since April 29, 2021, under the ticker HYACW was used.

Working Capital Loans - Related Party

The Company accounts for the Working Capital Loans under ASC 815. The Company has made the election under 815-15-25 to account for the notes under the fair value option. Using the fair value option, the Working Capital Loans are required to be recorded at their initial fair value on the date of issuance, and each balance sheet thereafter. Differences between the face value of the note and fair value at issuance are recognized as either an expense in the statement of operations (if issued at a premium) or as a capital contribution (if issued at a discount). Changes in the estimated fair value of the notes are recognized as non-cash gains or losses in the condensed statement of operations.

Income Taxes

The Company complies with the accounting and reporting requirements of ASC Topic 740—Income Taxes, which requires an asset and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in future taxable or deductible amounts, based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, if any, as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

Interim income taxes are based on the estimated expected tax rate for the year. During the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company recorded no income tax expense. The Company’s effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 was 0%, which differs from the statutory income tax rate of 21% due to the change in fair value of the warrant liabilities and the change in valuation allowance.

 

F-15


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

 

Net Income (Loss) Per Share of Common Stock

Net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net earnings or losses by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period (for all periods during which these shares were subject to forfeiture, the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding excludes an aggregate of 1,125,000 shares held by the Sponsor that were subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriter’s over-allotment was not exercised in full). Net income (loss) is allocated between Class A and Class B shares based on weighted average shares outstanding. The Company has not considered the effect of the Warrants sold in the Initial Public Offering and private placement, along with the warrants issuable upon conversion of the Working Capital Loan (as defined in Note 5) to purchase an aggregate of 13,643,384 shares in the calculation of diluted income (loss) per share, since the exercise of the Warrants are contingent upon the occurrence of future events and the inclusion of such Warrants would be anti-dilutive. The calculation does not include the remeasurement of Class A common stock to possible redemption amount because redemption value approximates fair value.

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share (in dollars, except share amounts):

 

     Three Months Ended March 31  
     2022      2021  
     Class A      Class B      Class A      Class B  

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share

           

Numerator:

           

Net income (loss)

   $ 939,586      $ 234,896      $ (2,187,957    $ (1,755,417
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

           

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

     31,750,000        7,937,500        9,505,556        7,626,389  

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share

   $ 0.03      $ 0.03      $ (0.23    $ (0.23

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution which, at times may exceed the Federal depository insurance coverage of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company applies ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement (“ASC 820”), which establishes a framework for measuring fair value and clarifies the definition of fair value within that framework. ASC 820 defines fair value as an exit price, which is the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the Company’s principal or most advantageous market in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

The fair value hierarchy established in ASC 820 generally requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs reflect the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity. Unobservable inputs reflect the entity’s own assumptions based on market data and the entity’s judgments about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability and are to be developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The carrying amounts reflected in the balance sheets for cash, prepaid expenses, accrued expense, and franchise tax payable approximate fair value due to their short-term nature.

Level 1 — Assets and liabilities with unadjusted, quoted prices listed on active market exchanges. Inputs to the fair value measurement are observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

F-16


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

 

Level 2 — Inputs to the fair value measurement are determined using prices for recently traded assets and liabilities with similar underlying terms, as well as direct or indirect observable inputs, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.

Level 3 — Inputs to the fair value measurement are unobservable inputs, such as estimates, assumptions, and valuation techniques when little or no market data exists for the assets or liabilities.

Recent Accounting Standards

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

NOTE 3. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 30,000,000 Units at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit consists of one share of the Company’s Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value, and one-fourth of one redeemable warrant (“Redeemable Warrant”). Each whole Redeemable Warrant is exercisable to purchase one share of Class A common stock and only whole warrants are exercisable. No fractional warrants were issued upon separation of the Units and only whole warrants were traded. The Redeemable Warrants will become exercisable on the later of 30 days after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. Each whole Redeemable Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 (see Note 7).

In addition, the 8,625,000 shares of Class B common stock of the Company (the “Founder Shares”) held by the Sponsor (prior to the exercise of the over-allotment) included an aggregate of up to 1,125,000 Founder Shares subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option was not exercised in full, so that the Sponsor would own 20% of issued and outstanding common stock after the Initial Public Offering. As a result of the partial exercise of the over-allotment option to purchase 1,750,000 Units, the Sponsor forfeited 687,500 Founder Shares on March 5, 2021 in order to maintain ownership of 20% of issued and outstanding shares of the Company. The Founder Shares forfeited by the Sponsor were cancelled by the Company.

NOTE 4. PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 5,333,333 warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant in a private placement (the “Private Placement Warrants”), generating proceeds of $8,000,000 in the aggregate. On March 4, 2021, the underwriters notified the Company of their intention to exercise the over-allotment option in part, resulting in the Sponsor paying an aggregate of $350,000 in exchange for an additional 233,333 Private Placement Warrants. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. The proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants were added to the net proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The excess of fair value of the Private Placement Warrants over the cash received for such warrants totaled $3,507,000, which was expensed at the date of the Initial Public Offering. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Private Placement Warrants.

 

F-17


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

 

The Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Private Placement Warrants until 30 days after the completion of the Initial Business Combination.

NOTE 5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

In July 2020, the Company issued an aggregate of 8,625,000 shares of Class B common stock to the Sponsor (“Founder Shares”) for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000. The Founder Shares will automatically convert into Class A common stock upon the consummation of the Initial Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustments as described in Note 9. Holders of Founder Shares may also elect to convert their shares of Class B convertible common stock into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock, subject to adjustment as provided above, at any time.

The Initial Stockholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or (B) subsequent to the Initial Business Combination, (x) if the last sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the initial Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property.

Pursuant to the letter agreement, the Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to vote any Founder Shares held by them and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering (including in open market and privately negotiated transactions) in favor of the Initial Business Combination.

Administrative Services Agreement

The Company entered into an agreement whereby, commencing on March 4, 2021 through the earlier of the consummation of the Initial Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation, the Company will pay the Sponsor a monthly fee of $20,000 for office space, utilities and administrative support. The total amounts of administrative service fees expensed for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2021 were $60,000 and $18,000. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, $40,000 and $0 related to this agreement is recorded in accrued expenses - related party on the condensed balance sheets, respectively. Upon completion of the Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation, the Company will cease paying these monthly fees.

Accrued Expenses – Related Party

Accrued expenses – related party consists of accrued monthly Administrative Services Agreement fees (as noted in the Administrative Services Agreement section above) that have not yet been paid, as well as amounts due to the Company’s Sponsor for franchise taxes paid on behalf of the Company. These amounts are payable when invoiced.

Promissory Note – Related Party

On July 6, 2020, the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of up to $300,000 to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering pursuant to a promissory note (the “Note”). This loan was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of June 30, 2021 or the completion of the Initial Public Offering. The outstanding balance under the Note of $164,000 was repaid on March 5, 2021.

 

F-18


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

 

Related Party Loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with the Initial Business Combination, the Sponsor, the Company’s officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds from time to time or at any time, as may be required (the “Working Capital Loans”). Each Working Capital Loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The Working Capital Loans would either be paid upon consummation of the Initial Business Combination, without interest, or, at the holder’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of the Working Capital Loans may be converted into warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant that would be identical to Placement Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period.

On February 28, 2022, the Company entered into a Working Capital Loan with the Sponsor (the “Sponsor Working Capital Loan”) in the amount of $350,000, pursuant to which the Company received proceeds of $208,827, during the three months ended March 31, 2022. The Sponsor Working Capital Loan is non-interest bearing and payable upon the earlier of (i) completion of the initial Business Combination or (ii) the date the winding up of the Company is effective. The unpaid principal balance on the Promissory Note may be convertible into warrants at the option of the Sponsor at a price of $1.50 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. Using the fair value option, the Working Capital Loans are required to be recorded at their initial fair value on the date of issuance, and each balance sheet thereafter. Differences between the face value of the note and fair value at issuance are recognized as either an expense in the statement of operations (if issued at a premium) or as a capital contribution (if issued at a discount). Changes in the estimated fair value of the notes are recognized as non-cash gains or losses in the statement of operations. The fair value of the Working Capital Loan was estimated to be $72,000 at initial measurement. The fair value of the Working Capital Loan was estimated to be $72,800 at March 31, 2022.

NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Registration Rights

The holders of Founder Shares, Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans, if any, will be entitled to registration rights (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion of such shares to shares of Class A common stock) pursuant to a registration rights agreement. These holders will be entitled to certain demand and “piggyback” registration rights. The holders of Founder Shares, Placement Warrants and Warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans will not be able to sell these securities until the termination of the applicable lock-up period for the securities to be registered. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The underwriters were paid a cash underwriting discount of two percent (2.0%) of the gross proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and over-allotment of $317,500,000, or $6,350,000. In addition, the underwriters have earned an additional three and one half percent (3.50%) on $317,500,000 of the gross proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and over-allotment, or $11,112,500 (“Deferred Underwriting Commission”) that will be paid upon consummation of the Company’s Initial Business Combination. This commitment of $11,112,500 has been recorded as deferred underwriting fee payable on the balance sheet as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. The underwriting agreement provides that the Deferred Underwriting Commission will be waived by the underwriter if the Company does not complete its Initial Business Combination.

Placement and Advisory Fees

On September 9, 2021, the Company entered into an agreement (which was amended on November 1, 2021) with an advisor for placement and advisory services in connection with the Business Combination. The agreement calls for the Company to pay the advisor an amount of $3,000,000 only upon the closing of the Business Combination.

On September 12, 2021, the Company entered into an agreement with a second advisor for placement and advisory services in connection with the Business Combination. The agreement calls for the Company to pay the advisor an amount of $6,500,000 only upon the closing of the Business Combination.

 

F-19


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

 

On September 30, 2021, the Company entered into an agreement with a third advisor for placement and advisory services in connection with the Business Combination. In exchange for such services, the Company will pay the M&A advisor an amount of $4,000,000 upon successful completion of the Business Combination.

On November 4, 2021, the Company entered into an agreement with a fourth advisor for placement and advisory services in connection with the Business Combination. The agreement calls for the Company to pay the advisor an amount equal to the greater of 4.0% of the total gross proceeds received by the Company from the sale of securities from investors first introduced to the Company by the advisor, or $200,000 payable only upon the closing of the Business Combination.

NOTE 7. WARRANTS

Redeemable Warrants

Each whole Redeemable Warrant is exercisable to purchase one share of Class A common stock and only whole warrants are exercisable. The Redeemable Warrants will become exercisable on the later of 30 days after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. Each whole Redeemable Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.50.

Pursuant to the warrant agreement, a warrant holder may exercise its warrants only for a whole number of shares of Class A common stock. This means that only a whole warrant may be exercised at any given time by a warrant holder. No fractional warrants were issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants were traded, requiring a purchase of at least four units to receive or trade a whole warrant. The warrants will expire five years after the completion of the Initial Business Combination, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

If the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act within 60 business days following the Initial Business Combination, the Company will be required to permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. However, no warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and the Company will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, unless an exemption is available. In the event that the conditions in the immediately preceding sentence are not satisfied with respect to a warrant, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In no event will the Company be required to net cash settle any warrant. In the event that a registration statement is not effective for the exercised warrants, the purchaser of a unit containing such warrant will have paid the full purchase price for the unit solely for the share of Class A common stock underlying such unit.

The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days, after the closing of the Initial Business Combination, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days following its Initial Business Combination and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. Notwithstanding the above, if the Company’s Class A common stock is at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but the Company will be required to use its best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

 

F-20


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

 

Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may call the warrants for redemption:

 

   

in whole and not in part;

 

   

at a price of $0.01 per warrant;

 

   

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption (the “30-day redemption period”) to each warrant holder;

 

   

if, and only if, the closing price of shares of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $10.00 per share for any 20 trading days within the 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders; and

 

   

if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

In addition, if (x) the Company issues additional shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of the Initial Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share of Class A common stock (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors and, in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any founder shares held by the Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, inclusive of interest earned on equity held in trust, available for the funding of the Initial Business Combination on the date of the consummation of the Initial Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s common stock during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Initial Business Combination is consummated (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price described above will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price.

Private Placement Warrants

The Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 5,333,333 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.50 per whole warrant in a private placement that occurred simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering. Subsequently, the Sponsor purchased an additional 233,333 Private Placement Warrants for an aggregate purchase price of $350,000 in conjunction with the partial exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option. Each whole Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one share of the Company’s Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. The purchase price of the Private Placement Warrants was added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering and held in the Trust Account. If the Initial Business Combination is not completed within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The Private Placement Warrants will be non-redeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

 

F-21


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

 

The Private Placement Warrants (including the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants) will not be transferable, assignable or saleable until 30 days after the completion of the Initial Business Combination and they will not be redeemable so long as they are held by the Company’s Sponsor or its permitted transferees. Otherwise, the Private Placement Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the Redeemable Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by holders other than the Sponsor or its permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the Redeemable Warrants.

If holders of the Private Placement Warrants elect to exercise them on a cashless basis, they would pay the exercise price by surrendering their warrants for that number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A common stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the Class A common stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of warrant exercise is sent to the warrant agent. The reason that the Company has agreed that these warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the Sponsor, or its permitted transferees is because it is not known at this time whether they will be affiliated with us following the Initial Business Combination. If they remain affiliated with the Company, their ability to sell the Company’s securities in the open market will be significantly limited. The Company expects to have policies in place that prohibit insiders from selling the Company’s securities except during specific periods of time. Even during such periods of time when insiders will be permitted to sell the Company’s securities, an insider cannot trade in the Company’s securities if he or she is in possession of material non-public information. Accordingly, unlike public stockholders who could sell the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants freely in the open market, the insiders could be significantly restricted from doing so. As a result, the Company believes that allowing the holders to exercise such warrants on a cashless basis is appropriate.

The Company’s Sponsor has agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the Private Placement Warrants (including the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of any of these warrants) until the date that is 30 days after the date the Company completes its Initial Business Combination.

At March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were 7,937,500 Public Warrants and 5,566,666 Private Placement Warrants outstanding. The Company accounts for the Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40. Such guidance provides that because the warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment thereunder, each warrant must be recorded as a liability.

The accounting treatment of derivative financial instruments required that the Company record the warrants as derivative liabilities at fair value upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The Public Warrants were allocated a portion of the proceeds from the issuance of the Units equal to their fair value.

The warrant liabilities are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date. With each such re-measurement, the warrant liabilities are adjusted to current fair value, with the change in fair value recognized in the Company’s statements of operations. The Company reassesses the classification at each balance sheet date. If the classification changes as a result of events during the period, the warrants will be reclassified as of the date of the event that causes the reclassification. No such events requiring a change in reclassification of the warrants have occurred through March 31, 2022.

NOTE 8. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

Preferred stock — The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of $0.0001 par value preferred stock. At March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

 

F-22


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

 

Class A common stock — The Company is authorized to issue up to 200,000,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of the Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. At March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were 31,750,000 shares of Class A common stock issued or outstanding, including 31,750,000 shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption.

Class B common stock — The Company is authorized to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of Class B common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class B common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. At March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 there were 7,937,500 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding.

Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all other matters submitted to a vote of shareholders except as required by law. Prior to an initial Business Combination, holders of Class B common stock will have the right to elect all of the Company’s directors and may remove members of the board of directors for any reason.

The Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of an initial Business Combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like, and subject to further adjustment. In the case that additional shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities are issued or deemed issued in connection with an initial Business Combination, the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all Founder Shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the total number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding after such conversion (after giving effect to any redemptions of shares of Class A common stock by public stockholders), including the total number of shares of Class A common stock issued, or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the initial Business Combination, excluding any shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities or rights exercisable for or convertible into shares of Class A common stock issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial Business Combination and any Private Placement Warrants issued to the Sponsor, officers or directors upon conversion of working capital loans, provided that such conversion of Founder Shares will never occur on a less than one-for-one basis.

 

F-23


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

 

NOTE 9. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The following table presents information about the Company’s financial assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value:

 

Description

   Amount at
Fair Value
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

March 31, 2022

           

Assets

           

Investments held in Trust Account:

           

Money Market investments

   $ 317,582,318      $ 317,582,318      $
 

  

 
   $ —    

Liabilities

           

Warrant liability – Public Warrants

   $ 4,365,625      $ 4,365,625      $
 

  

 
   $ —    

Warrant liability – Private Placement Warrants

   $ 3,061,666      $ —        $
 

  

 
   $ 3,061,666  

Convertible promissory note - related party

   $ 72,800      $ —        $
 

  

 
   $ 72,800  

December 31, 2021

           

Assets

           

Investments held in Trust Account:

           

Money Market investments

   $ 317,581,791      $ 317,581,791      $
 

  

 
   $ —    

Liabilities

           

Warrant liability – Public Warrants

   $ 5,715,000      $ 5,715,000      $
 

  

 
   $ —    

Warrant liability – Private Placement Warrants

   $ 4,063,666      $ —        $
 

  

 
   $ 4,063,666  

The Company utilized a Monte Carlo simulation model for the initial valuation of the Public Warrants. The subsequent measurement of the Public Warrants as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 is classified as Level 1 due to the use of an observable market quote in an active market under the ticker HYACW. The quoted price of the Public Warrants, on NASDAQ, beginning on April 29, 2021, was $0.55 and $0.72 per warrant as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

The Company utilizes a Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model to value the Private Placement Warrants at each reporting period, with changes in fair value recognized in the condensed statements of operations. The estimated fair value of the Private Placement warrant liability is determined using Level 3 inputs. Inherent in a binomial lattice model are assumptions related to expected share-price volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield. The Company estimates the volatility of its common stock based on historical volatility that matches the expected remaining life of the warrants. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon yield curve on the grant date for a maturity similar to the expected remaining life of the warrants. The expected life of the warrants is assumed to be equivalent to their remaining contractual term. The dividend rate is based on the historical rate, which the Company anticipates to remain at zero.

 

F-24


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

 

The aforementioned warrant liabilities are not subject to qualified hedge accounting.

Transfers to/from Levels 1, 2, and 3 are recognized at the end of the reporting periods. The estimated fair value of the Public Warrants transferred from a Level 3 measurement to a Level 1 fair value measurement in April 2021 after the Public Warrants were separately listed and traded.

The following table provides the significant inputs to the Monte Carlo Simulation for the fair value of the Public Warrants:

 

     At March 4, 2021 (Initial Measurement)  

Stock Price on Valuation Date

   $ 10.00  

Strike price (Exercise Price per Share)

   $ 11.50  

Probability of completing a Business Combination

     85.0

Term (in years)

     6.6  

Volatility

     4% pre-merger/34% post-merger  

Risk-free rate

     1.1

Fair value per warrant

   $ 2.11  

The following table provides the significant inputs to the Modified Black Scholes model for the fair value of the Private Placement Warrants:

 

     As of March 31, 2022     As of December 31, 2021  

Stock price

   $ 9.88     $ 9.80  

Strike price

   $ 11.50     $ 11.50  

Probability of completing a Business Combination

     N/A     N/A

Dividend yield

     —       —  

Term (in years)

     5.3       5.8  

Volatility

     7.3     11.3

Risk-free rate

     2.4     1.3

Fair value per warrant

   $ 0.55     $ 0.73  

 

*

The probability of completing a Business Combination is considered within the volatility implied by the traded price of the Public Warrants which is used to value the Private Placement Warrants.

The convertible promissory note - related party was valued using a Black-Scholes method, which is considered to be a Level 3 fair value measurement. The estimated fair value of each draw of the convertible promissory note - related party was based on the following significant inputs:

 

F-25


HAYMAKER ACQUISITION CORP. III

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2022

(UNAUDITED)

 

     As of March 31,
2022
    As of February 14,
2022
(Initial Measurement)
    As of February 9,
2022

(Initial Measurement)
    As of February 4,
2022

(Initial Measurement)
 

Warrant price

   $ 0.55     $ 0.36     $ 0.44     $ 0.47  

Conversion price

   $ 1.50     $ 1.50     $ 1.50     $ 1.50  

Expected term

     0.3       0.4       0.4       0.4  

Warrant volatility

     123.0     91.0     89.0     89.0

Risk free rate

     0.5     0.6     0.4     0.4

Discount rate

     9.9     9.8     9.9     9.9

Probability of completing initial Business Combination

     35     35     35     35

Fair value convertible promissory note - related party

   $ 72,800     $ 14,800     $ 27,600     $ 29,600  

The following table presents the changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial instruments that are measured at fair value:

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2020

   $ —    

Initial measurement of Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants as of March 4, 2021

     27,185,000  

Additional warrants issued in over-allotment

     1,420,125  

Transfer of Public Warrants to Level 1 measurement

     (16,748,125

Change in valuation inputs or other assumptions

     (7,793,334
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31, 2021

     4,063,666  

Initial measurement of draw on convertible promissory note - related party on February 4, 2022

     29,600  

Initial measurement of draw on convertible promissory note - related party on February 9, 2022

     27,600  

Initial measurement of draw on convertible promissory note - related party on February 14, 2022

     14,800  

Change in valuation inputs or other assumptions

     (1,001,200
  

 

 

 

Fair value as of March 31, 2022

   $ 3,134,466  
  

 

 

 

The Company recognized gains in connection with changes in the fair value of warrant liabilities of $2,351,375 and $619,543 within change in fair value of warrant liabilities in the Condensed Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2021, respectively. The Company recognized a loss on the change in fair value of convertible promissory note - related party of $800 in the condensed statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2022. The aggregate amount by which the cash proceeds from the draws on the convertible promissory note – related party was in excess of fair value on the initial measurement dates of $136,827 is reflected as a contribution to additional paid-in capital during the three months ended March 31, 2022.

NOTE 10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the condensed balance sheet date up to the date that the condensed financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, other than those identified below, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment to or disclosure in the condensed financial statements.

On May 5, 2022, the Company filed a definitive proxy statement with the SEC setting forth all of the information relating to the Business Combination, as disclosed in Note 1, and inviting the Company’s stockholders to attend the special meeting in lieu of the 2022 annual meeting of the stockholders on May 24, 2022, at 10:00 a.m., Eastern time, to approve, among other things, the Business Combination Agreement and the Business Combination.

 

F-26

EX-99.3

Exhibit 99.3

BIOTE MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this section to the “Company,” “we,” “us, or “our” refer to the business of the Biote Companies prior to the consummation of the business combination. Defined terms included below have the same meaning as terms defined and included elsewhere in this Current Report on Form 8-K (the “Form 8-K”). Throughout this section, unless otherwise noted, “Biote” refers to BioTE Holdings, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries.

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the “Summary Historical Financial Information of Biote” section of this proxy statement and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this proxy statement. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as those set forth under the “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” sections and elsewhere in this proxy statement, our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

Overview

We operate a high growth practice-building business within the hormone optimization space. Similar to a franchise model, we provide the necessary components to enable Biote-certified practitioners to establish, build, and successfully implement a program designed to optimize hormone levels using personalized solutions for their aging patient populations. The Biote Method is a comprehensive, end-to-end practice building platform that provides Biote-certified practitioners with the components specifically developed for practitioners in the hormone optimization space: Biote Method education, training and certification, practice management software, inventory management software, and information regarding available hormone replacement therapy (“HRT”) products, as well as digital and point-of-care marketing support. We also sell a complementary Biote-branded line of dietary supplements. We generate revenues by charging the Biote-partnered clinics fees associated with the support Biote provides for HRT and from the sale of Biote-branded dietary supplements. By virtue of our historical performance over the past ten years, we believe that our business model has been successful, remains differentiated, and is well positioned for future growth.

Our go-to-market strategy focuses on:

 

   

Increase the number of Biote-certified practitioners. Our primary objective in marketing to healthcare providers is to inform them of the value in joining the Biote network. We accomplish this through provider referrals, a dedicated sales force, and through digital and traditional marketing channels. We target specific physicians based on their specialty, prescribing data, demographic information and location match with our existing geographic footprint.

 

   

Grow the practice of our Biote-certified practitioners and Biote partnered clinics. When the practices of our Biote-certified practitioners and Biote partnered clinics grow, we grow. We help our Biote-certified practitioners and Biote partnered clinics grow by, among other things:

 

   

providing mentorship, practice management and marketing capability necessary to operate an efficient hormone optimization practice;

 

   

providing high-quality Biote-branded dietary supplement products;

 

   

providing Biote-certified practitioners and Biote partnered clinics a full array of wellness education and marketing materials;

 

   

directing consumers that are actively seeking care to Biote-certified practitioners via the “Find A Provider” feature on our company website; and

 

   

utilizing our growing digital outreach capabilities to connect with consumers seeking general information.

 

   

Increasing sales of Biote-branded dietary supplements. As of June 1, 2022, our Biote-branded dietary supplement line includes 18 dietary supplements that we offer to our Biote-certified practitioners through our eCommerce site, efficiently leveraging our core Biote provider platform. Practitioners then re-sell Biote-branded dietary supplements to their patients, enabling patients to receive physician-guided therapies to manage the related effects of aging. In August 2021, we launched a direct-to-patient eCommerce platform whereby practitioners can invite their patients to buy Biote-branded dietary supplements online via our online store.


The hormone pellet products used by Biote-certified practitioners are manufactured by third-party compounding pharmacies and shipped directly to Biote-certified practitioners. Custody of the pellets is with Biote-certified practitioners. However, the pellets are recorded as inventory on our financial statements from the date of shipment until such time as they are administered in a patient treatment as monitored and recorded in our BioTracker system as an additional service for administrative convenience of Biote-certified practitioners and Biote partnered clinics. The unused pellets located at the Biote partnered clinics are recorded in our consolidated balance sheets as inventory until such time as they are dispensed in treatments which initiates the revenue recognition process.

These products have a finite life ranging from six to twelve months. We assume the risk of loss due to expiration, damage or otherwise. Additionally, the products offered in our Biote-branded dietary supplement portfolio are produced by third-party manufacturers located in the United States. Prior to 2021, our Biote-branded dietary supplements were dropped-shipped directly to our customers from our vendors. Beginning in 2021, Biote contracted with a third-party to provide warehousing, co-packing and logistics services for our Biote-branded dietary supplements. As such our consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 reflect inventories relating to these items.

Revenue generated from individual Biote partnered clinics varies significantly. This variability is due to many factors. These include: tenure of its practitioners as Biote-certified practitioners; the number of certified practitioners in an individual clinic; the number of patients served by a clinic; the clinic’s patient demographics; and the clinic’s geographic location and population density. The master services agreements (“MSAs”) we enter into with Biote partnered clinics contain tiered pricing provisions for the management fees. These provisions provide for decreasing management fees owed to us based on the number of new patients treated. This can result in declines in revenue we realize from management fees from existing Biote partnered clinics unless these are offset by revenues generated from newly acquired Biote partnered clinics which begin at higher fee levels under the MSA.

Our revenue was $37.1 million and $31.5 million, our net income was $9.4 million and $8.8 million, and our adjusted EBITDA was $11.7 million and $9.7 million, for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the COVID-19 outbreak a pandemic (the “COVID-19 pandemic”), and the virus continues to spread in areas where we partner with Biote-certified practitioners and Biote partnered clinics and sell our dietary supplements. Several public health organizations have recommended, and many local governments have implemented, certain measures to slow and limit the transmission of the virus, including shelter in place and social distancing ordinances, which have resulted in a significant deterioration of economic conditions in many of the states in which we operate.

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the related disruptions caused to the global economy did not have a material impact on our business during the three months ended March 31, 2022 or during the three months ended March 31, 2021. We experienced a decrease in Biote partnered clinic demand and Biote-branded dietary supplement shipments in the second quarter of fiscal year 2020. This decrease was primarily the result of closures or reduced capacity at Biote partnered clinics in various geographies within the United States. During the second half of fiscal year 2020, clinic demand returned to pre-COVID-19 pandemic levels. During this and subsequent periods, we have not experienced any material disruptions in our supply chain or in our ability to fulfill orders as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Business Combination

On December 13, 2021, we entered into the Business Combination Agreement with Haymaker and certain other parties. Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, and assuming a favorable vote of Haymaker’s stockholders, we will affect a series of transactions resulting in the business combination. The surviving parent company will be renamed “biote Corp.”


The business combination will be accounted for as a common control transaction, in accordance with GAAP, as the Biote Founder is deemed to have continued control over the Combined Company for accounting purposes. Under this method of accounting, Haymaker’s acquisition of Biote will be accounted for at Biote’s historical carrying values, and Biote will be deemed the predecessor entity. This method of accounting is similar to a reverse recapitalization whereby the business combination will be treated as the equivalent of Biote issuing stock for the net assets of Haymaker, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Haymaker will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the business combination will be those of Biote. The business combination is expected to have a significant impact on our future reported financial position and results as a consequence of the reverse capitalization. The most significant changes in Biote’s future reported financial position and results are expected to be an estimated net increase in cash (as compared to our consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2022) of between approximately $23.3 million, assuming maximum shareholder redemptions permitted under the Business Combination Agreement, and $144.1 million, assuming no shareholder redemptions. The estimated transaction costs of the business combination are approximately $49.1 million.

In connection with the Business Combination Agreement, BioTE Medical, LLC, a subsidiary of Biote, entered into a credit agreement with Truist Bank and Truist Securities, Inc., which provides for (i) a $50,000,000 senior secured revolving credit facility in favor of Biote Medical and (ii) a $125,000,000 senior secured term loan A facility in favor of Biote Medical.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We sell Biote partnered clinics the Biote Method, the components of which are specifically developed for practitioners in the hormone optimization space: Biote Method education, training and certification, practice management resources, inventory management resources, and digital and point-of-care-marketing support. Our revenue represents fees paid for the training, marketing support, practice development, equipment, IP licensing, and product sales of Biote-branded dietary supplements, physician-prescribed procedures, and pellet procedure convenience kits, or trocars.

Our revenues fluctuate in response to a combination of factors, including the following:

 

   

sales volumes;

 

   

the mix of male and female patients treated by Biote-certified practitioners, as treatment for males generates more revenue per patient than treatment for females;

 

   

our overall product mix of dietary supplements sold;

 

   

the effects of competition on market share;

 

   

new Biote partnered clinics acquired as customers, less any existing clinics lost as customers (“net new clinics”);

 

   

number of procedures performed by practitioners;

 

   

medical industry acceptance of hormone optimization generally as a solution to unmet medical needs;

 

   

the number of business days in a particular reporting period, including as a result of holidays;

 

   

weather disruptions impacting medical offices’ ability to maintain regular operating schedules;

 

   

the effects of competition and competitive pricing strategies;

 

   

governmental regulations influencing our markets; and

 

   

global and regional economic cycles.

Generally, our MSAs require us to provide (1) initial training to practitioners on the Biote Method, (2) inventory management services and (3) other contract-term marketing and practice development services (including recurring training and licenses of Biote IP). Historically, we have provided the optional free lease of reusable trocars by Biote-certified practitioners.

Substantially all of our revenue originates from sales to clinic locations in the United States.

Product Revenue

Product revenue includes both pellets, in connection with the service described above, and the related inventory management services provided to clinics. Product revenue is recognized at the point in time when the clinic obtains ownership of the pellet, which we determined to be when the Biote-certified practitioner performs the procedure to implant the pellet into their patient. The consideration allocated to this performance obligation is a procedure-based service fee which we refer to as procedure revenue. Our product revenues also include revenues earned from sales of pellet insertion kits and Biote-branded dietary supplements. Revenue from the sale of Biote-branded dietary supplements and pellet insertion kits is recognized when the clinic or clinics patient (supplements only) obtains control of the product and is generally at the time of shipment from our distribution facility or supplier. Any shipping or handling fees paid by clinics are also recorded within product revenues.


Service Revenue

Service revenue is revenue earned from fees paid by Biote partnered clinics for training services and other contract term services pursuant to our MSAs. While the option to receive and right to use the reusable trocars through the term of the contract represents an embedded lease, we have adopted the practical expedient within ASC 842 to combine the lease and non-lease components and account for the combined component under ASC 606.

For Biote Method arrangements, we recognize revenue for trainings and for management services over time. For initial trainings, progress is measured by the number of training sessions completed, and for contract-term services, progress is measured on a time-elapsed basis.

The training completion and time-elapsed bases represent the most reliable measure of transfer of control to the clinic for trainings and contract-term services, respectively. Revenue is deferred for amounts billed or received prior to delivery of the services.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of service revenue consists primarily of costs incurred to deliver trainings to Biote partnered clinics. Cost of product revenues include the pass-through cost of pellets purchased from outsourcing facilities, the cost of pellet insertion kits and Biote-branded dietary supplements purchased from manufacturing facilities, and the shipping and handling costs incurred to deliver these products to Biote partnered clinics.

Commissions

Commissions consist primarily of fees paid to a third-party sales force and fees paid to Biote partnered clinics that participate in our clinic mentor program (our “Mentor Program”), which pairs experienced Biote-certified practitioners with newly contracted practitioners.

Commissions paid to the Company’s third-party sales forces relate to market support and development activities undertaken to increase sales through the acquisition of new Biote partnered clinics and growth from existing clinics. These are not considered incremental costs to obtain a clinic contract. As a result of investing in growing our internal sales capabilities beginning in 2019, we rely less on third-party sales forces and our commissions have decreased over time. We expect external commissions expenses to continue to decrease as we focus our growth initiatives based on an internal sales force model. However, the employee salaries we pay to our internal sales force are considered compensation expense and allocated to selling, general, and administrative expense. We’ve also made improvements to our Mentor Program that have resulted in lower commissions paid since 2019.

Marketing

Marketing consists primarily of advertising expenses, other non-advertising marketing and training program costs, and management services costs. These costs are all expensed as incurred.

Selling, General, and Administrative Expense

Selling, general, and administrative expense consists primarily of software licensing and maintenance and the cost of employees who engage in corporate functions, such as finance and accounting, information technology, human resources, legal, and executive management. Selling, general, and administrative expense also includes rent occupancy costs, office expenses, recruiting expenses, entertainment allocations, depreciation and amortization, other general overhead costs, insurance premiums, professional service fees, research and development, and costs related to regulatory and legal matters.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists primarily of cash and non-cash interest under our term loan facility and commitment fees for our unused line of credit.


Other Income / Expense

Other income and other expense consist of the foreign currency exchange gains and losses for sales denominated in foreign currencies, interest income and other income or payments not appropriately classified as operating expenses.

Income Taxes

We are a limited liability company for U.S. federal income tax purposes and have elected to be treated as a partnership for income tax purposes. BioTE Holdings, LLC is not subject to U.S. federal income tax, but may be subject to certain taxes and fees imposed by the states in which we operate. As such, all federal taxable income for BioTE Holdings, LLC is passed directly to the members, and is subject to income tax at the members’ level. We remain liable for Texas and other state franchise taxes, which are based on income and accounted for under ASC 740, Income Taxes.

Refer to Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in our accompanying financial statements elsewhere in this proxy statement for additional discussion.

Following the business combination, our parent company will be subject to U.S federal, state and foreign income taxes as a corporation.


Results of Operations

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 and 2021

The table and discussion below present our results for the Three Months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021:

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,     Increase/(Decrease)  

(U.S. dollars, in thousands)

   2022     2021     $     %  

Revenue

        

Product revenue

   $ 36,758     $ 31,193     $ 5,565       17.8

Service revenue

     385       350       35       10.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total revenue

     37,143       31,543       5,600       17.8

Cost of revenue
(excluding depreciation and amortization included in selling, general, and administrative, below)

        

Cost of products

     11,657       10,877       780       7.2

Cost of services

     620       484       136       28.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

Cost of revenue

     12,277       11,361       916       8.1

Commissions

     216       577       (361     (62.6 %) 

Marketing

     1,241       749       492       65.7

Selling, general, and administrative

     13,646       9,463       4,183       44.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

Income from operations

     9,763       9,393       370       3.9

Other income (expense):

        

Interest expense

     (359     (492     133       (27.0 %) 

Other expense

     10       4       6       150.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total other expense

     (349     (488     139       (28.5 %) 

Income before provision for income taxes

     9,414       8,905       509       5.7

Income tax expense

     64       64       —         *  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

Net income

   $ 9,350     $ 8,841       509       5.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

*

Not a meaningful change

Revenue

Revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2022 increased by $5.6 million to $37.1 million, or 17.8% as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2021. The increase was primarily driven by a $5.6 million increase of procedure and Biote-branded dietary supplement revenue. Procedures performed increased by 21% versus the prior year resulting in a $5.4 million increase in procedures revenue. During the three months ended March 31, 2022, 136 net new clinics were added versus 60 net new clinics for the three months ended March 31, 2021. Biote-branded dietary supplement sales increased by 3.5% or $0.2 million over the same period in the prior year. Service revenues increased by 10% over the same period in the prior year resulting from an increase in the number of practitioners attending training during the three months ended March 31, 2022 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2021.


Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2022 increased by $0.9 million, to $12.3 million, or 8.1% as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2021. The increase was primarily due to the net impact of higher volumes at lower unit costs. Cost of procedures increased by $0.8 million for the period, consisting of $1.6 million attributable to volume increases in pellets dispensed which was offset by a reduction in the per unit cost of certain pellets totaling $0.8 million. Biote-branded dietary supplement costs decreased by 7.8%, or $0.2 million, during the period, consisting of $0.1 million attributable to higher volumes which was offset by price reductions and increases in sales of lower cost dietary supplements totaling $0.3 million.

Commissions

Commissions expense for the three months ended March 31, 2022 decreased by $0.4 million to $0.2 million, or 62.6%, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2021. The decrease is primarily driven by our shift to an internal sales force for generating product demand.

Marketing

Marketing expense for the three months ended March 31, 2022 increased by $0.5 million to $1.2 million, or 65.7%, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2021. This increase is attributable to an increase in digital media initiatives of $0.3 million and increases in printed brochures and informational materials of $0.2 million.

Selling, General, and Administrative

Selling, general, and administrative expense for the three months ended March 31, 2022 increased by $4.2 million to $13.6 million, or 44.2%, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2021. The increase was primarily from a $1.9 million increase in payroll and related expenses due to increases in sales incentives consistent with sales growth for the period and additional management hiring; $0.3 million of increases in software licensing and maintenance resulting from higher personnel headcount and ongoing strategic technology initiatives; $0.2 million of travel and entertainment expenses due to increases in sales force headcount; and merchant bank processing fees of $0.2 million consistent with sales growth. Additionally, professional fees increased during the period by $1.3 million, of which $0.7 million was due to additional services rendered related to our pursuit of the business combination with Haymaker, with the remaining $0.6 million attributable to other legal matters incurred in the normal course of operations.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2022 decreased by $0.1 million to $0.4 million, or 27.0%, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2021. The decrease was primarily due to the reduction in the amount outstanding on the note payable as compared to the prior year as well as a reduction in interest rates realized during the year. Interest expense relates primarily to interest on an outstanding note payable and amortization of origination fees.

Other income/(expense)

Other income for the three months ended March 31, 2022 increased by $6 thousand to $10 thousand as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2021. The increase was primarily due to currency fluctuations during the period.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2022 remained constant as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2021.


Non-GAAP Measures

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP performance measure that provides supplemental information that we believe is useful to analysts and investors to evaluate the company’s ongoing results of operations when considered alongside other GAAP measures.

We believe that non-GAAP financial information, when taken collectively, may be helpful to investors because it provides consistency and comparability with past financial performance. However, non-GAAP financial information is presented for supplemental informational purposes only, has limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP.

In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate similarly titled non-GAAP measures differently or may use other measures to evaluate their performance, all of which could reduce the usefulness of our non-GAAP financial measures as tools for comparison. Investors are encouraged to review the reconciliation, and not to rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.

We use adjusted EBITDA as alternative measures to evaluate our operational performance. We calculate adjusted EBITDA by excluding from Net Income: Interest expense; depreciation and amortization expenses; and income taxes. Additionally, we exclude certain expenses we believe are not indicative of our ongoing operations or operational performance. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure, may have limited value in comparability with other companies and is not a substitute to measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP.

The following is a reconciliation of net income to adjusted EBITDA (in thousands) for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,  
     2022      2021  

Net income

   $ 9,350      $ 8,841  

Interest expense

     359        492  

Income tax expense

     64        64  

Depreciation and amortization

     502        322  

Transaction expenses

     707        —    

Legal fees

     483        —    

Founder related expenses

     136        —    

Severance costs

     72        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 11,673      $ 9,719  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary sources of cash are our cash flow from operations, less amounts paid to fund operating expenses, and working capital requirements related to inventory, accounts payable and accounts receivable, and general and administrative expenditures. We primarily use cash to fund our debt service obligations, fund operations, meet working capital requirements, capital expenditures and strategic investments. As of March 31, 2022, we had cash and cash equivalents of $27.7 million. Based on past performance and current expectations, we believe that our current available sources of funds (including cash and cash equivalents plus proceeds from the business combination and debt financing) will be adequate to finance our operations, working capital requirements, capital expenditures, debt servicing obligations, and potential dividends for at least the next twelve months.

Since our inception, we have financed our operations and capital expenditures primarily through capital investment from our founder and other members, debt financing in the form of short-term lines of credit and long-term notes payable, and net cash inflows from operations.


We expect our operating and capital expenditures to increase as we increase headcount, expand our operations and grow our clinic base. If additional funds are required to support our working capital requirements, acquisitions or other purposes, we may seek to raise funds through additional debt or equity financings or from other sources. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our equity holders could be significantly diluted, and these newly issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing equity holders. If we raise additional funds by obtaining loans from third-parties, the terms of those financing arrangements may include negative covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our operating flexibility and also require us to incur additional interest expense. We can provide no assurance that additional financing will be available at all or, if available, that we would be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our condensed consolidated cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2022      2021  

Condensed consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data:

     

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 6,969      $ 7,957  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (482      (486

Net cash used in financing activities

     (5,562      (3,592

We derive liquidity primarily from debt and equity financing activities. As of March 31, 2022, our balance of cash and cash equivalents was $27.7 million, which is an increase of $6.6 million, or 31.4%, compared to March 31, 2021. Our total outstanding debt principal balance as of March 31, 2022 was $35.8 million, which represents a decrease of $4.7 million over the total debt outstanding at March 31, 2021 of $40.5 million.

Operating Activities

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 and 2021

Cash flows provided by operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2022 decreased $1 million compared to the three months ended March 31, 2021. Net income from operations, adjusted for non-cash expenses such as depreciation and amortization, provisions for bad debts, and provisions for obsolete inventories resulted in a net increase of $0.7 million as compared to the prior period. Additionally, our working capital investment in our Biote-branded supplement inventory decreased by $1.6 million as compared to the prior period. This resulted from the initial investment in our third-party fulfillment centers during the three months ended March 31, 2021. These increases were offset by a $1.2 million increase in working capital from advances and prepayments made to certain vendors and reductions in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $2.1 million due to the payment timing of vendor and other liabilities.


Investing Activities

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 and 2021

Net cash used in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2022 decreased by $4 thousand as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2021. This decrease was driven by a reduction in costs for the development of internal-use capitalized software of $124 thousand. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in purchases of property and equipment of $120 thousand; primarily reusable trocars and costs associated with expanding our corporate offices.

Financing Activities

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 and 2021

Net cash used in financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2022 increased $2 million as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2021. The increase is due to $1.6 million of certain costs capitalized in conjunction with the anticipated business combination with Haymaker, as well as by an increase in member distributions of $0.4 million between the two periods.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in accordance with GAAP requires our management to make judgments, assumptions and estimates that affect the amounts reported in our accompanying consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this proxy statement.

Our management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience, current economic and industry conditions and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

The methods, estimates, and judgments that we use in applying our accounting policies have a significant impact on the results that we report in our consolidated financial statements. Some of our accounting policies require us to make difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates regarding matters that are inherently uncertain.

Our most critical accounting estimates include revenue recognition and the valuation of inventory.

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to our condensed consolidated financial statements. We believe that the accounting policies described reflect our most critical accounting policies and estimates, which represent those that involve a significant degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, we believe these policies are critical in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

Prior to January 1, 2019, we recognized revenue when there was persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery had occurred, the fee was fixed or determinable and collection was reasonably assured.

We adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standard Update (ASU) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and subsequent amendments (collectively, “ASC 606”), on January 1, 2019. We applied ASC 606 using the modified retrospective method and elected to apply this initial application of the standard only to contracts that are not completed at the date of initial application. The cumulative effect of adopting ASC 606 resulted in a $3.5 million adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as of January 1, 2019, with an offsetting adjustment to deferred revenue, current and long-term.

To determine revenue recognition for arrangements within the scope of ASC 606, we perform the following five steps: (1) identify the contract(s) with a clinic; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy performance obligations. We recognize revenue when the control of the promised goods or services is transferred to Biote partnered clinics in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to receive in exchange for such goods or services.


The majority of our revenue is derived from our long-term service agreements for Biote partnered clinics of the Biote Method. In determining the transaction price, we evaluate whether the price is subject to discounts or adjustments to determine the net consideration to which we expect to be entitled.

Revenue is recognized when control of the product or service is transferred to the clinic (i.e., when our performance obligation is satisfied), which varies between the different performance obligations within the contract. In determining whether control has transferred for a product, we consider if there is a present right to payment and legal title, and whether risks and rewards of ownership have transferred to the clinic. For services, we consider whether we have an enforceable right to payment and when the clinic receives the benefits of our performance. Refer to Note 2 to our condensed consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of our revenue recognition policy.

Inventories

Our inventories consist of physician-prescribed pellets used by Biote-certified practitioners in partnered clinics and Biote-branded dietary supplements which are sold and distributed to the Biote partnered clinics and their patients. Custody of the pellets remains with Biote-certified practitioners. The pellets are presented as inventory on our financial statements from the date of shipment until such time as they are administered in a treatment by a Biote-certified practitioner on their patient for the convenience of Biote-certified practitioners and Biote partnered clinics. Beginning the quarter ended June 30, 2021, we maintained our Biote-branded dietary supplement inventory at a third-party facility that provides Biote with co-packing and logistics services in the distribution of these products. From April 1, 2019 through March 31, 2021, we did not maintain our own stock of inventories on these products. During that time period these were distributed to Biote partnered clinics via drop shipment arrangements with our respective vendors.

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. We regularly review our inventories and write down our inventories for estimated losses due to obsolescence or expiration. The allowance for pellets is determined based on the age of the specific manufacturing lots of the product and its remaining life until expiration. Dietary supplements are evaluated at the product level based on sales of our products in the recent past and/or expected future demand. Future demand is affected by market conditions, new products and strategic plans, each of which is subject to change with little or no forewarning. In estimating obsolescence, we utilize information that includes projecting future demand.

The need for strategic inventory levels to ensure competitive delivery performance to our Biote partnered clinics are balanced against the risk of inventory obsolescence due to clinic requirements.

Off-Balance Sheet Commitments and Arrangements

As of March 31, 2022, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K.

Contractual Obligations

Our principal contractual obligations and commitments consist of obligations to pay loan principal and interest under our long-term debt agreement and obligations under our operating lease agreement.

Refer to Note 8 and Note 10 to our condensed consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the nature and timing of our obligations under these agreements. The future amount and timing of interest payments under our long-term debt agreement are expected to vary with the amount and then-prevailing contractual interest rates of our debt, which are discussed in Note 8 to our condensed consolidated financial statements.


Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our condensed consolidated financial statements for a discussion of accounting pronouncements recently adopted and recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted and their potential impact to our financial statements.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies, allowing them to delay the adoption of those standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period under the JOBS Act. As a result, following the business combination, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of companies that are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies, which may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business, including the effects of interest rate changes and inflation. Information relating to quantitative and qualitative disclosures about these market risks is set forth below.

Interest Rate Fluctuation Risk

The primary objective of our investment activities is to maintain cash reserves to meet the capital requirements of our operations and our contractual obligations. In future periods, we will continue to evaluate our investment policy in order to ensure that we continue to meet our overall objectives.

We are exposed to interest rate risk in relation to our long-term debt outstanding. As is more fully described in Note 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements, our outstanding long-term debt has a variable rate of interest, which is primarily based on the Eurodollar rate. We estimate that an increase of 100 basis points in the interest rates related to our long-term debt would increase our annualized interest expense by $0.5 million.

We do not engage in any strategies to limit our exposure to this interest rate risk. In addition to the interest rate risk related to our current borrowings, changes in interest rates could affect the interest we pay under any future borrowings on the line of credit available to us under our long-term debt agreement.

The variable interest rate on our long-term debt has increased since our last fiscal year, to a rate of 3.4% as of March 31, 2022 from a rate of 3.1% as of December 31, 2021.

Inflation

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. We continue to monitor the impact of inflation in order to minimize its effects through pricing strategies, productivity improvements and cost reductions. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

EX-99.4

Exhibit 99.4

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

References in this report (the “Quarterly Report”) to “we,” “us” or the “Company” refer to Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III References to our “management” or our “management team” refer to our officers and directors, and references to the “Sponsor” refer to Haymaker Sponsor III, LLC. The following discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the unaudited condensed financial statements and the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this Quarterly Report. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This Quarterly Report includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Exchange Act that are not historical facts, and involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expected and projected. All statements, other than statements of historical fact included in this Form 10-Q including, without limitation, statements in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” regarding the Company’s financial position, business strategy and the plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. Words such as “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “seek” and variations and similar words and expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements relate to future events or future performance, but reflect management’s current beliefs, based on information currently available. A number of factors could cause actual events, performance or results to differ materially from the events, performance and results discussed in the forward-looking statements. For information identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements, please refer to the Risk Factors section of the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The Company’s securities filings can be accessed on the EDGAR section of the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Except as expressly required by applicable securities law, the Company disclaims any intention or obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Overview

We are a blank check company incorporated on July 6, 2020 as a Delaware corporation and formed for the purpose of effectuating a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to throughout this Quarterly Report as our “initial business combination”. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of the initial public offering and the private placement of the private placement warrants, the proceeds of the sale of our shares in connection with our initial business combination (pursuant to forward purchase agreements or backstop agreements we may enter into following the consummation of the initial public offering or otherwise), shares issued to the owners of the target, debt issued to bank or other lenders or the owners of the target, or a combination of the foregoing.

Business Combination Agreement

On December 13, 2021, the Company entered into the Business Combination Agreement with the Sponsor, Biote, BioTe Management, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company, Dr. Gary Donovitz, in his individual capacity, and the Members’ Representative. Upon the Closing, the Company will change its name to “Biote Corp.” The aggregate consideration that will be paid to or retained by the Members upon the Closing is approximately $555,000,000, subject to the purchase price adjustments set forth in the Business Combination Agreement. Following the Closing, the Combined Company will be organized in an “UP- C” structure in which substantially all of the assets and business of the Combined Company will be held by the Biote Companies, and the Company’s only direct assets will consist of Biote Units.

 

1


Prior to the Closing, the Company may issue up to $100,000,000 in shares of Class A common stock in an Equity Financing, so long as the price per share in such Equity Financing is not less than $10.00. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, in connection with the Closing, all then-outstanding shares of Class B common stock will be converted into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.

Immediately prior to the Closing, Biote will (i) effectuate a recapitalization, pursuant to which all its Class A Units, Class AA Units, Class AAA Units and Class AAAA Units held by the Members will be converted or exchanged (whether by direct exchange, merger or otherwise) into a number of equity interests in Biote designated as Biote Units in the amounts determined in accordance with the Biote A&R OA, which will be entered into prior to the Closing, the result of which will be that the Members will hold a single class of Biote Units as of immediately prior to the Closing and (ii) convert into a Delaware limited liability company. In connection with the Business Combination, Biote Medical, a subsidiary of Biote, has entered into a debt commitment letter with Truist Bank and Truist Securities, Inc. to obtain (i) a $50,000,000 senior secured revolving credit facility in favor of Biote Medical and (ii) a $125,000,000 senior secured term loan A facility in favor of Biote Medical. Each Phantom Equity Holder has entered into a Phantom Equity Acknowledgement effective as of the Closing, which shall, among other things, confirm the number of shares of Class A common stock to be issued to such Phantom Equity Holder pursuant to the Incentive Plan in satisfaction of his or her phantom equity rights and the vesting schedule for such shares.

Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions set forth therein, at the time of the Closing, (x) in exchange for the Closing Biote Units, the Company will transfer cash in an amount equal to (i) the cash in the trust account and any cash held by the Company outside of the trust account, less (ii) the amounts required by the redemptions of Class A common stock by the public stockholders, plus (iii) the aggregate proceeds to be received by the Company pursuant to any Equity Financing, (y) the Biote Companies will receive the aggregate proceeds from the Debt Financing in accordance with and in the priority set forth in the Business Combination Agreement and as described further below, and (z) the Company will issue to Biote a number of shares of its Class V Voting Stock equal to the number of Retained Biote Units, which will entitle the holder thereof to one vote per share but no right to dividends or distributions. Biote will immediately thereafter distribute the Class V Voting Stock to its Members pursuant to the Biote A&R OA. The “Cash Consideration” will be equal to the portion of the aggregate consideration paid or payable to the Selling Member that is paid in cash, which amount shall in no event exceed $199,000,000.

At the Closing and in consideration for the acquisition of Biote Units by the Company, the Company and the Biote Companies will, subject to the Business Combination Agreement and the Trust Agreement, disburse the Closing Date Cash for the following purposes and in the following order of priority: (a) first, payment of unpaid Transaction Expenses, (b) second, payment to Biote (for use by the Biote Companies) in the amount of $75,000,000, (c) third, payment of Cash Consideration to the Selling Member in the amount of $50,000,000, (d) fourth, payment to Biote (for use by the Biote Companies) in the amount of $75,000,000, (e) fifth, payment of Cash Consideration to the Selling Member in the amount of $75,000,000, (f) sixth, payment to Biote and the Selling Member such that Biote and the Selling Member receive 37.8% and 62.2%, respectively, of the remaining Closing Date Cash until Biote and the Selling Member have received aggregate payments pursuant to this clause (f) equal to $45,000,000 and $74,000,000, respectively, and (g) seventh, payment to Biote (for use by the Biote Companies).

 

2


At the Closing, Biote will issue to the Company the Closing Biote Units equal to the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding as of immediately prior to the Closing (after giving effect to any redemptions of Class A common stock, any Equity Financing, the Class B Common Stock Conversion and the forfeiture of up to 793,750 shares of Class B common stock held by the Sponsor in the event cash available to the Company at the Closing is less than $206,400,000). The Members will, immediately following the Closing, retain the Retained Biote Units equal to the following (without duplication between clauses (y) and (z)): (w) (i) (A) Biote’s equity value (i.e., $555,000,000), minus (B) the aggregate amount of Company Transaction Expenses, minus (C) the Cash Consideration, if any, divided by (ii) $10.00, plus (x) the Member Earnout Units, minus (y) a number of Biote Units equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock to be issued to the Phantom Equity Holders pursuant to the Phantom Equity Acknowledgements (or the existing underlying phantom equity documentation with respect to any Phantom Equity Holder who has not entered into a Phantom Equity Acknowledgement as of the Closing), minus (z) a number of Biote Units equal to the quotient of (i) the amount of cash payable to the Phantom Equity Holders pursuant to the Phantom Equity Acknowledgments (or the existing underlying phantom equity documentation with respect to any Phantom Equity Holder who has not entered into a Phantom Equity Acknowledgement as of the Closing), divided by (ii) $10.00.

In connection with the Closing, on the Closing Date (a) the Members on a pro rata basis will subject (i) the Member Earnout Units and (ii) the Earnout Voting Shares, (b) the Sponsor will subject the Sponsor Earnout Shares, and (c) the Company will subject the Sponsor Earnout Units, to certain restrictions and potential forfeiture pending the achievement (if any) of certain earnout targets pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement or the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Earnout Securities will have voting rights but no right to dividends or distributions (except for certain tax distributions from Biote in accordance with the Biote A&R OA) until such restrictions and potential forfeiture have lapsed. One third of each of the Member Earnout Units, Earnout Voting Shares, Sponsor Earnout Shares and Sponsor Earnout Units will vest upon the occurrence of each of the following events: (i) the first time, prior to the Earnout Deadline, the VWAP of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.50 per share for 20 Trading Days of any 30 consecutive Trading Day period following the Closing, (ii) the first time, prior to the Earnout Deadline, the VWAP equals or exceeds $15.00 per share for 20 Trading Days of any 30 consecutive Trading Day period following the Closing, and (iii) the first time, prior to the Earnout Deadline, the VWAP equals or exceeds $17.50 per share for 20 Trading Days of any 30 consecutive Trading Day period following the Closing. If a definitive agreement with respect to a Change of Control (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) is entered into on or prior to the Earnout Deadline, then effective as of immediately prior to closing of such Change of Control, unless previously vested pursuant to clauses (i) through (iii) of the preceding sentence, each of the Member Earnout Units, Earnout Voting Shares, Sponsor Earnout Shares and Sponsor Earnout Units will vest.

Assuming that none of the Company’s current stockholders exercise their right to redeem their shares of Class A common stock of the Company and Company Transaction Expenses equal $11,521,000, and subject to certain adjustments in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement, as of immediately following the Closing and without giving effect to the outstanding warrants to purchase Class A common stock or any warrants issuable in respect of the Working Capital Loans or issuance of any shares under the Incentive Plan or Biote Corp. 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, but including the Earnout Securities, the Company is expected to own, directly or indirectly, approximately 49.9% of the Biote Units and will control Biote as the sole manager of Biote in accordance with the terms of the Biote A&R OA and all remaining Biote Units will be owned by the Members. The Members are expected to hold a controlling voting interest in the Company after the Closing and will therefore have the ability to control Biote.

Beginning on the six month anniversary of the Closing, each Retained Biote Unit held by the Members may be redeemed, together with one share of Class V Voting Stock and subject to certain conditions, in exchange for either one share of Class A common stock or in certain circumstances, at the election of the Company in its capacity as the sole manager of Biote, the cash equivalent of the market value of one share of Class A common stock, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Biote A&R.

 

3


Consummation of the Business Combination is subject to customary mutual conditions and covenants of the respective parties, including the receipt of the requisite approval of the Company’s stockholders. The Business Combination Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the consummation of the Business Combination by mutual written consent of the Company and Biote and in certain other limited circumstances, including if the consummation of the Business Combination has not occurred on or before June 13, 2022, which is prior to the Company’s initial business combination deadline of March 4, 2023. The Business Combination Agreement contains usual and customary representations and warranties for transactions of this nature by the parties thereto. The Business Combination Agreement has been approved by the Company’s board of directors, and the board has recommended that the Company’s stockholders adopt the Business Combination Agreement and approve the Business Combination.

On May 5, 2022, the Company filed a definitive proxy statement with the SEC setting forth all of the above information and inviting the Company’s stockholders to attend the special meeting in lieu of the 2022 annual meeting of the stockholders on May 24, 2022, at 10:00 a.m., Eastern time, to approve, among other things, the Business Combination Agreement and the Business Combination.

Other Agreements - Business Combination

The Business Combination Agreement contemplates the execution of various additional agreements and instruments, on or before the Closing, including, among others, the following:

Tax Receivable Agreement

Simultaneously with the Closing, the Combined Company, Biote, the Members and the Members’ Representative will enter into the Tax Receivable Agreement, which will provide for, among other things, payment by the Combined Company to the Members of 85% of the U.S. federal, state and local income tax savings realized by the Combined Company as a result of the increases in tax basis and certain other tax benefits related to the transactions contemplated under the Business Combination Agreement and the redemption of Retained Biote Units in exchange for Class A common stock or cash (as more fully described in the Tax Receivable Agreement). These payments are an obligation of the Combined Company and not of the Biote Companies. The Combined Company’s only material asset will be its ownership interest in Biote and, accordingly, the Combined Company will depend on distributions from Biote to make any payments required to be made by the Combined Company under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

The term of the Tax Receivable Agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired unless the Combined Company exercises its right to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement for an amount representing the present value of anticipated future tax benefits under the Tax Receivable Agreement or certain other acceleration events occur. The actual increase in the Combined Company’s allocable share of tax basis in the Biote Companies’ assets, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of redemptions of shares of Retained Biote Units, the market price of shares of the Class A common stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable and the amount and timing of the Combined Company’s income. Any payments the Combined Company makes under the Tax Receivable Agreement will generally reduce the amount of overall cash flow that might have otherwise been available to the Combined Company. To the extent that the Combined Company is unable to make timely payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for any reason, the unpaid amounts will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid; however, nonpayment for a specified period and/or under certain circumstances may constitute a material breach of a material obligation under the Tax Receivable Agreement and therefore accelerate payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

The Tax Receivable Agreement provides that, in the event that (i) the Combined Company exercises its early termination rights under the Tax Receivable Agreement, (ii) certain changes of control occur (as described in the Tax Receivable Agreement), (iii) the Combined Company, in certain circumstances, fails to make a payment required to be made pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement by the applicable final payment date, which non-payment continues for 30 days following such final payment date or (iv) the Combined Company materially breaches any of its material obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which breach continues without cure for 30 days following receipt by the Combined Company of written notice thereof (unless, in the case of clauses (iii) and (iv), certain liquidity exceptions apply) the Combined Company’s obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement will accelerate and the Combined Company will be required to make a lump-sum cash payment to the applicable parties to the Tax Receivable Agreement equal to the present value of all forecasted future payments that would have otherwise been made under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which lump-sum payment would be based on certain assumptions, including those relating to our future taxable income.

 

4


Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company

In connection with the Closing, the Company will amend and restate (i) subject to receipt of Company Stockholder Approval, its current Certificate of Incorporation by adopting the Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation and (ii) the current Bylaws of the Company by adopting the A&R Bylaws, to establish a structure containing Class A Common Stock, which will carry such economic and voting rights as set forth in the Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation and A&R Bylaws, and Class V Voting Stock, which will carry only such voting rights as set forth in the Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation and A&R Bylaws (as more fully described in the Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation and A&R Bylaws).

Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Biote

At the Closing, the Combined Company, Biote and the Members will enter into the Biote A&R OA, which will, among other things, permit the issuance and ownership of Biote Units as contemplated to be issued and owned upon the consummation of the Business Combination, designate the Combined Company as the sole manager of Biote, provide for the Exchange Rights, set forth the rights and preferences of the Biote Units, and establish the ownership of the Biote Units by the persons or entities indicated in the Biote A&R OA, in each case, as more fully described in the Biote A&R OA.

Sponsor Letter

In connection with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, certain of the Company’s officers and directors, the Company, the Sponsor, Biote and the Members’ Representative entered into the Sponsor Letter, pursuant to which, among other things, the Sponsor agreed to (i) vote, at any duly called meeting of stockholders of the Company, in favor of the Business Combination Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) subject to certain exceptions, not to effect any sale or distribution of any of its shares of Class B common stock or private placement warrants and (iii) waive any and all anti-dilution rights described in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation or otherwise with respect to the shares of Class B common stock held by the Sponsor that may be implicated by the Business Combination such that the Class B Common Stock Conversion will occur as discussed herein (and as more fully described in the Sponsor Letter).

Investor Rights Agreement

At the Closing, the Company, the Members, the Sponsor, the Members’ Representative and certain other parties will enter into the Investor Rights Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, (i) the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2021, entered into in connection with the Company’s initial public offering will be terminated, (ii) the lock-up period set forth in the Investor Rights Agreement will supersede the lock-up period set forth in the letter agreement, dated March 1, 2021, entered into in connection with the Company’s initial public offering, (iii) the Company will provide certain registration rights for the shares of Class A common stock held by the Members, the Sponsor, and certain other parties, (iv) the Members will agree not to, subject to certain exceptions, transfer, sell, assign or otherwise dispose of the shares of Class A common stock, Class V Voting Stock and the Biote Units held by such Members for six months following the Closing, and the Member Earnout Units until the date such securities have been earned in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement and (v) the Sponsor will agree not to, subject to certain exceptions, transfer, sell, assign or otherwise dispose of its (a) shares of Class A common stock (other than the Sponsor Earnout Shares) for six months following the Closing, (b) Sponsor Earnout Shares until the date such securities have been earned in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement and (c) warrants issued to the Sponsor pursuant to that certain Private Placement Warrants Purchase Agreement, dated March 1, 2021, by and between the Company and the Sponsor, and the underlying shares of Class A common stock, for 30 days following the Closing Date (in each case, as more fully described in the Investor Rights Agreement).

 

5


Results of Operations

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any operational revenues to date. All activity for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2021 relates to the Company’s formation, the initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”) as described below, and since the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the search for a prospective initial Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of interest income or gains on investments on the cash and investments held in a trust account from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering. In addition, the Company will recognize non-operating income or loss on the change in fair value of warrant liabilities and the convertible promissory note.

For the three months ended March 31, 2022, we had net income of $1,174,482, which resulted from a gain on change in the fair value of warrant liabilities of $2,351,375 and unrealized gain on marketable securities held in trust account in the amount of $64,273, offset in part by operating and formation costs of $1,190,366, franchise tax expense of $50,000 and the change in fair value of convertible promissory note - related party of $800.

For the three months ended March 31, 2021, we had a net loss of $3,943,374, which resulted from operating and formation costs of $107,875, transaction cost allocated to warrant liabilities of $962,447, and excess fair value of Private Placement Warrants over purchase price of $3,507,000, which was partially offset by unrealized gain on investments held in Trust Account of $14,405, and the change in fair value of warrant liabilities of $619,543.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

On March 4, 2021, we consummated our Initial Public Offering of 30,000,000 units generating gross proceeds to the Company of $300,000,000. Simultaneously with the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, we completed the private sale of 5,333,333 warrants to the Sponsor at a purchase price of $1.50 per warrant (the “Private Placement Warrants”), generating gross proceeds of $8,000,000. The proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants were added to the net proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in a trust account (the “Trust Account”). If we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants will be used to fund the redemption of the public shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

The underwriters exercised the over-allotment option in part and on March 5, 2021, 1,750,000 additional Units were sold at an offering price of $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $17,500,000. In connection with the exercise of the over-allotment option, on March 5, 2021, the Company sold 233,333 Private Placement Warrants (“Additional Private Placement Warrants”) to the Sponsor at a purchase price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, generating gross proceeds of $350,000. As a result, an additional $17,500,000 (which amount includes $612,500 of the underwriters’ deferred discount) was placed in the Trust Account.

 

6


For the three months ended March 31, 2022, net cash used in operating activities was $335,035, which was due to a non-cash gain on the change in fair value of warrant liabilities of $2,351,375, and interest and dividend income on investments held in Trust Account of $64,273 offset in part by our net income of $1,174,482, changes in working capital of $905,331 and a change in fair value of convertible promissory note - related party of $800.

For the three months ended March 31, 2021, net cash used in operating activities was $626,996, which was due to a non-cash gain on the change in fair value of warrant liabilities of $619,543, and interest and dividend income on investments held in Trust Account of $14,405, changes in working capital of $519,121 and net loss of $3,943,374, partially offset by fair value in excess of proceeds from the sale of private placement warrants of $3,507,000 and transaction costs allocated to warrant liabilities of $962,447.

For the three months ended March 31, 2022, net cash provided by investing activities of $63,747 was the result of proceeds from Trust Account to pay tax.

For the three months ended March 31, 2021, net cash used in investing activities of $317,500,000 was the result of the amount of net proceeds from our Initial Public Offering being deposited to the Trust Account.

For the three months ended March 31, 2022 net cash provided by financing activities of $208,827 was fully provided by proceeds from the promissory note - related party.

For the three months ended March 31, 2021 net cash provided by financing activities of $319,047,886 was comprised of $311,150,000 in proceeds from the issuance of units in our Initial Public Offering net of underwriter’s discount paid, $8,350,000 in proceeds from the issuance of warrants in a private placement to our Sponsor, and $41,500 in proceeds from the Sponsor note, offset in part by the payment of $329,614 for offering costs associated with the Initial Public Offering and repayment of the outstanding balance on a promissory note to our Sponsor of $164,000.

As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, we had cash of $67,898 and $130,359, respectively, held outside the Trust Account. We intend to use the funds held outside the Trust Account primarily to complete a business combination.

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required on a non-interest basis. If we complete our initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post-business combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account. On February 28, 2022, the Company entered into a working capital loan with the Sponsor in the amount of $350,000, pursuant to which the Company received proceeds of $208,827 during the three months ended March 31, 2022.

We have incurred and expect to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of our acquisition plans. We may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our initial business combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to complete our business combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of public shares upon completion of our business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. In addition, following our business combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.

As of March 31, 2022, the Company had $67,898 in cash held outside of the Trust Account and working capital deficit of $2,811,153 (excluding franchise tax payable). The Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of its acquisition plans. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of time within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. Management plans to address this uncertainty through the Business Combination as discussed above and potential Working Capital Loans, as discussed in Note 5. There is no assurance that the Company’s plans to consummate the Business Combination will be successful or successful within the Combination Period, which will end on March 4, 2023, at which time the Company will cease all operations except for the purpose of liquidating, or if the Sponsor will commit to the Working Capital Loans, by which, in February 2022, the Company entered into a promissory note with the Sponsor in the amount of $350,000.

 

7


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of March 31, 2022 or December 31, 2021.

Contractual Obligations

Registration Rights

The holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (and any Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants) will have registration rights to require the Company to register a sale of any of its securities held by them pursuant to a registration rights agreement. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The Company granted the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to 4,500,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments at the Initial Public Offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions. On March 5, 2021 the underwriters purchased an additional 1,750,000 Units at an offering price of $10.00 per Unit, generating additional gross proceeds of $17,500,000 to the Company.

The underwriters were paid a cash underwriting fee of $0.20 per Unit, or $6,350,000 in the aggregate. In addition, $0.35 per Unit, or $11,112,500 in the aggregate will be payable to the underwriters for deferred underwriting commissions. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Critical Accounting-Policies

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and income and expenses during the periods reported. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates. We have determined that there have been no material change during the three months ended March 31, 2022, to the critical accounting policies reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, except as follows:

 

8


Working Capital Loans - Related Party

The Company accounts for the Working Capital Loans under ASC 815. The Company has made the election under 815-15-25 to account for the notes under the fair value option. Using the fair value option, the Working Capital Loans are required to be recorded at their initial fair value on the date of issuance, and each balance sheet thereafter. Differences between the face value of the note and fair value at issuance are recognized as either an expense in the statement of operations (if issued at a premium) or as a capital contribution (if issued at a discount). Changes in the estimated fair value of the notes are recognized as non-cash gains or losses in the statement of operations.

Recent Accounting Standards

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on our condensed financial statements.

 

9

EX-99.5

Exhibit 99.5

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of March 31, 2022 combines the unaudited historical condensed balance sheet of Haymaker as of March 31, 2022 with the unaudited historical condensed consolidated balance sheet of Biote as of March 31, 2022, giving effect to the business combination as if it had been consummated as of that date.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and for the year ended December 31, 2021 combine the historical statements of operations of Haymaker and the historical consolidated statements of operations of Biote for such periods, giving effect to the business combination as if it had been consummated on January 1, 2021, the beginning of the earliest period presented.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been derived from and should be read in conjunction with:

 

 

the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements;

 

 

the (i) audited historical financial statements of Haymaker as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021 and (ii) unaudited historical condensed financial statements of Haymaker as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and the related notes, in each case, incorporated by reference in this Current Report;

 

 

the (i) audited historical consolidated financial statements of Biote as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021 and (ii) unaudited historical condensed consolidated financial statements of Biote as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and the related notes, in each case, incorporated by reference in this Current Report; and

 

 

the sections entitled “The Company’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Biote Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and other financial information relating to Haymaker and Biote included elsewhere and incorporated by reference in this Current Report.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations and financial position would have been had the business combination taken place on the dates indicated, nor are they indicative of the future consolidated results of operations or financial position of the Combined Company.


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF MARCH 31, 2022

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Historical     Actual
Redemptions
 
     5(A)
Haymaker
    5(B)
Biote
    Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
          Pro Forma
Balance
Sheet
 

ASSETS

          

Current assets:

          

Cash

   $ 68     $ 27,704     $ 43,991       5(a)     $ 71,763  

Accounts receivable, net

     —         6,544       —           6,544  

Inventory, net

     —         9,178       —           9,178  

Prepaid expenses

     298       8,489       (5,259     5(b)       3,528  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current assets

     366       51,915       38,732         91,013  

Property and equipment, net

     —         2,395       —           2,395  

Capitalized software, net

     —         4,813       —           4,813  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     —         298       —           298  

Other assets

     —         —         838       5(b)       838  

Cash and marketable securities held in trust account

     317,582       —         (317,582     5(c)       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 317,948     $ 59,421     $ (278,012     $ 99,357  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO POSSIBLE REDEMPTION, AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

          

Current liabilities:

          

Accounts payable

   $ 303     $ 6,777     $ —         $ 7,080  

Accrued expenses

     2,664       3,164       —           5,828  

Accrued expenses - related party

     137       —         2,200       5(j)       2,337  

Franchise tax payable

     50       —         —           50  

Note payable, current

     —         5,000       1,250       5(d)       6,250  

Convertible promissory note - related party

     73       —         —           73  

Deferred revenue

     —         1,780       —           1,780  

Operating lease liabilities, current

     —         250       —           250  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     3,227       16,971       3,450         23,648  

Note payable, net of current portion

     —         30,768       85,364       5(d)       116,132  

Deferred revenue, long-term

     —         872       —           872  

Operating lease liabilities, long-term

     —         64       —           64  

Warrant liabilities

     7,427       —         —           7,427  

Earnout liability

     —         —         187,750       5(e)       187,750  

Deferred underwriting fee payable

     11,112       —         (11,112     5(f)       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     21,766       48,675       265,452         335,893  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Class A common stock subject to possible redemption

     317,500       —         (317,500     5(g)       —    

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

          

Haymaker Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value

     —         —         —           —    

Haymaker Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value

     —         —         1       5(h)       1  

Haymaker Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value

     1       —         (1     5(h)       —    

Haymaker Class V common stock, $0.0001 par value

     —         —         5       5(h)       5  

Biote Class A, AA, and AAA units

     —         —         —           —    

Biote Class AAAA units

     —         —         —           —    

Additional paid-in capital

     137       —         (154,609     5(h)       (154,472

Accumulated deficit

     (21,456     10,780       (80,686     5(h)       (91,362

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     —         (34     29       5(h)       (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) attributable to common stockholders

     (21,318     10,746       (235,261     5(h)       (245,833

Noncontrolling interest

     —         —         9,297       5(i)       9,297  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (21,318     10,746       (225,964       (236,536
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 317,948     $ 59,421     $ (278,012     $ 99,357  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2022

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

                 Actual      
     Historical     Redemptions      
                 Transaction         Pro Forma      
     6(A)     6(B)     Accounting         Statement of      
     Haymaker     Biote     Adjustments         Operations      

Revenue:

            

Product revenue

   $ —       $ 36,758     $ —         $ 36,758    

Service revenue

     —         385       —           385    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total Revenue

     —         37,143       —           37,143    

Cost of revenue:

            

Cost of products

     —         11,657       —           11,657    

Cost of services

     —         620       —           620    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total cost of revenue

     —         12,277       —           12,277    

Commissions

     —         216       —           216    

Marketing

     —         1,241       —           1,241    

Selling, general, and administrative

     —         13,646       1,501     6(a)     15,147    

Operating and formation costs

     1,190       —         (60   6(b)     1,130    

Franchise tax expense

     50       —         —           50    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Income (loss) from operations

     (1,240     9,763       (1,441       7,082    

Other income (expense):

            

Interest expense

     —         (359     (1,368   6(c)     (1,727  

Other income (expense), net

     —         10       —           10    

Net gain on investments held in Trust Account

     64       —         (64   6(d)     —      

Change in fair value of convertible promissory note - related party

     (1     —         —           (1  

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

     2,352       —         —           2,352    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total other income (expense)

     2,415       (349     (1,432       634    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     1,175       9,414       (2,873       7,716    

Income tax expense

     —         64       175     6(e)     239    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net income (loss)

     1,175       9,350       (3,048       7,477    

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

     —         —         6,675     6(f)     6,675    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ 1,175     $ 9,350     $ (9,723     $ 802    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Weighted average shares outstanding, Class A common stock

            

Basic

     31,750,000       979,800           7,574,271     6(g)

Diluted

     31,750,000       979,800           21,078,437     6(g)

Earning (loss) per share, Class A common stock

            

Basic

   $ 0.03     $ 9.54         $ 0.11     6(g)

Diluted

   $ 0.03     $ 9.54         $ 0.04     6(g)

Weighted average shares outstanding, Class B common stock

            

Basic

     7,937,500            

Diluted

     7,937,500            
  

 

 

           

Earnings per share, Class B common stock

            

Basic

   $ 0.03            

Diluted

   $ 0.03            
  

 

 

           

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

                 Actual      
     Historical     Redemptions      
                 Transaction         Pro Forma      
     6(C)     6(D)     Accounting         Statement of      
     Haymaker     Biote     Adjustments         Operations      

Revenue:

            

Product revenue

   $ —       $ 137,598     $ —         $ 137,598    

Service revenue

     —         1,798       —           1,798    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total Revenue

     —         139,396       —           139,396    

Cost of revenue:

            

Cost of products

     —         46,298       —           46,298    

Cost of services

     —         2,519       —           2,519    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total cost of revenue

     —         48,817       —           48,817    

Commissions

     —         2,056       —           2,056    

Marketing

     —         4,908       —           4,908    

Selling, general, and administrative

     —         49,054       101,432     6(a)     150,486    

Operating and formation costs

     3,122       —         (198   6(b)     2,924    

Franchise tax expense

     200       —         —           200    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Income (loss) from operations

     (3,322     34,561       (101,234       (69,995  

Other income (expense):

            

Interest expense

     —         (1,673     (6,211   6(c)     (7,884  

Other income (expense), net

     —         17       —           17    

Transaction costs allocated to warrant liabilities

     (966     —         —           (966  

Net gain on investments held in Trust Account

     82       —         (82   6(d)     —      

Excess of private placement warrant fair value over purchase price

     (3,507     —         —           (3,507  

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

     18,826       —         —           18,826    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total other income (expense)

     14,435       (1,656     (6,293       6,486    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     11,113       32,905       (107,527       (63,509  

Income tax expense

     —         286       (2,257   6(e)     (1,971  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net income (loss)

     11,113       32,619       (105,270       (61,538  

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

     —         —         (54,941   6(f)     (54,941  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ 11,113     $ 32,619     $ (50,330     $ (6,598  

Weighted average shares outstanding, Class A common stock

            

Basic

     26,265,068       979,800           7,574,271     6(g)

Diluted

     26,265,068       979,800           7,574,271     6(g)

Earning (loss) per share, Class A common stock

            

Basic

   $ 0.33     $ 33.29         $ (0.87   6(g)

Diluted

   $ 0.32     $ 33.29         $ (0.87   6(g)

Weighted average shares outstanding, Class B common stock

            

Basic

     7,860,788            

Diluted

     8,058,048            

Earnings per share, Class B common stock

            

Basic

   $ 0.33            

Diluted

   $ 0.32            

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.


NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

1. Description of the Transactions

The Business Combination

As previously disclosed, on May 26, 2022 (the “Closing Date”), Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III, a Delaware corporation (“HYAC”), completed the transactions contemplated by that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2021 (the “Business Combination Agreement”), by and among HYAC, Haymaker Sponsor III LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”), BioTE Holdings, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company (“Biote” and, together with its direct and indirect subsidiaries, the “Biote Companies”), BioTE Management, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company, Dr. Gary Donovitz, in his individual capacity, and Teresa S. Weber, in her capacity as the members’ representative (in such capacity, the “Members’ Representative”) of the members of Biote immediately prior to the closing (the “Closing”) of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (the “Members”). A description of the Business Combination and the terms of the Business Combination Agreement are included in the definitive proxy statement (File No. 001-40128) (the “Proxy Statement”) filed by HYAC with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on May 5, 2022 in the section titled “Proposal No. 1—The Business Combination Proposal.” Defined terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Proxy Statement.

At the Closing, (i) Biote transferred to the Company (as defined below) 9,161,771 Class A common units of Biote (“Biote Units”), which was equal to the number of shares of HYAC’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), issued and outstanding as of immediately prior to the Closing (after giving effect to redemptions by HYAC’s public stockholders of 30,525,729 shares of Class A Common Stock prior to the Closing and the conversion of HYAC’s Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class B Common Stock”)) into shares of Class A Common Stock and (ii) HYAC issued 58,565,824 shares of newly authorized Class V common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class V Voting Stock”), which number of shares of Class V Voting Stock was equal to the number of Biote Units retained by the Members immediately following the Closing (the “Retained Biote Units”), and which shares of Class V Voting Stock were distributed to Biote’s Members, resulting in the combined company being organized in an “Up-C” structure. The transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement are referred to herein as the “Business Combination.”

Also at Closing, (x) in exchange for the Closing Biote Units (as defined in the Proxy Statement), HYAC transferred cash in an amount equal to (i) the cash in the trust account and any cash held by HYAC outside of the trust account, less (ii) the amounts required by the redemptions of Class A common stock by the public stockholders, which was equal to $305.5 million, and (y) the Biote Companies received aggregate proceeds of $125.0 million from the Debt Financing (the aggregate amounts described in (x) and (y) of $137.3 million, the “Closing Date Cash”) in accordance with and in the priority set forth in the Business Combination Agreement and as described further in the Proxy Statement. There was no cash consideration paid to Members at Closing.

Upon the Closing, HYAC as the registrant changed its name to “biote Corp.”

Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” and the “Company” refers to biote Corp. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Biote, following the Closing and references to “HYAC” refer to Haymaker Acquisition Corp. III at or prior to the Closing. All references herein to the “Board” refer to the board of directors of the Company after giving effect to the Business Combination.

On the business day following the Closing, the Company’s public units automatically separated into their component securities upon consummation of the Business Combination and, as a result, no longer trade as a separate security and were delisted from The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”).


2. Basis of Presentation

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements were prepared in accordance with Article 11 of SEC Regulation S-X as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786 “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses.” Release No. 33-10786 replaces the existing pro forma adjustment criteria with simplified requirements to depict the accounting for the transaction (“Transaction Accounting Adjustments”) and present the reasonably estimable synergies and other transaction effects that have occurred or reasonably expected to occur (“Management’s Adjustments”). The Company has elected not to present Management’s Adjustments and will only be presenting Transaction Accounting Adjustments in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. The adjustments presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been identified and presented to provide relevant information necessary for an understanding of the Combined Company upon consummation of the business combination.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of March 31, 2022 gives effect to the business combination as if it occurred on March 31, 2022. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and for the year ended December 31, 2021 give effect to the business combination as if it occurred on January 1, 2021, the beginning of the earliest period presented.

The pro forma adjustments reflecting the consummation of the business combination are based on certain currently available information and certain assumptions and methodologies that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The Company believes that its assumptions and methodologies provide a reasonable basis for presenting all of the significant effects of the business combination based on information available to management at this time and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not give effect to any anticipated synergies, operating efficiencies, tax savings, or cost savings that may be associated with the business combination. Haymaker and Biote have not had any historical relationship prior to the business combination. Accordingly, no pro forma adjustments were required to eliminate activities between the companies. Amounts are presented in thousands, except for share and per share amounts or as otherwise specified.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared using actual redemptions of 30,525,729 shares of Haymaker Class A common stock for aggregate redemption payments of $305.5 million out of the trust account on the closing date of the business combination. No other Haymaker shares are subject to redemption.


These unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements and related notes have been derived from and should be read in conjunction with:

 

 

the (i) audited historical financial statements of Haymaker as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021 and (ii) unaudited historical condensed financial statements of Haymaker as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and the related notes, in each case, incorporated by reference in this Current Report;

 

 

the (i) audited historical consolidated financial statements of Biote as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021 and (ii) unaudited historical condensed consolidated financial statements of Biote as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and the related notes, in each case, incorporated by reference in this Current Report; and

 

 

the sections entitled “The Company’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Biote Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and other financial information relating to Haymaker and Biote included elsewhere and incorporated by reference in this Current Report.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations and financial position would have been had the business combination taken place on the dates indicated, nor are they indicative of the future consolidated results of operations or financial position of the Combined Company.

3. Accounting for the Business Combination

The business combination will be accounted for as a common control transaction, in accordance with GAAP, as the Biote Founder is deemed to have continued control over the Combined Company for accounting purposes. Under this method of accounting, Haymaker’s acquisition of Biote will be accounted for at Biote’s historical carrying values, and Biote will be deemed the predecessor entity. This method of accounting is similar to a reverse recapitalization whereby the business combination will be treated as the equivalent of Biote issuing stock for the net assets of Haymaker, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Haymaker will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the business combination will be those of Biote.

4. Capitalization

The following summarizes the approximate pro forma ownership of common stock of the Combined Company following the business combination:

 

     Actual
Redemptions
 
Equity Capitalization Summary    Shares      %  

Biote Members(1)

     58,565,824        86.5

Haymaker Public Stockholders(2)

     1,224,271        1.8

Haymaker Sponsor(3)

     7,937,500        11.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total common stock of PubCo

     67,727,595        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes 10,000,000 Earnout Voting Shares which are subject to forfeiture if the Earnout triggering events are not achieved and excludes up to 3,887,750 shares of Class A common stock to be issued to the Phantom Equity Holders pursuant to the Phantom Equity Acknowledgements.

(2)

Reflects redemptions of 30,525,729 shares of Class A common stock of Haymaker for aggregate redemption payments of $305.5 million using a per-share redemption price of approximately $10.01.

(3)

Includes 1,587,500 Sponsor Earnout Shares which are subject to forfeiture if the Earnout triggering events are not achieved.


5. Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2022 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The pro forma notes and adjustments are as follows:

Pro forma notes

 

(A)

Derived from the unaudited condensed balance sheet of Haymaker as of March 31, 2022.

 

(B)

Derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet of Biote as of March 31, 2022.

Pro forma adjustments

 

(a)

To reflect the net cash proceeds from the business combination as follows:

 

Release of Trust Account

   $ 317,582        5 (c) 

Payment of Haymaker redemptions

     (305,472      5 (h) 

Payment of Haymaker deferred underwriting fee payable

     (11,112      5 (f) 

Payment of Biote cash-settled Phantom Equity Awards

     (7,250      5 (h) 

Payment of Biote executive bonus

     (2,000      5 (h) 

Repayment of Biote long-term debt

     (36,268      5 (d) 

Proceeds from new term loan facility, net of debt issuance costs

     122,382        5 (d) 

Payment of debt issuance costs on revolving credit facility

     (1,097      5 (b) 

Payment of transaction expenses

     (32,774      5 (h) 
  

 

 

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 43,991     
  

 

 

    

 

(b)

To reflect the reclassification of $5,518 of deferred transaction expenses from prepaid expenses to additional paid-in capital (see Note 5(h)) as well as the payment of $1,097 of debt issuance costs related to the revolving credit facility, of which $259 is capitalized in prepaid expenses and $838 is capitalized in other assets.

 

(c)

To reflect the release of $317,582 from the trust account upon consummation of the business combination (see Note 5(a)).

 

(d)

To reflect the refinancing of Biote’s long-term debt as follows.

 

Repayment of Biote long-term debt

     (36,268      5 (a) 

Write-off of unamortized discount and debt issuance costs in connection with repayment of Biote long-term debt

     500        5 (h) 

Proceeds from new term loan facility, net of debt issuance costs

     122,382        5 (a) 
  

 

 

    

Note payable, current and Note payable, net of current portion

   $ 86,614     
  

 

 

    


(e)

To record the estimated fair value of the Earnout Securities which vest upon the achievement of certain triggering events. The estimated fair value of the Earnout Securities was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation valuation model, and the Earnout Securities are classified as a liability because they are not indexed to the company’s own stock (see Note 5(h)). The significant assumptions utilized in estimating the fair value of the Earnout Securities include the following: (1) Haymaker’s common stock price of $9.02 at the Closing of the business combination; (2) the volatility of Haymaker’s common stock of 60.0% over the length of the earnout period; and (3) a drift rate equal to the risk-free rate of 2.7% over the length of the earnout period. After the Closing, the earnout liability will be remeasured to its fair value at the end of each reporting period, and subsequent changes in the fair value will be recognized in earnings.

 

(f)

To reflect the payment of $11,112 of deferred underwriting fees incurred during the IPO that are contractually due upon Closing of the business combination (see Note 5(a)).

 

(g)

To reclassify the Haymaker common stock subject to possible redemption of $317,500 to permanent equity immediately prior to the consummation of the business combination (see Note 5(h)).

 

(h)

To reflect the recapitalization of the Combined Company through the following equity transactions:

 

Reclassification of common stock subject to possible redemption

   $ 317,500        5 (g) 

Payment of Haymaker redemptions

   $ (305,472      5 (a) 

Payment of Biote cash-settled Phantom Equity Awards

     (7,250      5 (a) 

Payment of Biote executive bonus

     (2,000      5 (a) 

Payment of transaction expenses

     (32,774      5 (a) 

Reclass of prepaid transaction expenses

     (5,518      5 (b) 

Write-off of unamortized discount and debt issuance costs in connection with repayment of Biote long-term debt

     (500      5 (d) 

Earnout liability

     (187,750      5 (e) 

Accrual for consulting agreements with related parties

     (2,200      5 (j) 

Reclass of noncontrolling interest

     (9,297      5 (i) 
  

 

 

    

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) attributable to common stockholders

   $ (235,261   
  

 

 

    


(i)

To reflect the reclassification of $9,297 to noncontrolling interest as a result of the Biote Units retained by the Members in the UP-C structure, which is calculated as the pre-combination carrying amounts of Biote’s net assets ($10,746) multiplied by 86.5%, the percentage of outstanding Biote Units retained by the Members (excluding any Earnout Securities from such calculation).

 

(j)

To accrue payments to be made under consulting agreements entered into with related parties for which substantive services are not expected to be performed.

6. Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 and for the Year Ended December 31, 2021 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The pro forma notes and adjustments are as follows:

Pro forma notes

 

(A)

Derived from the unaudited condensed statement of operations of Haymaker for the three months ended March 31, 2022.

 

(B)

Derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations of Biote for the three months ended March 31, 2022.

 

(C)

Derived from the audited statement of operations of Haymaker for the year ended December 31, 2021.

 

(D)

Derived from the audited consolidated statement of operations of Biote for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Pro forma adjustments

 

(a)

To record share-based compensation expense related to Biote’s Phantom Equity awards and incentive unit awards which vest upon Closing as well as $2,000 of compensation expense related to an executive bonus payable upon Closing, $3,160 of Biote Transaction Expenses paid upon Closing but which do not qualify to be recorded in equity under GAAP and will be expensed as incurred, $7,216 related to the fair value of shares transferred by our Sponsor to investors in connection with non-redemption agreements, and $2,200 related to consulting agreements entered into with related parties for which substantive services are not expected to be performed.

 

(b)

To eliminate fees incurred by Haymaker under the administrative services agreement which will cease upon closing of the business combination.

 

(c)

To eliminate interest expense on Biote’s existing long-debt to be refinanced upon closing of the business combination and accrue interest expense on the new debt facility.

 

(d)

To eliminate net gain on investments held in trust account which will be released upon closing of the business combination.

 

(e)

As a result of the Combined Company’s UP-C structure, the Combined Company will be a tax-paying entity. For pro forma purposes, income tax expense has been determined utilizing an estimated blended federal and state tax rate of 23% which is applied to the Company’s share of Biote’s net income.

 

(f)

To reflect net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest as a result of the Biote Units retained by the Members in the UP-C structure.

 

(g)

The pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share amounts presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations are based upon the number of shares outstanding at the Closing assuming the Closing occurred on January 1, 2021.